Manual Pipephase

9.
3
Keyword Manual
PIPEPHASE 9.3
Keyword Manual
The software described in this document is furnished under a written agreement
and may be used only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the license
agreement under which you obtained it. The technical documentation is
delivered to you AS IS and Invensys Systems, Inc. makes no warranty as to its
accuracy or use. Any use of the technical documentation or the information
contained therein is at the risk of the user. Documentation may include technical
or other inaccuracies or typographical errors. Invensys Systems, Inc. reserves
the right to make changes without prior notices.
Copyright Notice 2009 Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of the material
protected by this copyright may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording,
broadcasting, or by any information storage and retrieval system without
permission in writing from Invensys Systems, Inc.
Trademarks PIPEPHASE, NETOPT, NETOPT, Invensys, SIMSCI-ESSCOR, and SIM4ME
are trademarks of Invensys plc., its subsidiaries, and affiliates.
TACITE is a trademark of Institut Francais du Petrole (IFP).
OLGAS 1.1, OLGAS TWO-PHASE, and OLGAS THREE-PHASE are
trademarks of SCANDPOWER A/S.
FLEXlm is a trademark of Macrovision Corporation.
Windows VISTA, Windows XP, Windows 2003 Server, Windows 2008 Server,
Microsoft Office, and MS-DOS are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Pentium and Visual Fortran is a trademark of Intel Corporation.
Adobe, Acrobat, Exchange, and Reader are registered marks and/or trademarks
of Adobe Systems, Inc.
All other products noted herein are trademarks of their respective companies.
U.S. GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND
The Software and accompanying written materials are provided with restricted
rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii) of the Rights in Technical
Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 or in
subparagraphs (c) (1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software
Restricted Rights clause at 48 C.F.R 52.227-19, as applicable. The Contractor/
Manufacturer is: Invensys Systems, Inc. (a division of Invensys plc. and owner
of the SimSci-Esscor brand) 26561 Rancho Parkway South, Lake Forest, CA
92630, USA.
Printed in the United States of America, May 2009
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual TOC-1
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
New Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Occasional Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Experienced Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
About SimSci-Esscor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Chapter 2 Overview
About This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Calculation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure Drop Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
User Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Field Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Transmission Pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Slug Catcher Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
The Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Joining Segments Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Joining Links Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Pressure Balance Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
TOC-2 Table of Contents
Chapter 3 Using PIPEPHASE
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Defining the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Properties of Fluid Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Flows and Conditions of Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Sphering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Piping Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
What PIPEPHASE Calculates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Rating, Design, Case Studies and Nodal Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Global Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Printout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Defining Fluid Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Water as a Special Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Non-library Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Petroleum Pseudocomponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Assay Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Additional Component Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Transport properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Steam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Gas Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Blackoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Defining Properties for Mixed Compositional/Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Generating and Using Tables of Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Non-Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Structure of Network Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Controlling Convergence of Networks (PBAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Flow Devices (have length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Equipment Devices (have no length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Unit Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Flow Device Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Keyword Manual TOC-3
Pressure Drop Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Pressure Drop in Completions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Pressure Drop in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Equipment Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipe and Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Gaslift Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Sphering or Pigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Reservoirs and Inflow Performance Relationships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Production Planning and Time-Stepping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Time Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Wells and Well Grouping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Reservoir Depletion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Facilities Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Subsurface Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
A Single Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
More Than One Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Multiple Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Case Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Global Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Individual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Nodal Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Dividing the Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Selecting Parameters and Flowrates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Sensitivity Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Grouping Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Chapter 4 Input Reference
Categories of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Order of Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Keyword Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Basis of Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Multiple Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Continuing Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Input Statement Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
GENERAL Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Global Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
CALCULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
FCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
SEGMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
PRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
OUTDIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
COMPONENT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
LIBID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
PETROLEUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
ASSAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
CUTPOINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
SPGR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
ACENTRIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
ZC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
TC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
PC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
NBP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
STDDENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
VP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
ENTHALPY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
CP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
LATENT(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
DENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
VISCOSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
CONDUCTIVITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
SURFACE() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
NETWORK Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
NETWORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
SOLUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
TOLERANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
ACCELERATION (for PBAL Network Method Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
THERMODYNAMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
WATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
BWRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
LKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
SRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
PVT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
PVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
SET for Non-Compositional Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
SET for Non-Compositional Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
SET for Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
SET for Compositional Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
SET for Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
SET for Compositional Blackoil (Compositional sets only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
SET for Blackoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
ADJUST (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
LIFTGAS (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
TABULAR (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
FVF (Blackoil only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
SGOR() (Blackoil only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
VISCOSITY() (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
GRAVITY() (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
CORRELATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
DIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
GENERATE (for Compositional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
GENERATE (for Blackoil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
FILE (for Blackoil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
System Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
CSOURCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
WTEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Distillation Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Gravity Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Molecular Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
LIGHTENDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
SINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
JUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
Flow Devices (have length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
PIPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
ANNULUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
TUBING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Dual Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Parallel Dual Completions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Equipment Devices (have no length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
MCOMPRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
COOLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
DPDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
EXPANDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
GLVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
HEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
INJECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
IPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
REGULATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
BEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
CHOKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
MCHOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
MREGULATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
CONTRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
ENTRANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
EXPANSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
ORIFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
TEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
VENTURIMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
HYDRATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
EVALUATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
GASLIFT Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
SIZING DATA Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
SIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
MAXV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-151
TIME-STEPPING Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
TIMESTEPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
CASE STUDY Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
CASESTUDY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-154
RESTORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
PARAMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Junctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
Annulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Gaslift Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Injection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
DPDT Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
MCOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Bend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Entrance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
Orifice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
IPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182
Calculator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182
Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
Objective Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
Constraint Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Decision Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Network Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
SENSITIVITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
NODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
INFLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
OUTFLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
PSPLIT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
PSPLIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
User-Defined DP Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
FORTRAN Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
User Subroutine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196
Saving Data for Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199
PIPEPHASE Flash Routine Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-200
Moody Friction Factor Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
User-Defined Viscosity Correlation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
Implementing the Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
User Subroutine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
Common Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-207
Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-211
User-Defined IPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-211
Built-in Variable List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-211
Keyword Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-211
Subprogram Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-212
Common Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-212
Data Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-213
Units Conversion Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-213
Calculation Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-214
Secondary Output Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-215
Example Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-215
Variables and Arrays for User-Defined IPR Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-217
Chapter 5 Results
Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Description of Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Intermediate Printout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Solution Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Thermodynamic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
PVT Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Network Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Source Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Network Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Case Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Lift Gas Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
PVTGEN Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Network Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Inflow Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Flash Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Separator Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Link Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Node Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Device Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Structure Data Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Velocity Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Results Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Link Device Detail Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Pressure and Temperature Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Pressure and Temperature Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Phase Envelope Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Phase Envelope Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Holdup and Velocity Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Pressure Gradient Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Link Property Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Viscosity and Density Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Friction and Surface Tension Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Slug Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Case Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Sphering Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Results Access System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Chapter 6 Technical Reference
An Introduction to Fluid Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Basic Fluid Flow Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
The Steady State Flow Process Single-Phase Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
The Network Calculation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Non-Compositional Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Steam Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Compositional Fluid Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Heat Transfer for Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Electrical Submersible Pump (ESP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-59
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
DPDT Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-60
Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Heaters and Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-66
Converging Network Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
User Requirements for this Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Specific Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
Sub-Network Algorithm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96
Data Transfer System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
Chapter 7 Component Data Summary
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
PRO/II Component Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Non-Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Petroleum Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Solid Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Component Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
UNIFAC Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
COMPONENT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Chapter 8 Thermodynamic Data Summary
The METHOD Statement (required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Method-Specific Water Handling Options (optional - Section 2.1.6). . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Property Statements (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
User-Supplied K-value Data (optional - Section 2.3.12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Binary Interaction Data (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Liquid Phase Activity Binary Interaction Data (Section 2.5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Other Binary Data For Liquid Activity Methods (Section 2.5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Pure Component Alpha Formulations (optional - Section 2.4.5). . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Appendix A Pressure Drop Correlations
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Single-Phase Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
General Guidelines on Correlation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Appendix B Glossary
Glossary of Frequently Used Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Appendix C References
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Appendix D Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes
Steel Pipe Wall Thicknesses Used by INPLANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Appendix E User-Definable Nominal Pipe Sizes
Format for User-Created NPS Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 1-1
Chapter 1
Introduction
About This Manual
This manual describes the capabilities and use of the PIPEPHASE program and is
designed to help you gain maximum utility out of the program. It can be used with all
DOS and Windows versions of PIPEPHASE. This manual contains the chapters listed in
Table 1-1, an appendix of pressure drop correlations, a glossary, a bibliographical
reference, and an index.
Table 1-1: Quick Reference for New, Occasional and Experienced Users
See Which If you are a
Chapter 1, Introduction Introduces the manual, the program, and SimSci-
Esscor.
New User
Chapter 2, Overview Explains the main concepts of piping and network
analysis and the applications the program can
solve.
New User
Chapter 3, Using
PIPEPHASE
Describes the data needed to run the program, the
way it uses the data, and how you can use the
program.
New or Occasional
User
Chapter 4, Input Reference Provides statement-by-statement descriptions of
program input.
New, Occasional or
Experienced User
Chapter 5, Results Provides a detailed description of and
commentary on program output.
New, Occasional or
Experienced User
Chapter 6, Technical
Reference
Provides detailed background information to
models used in the program.
New, Occasional or
Experienced User
Chapter 7, Component Data
Summary
Provides an overview of the Component Data
Category.
New, Occasional or
Experienced User
Chapter 8, Thermodynamic
Data Summary
Provides an overview of the Thermodynamic Data
Category.
New, Occasional or
Experienced User
1-2 Introduction
New Users
If you are an engineer new to PIPEPHASE, this manual will tell you what the program
does and how to use it. Chapter 2, Overview, describes the scope of the program, the
concepts involved in pipeline pressure drop analyses and how PIPEPHASE tackles
them.
Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, describes the data that the program needs, the
conventions to follow in inputting the data to the program, and what the program will
produce as output. It then describes all the capabilities of the program and how to invoke
them, with signposts given to guide you through Chapter 4, Input Reference.
Note: If you read nothing else, read Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
Chapter 5, Results, is a guided tour of the results output and how to interpret the output.
Chapter 6, Technical Reference, gives more detailed information on methodologies used
in the program calculations
Occasional Users
If you are an occasional user revisiting PIPEPHASE after an absence, take some time to
skim through Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, to remind yourself of the programs
capabilities and conventions. Then go on to Chapter 4, Input Reference.
Experienced Users
If you use PIPEPHASE regularly, you will be able to find everything you need in
Chapter 4, Input Reference, and Chapter 6, Technical Reference.
About SimSci-Esscor
PIPEPHASE is backed by the full resources of SimSci-Esscor. SimSci-Esscor provides
the most thorough service capabilities and advanced process modeling technologies
available to the process industries. SimSci-Esscors comprehensive support around the
world, allied with its training seminars for every level of user, is aimed solely at making
your use of PIPEPHASE the most efficient and effective that it can be.
Support Services
Both new and experienced users will benefit significantly from attending one of SimSci-
Esscors regularly scheduled training courses on PIPEPHASE. If you would like to
obtain a list of available courses, or if you have any questions relating to the use of
PIPEPHASE, its methods, data, or technology, please call your nearest SimSci-Esscor
support office.
To contact your nearest SimSci-Esscor support office, select and click Technical
Support...from the Help menu. A Help desk page is displayed. Click the Support
Centres link to view the contact details of your nearest support centre. The SimSci-
Esscor support centres are also hosted on our website. Please visit the following link:
http://www.simsci-esscor.com/us/eng/support/supportlocations/default.htm
This Page Intentionally Blank
Chapter 2
Overview
Chapter Contents
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Property Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Calculation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pressure Drop Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
User Convenience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Field Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transmission Pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Slug Catcher Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
The Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Joining Segments Together. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Joining Links Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pressure Balance Solution Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2-2 Overview
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the scope, objectives, applications and capabilities of
PIPEPHASE. It introduces the concepts involved in pipeline, well, and network analysis
and describes how PIPEPHASE tackles them. This chapter should be read by anyone
new to PIPEPHASE.
Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE
PIPEPHASE is a simulation program which predicts steady-state pressure, temperature,
and liquid holdup profiles in wells, flowlines, gathering systems, and other linear or
network configurations of pipes, wells, pumps, compressors, separators, and other
facilities. The fluid types that PIPEPHASE can handle include liquid, gas, steam, and
multiphase mixtures of gas and liquid.
Figure 2-1: Scope of PIPEPHASE Application
Several special capabilities have also been designed into PIPEPHASE including well
analysis with inflow performance; gas lift analysis; pipeline sphering; and sensitivity
(nodal) analysis. These additions extend the range of the PIPEPHASE application so that
the full range of pipeline and piping network problems can be solved.
Special capabilities have been designed into PIPEPHASE like pipeline sphering. This
extends the range of PIPEPHASE applications so that varied pipeline and piping
network problems can be solved.
Flow Devices
PIPEPHASE can be used for simulating single or multiphase fluid flow through any
combination of pipes, tubing, annuli, fittings and items of process equipment. In
PIPEPHASE, pipes, tubing and annuli are collectively known as flow devices. Pipes are
normally used for modeling pipelines whereas tubing and annuli simulate flow in wells.
A complete listing of available flow devices can be found in This chapter describes how
PIPEPHASE handles flow devices within pipe sections.
Property Data
PIPEPHASE can simulate fluids defined either by composition, by assay (ASTM, TBP)
curve, or by non-compositional means. For compositionally or assay defined fluids, all
component, thermodynamic, and transport property data are stored in, or created from,
PIPEPHASEs data and calculation libraries. For non-compositionally defined fluids,
PIPEPHASE uses built-in correlations to determine all physical property data the
program requires for pressure drop and heat transfer calculations. Details of the different
fluid types and how to define them can be found in Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
Calculation Modes
PIPEPHASE can be used for designing new systems or rating existing ones. Any piping
topology can be addressed, from a simple single link of flow devices to the most
complex network of pipelines and wells, including multiple inlets and outlets and any
degree of looping. In network configurations, you are allowed to fix almost any
combination of pressures and flowrates and PIPEPHASE will solve for all the remaining
unknowns.
Piping Systems
PIPEPHASE rigorously simulates anything from a simple single pipe to the most
complex piping systems with multiple inlets and outlets. Line capacities, flow
distribution in loops, heat transfer effects, Joule-Thomson effects, in-line flow patterns,
vapor and liquid velocities, and preferential phase splitting at tees for steam systems are
all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can be found in Chapter 3,
Using PIPEPHASE.
Line capacities, flow distribution in loops, heat transfer effects, Joule-Thomson effects,
in-line flow patterns, vapor and liquid velocities and preferential phase splitting at tees
for steam systems are all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can be
found in Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
2-4 Overview
Pressure Drop Methods
PIPEPHASE solves pressure drop and energy balance equations, while simultaneously
performing rigorous heat transfer calculations. You can choose from more than twenty
industry-standard correlations for predicting the pressure drop and liquid holdup. A full
list of correlations is in Chapter 4, Input Reference, Tables 4-6a 4-6c and 4-7.
User Convenience
PIPEPHASE is fully supported by SimSci-Esscors experienced staff who can supply
advise on using the program and offer assistance if you are having problems. Simply call
or e-mail the nearest authorized SimSci-Esscor technical support center. Full
documentation is also available from these SimSci-Esscor centers. In addition to the
easy-to-use keyword version of PIPEPHASE, SimSci-Esscor offers a version with a
convenient Windows graphical user interface.
Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE
Both new design and the analysis of existing system applications are possible with
PIPEPHASE. For new systems, PIPEPHASE can be used to size the various pipes and
tubing, to determine required pump/compressor power and heater cooler duty, and to
predict pressure, temperature, liquid holdup, velocity, flowrate, and flow pattern
distributions throughout the system.
Field Production
Gathering Systems Gathering systems, from the reservoir to the separation facilities
or transmission pipeline, may be analyzed using PIPEPHASE. For wells, you may
model inflow performance, completions, tubing/annuli flow, chokes, submersible
pumps and gaslift. For the flowlines and trunklines, you may model pipes, chokes,
separators, pumps, compressors, heaters, and coolers. The interaction between the
surface lines and the well strings are modeled with the appropriate network mass and
pressure equations. Each line of the network, both surface and downhole, are sub-
jected to the heat balance relationships so that flowing temperatures can be pre-
dicted. New gathering systems can be designed for optimum efficiency and old
systems can be revamped.The effects of changing separator conditions or flowline
size, for example, can easily be studied using case study analysis.
Gaslift Analysis PIPEPHASE has four gaslift options. You may analyze the perfor-
mance of wells which are currently on gaslift, maximize oil recovery using new
gaslift, and determine which gaslift valves should be activated for a specified pro-
duction scheme. This allows you to study each production well in a field over the life
of the reservoir. You may determine which wells are candidates for gaslift, how pro-
duction can be improved with gaslift, and which gaslift rates and valve locations are
required. For all gaslift options, the production fluid is considered to be in the tubing
and the lift gas in the annulus around it.
Once the location of the gaslift valve and the amount of injection gas is determined,
the performance of an entire gathering system can be analyzed in the Network mode.
Enhanced Oil Recovery PIPEPHASE is not a reservoir model. However, it can be
used to analyze water, steam, gas, nitrogen, and CO2 injection wells, complete with
the outflow reservoir performance as predicted by a reservoir simulator, or as mea-
sured by well-test data. PIPEPHASE can be used to predict injection rates and con-
ditions, flowing bottomhole pressures, and similar phenomena. Of course,
PIPEPHASE can also be used to analyze the transmission pipelines or distribution
networks that deliver the injection fluids.
Re-Routing and Mothballing For complex gathering and distribution networks, you
may want to re-route part of the production and shutdown certain wells or entire
gathering centers. This can be modeled with PIPEPHASE without coding new input
files. New pipe links are manually inserted. Some engineering judgment should be
exercised in selecting the scenarios as to how links are to be shut-in and new links
added through the case study or time stepping utilities.
Transmission Pipelines
PIPEPHASE can simulate or predict the pressure and temperature profiles for an
existing pipeline system that consists of various sizes of pipes, pumps, separators and
other equipment. It accomplishes this using one or more of its industry standard
pressure-drop correlations and its heat balance mechanism. Once the pressure and
temperature profiles are calculated, they can be compared with measured data. In this
manner, you can isolate problem areas and can investigate various remedies by further
simulation.
Power and Duty Requirements In addition to the pipe sizing for a new pipeline sys-
tem, the horsepower of pumps and compressors and the duty of coolers and heaters
must be determined. You can use PIPEPHASE to calculate these requirements based
on either simulated or input suction and discharge conditions.
Insulation Requirement For many pipelines, a balance must be reached between the
retention and addition of heat. Heavy crudes usually have such high viscosities and
sensitive temperature-viscosity functions that it is important to keep the flowing
temperature as high as possible. Waterflood lines in cold environments must be kept
above the freezing point. Liquid dropout and hydrate formation in gas and gas/con-
densate lines can be limited by maintaining or increasing the flowing temperature.
There are two ways of doing this - insulate the line or install heaters along the line.
For onshore pipelines, burying the line or covering it with earth is sometimes an
effective means of retarding heat loss. Generally, some combination of heaters, insu-
lation, and burial constitutes an optimum or nearly optimum operation. Arctic envi-
2-6 Overview
ronments usually disallow the burial option because of damage to the permafrost
layer.
PIPEPHASE allows prediction of heat loss through the pipe walls and of the perfor-
mance of heaters installed at various locations along the pipeline. PIPEPHASE can
also predict the formation of hydrates.
Cost calculations can be incorporated through the calculator unit operation.
Slug Catcher Sizing The sphering, or pigging, calculation in PIPEPHASE predicts
the quantity of liquids formed as a multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and deter-
mines the size of the liquid slug that is pushed out by the pig. The volume of a slug
catcher tank must be at least as large as this liquid slug.
If only natural slugging occurs, good engineering practice dictates that the slug
catcher vessel should be sized even larger than the calculated slug volume to account
for transient pigging conditions and statistical uncertainty inherent in all liquid
holdup predictions. Turndown simulation, i.e., holdup predicted for lower rates than
the actual operating rate, should also be a part of any slug-catcher study.
LNG, Carbon Dioxide and Other Fluids Because of its large library of component
data and its variety of thermodynamic options, PIPEPHASE is not restricted to the
traditional hydrocarbon fluids. This means that line sizing, capacity determinations,
power and duty requirements, insulation calculations and station spacing can be
investigated for LNG, dense-phase CO
2
and similar fluids using PIPEPHASE.
Slug Catcher Sizing
The sphering, or pigging, calculation in PIPEPHASE predicts the quantity of liquids
formed as a multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and determines the size of the liquid
slug that is pushed out by the pig. The volume of a slug catcher tank must be at least
as large as this liquid slug.
If only natural slugging occurs, good engineering practice dictates that the slug catcher
vessel should be sized even larger than the calculated slug volume to account for
transient pigging conditions and statistical uncertainty inherent in all liquid holdup
predictions. Turndown simulation, i.e., holdup predicted for lower rates than the actual
operating rate, should also be a part of any slug-catcher study.
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE
PIPEPHASE is an easy program to use, yet it incorporates sophisticated algorithms for
calculating pressure drops and heat transfer in pipe networks. This section outlines the
PIPEPHASE approach to solving piping.
Links
A link is a number of connected flow devices, fittings and equipment items arranged in
series with only one inlet and one outlet. As shown in the figure below, a link comprises
all pipes, fittings and equipment items from the fluid inlet to the outlet.
Figure 2-2: Example of a PIPEPHASE Link
Networks
A network is a number of links joined together at junctions. A network may have one or
more inlets (sources), one or more outlets (sinks), loops, and crossovers. The following
figure shows a typical network.
Figure 2-3: A typical PIPEPHASE Network
All networks are treated the same regardless of the number of sources, sinks, loops, and
crossovers.
2-8 Overview
The Building Blocks
A network is divided into a number of links and each link is in turn divided into flow
devices, fittings and process equipment items (pumps, valves, etc.). To carry out the
pressure drop and heat transfer calculations, each flow device may be further subdivided
into calculation segments. By default, each flow device is a single calculation segment.
Note: PIPEPHASE is a steady-state program; therefore, there must be an energy balance
within each pipe segment.
The segment calculation takes into account frictional, elevational, and accelerational
pressure drop components. Frictional pressure drop is due to the shear stress between
pipe wall and fluid. Elevational pressure drop is a result of the conversion of fluid
potential energy into hydrostatic pressure and the accelerational pressure drop is the gain
or loss in pressure due to changes in velocity of the fluid. The following figure illustrates
an PIPEPHASE calculation segment.
Figure 2-4: Calculation Segment
In addition to the pressure balance for the pipe segment, a heat balance is also
performed. There must be a balance between heat coming into the segment and heat
leaving it. Heat can enter or leave with the fluid or through the flow device walls. The
transfer through the walls is governed by the temperature difference between the average
fluid flowing temperature and the ambient temperature and by the overall heat transfer
coefficient.
Joining Segments Together
The calculation segment pressure drop and temperature change equations are the heart of
the PIPEPHASE calculations. For flow devices, the calculation segments are strung
together and the solution procedure is sequential. Calculation begins at the inlet where
the conditions are known. The heat and momentum balance equations are solved, in an
iterative fashion for this first segment and the conditions at the other end are found.
These calculated conditions become the known conditions for the inlet to the next
segment. Calculations progress sequentially until the end of the device is reached.
Further flow devices are calculated in the same way until the end of the link is reached.
If an item of process equipment, such as a pump, is in the link, the calculated conditions
for the outlet of the flow device become the known inlet conditions for this item. Then
the equipment characteristic equations are solved.
Joining Links Together
A number of links may be joined together to form a network. A junction is the name
given to the point where two or more links are joined. Since the fluid coming from all
sources must equal the fluid leaving from all sinks, the net flow at each junction is zero.
The coupled junction balance equations form a set of non-linear equations which must
be solved numerically.
The primary method for solving these equations in PIPEPHASE is called the Pressure
Balance Solution method.
Pressure Balance Solution Method
The Pressure Balance Solution Method (PBAL) is a Newton-Raphson method of solving
pipeline networks. Derivatives for this method are calculated numerically.
Pressures at a junction or sink are calculated for each inflowing link. The pressure
traverse in each link is calculated in the direction of flow from the inlet of the link to the
outlet.
Convergence
For a junction or sink with multiple inflowing links and where you have not fixed the
pressure:
Pressures at a node (i.e., a sink, source, or junction) are calculated for each link inci-
dent on the node. If the pressures are equal within a user defined tolerance, the node
pressure (by pressure balance) has converged.
For fixed sink and junction pressures:
Pressures at a node are calculated for each link incident on the node. When the cal-
culated node pressure is equal to the set node pressure within the user defined toler-
ance, the node pressure has converged.
If the pressure discrepancy is not within tolerance in any of the nodes, the Newton-
Raphson method calculates new mass balanced link flowrate estimates and new source
pressure estimates for the next iteration.
2-10 Overview
Chapter 3
Using PIPEPHASE
Chapter Contents
Defining the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Properties of Fluid Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Flows and Conditions of Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sphering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Piping Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
What PIPEPHASE Calculates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rating, Design, Case Studies and Nodal Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Global Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Printout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Defining Fluid Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Water as a Special Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Non-library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Petroleum Pseudocomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assay Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Additional Component Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Transport properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Gas Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3-2 Using PIPEPHASE
Blackoil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Defining Properties for Mixed Compositional/Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Generating and Using Tables of Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Compositional Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Non-Compositional Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Structure of Network Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Controlling Convergence of Networks (PBAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Flow Devices (have length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Equipment Devices (have no length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Unit Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Flow Device Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Pressure Drop Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Pressure Drop in Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Pressure Drop in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Equipment Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipe and Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Gaslift Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sphering or Pigging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Reservoirs and Inflow Performance Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Production Planning and Time-Stepping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Time Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wells and Well Grouping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reservoir Depletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Facilities Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Subsurface Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
A Single Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
More Than One Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Multiple Completions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Case Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Global Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Individual Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Nodal Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Dividing the Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Selecting Parameters and Flowrates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Sensitivity Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Grouping Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
About This Chapter
This chapter contains information about the way PIPEPHASE works, the data that need
to be supplied by the user, and the correlations used.
This chapter is arranged according to what you want to do, the type of fluid you have,
and the type of pipeline network. For each of the capabilities of PIPEPHASE, this
chapter explains which data you are required to provide the program, and which data you
may optionally supply. Throughout this chapter, the right hand column contains page
numbers in Chapter 4, Input Reference, and to a STATEMENT on that page where you
will find details on how to format the data.
PIPEPHASE uses the industry-standard PRO/II physical property and thermodynamic
package. In these cases, page references are to the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Defining the Application
The first thing you should do before using PIPEPHASE is to decide what type of
application you have. This depends on:
The properties of the fluid(s) flowing through the piping system,
The flowrates and conditions at which those fluids enter and leave the piping system,
The structure and elements of the piping system, and
Other special processes you may want to simulate, such as Sphering.
Properties of Fluid Types
There are seven types of fluid modeled in PIPEPHASE:
Compositional
Compositional Blackoil
Non-compositional
Blackoil
Gas Condensate
Gas
Liquid
Steam
3-4 Using PIPEPHASE
Compositional fluids are defined as mixtures of chemical components with a known
composition. For compositional fluids, PIPEPHASE will calculate the phase split
whenever prevailing process fluid conditions demand. However, you may instruct
PIPEPHASE to assume the fluid is one phase at all times, thus reducing the time the
program takes to solve by bypassing the vapor-liquid equilibrium (flash) calculation.
Compositional blackoil allows selective compositional input for blackoil analysis and
reporting.
Non-compositional gases and liquids are single-phase. Blackoil is a liquid-dominated,
two-phase model. Gas Condensate is a gas-dominated, two-phase model. Steam is a
single component, two-phase model.
Flows and Conditions of Fluids
Fluids enter piping systems at sources and leave at sinks. Fluids with different properties
may enter at different sources, but they must all be of the same type.
In general, you have to assign flowrates, temperatures and pressures to sources and/or
sinks. For compositional fluids, you also have to assign compositions to the source
fluids. The exceptions are explained in What PIPEPHASE Calculates later in this
chapter.
Sphering
Special applications, relevant to oil production, can be modeled with PIPEPHASE.
Sphering or Pigging is used to increase gas flow efficiency in wet gas and gas dominated
multiphase pipelines.
Piping Structure
Before beginning to input problem data into the application, is important that you
convert the structure of the piping system into a simpler schematic representation of the
relevant nodes (i.e., sources, junctions, and sinks) and links. Label each node and link
both uniquely and logically for future reference.
What PIPEPHASE Calculates
PIPEPHASE solves the equations that define the relationship between pressure drop and
flowrate. PIPEPHASE can also calculate heat losses and gains.
With a single link, PIPEPHASE will calculate the pressure drop for a known flowrate.
Alternatively, for a given pressure drop, PIPEPHASE will calculate the flowrate.
With a network configuration, you must supply a known flowrate or pressure at each
source and sink and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknowns. The combination of
knowns that you are allowed to supply are explained in this chapter.
Rating, Design, Case Studies and Nodal Analysis
PIPEPHASE works in both rating and design modes. In rating mode, you supply data
about the pipes, fittings and equipment and PIPEPHASE calculates the pressure and
temperature profiles. In design mode, PIPEPHASE calculates line sizes. Case studies
can be performed in either mode.
Nodal analysis is a powerful graphical technique commonly used by production
engineers reviewing individual wells or pipelines. The graph clearly represents the
performance characteristic envelope of the link. Nodal analyses can be performed only
on a single link.
Global Settings
Before you provide PIPEPHASE with information about the fluid and piping structure of
your problem, global parameters may be set and the problem definition described.
Choices can be made on how to control the simulation, define the input units, specify
how much output you want, and set global defaults for use throughout the simulation.
Units of Measurement
PIPEPHASE allows you to construct a group of units of measure (or dimensions) which
are to be used throughout all the simulation input. However, you may locally override
individual units of measure where necessary. The output will always be in the units
supplied on the DIMENSION statement, unless specific output overrides or supplements
To provide... See...
Descriptive
text
You must use a TITLE statement that denotes that
the input has started. The only word that has to
appear on this statement is TITLE.
p. 4-14 TITLE
On the TITLE statement you may supply text; this
text will appear at the top of every page of output,
and will make the run easier to identify.
p. 4-14 TITLE
You can further describe the problem using up to
four lines of 60 characters each.
p. 4-14 DESCRIPTION
If you are using the Case Study facility, you may
add one line of description for each case study. You
will find further details about case studies later in
this chapter.
p. 4-154 DESCRIPTION
If you are using the Sensitivity (nodal) Analysis
facility, you may add two lines of description, one
for inflow and one for outflow. You will find further
details about nodal analysis later in this chapter.
Input data
checking
You may use PIPEPHASE just to check your input
syntax and topology and not to perform any
calculations.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
3-6 Using PIPEPHASE
are requested on the OUTDIMENSION statement.
Printout Options
PIPEPHASE generates a great deal of data during its calculations. The default printout is
normally sufficient for most engineering applications. You may increase or decrease the
amount of output depending upon your requirements. For further details describing the
output printout, see Chapter 5, Results.
To provide... See...
Input units Global units of measurement are defined at the
beginning of the input. PIPEPHASE has four pre-
selected sets for user convenience: Petroleum,
English, Metric and SI. You should select the set
that is closest to your requirements. You can then
re-define units of measurement either globally at
the start of the input or individually when you
supply the data. If you do not select a set,
PIPEPHASE defaults to the English set.
p. 4-14 DIMENSION
To set the... See...
Output units The default units of measurement for output are
the same as those defined globally for input on
the DIMENSION statement. Using the
OUTDIMENSION statement, you may define a
separate set of units for the output.
p. 4-31 OUTDIMENSION
Input reprint You will always get a reprint of your input
keyword file. PIPEPHASE then reprints its
interpretation of the input. You may suppress
this interpretation output.
p. 4-28 PRINT
PVTGEN Tables and plots can be requested when
generating property data.
p. 4-28 PRINT
Iterative results During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE
iterates until it converges to within the set
tolerance. You can request a printout that shows
intermediate results. The results can provide
clues which help to converge large or sensitive
networks.
p. 4-28 PRINT
Flash results In a compositional run, PIPEPHASE prints out
phase equilibrium details and the properties of
the phases at each node. This output can be
suppressed.
p. 4-28 PRINT
Devices You can request a range of detail for different
devices. In addition, special outputs are
produced for sphering.
p. 4-28 PRINT
Properties
output
PIPEPHASE can output all properties used in
the detailed calculations.
p. 4-28 PRINT
Defaults
Many of the data items required by PIPEPHASE have default values assigned to them. If
you do not explicitly specify a value for an item of data, or select a calculation method,
the program will automatically assign a value or method. For example, pipe thermal
conductivity assumes a default value of 29 BTU/hr-ft-
o
F if you do not specify a value.
Similarly, the Moody method for single-phase pressure drop calculations is chosen, by
default, as it is generally suitable for many engineering purposes. Beware, these default
selections are not neccessarily the most appropriate, or best for your particular
application. They do not substitute for engineering judgement. If an doubt, especially for
the choice of a calculation method, consult chapter 4 of the manual for advice.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE allows you to change some defaults globally at the start
of the input.
Plotting options In addition to tabular data, line printer plots of
pressure and temperature versus distance may be
requested. The Taitel-Dukler flow regime map
may also be produced for links operating in two-
phase flow. Phase Envelope and Nodal Analysis
plots may also be generated.
p. 4-28 PRINT
Results Access
System (RAS)
Using the Results Access Database, you may
examine data that have been produced by a
keyword run of the program. You may also print
or plot the results using EXCEL.
p. 4-28 PRINT
To define... See...
Flow device
parameters
You can specify global values for the pipe,
tubing and annulus inside diameter, the
surrounding medium, and the parameters
associated with pressure drop and heat transfer.
You can override these settings for individual
pipes.
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
Heat transfer You can define the heat transfer for pipes,
tubings, and annuli as an overall coefficient or
by defining the parameters - viscosity,
conductivity, velocity, etc. - for the surrounding
soil, air, or water. You can select a medium and
optionally override these settings for individual
pipes. You can globally suppress heat transfer
calculations and then reinstate them for
individual pipes, tubings, and annuli.
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
Pressure drop
methods
You can globally set the pressure drop method
and the Palmer parameters for liquid holdup.
You can override the pressure drop method for
individual pipes, tubing, and annuli.
p. 4-21 FCODE
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
To set the... See...
3-8 Using PIPEPHASE
Defining Fluid Properties
PIPEPHASE requires the properties of the fluid to calculate pressure drops, heat transfer,
and phase separation. There are two major classifications of fluid models: compositional
and non-compositional.
A fluid model is compositional when it can be defined in terms of its individual
components either directly or via an assay curve. PIPEPHASE will then predict the
fluids properties by applying the appropriate mixing rules to the pure component
properties. Unless PIPEPHASE is instructed otherwise, it will perform phase
equilibrium calculations for the fluid and determine the quantity and properties of the
liquid and vapor phases.
A fluid model is non-compositional when it can be defined with correlations based on
measurable properties.
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids
PIPEPHASE requires thermodynamic and transport properties to calculate phase splits,
pressure drops, and heat transfer.
All required properties of compositional fluids are predicted from the properties of the
pure components. These are mixed to get the stream properties of the fluid.
There are three methods for defining a component:
1. Selecting individual components from the SimSci library,
2. Defining individual components as petroleum pseudocomponents,
3. Defining an assay curve and having the thermodynamic model divide it into petro-
leum cuts.
The compositional fluid can be defined in terms of any combination of these options.
You can have different compositions at each source.
Transitional flow You can globally set the transitional Reynolds
Number between laminar and turbulent flow
regimes.
p. 4-21 FCODE
Limits You can change the maximum and minimum
values of temperature and pressure for flash
calculations. If the program detects conditions
outside these limits, warning messages will be
presented in the output.
p. 4-28 LIMITS
To define... See...
Water as a Special Component
PIPEPHASE can rigorously predict phase separations involving more than one liquid
phase. However, there is a simplified way of dealing with water in hydrocarbon systems.
Because water is only sparingly soluble in oil, a hydrocarbon system with a significant
amount of water will often form two liquid phases. PIPEPHASE will handle calculations
involving water in hydrocarbons by one of two methods:
1. It can calculate the solubility of water in the hydrocarbon phase and put the excess
water into a pure aqueous phase. All the aqueous phase properties will be calculated
separately from those of the hydrocarbon phase.
2. It can perform a rigorous three phase flash to determine the composition of each
phase.
Library Components
The SimSci library contains over 1700 components. A full list is available in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual. For all components, the databank
contains data for all the fixed properties and temperature-dependent properties necessary
to carry out phase equilibrium calculations. For all common components, the databank
also contains a full set of transport properties necessary to carry out pressure drop and
heat transfer calculations. If you need to supplement the data, or override the library data
with your own, you may do so.
To specify... See...
Library
components
All fixed property data may be accessed from
the SimSci databank. All you need to do is
supply the name of the component.
p. 4-33 COMPONENT
Library
components
You may override the SimSci constant
properties for any or all of the components.
p. 4-37 MW
p. 4-37 SPGR
p. 4-37 API
p. 4-37 ACENTRIC
p. 4-37 ZC
p. 4-37 TC()
p. 4-37 PC()
p. 4-37 NBP()
p. 4-37 STDDENSITY()
p. 4-38 VC
You may override the SimSci variable
(temperature-dependent) properties for any or
all of the components.
p. 4-38 VP()
p. 4-38 ENTHALPY()
p. 4-38 CP()
p. 4-38 LATENT()
p. 4-38 DENSITY()
p. 4-38 VISCOSITY()
p. 4-38 CONDUCTIVITY()
p. 4-38 SURFACE()
3-10 Using PIPEPHASE
Non-library Components
You may use components not found in the SimSci library. You must input all the
necessary data for thermodynamic and transport properties.
Petroleum Pseudocomponents
To define hydrocarbon pseudocomponents, you must supply at least two of the following
three parameters:
1. Molecular weight
2. Gravity
3. Normal boiling point
PIPEPHASE will predict the third if you omit it. PIPEPHASE uses industry-standard
characterization methods to predict all fixed and temperature-dependent property data
for each pseudocomponent. You may select the method most suitable for your own
mixture.
Non-library
components
If you want to use a component that is not in the
SimSci Bank, you must supply its name and all the
required properties.
SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual
To define... See...
Pseudo-
components
Define petroleum pseudocomponents by
supplying at least two of the following:
molecular weight, gravity, and normal boiling
point.
p. 4-34 PETROLEUM
Property-
calculation
methods
You may select the method PIPEPHASE will
use to calculate the properties of your pseudo-
components.
p. 4-35 ASSAY
Fixed Property
Data
You can supply your own fixed property data
to override the data that PIPEPHASE uses
from its own internal library.
p. 4-37 MW
p. 4-37 SPGR
p. 4-37 API
p. 4-37 ACENTRIC
p. 4-37 ZC
p. 4-37 TC()
p. 4-37 PC()
p. 4-37 NBP()
p. 4-37 STDDENSITY()
p. 4-38 VC
Assay Curve
If your fluid is defined by an assay curve (TBP, D86, D2887, or D1160), PIPEPHASE
will divide it into a number of cuts. You can control the number of cuts and the ranges
they cover. Each of the cuts is then treated as a pseudocomponent, as described
previously. You may also define a lightends analysis to go with the assay curve.
Additional Component Capabilities
All the features of SimSci-Esscors industry-standard component property databank and
methods have been incorporated into PIPEPHASE. These are summarized below in
Table 3-1. For details of these methods and their applicability, please consult the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, in the volume detailed below.
Variable Property
Data
You can supply your own temperature-
dependent property data to override the data
that PIPEPHASE predicts.
p. 4-38 VP()
p. 4-38 ENTHALPY()
p. 4-38 CP()
p. 4-38 LATENT()
p. 4-38 DENSITY()
p. 4-38 VISCOSITY()
p. 4-38 CONDUCTIVITY()
p. 4-38 SURFACE()
To supply... See...
Assay Data
You supply an assay curve, and
PIPEPHASE will divide it into petroleum
cuts. You supply it in the form of D86,
D1160, D2887, TBP, or TBP at 10 mm Hg
curves.
Page 4-35 D86, D1160,
D2887, TBP,
TBP10
You must also supply gravity as API or
specific gravity or UOP K-factor either as a
curve against percent vaporized or as an
average value.
Page 4-37 API, SPGR,
UOP, DATA
PIPEPHASE will calculate molecular
weight data, or you may supply it as an
average or a curve against percent
vaporized.
Page 4-37 MW
You may define the number of petroleum
fractions to be generated and their
temperature ranges.
Page 4-36 CUTPOINTS
You may select the method PIPEPHASE
will use to calculate the properties of the
generated petroleum fractions.
Page 4-35 ASSAY
Mixed component
types
You can mix defined components and
pseudocomponents with assay data by
defining a lightends composition and rate
for each source.
Page 4-83 LIGHTENDS
To define... See...
Table 3-1: Summary of Other Component Property Options
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation
PIPEPHASE can use a generalized correlation, an equation of state, or a liquid activity
method to calculate thermodynamic properties at the flowing conditions and hence to
predict the split between the liquid and vapor phases. The choice of the thermodynamic
property calculation method depends on the components in the fluid and the prevailing
temperatures and pressures. PIPEPHASE also provides a number of methods that can
rigorously calculate vapor-liquid-liquid equilibrium and solid-liquid equilibrium.
Recommendations for the commonly found pipeline systems are provided below.
Table 3-2: Recommended Methods for Thermodynamic Properties
You can specify methods that you want to use for the following thermodynamic
Option Summary Chapter
Synthetic
components
You may characterize a component as a synfuel of a specific type or
as a mixture of different petroleum types.
Volume 1
Other fixed
property
requirements
Rackett parameter is required for the Rackett method for liquid
densities. Dipole moment and Radius of gyration are required for
the Hayden-OConnell method for vapor properties. Hildebrand
solubility parameter and liquid molar volume are required for
various generalized and liquid activity thermodynamic correlations.
Van der Waals area and volume are required for UNIFAC and
UNIQUAC liquid activity thermodynamic correlations.
Volume 1
Properties from
structure
You may define the structure of non-library components for use
with the UNIFAC thermodynamic method.
Volume 1
Method
Property
Heavy Hydrocarbon
Systems
Light Hydrocarbon
Systems
Natural Gas Systems
K-value
Braun K10 (<100 psia)
Grayson-Streed
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Lee-Kesler-Plcker
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-
Starling
Chao-Seader
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Enthalpy
Curl-Pitzer
Johnson-Grayson
Lee-Kesler
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Lee-Kesler-Plcker
BWRS
Curl-Pitzer
Lee- Kesler
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Liquid density
API
Lee-Kesler
API
Lee-Kesler
API
Lee-Kesler
Vapor density
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
properties.
Transport properties
The SimSci databank contains pure component data for the thermal conductivity, surface
tension, and viscosity of liquids and vapors as functions of temperature. You can choose
to use these data and simple mixing rules to predict the flowing properties of the fluid.
Alternatively you can choose to use the API Data Book property prediction methods and
mixing rules for mixed hydrocarbons.
K-values,
enthalpy, density
You must select a thermodynamic method for
calculating the vapor-liquid equilibrium and mixture
properties from component properties. Either select
a system with a predefined method for each property,
or select an individual method for each property.
p. 4-48 METHOD
Vapor-liquid-
liquid equilibria
Use the (VLLE) qualifier on the SYSTEM keyword
or on the KVALUE keyword or have a second
KVALUE keyword with an (LLE) qualifier.
p. 4-48 METHOD
Different enthalpy
methods for liquid
and vapor
You must include two ENTHALPY keywords, one
with an (L) qualifier and one with a (V) qualifier.
p. 4-48 METHOD
Different density
methods for liquid
and vapor
You must include two DENSITY keywords, one
with an (L) qualifier and one with a (V) qualifier.
p. 4-48 METHOD
Aqueous phase
enthalpy
If you have water in a hydrocarbon system, you may
select a method for calculating aqueous liquid and
vapor enthalpies either by a simplified method
which assumes that the steam is at its saturation
point or by a rigorous method which takes into
account the degree of superheat of the vapor, if any.
p. 4-52 WATER
Binary interaction
parameters
For some systems, notably close-boiling mixtures,
the standard equations do not adequately reproduce
experimental phase equilibria data. You may
improve the predictability of many of the equations
of state, or liquid activity coefficient methods by
inputting your own binary interaction parameter
values. For example, you can tune the PR, SRK,
BWRS and LKP equations.
p. 4-53 PR
p. 4-53 BWRS
About 60 of the bank components have data for viscosity and thermal conductivity from
the GPA TRAPP program. If you choose to use the TRAPP data, all of your components
must be TRAPP components and you cannot have any pseudocomponents or assay data.
For a listing of TRAPP component names, see the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids
For large scale compositional simulations, a table of fluid properties can be specified at
the start of the run. This will reduce the computation time by eliminating flash
calculations during the solution procedure. This method is applicable if all the sources in
the network have the same composition, and the compositions are constant throughout
the network.
Prediction
methods
You may choose a method for calculating bulk
transport properties from component properties. Select
a system with predefined methods for each property, or
select an individual method for each property.
p. 4-48 METHOD
Overriding
viscosity
To override the mixture liquid viscosity predictions,
you may supply a liquid viscosity curve for either the
hydrocarbon liquid phase, the water phase or the total
liquid. A different viscosity curve may be supplied for
each source.
p. 4-54 SET
To... See...
Build and use
a table
You can have PIPEPHASE build the table and
use it in the same run.
p. 4-64 DIMENSION
Retrieve a table
Alternatively, you can have PIPEPHASE build
the table, store it in a file, and then use it in a
subsequent run. PIPEPHASE will not build a
table for use in the same run while also storing
it for a subsequent run.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
p. 4-64 DIMENSION
p. 4-70 FILE
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods
In most cases, a single set of thermodynamic and transport methods is adequate for
calculating properties of all sources. However, your flowsheet may contain sources with
widely varying compositions or conditions such that they cannot be simulated accurately
using just one set. To account for this, you may define more than one set of methods
(there is no limit) and apply different sets to different sources.
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities
All of SimScis industry-standard thermophysical property calculation methods have
been incorporated into PIPEPHASE. These are summarized in the following table. For
details of these methods and their applicability, please consult Chapter 2 in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
More than one
thermodynamic
set
For each set use a separate METHOD statement.
Name the set using the SET keyword.
p. 4-48 METHOD
The set used by a
source
Link the source to the thermodynamic set using the
SET keyword.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
A default
thermodynamic
set
When a single set is present, all sources use that set. If
you do not link the source to a thermodynamic set, it
will use the default set. Normally this is the first set
that appears in the input. If you want to stipulate that
another set is the default, use the DEFAULT keyword.
The thermodynamic set can also be set for junctions
with streams feeding the junctions and being mixed
using the new method.
p. 4-48 METHOD
Table 3-3: Summary of Other Thermodynamic Options
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids
A non-compositional fluid model must be defined as blackoil, gas condensate, liquid,
gas, or steam. Blackoil and gas condensate are two-phase, with one phase dominant. Gas
and liquid fluid models are single-phase. Steam may be single or two-phase.
Option Methods
Generalized
Correlations
Grayson-Streed
Improved-Grayson-Streed
Grayson-Streed-Erbar
Braun-K10
Chao-Seader
Chao-Seader-Erbar
Ideal
Equations of State
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
SRK-Kabadi-Danner
SRK-Huron-Vidal
SRK-Panagiotopoulos-Reid
SRK-Modified
SRK-SimSci
SRK-Hexamer
Panagiotopoulos-Reid
Peng-Robinson
PR-Huron-Vidal
PR-Panagiotopoulos-Reid
BWRS
Uniwaals
Liquid Activity
Methods
Non-random Two-liquid Equation
Universal Quasi-chemical (UNIQUAC)
van Laar
Wilson
Margules
Regular Solution Theory
Flory-Huggins Theory
Universal Functional Activity
Coefficient (UNIFAC)
Lyngby-modified UNIFAC
Dortmund-modified UNIFAC
Modified UNIFAC method
Free volume modification to UNIFAC
Ideal
Special Packages
Glycol
Sour water
GPA Sour Water
Amine
Alcohol
Other Features
Heat of mixing
Poynting correction
Henrys Law
Amine Residence Time Correction
Fluid definition
You must tell PIPEPHASE the type of fluid you
have: blackoil, gas condensate, liquid, gas, or
steam.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
Different data
for different
sources
You may supply specific gravities for each
source.
p. 4-54 SET
Liquid
All properties of a non-compositional liquid are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the
specific gravity and built-in correlations.You may choose from the viscosity correlations
shown in Table 4-25, Property Correlations.
Gas
All properties of a non-compositional gas are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the
specific gravity and the built-in correlations. You may choose which viscosity
correlation to use from the list in Table 4-25, Property Correlations.
Liquid definition
You must define the liquid as water or
hydrocarbon, and supply its gravity. If the liquid
is water, the specific gravity must be 1.0 or
greater.
p. 4-54 SET
Viscosity method
You may define the method that PIPEPHASE
uses to predict non-compositional liquid
viscosity.
p. 4-57 SET for Blackoil
Overriding
viscosity data
You may supply liquid viscosity data to
override the internally predicted data. You may
define the viscosity as a single value or as a
two-point viscosity curve.
p. 4-54 SET
Specific heat
You may supply a single constant value for
liquid specific heat to override the internally
predicted data.
p. 4-54 SET
Gas definition
A non-compositional gas is defined in terms of its
gravity, and PIPEPHASE will use the appropriate
correlations to predict its properties.
p. 4-54 SET
Viscosity method
You may define the method that PIPEPHASE uses
to predict non-compositional gas viscosity.
Cp/Cv ratio
definition
A gas specific heat ratio may be defined to
override the internal value used as default.
p. 4-54 SET
Define a
contaminant
One or more of the following gas contaminants
may also be defined: nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or
hydrogen sulfide.
p. 4-54 SET
Gas Z-factor
The method that PIPEPHASE uses to predict a
non-compositional compressibility factor may also
be defined.
Steam
Steam is a non-compositional fluid that is allowed to exist in two phases. You cannot
override the steam table data contained within PIPEPHASEs data libraries. However, all
pressure drop correlations which are available to compositional fluids are also available
to the steam model.
Gas Condensate
Gas condensate is a multiphase non-compositional fluid with gas predominating. All
properties of gas condensate are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the phase specific
gravities, condensate gas ratio at standard conditions, and built-in correlations.
Steam tables
If the fluid is steam, use the programs internal
steam tables. You may specify that the gravity of
the condensed water is more than 1.0 to take into
account dissolved solids.
p. 4-55 SET for Steam
Saturated steam
You may specify steam quality if the steam is
saturated. Specify the temperature and quality if
the steam is superheated or the water is subcooled.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
Condensate
definition
A gas condensate is defined in terms of its
gravity, condensate gas ratio, and
PIPEPHASE will use the appropriate
correlations to predict its properties.
p. 4-56 SET for Condensate
Specific gravity
You must supply specific gravity data for
gas, liquid and water phases, even if you
do not expect them all to be present.
Contaminants
One or more of the following gas
contaminants may also be defined:
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or hydrogen
sulfide.
Blackoil
Blackoil is a multiphase fluid model which predicts properties from the gas gravity, oil
gravity, and the volume of gas per unit volume of liquid.
Blackoil definition
Blackoil is defined in terms of
the gravity of its oil and gas and
the Gas to Oil ratio.
PIPEPHASE will use the
appropriate correlations to
predict its properties.
Specific gravity
You must supply specific
gravity data for gas, liquid, and
water phases, even if you do not
expect them all to be present.
Viscosity
You may optionally enter liquid
viscosity data in the form of a
Tabular viscosity curve.
Contaminants
One or more of the following
gas contaminants may also be
defined: nitrogen, carbon
dioxide, or hydrogen sulfide.
Adjustment of
Properties
You may adjust the properties
that PIPEPHASE calculates
from its built-in correlations so
that they more closely fit
measured laboratory data.
p. 4-58 ADJUST (Blackoil only)
Lift gas definition
When you have a GLVALVE in
the simulation, you need to
define the lift gas in terms of
Gravity and (optionally)
contaminants.
p. 4-59 LIFTGAS (Blackoil only)
Tabular data
If laboratory data are available,
you may input them and
override the PIPEPHASE
internally generated data. If you
use tabular data, you must input
all data: Formation Volume
Factor, Solution Gas Oil Ratio,
Live Viscosity, and Gravity.
p. 4-59 TABULAR (Blackoil only)
p. 4-60 FVF (Blackoil only)
p. 4-61 SGOR() (Blackoil only)
p. 4-61 VISCOSITY() (Blackoil only)
p. 4-61 GRAVITY() (Blackoil only)
Gas Z-factor
The method that PIPEPHASE
uses to predict a non-
compositional compressibility
factor may be defined.
p. 4-62 CORRELATION
Viscosity method
You may define the method that
PIPEPHASE uses to predict
viscosities and blending rules.
p. 4-62 CORRELATION
Defining Properties for Mixed Compositional/Non-Compositional
Fluids
PIPEPHASE offers the user the ability to define blackoil models that combine data from:
Sources that are in the standard blackoil format (see description of blackoil inputs),
with
Sources that are in the standard compositional format (see description of composi-
tional inputs).
PIPEPHASE treats the combined fluid model as a blackoil model; flash calculations are
used to define the appropriate blackoil properties for the compositional sources. The
inputs to the compositional blackoil model are thus a combination of the inputs to
separate compositional and blackoil models.
Generating and Using Tables of Properties
For large scale compositional or blackoil simulations, a table of fluid properties can be
built and used. This will reduce the computation time by phase separation calculations
during the solution procedure. This method is applicable if all the sources in the network
have the same composition or Blackoil properties.
Formation volume
factor and solution
gas oil ratio
methods
You may define the methods
that PIPEPHASE uses to
calculate formation volume
factor and solution gas oil ratio.
p. 4-62 CORRELATION
To... See...
Build and use a
table
You can have PIPEPHASE build the
table and use it in the same run.
p. 4-66 GENERATE (for Blackoil)
Retrieve a table
Alternatively, you can have
PIPEPHASE build the table, store it in
a file, and then use it in a subsequent
run. PIPEPHASE will not build a
table for use in the same run while
also storing it for a subsequent run.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
p. 4-66 GENERATE (for Blackoil)
p. 4-70 FILE
Sources
A source is a point at which fluid enters the piping system. You define a source by
supplying parameters such as composition, temperature, pressure, and flowrate. You can
have more than one source in a network.
Compositional Sources
Non-Compositional Sources
Defined
components
You must define the total flowrate and
composition of the source stream. Components
can be either from the PIPEPHASE component
library or defined as pseudocomponents.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
Assay data
A source fluid may be defined by an assay
curve. You can combine library components
and/or petroleum pseudocomponents with an
assay curve by supplying a lightend analysis.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
p. 4-83 LIGHTENDS
Viscosity data
To override the internally generated fluid
viscosity data, you may specify a viscosity
curve in the PVT data section.
p. 4-54 PVT
Similar sources
To reduce redundant data entry, you may refer
to a predefined source. Parameters may be
specified to override the parameters that are
different.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
Steam sources
You must define the pressure and quality of a
saturated steam source. The temperature must
be specified only if the steam is superheated
(Quality=100%) or subcooled (Quality=0%).
p. 4-75 SOURCE
Gas, liquid,
blackoil or
condensate sources
One or more sets of fluid property data are
defined in the PVT data section. You must
assign a unique set number to each data set.
Each source must be referred to the appropriate
data set number.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
p. 4-54 PVT
Well In-flow
Performance
You may specify the IPR of a well source for a
single link with gas, liquid, blackoil or
condensate. You may enter values for the Vogel
and Productivity Index parameters. You may
also supply well test data.Well test data
p. 4-75 SOURCE
p. 4-80 WTEST
Similar sources
If one source is the same as or similar to
another, you may refer it to the other source.
PIPEPHASE will copy all the data from one
source to the other. You may then override the
parameters that are different.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
Structure of Network Systems
Flow devices such as pipes, fittings, and other process equipment are connected together
in a Link. Each Link starts at a Node (a Source or a Junction) and ends at another Node (a
Junction or a Sink).
PIPEPHASE can calculate either simple or complex network problems. A simple
network problem, e.g. a single link, is defined as a series of pipes, fittings, and process
equipment that has one source, one sink, and no junctions. A more complex network
may have one or more sources and one or more sinks. See Chapter 2, Overview, for
terminology and examples of single links and networks.
PIPEPHASE calculates the flowrates and pressure drops. In a network configuration,
you must either define these parameters or provide an estimate at each node.
Controlling Convergence of Networks (PBAL)
A system of non-linear equations based on Kirchoffs laws represents the network
problem. A Newton like technique is applied iteratively, until the solution converges to a
specified tolerance. If the solution diverges (in sensitive networks), user specified
damping factors and constraints may be set to stabilize the convergence path.
Network solution
algorithm
There are two solution algorithms available for
Networks. For the vast majority of networks, you
would use the default PBAL method. If your
fluid is a single-phase liquid or gas, you may find
that the MBAL method gives a faster solution.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Automatic
generation of
initial estimates
PBAL has a choice of methods.
By default, PBAL generates flowrate estimates by
considering the diameters of the first pipe in each
link. An alternative method uses the frictional
resistances of the pipes in each link. A third
method solves the first iteration with MBAL
before going into PBAL.
Finally, if you have solved this network before
and just changed some of the conditions, you may
instruct the program to use your previous solution
as its initial estimate.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
User-supplied
initial estimates
You may also provide individual estimates for
junction pressures and link flowrates.
p. 4-88 JUNCTION
p. 4-89 LINK
Maximum and
minimum flows
For any link, you may specify the maximum and
minimum flows that are to be allowed.
p. 4-89 LINK
Networks
A network generally has more than one link and one or more junctions. The variables are
the pressure and flowrate at each source and sink. You specify the values of the variables
that are known, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknowns. In order not to under- or
over-specify the system, simple rules must be followed in constructing the problem:
You must specify a number of knowns equal to the total number of sources and
sinks.
Controlling
convergence
In some difficult networks, convergence of the
base case can be improved by adjusting various
convergence parameters: for example, damping,
relaxation, internal tolerances, etc. Refer to
Chapter 6, Technical Reference, for details.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Direction of flow
If you know the flow direction in all links, you
can specify that PIPEPHASE not try to reverse
them from iteration to iteration.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Solution tolerance
The network calculation converges when the error
is within a given tolerance. You may optionally
change this tolerance.
p. 4-44 TOLERANCE
Calculation time
If PIPEPHASE does not converge within a certain
number of iterations, it will stop and report the
results of the last iteration. You may reduce or
increase the maximum number of iterations. To
reduce calculation time in large compositional
runs, you may control the number of fluid
property evaluations that are performed in each
link for the PBAL initialization procedure.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Closed loops
If the flows inadvertently form closed flow paths
at any iteration, PIPEPHASE will repair these and
optionally take remedial action.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Pipe segments
Pipes, tubing, and annuli are divided into
segments for pressure drop and heat transfer
calculations. You can change either the number of
segments or the length of segments for greater
calculational accuracy.
p. 4-26 SEGMENT
Check valves
You may allow regulators (unidirectional check
valves) to pass a small backward flow.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Critical flow in
chokes
Critical flow in chokes can cause difficulties for
convergence algorithms. To help PIPEPHASE
solve such networks, you can choose from three
options.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
Wells
You can prevent well flows from falling below
the minimum required to transport fluid in a two-
phase system.
p. 4-40 SOLUTION
You must specify at least one pressure.
If any source or sink flowrate is an unknown, you must supply an estimate.
If you do not know a pressure at a source, sink, or junction, you do not need to sup-
ply an estimate. You may specify estimates to speed up convergence.
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices
A piping system is made up of links which join sources, sinks, and junctions. Each link
consists of a series of flow devices: pipes, fittings, and process equipment and unit
operations.
Sources and sinks must be named. The location and the direction of flow of each link are
implied by the FROM and TO keywords on the LINK statement.
The statements describing the devices in the link must follow the LINK statement and be
in the order in which the devices appear in the link.
Flow Devices (have length)
Descriptions of the flow devices available in PIPEPHASE are as follows:
Sources and
sinks
You must have at least one source and at least
one sink.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
p. 4-87 SINK
Junctions
You must have a junction at the point where
two or more links meet. If your network is
complex, you may help the convergence by
supplying estimates for the junction pressures.
p. 4-88 JUNCTION
Links
You must supply a unique name for each link. If
your network is complex, you may speed up the
solution by supplying estimates for flowrates
through each link.
p. 4-89 LINK
Steam networks
PIPEPHASE can model preferential splitting at
Tee junctions in pure distribution networks.
These junctions can have only two outgoing
and one incoming link.
p. 4-88 JUNCTION
Subnetworks
PIPEPHASE has a number of devices that
invoke a special algorithm. You may specify
the inlet conditions; PIPEPHASE breaks the
flowsheet at the inlet and solves the resulting
subnetworks simultaneously so that the
pressures match.
p. 4-103 MCOMPRESS
p. 4-127 MCHOKE
p. 4-128 MREGULATOR
Pipe
Horizontal, vertical or inclined. May be surrounded by air, water, or soil; insulated
or bare.
Equipment Devices (have no length)
Descriptions of the completion, fitting, process, and unit operation equipment devices
available in PIPEPHASE are as follows:
Fittings
Process Equipment
Annulus
Well annulus. Heat loss is simulated using an overall heat transfer coefficient and
geothermal gradient.
Tubing
Well tubing. Heat loss is simulated using an overall heat transfer coefficient and
geothermal gradient.
Inflow
Performance
Relationship
Models the relationship between flowrate and reservoir pressure draw-down or
pressure drop at the sand face in a well.
Completion
Bottomhole completion, the interface between the reservoir and a well. There are
two types of completion: gravel-packed and open-perforated.
Bend
A standard mitred bend or non-standard bend with defined angle and radius.
Check valve
Device that allows flow in only one direction.
Choke valve
Restricts fluid flow. MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE, introduces a discontinuity
into a network which is solved using a special sub-networking method.
PIPEPHASE calculates the choke size.
Contraction
Reduction in diameter from larger to smaller pipe. Variable angle.
Entrance
Entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Exit
Exit from a pipe to a larger volume such as a vessel.
Expansion
Increase in diameter from smaller to larger pipe. Variable angle.
Nozzle
Flow restriction used in metering.
Orifice
Orifice meter. Orifice plate can use thick or thin calculation formula.
Tee
Tee piece. Flow may be straight on or through the branch.
Valve
Any type of valve, e.g., gate, globe, angle, ball, butterfly, plug, cock.
Venturimeter
Venturi flow meter.
Compressor
Simple single or multispeed gas compressor.
Multistage
Compressor
Rigorous single or multistage gas compressor with optional inlet pressure
calculation. Uses a special sub-networking method. PIPEPHASE calculates the
required horse power.
Cooler
Removes heat from a stream.
DPDT
Any device that changes pressure and/or temperature with flowrate.
Expander
Steam expander.
Unit Operations
Flow Device Sizing
In a single link system, PIPEPHASE can calculate the sizes of pipes and tubings to meet
either a pressure drop or a maximum velocity criterion.
With a fixed source pressure and fixed sink pressure, PIPEPHASE sizes all these devices
to the same diameter.
With a fixed source or sink pressure and maximum velocity, PIPEPHASE sizes each
device separately.
Gaslift Valve
Well gaslift valve.
Heater
Adds heat to a stream.
Injection
Re-introduces a stream from a compositional separator back into a link.
Pump
Single or multispeed liquid pump. An electric submersible pump may be
modeled.
Regulator
Means of fixing maximum pressure at any point in the structure.
MREGULATOR, a variant of REGULATOR, introduces a discontinuity into a
network which is solved using a special sub-networking method.
Separator
Splits some or all of one of the fluid phases from a link.
Hydrates
Predicts the temperature/pressure regime under which hydrates are prone to
form.
Calculator
A utility that allows you to compute results from flowsheet or network
parameters. These results can then be used as optimizer constraints or objective
parameters.
Pipe sizing
You may ask for all flow devices to be sized or just
selected ones.
p. 4-150 DEVICE
p. 4-150 LINE
You may supply a set of maximum velocities and a
corresponding set of diameters or slip densities.
p. 4-151 MAXV
Pressure Drop Calculations
PIPEPHASE calculates pressure drops for pipes, annuli and tubing. There are many
methods for calculating pressure drops. You can define one method globally for use
throughout the simulation, or you can use different methods in different pipes. Refer to
the discussions Single-Phase Methods, p. A-2 and Two-Phase and Compositional
Methods, p. A-2, for a survey of the pressure drop calculation methods available in
PIPEPHASE.
The following table lists recommended pressure drop methods for single-phase flow in
pipes with non-compositional fluids
The following table lists the pressure drop methods recommended for multiphase flow in
horizontal and inclined pipes. A legend and comments are located below the table.
Pressure drop
method
Choose a method that is appropriate to the type
of fluid and piping topology you have. If you
do not choose a method, PIPEPHASE will use
Beggs & Brill-Moody for compositional,
blackoil, condensate, or steam and Moody for
non-compositional fluids.
p. 4-21 FCODE
You may choose a different method for an
individual device.
If you do not choose a method for a device,
PIPEPHASE will use the method you selected
globally.
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-21 FCODE
Table 3-4: Pressure Drop Methods for Single-Phase Flow (Non-Compositional Fluids)
Liquid Gas
Moody
Hazen-Williams
Moody
Panhandle Bf
Weymouth
American Gas Association
Table 3-5: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations
Methods
5
Horizontal
and
inclines <
10
o
Upward
incline
10
o
<a<70
o
Downward
Incline
10
o
<a<70
o
Vertical
Upward
90
o
and >
70
o
Vertical
Downward
90
o
and
> 70
o
Beggs & Brill 4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - Moody
1
4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - No slip 8 8 8 8 4
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton
3
8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler
3
8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn &
Brown
8 8 8 8 8
Mukherjee & Brill
2
8 4 4 8 8
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton
3
8 8 8 8 8
Ansari 8 8 8 4 8
1. In general, this method is recommended because it performs reasonably well for the widest range of flow conditions.
2. This method is recommended for pipelines with low liquid holdup in hilly terrain.
3. These non-standard hybrid models should be used only after matching measured data.
4. These models are available as add-ons through your SimSci representative
5. All these correlations were developed for circular flow cross-section. These correlations are used for Annulus flow using the wetted
perimeter-hydraulic radius concept in place of the radius of the circular cross section.
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices
The pressure drop in a flow device (Pipe, Tubing or Annulus) of length L consists of
three components: friction, elevation, and acceleration.
In general, the frictional pressure gradient may be expressed as:
(3-1)
where:
= fluid density
q = volumetric flux
d = equivalent diameter (actual diameter in the case of pipes and tubing)
Orkiszewski 8 8 8 4 8
Duns & Ros 8 8 8 4 8
Hagedorn & Brown 8 8 8 4 8
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill 8 8 8 8 8
Aziz 8 8 8 4 8
Gray (not applicable for
Compositional)
8 8 8 4 8
Gray - Moody (not applicable for
Compositional)
8 8 8 4 8
Angel - Welchon - Ross 8 8 8 8 4
Eaton 4 8 8 8 8
Eaton-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Dukler 4 8 8 8 8
Dukler-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Lockhart & Martinelli 4 4 8 8 8
Dukler-Eaton-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Olimens 4 4 8 8 8
OLGA
4
4 4 4 4 4
TACITE
4
4 4 4 4 4
Legend 4 Correlation recommended for the application
8 Correlation allowed, but not recommended for the application
Table 3-5: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations (cont.)
Methods
5
Horizontal
and
inclines <
10
o
Upward
incline
10
o
<a<70
o
Downward
Incline
10
o
<a<70
o
Vertical
Upward
90
o
and >
70
o
Vertical
Downward
90
o
and
> 70
o
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
fq
2
d
5
-----------
The friction factor, f, is inversely proportional to the Reynolds number for laminar flow.
For turbulent flow, f is a non-linear function of the Reynolds number and the pipe
roughness.
In general, the elevation pressure gradient may be expressed as:
(3-2)
where:
= fluid density
O = inclination angle
The acceleration pressure gradient is generally small, except when the fluid is
compressible, and the velocity and velocity gradients in the pipe are high. In general, the
acceleration pressure gradient may be expressed as:
(3-3)
where:
= fluid density
v = fluid velocity
Inside diameter
and roughness
If the majority of your flow devices have the
same inside diameter, you can specify a
global inside diameter at the start of the
simulation. Then you can override this value
for those devices which do not conform to
the default. Roughness can be specified also
as a global parameter or for each device.
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
p. 4-95 TUBING
Inclined pipes
You can specify an elevation change or
depth for each device If the elevation
change equals the length, the device is
vertical. If you do not specify an elevation
change, PIPEPHASE assumes that pipes are
horizontal and that annuli and tubings are
vertical.
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
p. 4-95 TUBING
Acceleration
terms
You may instruct PIPEPHASE to ignore the
acceleration term in pressure drop
calculations, if desired.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
O ( ) sin
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
a
v
dv
dx
------
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule
As an alternative to entering a pipe (or tubing) inside diameter, you can specify a
nominal diameter and a schedule. PIPEPHASE has an internal database of standard
nominal pipe sizes and pipe schedules; the allowed combinations of nominal diameter
and schedule in this database are detailed in Table 3-6. You may supply your own
database which PIPEPHASE will use instead of its own.
To specify
nominal
diameter and
schedule for...

See...
All devices as a
global value
You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule
that will be used for all the fittings in this table,
unless overridden by data in the input to the fitting
itself.
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
Your pipes and
fittings
You may create a database of nominal diameters
and pipe schedules and have PIPEPHASE use it
instead of its own internal database
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
Pipe
You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-92 PIPE
Tubing
You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-95 TUBING
Bend
You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-124 BEND
Entrance
for the downstream pipe.
p. 4-129 ENTRANCE
Exit
for the upstream pipe.
p. 4-130 EXIT
Nozzle
p. 4-132 NOZZLE
Orifice
p. 4-133 ORIFICE
Tee
p. 4-133 TEE
Valve
p. 4-134 VALVE
Venturi
p. 4-136 VENTURIMETER
Contraction
for the inlet and outlet pipes.
p. 4-128 CONTRACTION
Expansion
for the inlet and outlet pipes.
p. 4-131 EXPANSION
Pressure Drop in Completions
Bottomhole completion describes the interface between a reservoir and a well. There are
two types of completion: gravel packed and open perforated. The pressure drop through
a completion is calculated from permeability and other data you input.
PIPEPHASE uses the Jones model for gravel-packed completion and the McCleod
model for open-perforated completions. For further information about these models,
please refer to Chapter 5, Technical Reference.
Table 3-6: Allowable Pipe Nominal Diameters and Schedules
Nominal Diameter
(Inches) Valid Pipe Schedule Numbers
0.125 40 80
0.250 40 80
0.375 40 80
0.5 40 80 160
0.75 40 80 160
1.00 40 80 160
1.25 40 80 160
1.5 40 80 160
2.0 40 80 160
2.5 40 80 160
3.0 40 80 160
3.5 40 80
4.0 40 80 120 160
4.5 40
5.0 40 80 120 160
6.0 40 80 120 160
8.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
10.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
12.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
14.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
16.0 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
18.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
20.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
24.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
30.0 10 20 30
Figure 3-1: Jones Model
Figure 3-2: McLeod Model
Pressure Drop in Fittings
The general form of the pressure drop equation is:
(3-4)
Completion You may define a completion as being gravel
packed (Jones) or open perforated (McLeod).
p. 4-101 COMPLETION
Dual
Completion
You may model dual completions, both
concentric and parallel.
p. 4-98 Dual Completions
AP
KG
2
u
2g
---------------- =
where:
AP = pressure drop across the fitting
K = resistance coefficient/ K-factor
G = mass velocity (mass flowrate/flow area)
u = two-phase pressure drop multiplier
g = acceleration due to gravity
= fluid density (equal to liquid density for two-phase flows)
Bend, tee,
valve
PIPEPHASE uses the generalized pressure drop
equation with a resistance coefficient. For bends,
tees, and valves, you can either supply the
resistance coefficient directly or supply an
equivalent length and have PIPEPHASE calculate
the resistance coefficient as a function of the
friction factor.
p. 4-124 BEND
p. 4-133 TEE
p. 4-134 VALVE
Entrance, exit
For entrances and exits you can supply the
resistance coefficient or use the default value.
p. 4-129 ENTRANCE
p. 4-130 EXIT
Contraction,
expansion,
nozzle,
orifice,
Venturi
For contractions, expansions, nozzles, orifices, and
Venturimeters, you can supply the resistance
coefficient or use the value that PIPEPHASE
calculates from its built-in correlations. These
correlations relate the resistance coefficient to the
Reynolds number and specific fitting parameters
such as orifice diameter, Venturi throat diameter,
contraction and expansion angles, and nozzle
diameter. For gas flow in nozzles, orifices, and
Venturimeters, the specific heat ratio is also used in
the calculation of the resistance coefficient.
p. 4-132 NOZZLE
p. 4-131 EXPANSION
p. 4-133 ORIFICE
Choke
The pressure drop for a choke is calculated by the
orifice method for a single-phase fluid or by the
various choke models for a two-phase fluid. You
can supply a discharge coefficient or use the default
value. MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE which
introduces a discontinuity into a network, uses the
Fortunati model only.
p. 4-125 CHOKE
p. 4-127 Besides the fluid
type, a more general approach
for choosing choke models in a
network system are:
Check valve
A valve that permits flow in one direction only. You
can supply a resistance coefficient or use the default
value.
p. 4-125 CHECK
Equipment Items
PIPEPHASE simulates the change in fluid conditions across items of process equipment
that typically appears in pipeline systems.
Two-phase
correction in
fittings
The pressure drops for fittings are corrected for
two-phase flow by using either the Homogeneous
flow model or the Chisholm model. If you do not
make a selection, PIPEPHASE will use the default
method. You may supply values for the Chisholm
parameters.
p. 4-124 BEND
p. 4-130 EXIT
p. 4-129 ENTRANCE
p. 4-134 VALVE
p. 4-133 TEE
p. 4-131 EXPANSION
p. 4-132 NOZZLE
p. 4-133 ORIFICE
Compressor
A compressor imparts work to a gas. You supply
either a known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown parameter. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
calculations according to whichever parameter is
limiting. Alternatively, you can supply a curve of
flowrate against head. You may also supply an
adiabatic efficiency as either a constant or a curve
against head. The exit temperature is then determined
by energy balance. If you specify more than one
stage, PIPEPHASE interprets the curve to be for each
stage; any maximum power you specify is over all of
the stages rather than for each individual stage. You
can also reference the compressor curve to a
previously defined performance curve.
p. 4-102 COMPRESSOR
Multispeed
Compressor
You can specify different compressor curves for up to
five compressor speeds.
p. 4-102 COMPRESSOR
Multistage
Compressor
In a multistage compressor you may specify different
parameters curves, efficiencies, etc. for different
stages. You may have multiple compressor trains,
each train with multiple stages. You may have
interstage scrubbers with downstream re-injection and
interstage coolers and piping losses. You may specify
the compressors inlet pressure. When you do this,
PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm which
breaks the flowsheet at the compressor inlet, and
solves the resulting subnetworks so that the pressures
match at the interface. PIPEPHASE calculates the
compressor power that is required for the pressures to
match.
p. 4-103 MCOMPRESS
Cooler
The cooler removes heat from the system. You supply
either a known exit temperature or known duty of the
unit, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknown
parameter. You may impose a maximum (for duty) or
minimum (for temperature) value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain
limiting. (Pressure drop as a function of flowrate can
be modeled.)
p. 4-105 COOLER
Steam
expander
The expander models the expansion of steam from a
high pressure to a low pressure. You may specify the
power required, or the pressure drop or the pressure
ratio. If the unit is in a spur link, you may
alternatively specify the outlet pressure.
p. 4-106 EXPANDER
Gaslift valve
This unit simulates the presence of a gaslift valve as
part of a well link. You must define the properties of
the lift gas in the PVT data section.
p. 4-107 GLVALVE
p. 4-59 LIFTGAS
(Blackoil only)
General
purpose DP
and DT unit
The DPDT unit is a general purpose unit for defining
a pressure and/or temperature difference at a point in
the piping structure. You can use this unit to model
any equipment device where the pressure difference
and temperature difference characteristics can be
represented as curves against flowrate. You may also
specify the flow versus pressure drop equation for the
curve.
p. 4-105 DPDT
Heater
The heater adds heat to the system. You supply either
a known exit temperature or known duty of the unit,
and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknown. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
limiting. (Pressure drop as a function of flowrate can
be modeled.)
p. 4-107 HEATER
Injection
The injection introduces a stream into a link. The
stream comes from a separator (see the entry below).
You may fix the pressure and temperature of the
injected stream.
p. 4-108 INJECTION
Pump
A pump imparts work to a liquid. You supply either a
known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown. You may
impose a maximum value on the unknown parameter,
and PIPEPHASE will constrain the calculations
according to whichever parameter is limiting.
Alternatively, you can supply a curve of flowrate
against head. You may also supply an efficiency as a
constant or as a curve against head. The exit
temperature is determined by energy balance.If you
specify more than one stage, PIPEPHASE interprets
the curve to be for each stage; any maximum power
you specify is over all of the stages rather than for
each individual stage. You can also reference the
pump curve to a previously defined performance
curve.
p. 4-119 PUMP
Multispeed
pump
You can specify different pump curves for up to five
pump speeds.
p. 4-119 PUMP
Electric
submersible
pump
An extension of the PUMP item allows you to model
an electric submersible pump. In addition to all the
features mentioned above, you may supply motor
horsepower as a curve, either in tabular form or as
coefficients of an equation. You may specify auxiliary
power to be supplied to the pump. You may specify
head degradation as a function of gas ingestion
percentage, plus minimum submergence, casing head
pressure, and vertical pressure gradient in the casing-
tubing annulus due to the gas column. Refer also to
Separator, below. You can also reference the electric
submersible pump curve to a previously defined
performance curve.
p. 4-119 PUMP
Regulator
The regulator is used to set the maximum pressure at
some point in the pipeline structure. It allows flow in
only one direction and can be used to prevent flow
reversal within a selected link in a network.
p. 4-121 REGULATOR
Subnetwork
regulator
You may specify the inlet pressure of this item. When
you do this, PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm
which breaks the flowsheet at the inlet and solves the
resulting subnetworks so that the pressures match at
the interface. You may also specify the flowrate
through the regulator.
p. 4-128 MREGULATOR
Heat Transfer Calculations
PIPEPHASE performs an energy balance on pipes, tubing, and annuli. The heat transfer
depends on the fluid temperature, properties, and flowrate, the temperature and
properties of the surrounding medium, and the heat transfer coefficient between the fluid
and the medium. PIPEPHASE does not model heat transfer to the surroundings for
fittings and equipment devices.
The general equation for heat transfer from a flow device is:
(3-5)
where:
Q = rate of heat transfer per unit length
U = overall heat transfer coefficient
Separator
The separator splits out all or part of the gas or liquid
phase of a multiphase fluid. In the case of a
hydrocarbon system with water, you can select the
hydrocarbon or aqueous phase instead of the total
liquid phase. You specify the amount separated as an
absolute flowrate or as a percentage of the phase. You
can separate more than one phase in one separator.
You can then reinject the separated streams at points
downstream in the link using the Injector. You cannot
impose a pressure drop on the separator.
p. 4-122 SEPARATOR
Bottomhole
separator
If a separator is positioned at the bottomhole below an
electric submersible pump, you may either specify
gas injection percentage or supply pump dimensions
and have PIPEPHASE calculate it.
p. 4-122 SEPARATOR
Hydrates
Hydrates are solid mixtures of water and other small
molecules. Under certain process conditions,
particularly in the gas processing industry, hydrate
formation may clog lines and foul process equipment.
The HYDRATE unit operation predicts the pressure
and temperature regime in which the process is
vulnerable to hydrate formation. Calculations
performed assume the presence of free water for
hydrates to form. Possible hydrate formers include:
methane through isobutane, carbon dioxide, hydrogen
sulfide, nitrogen, ethylene, propylene, argon, krypton,
xenon, cyclopropane, and sulfur hexafluoride. The
effect of sodium chloride, methanol, ethylene glycol,
di-ethylene glycol, and tri-ethylene glycol hydrate
inhibitors can also be studied.
p. 4-144 HYDRATES
Q UAAT =
A = surface area per unit length
AT= temperature difference between bulk fluid and outside medium
The overall heat transfer coefficient either is input or may be calculated from the
constituent film coefficients and geometries.
For annuli, you must specify an overall heat transfer coefficient.
For a pipe or tubing, you may supply an overall coefficient or you may request detailed
heat transfer calculations. Detailed heat transfer calculations are invoked when you input
any one of the parameters required to carry out the calculations.
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipe and Tubing
For a pipe surrounded by soil, water, or air, you define the medium properties (and
velocity of water or air). For a buried pipe, you enter the buried depth.
For tubing you enter data that describe the properties of the annuli and casings between
the outside of the tubing and the inside of the hole.
Pipe and tubing
You may specify an overall coefficient or the
properties of the surrounding medium. You also
supply the ambient temperature or geothermal
gradient. For piping only, you can supply these values
globally for all devices or for individual devices.
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-95 TUBING
Annuli
You specify the overall heat transfer coefficient and
the geothermal gradient. You can supply these values
globally for all devices or for individual devices.
p. 4-24 DEFAULT
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
Isothermal
calculations
For non-compositional gas or liquid fluid models, you
may suppress heat transfer calculations for individual
flow devices.
p. 4-92 PIPE
p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
Gaslift Analysis
Gaslift analysis is used to investigate the effects of lift gas on well production. Gaslift
can be used with blackoil wells where the oil production is upward through the well
tubing and the lift gas is injected downward through the well casing.
Note: If you want to simulate the effect of gaslift with a compositional fluid, use the INJECTION device.
There are four options for gaslift analysis:
1. Generate the pressure profile for a fixed oil production and lift gas rate.
2. Generate a table of oil production versus lift gas rate for fixed pressures.
3. Locate the gas injection valve to match required tubing head pressure.
4. Locate the gas injection valve to match required casing head pressure.
Calculation type
You must specify that you want to do a gaslift
simulation.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
Fluid Properties
You must specify the fluid properties of the
Blackoil. You must specify the fluid properties
of the lift gas.
p. 4-59 LIFTGAS (Blackoil
only)
Structure Data
You must specify the oil production data. You
must have a production string link with the
name PROD. This link will contain well and
surface devices. For Option 4, only Tubing is
allowed.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
p. 4-89 LINK
You must have an injection string link with the
name GASL. This link may contain only
annuli.
p. 4-89 LINK
p. 4-94 ANNULUS
Gaslift Data
You must input gaslift data according to the
option you have selected.
Option 1.Generate a pressure profile for a fixed
oil production and lift gas rate.
p. 4-147 PCALC
Option 2.Generate a table of oil production
versus lift gas rate for fixed pressures.
p. 4-148 CAPACITY
Option 3.Locate the gas injection valve to
match required tubing head pressure.
p. 4-148 LOCATION
Option 4.Locate the gas injection valve to
match required casing head pressure.
p. 4-148 LOCATION
Sphering or Pigging
PIPEPHASEs sphering calculations predict the quantity of liquid formed when a
multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and determine the size of the liquid slug that is
pushed out when the pipe is pigged.
Sphering calculations can be carried out for single links. The launching station is at the
inlet of a pipe. You may have intermediate launching stations; a sphere is launched from
a pipe when the previous sphere(s) reach the inlet of that pipe.
Reservoirs and Inflow Performance Relationships
Using PIPEPHASE, you can examine the effect of reservoir conditions on the
performance of wells and downstream networks. You can also investigate the
implications of declining reservoir pressure and production rate and shut-in wells when a
user-specified water cut or gas-oil ratio is exceeded.
The Inflow Performance Relationship device models the relationship between flowrate
and reservoir pressure drawdown or pressure drop at the sand face in a well.
Calculation type
You must specify that you want to do a sphering
simulation.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
Fluid type
The fluid must be compositional and both gas and
liquid should be present to obtain realistic results.
p. 4-20 CALCULATION
Time Increments
You may override the default time step used in the
McDonald-Baker successive steady-state
calculation method.
p. 4-26 SEGMENT
Structure Data
You may have only PIPE devices. You identify a
pipe with a launching station by specifying a
sphere diameter on the PIPE statement. The first
launching station must be in the first pipe of the
link.
p. 4-92 PIPE
Type of model
You may select from five standard models. You may write
your own subroutine and use it to model the inflow
performance relationship.
p. 4-109 IPR
Reservoir curves
You may enter tables of reservoir pressure, cumulative
production, Gas-Oil Ratio, Condensate-Gas Ratio, Water
Cut, and Water-Gas ratio. These are used in Time-stepping
to simulate reservoir decline with time.
p. 4-109 IPR
Multiple reservoirs
and multiple wells
You can have multiple reservoirs in one network. One
reservoir can serve several wells.
p. 4-109 IPR
Production Planning and Time-Stepping
Production planning involves the study of the time-dependent interactions between the
producing formation(s) and all of the wells, gathering lines, and surface facilities in an
oil or gas field. PIPEPHASE supplies this capability through its Time-stepping feature.
Typically, the study extends from a few years to the entire producing life of the field. For
such extended periods, a quasi-steady state approach provides an efficient representation
of the time-dependency. Time-stepping carries out a series of steady-state PIPEPHASE
simulations automatically in the same run. Each simulation represents the conditions at a
specific time-step in the operating history of the field.
Time Changes
The changes supported are similar to the Case Study.
Wells and Well Grouping
Each of the well completion zones in a gathering network produces from a specific
formation or reservoir. The decline in the reservoir pressure with time and the changes in
the characteristics of the fluid produced are a function of the total fluid volume produced
from the reservoir. For the purposes of these calculations, a well completion is associated
with a reservoir group. A reservoir group includes all of the producing zones that
contribute to its depletion.
Automatic
subsurface
networks
You may automatically create a subsurface network for a
well with multiple sources. PIPEPHASE solves these using
a finite difference solution method. This is a quicker but less
rigorous method of creating a subsurface network. Refer to
Subsurface Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling
later in this chapter for further details.
p. 4-109 IPR
IPR curves
You may enter curves that correlate reservoir pressure or
cumulative production with flowing bottomhole pressure
and flowrate. These data are then regressed onto one of the
standard models.
p. 4-109 IPR
Pseudo-pressure
formulation
For an IPR with a gas basis, you may specify a drawdown
formulation.
p. 4-109 IPR
Selecting times
Supply a series of times. PIPEPHASE will carry out
simulations at each of those times.
p. 4-109 IPR
Downstream
network changes
At each time you may specify one or more changes to the
network or conditions downstream of the well.
p. 4-109 IPR
Reservoir Depletion
The depletion of a reservoir over the life of a field is characterized by a decline in
average reservoir pressure and changing fluid composition. For most reservoirs, the gas-
oil ratio increases with time; for a reservoir with an active water drive, the produced
water cut increases as the water table creeps up.
Facilities Planning
In a gathering system, changes to the operation of surface facilities directly affect the
overall production. For example, adding compression facilities to an existing gas
gathering network reduces the pressure at the upstream wells, which in turn increases the
drawdown and results in improved production from the reservoir; an increase in the
separator pressure will have the opposite effect. Time-stepping enables you to simulate
changes to the facilities installation over time.
Reservoir Groups
You must name the reservoir GROUP and supply depletion
data in one IPR device. Other IPR devices may access the
same reservoir depletion data by using the same GROUP
name.
p. 4-109 IPR
Depletion
characteristics
Supply a curve of reservoir pressures against cumulative
production.
p. 4-109 IPR
Gas and gas
condensate fields
For a gas or gas condensate field you may supply the slope
of the depletion curve as pressure decline rate per unit of
production.
p. 4-109 IPR
Production decline
rates for each IPR
The production decline characteristics for individual
completion zones must be defined. Tabular data represent
the decline in the flowing well pressure as a function of the
production rate. The time-dependent parameter may be
expressed in terms of reservoir pressure or cumulative
production.
p. 4-109 IPR
Fluid
compositional
changes
You may enter curves for water cut, gas-oil ratio (or
condensate-gas ratio for condensate wells), and water cut (or
water-gas ratio for condensate wells) as functions of
reservoir pressure or cumulative reservoir produced volume.
p. 4-109 IPR
Subsurface Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling
A Single Well
A single well can produce from one reservoir:
Figure 3-3: One Well, One Reservoir:
A source to give the properties, flowrate, and conditions of the fluid. p. 4-75 SOURCE
One IPR to define the interface to the reservoir. p. 4-109 IPR
One tubing from the well to the surface. p. 4-95 TUBING
One node to continue into the rest of the network. p. 4-88 JUNCTION
p. 4-87 SINK
A source for each reservoir to give the properties, flowrates, and conditions
of the fluids.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
An IPR for each reservoir to define the interfaces. p. 4-109 IPR
A tubing between consecutive reservoirs. p. 4-95 TUBING
A tubing from the last reservoir to the surface. p. 4-95 TUBING
A node to continue into the rest of the network. p. 4-88 JUNCTION
p. 4-87 SINK
Tubing
Ground Level
Junction or sink
Reservoir
IPR
Figure 3-4: One Well, More Than One Reservoir
More Than One Well
You may have more than one well in a PIPEPHASE run. The wells may all use one
reservoir. In this case, information for the reservoir data is entered in one IPR and
accessed from other IPRs using the GROUP name.
Multiple Completions
In PIPEPHASE you may model a multiple completion rigorously:
A source for each completion to give the properties, flowrates, and
conditions of the fluids.
p. 4-75 SOURCE
An IPR for each completion to define the interfaces. p. 4-109 IPR
Tubing and junctions to form the network between completions. p. 4-95 TUBING
A tubing from the last completion to the surface. p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-87 SINK
Tubing
Ground Level
Reservoir
Tubing
Reservoir
Junction or sink
IPR
IPR
Subsurface junction
Figure 3-5: Multiple IPRs
Alternatively, you may approximate these conditions by having PIPEPHASE
automatically generate a subsurface network:
Figure 3-6: One IPR, Automatic Multiple Completions
Case Studies
The CASE STUDY option provides the facility to perform parametric studies and to
print multiple problem solutions in a single computer run. Case studies are always
performed after the base case problem has been solved. If the base case problem cannot
be solved for any reason, then no case studies are performed. Each case study analysis is
performed based on the cumulative changes to the flowsheet up to that time.
One source to give the properties, flowrates and conditions of the fluids. p. 4-75 SOURCE
One IPR with physical dimensions such as length, inclination. p. 4-109 IPR
A tubing from the IPR to the surface. p. 4-95 TUBING
p. 4-87 SINK
Reservoir
IPR1 IPR2 IPR3
Tubing
Ground Level
Junction or sink
Subsurface junctions
Reservoir
Length of well
S 1 S 2 S 3
Internally generated sources
IPR
Tubing
Ground Level
Junction or sink
Case studies are an efficient means of obtaining solutions for multiple scenarios to a
given problem and result in large savings in both computer time and cost. For problems
requiring iterative solutions, the converged results of the last solution are used as the
starting values for the next run. This can result in large computer time savings in runs
involving large networks, where it typically takes several iterations to move from the
initial pressure estimates to the final converged solution.
There is no limit on the number of CHANGE statements per case study or on the total
number of case studies that may be in a given run. The cumulative changes up to a given
case study run may be erased and the original base case restored at any time.
Since the case studies are performed sequentially in the order you input, it is best to
make changes in an orderly manner, proceeding from high values to low values or low
values to high values, but not in a random order. This enhances convergence and
minimizes total computer time.
Global Changes
You may change one parameter in the entire problem.You may specify an old value so
that only those specified parameters with that old value will be changed. Otherwise, all
values will be changed. You may also change parameters for all devices in a link. In this
case, the old value cannot be used to limit the changes.
Individual Changes
Source, sink, and device parameters may be changed individually. You must specify a
name for each source, sink, or device where a parameter change is desired.
To... See...
Add descriptive text
You can add one line of description for each
case study.
Make changes
You can change any of the parameters in
Table 3-6, either globally or on individual
flow elements.
p. 4-154 PARAMETER
You can restore the base case at any time. p. 4-154 RESTORE
Nodal Analysis
Nodal (Sensitivity) Analysis allows you to study the overall performance of wells,
pipelines and other single link systems as a function of input parameters and flowrates.
The results are summarized in tabular and graphical form. You can also study
combinations of inflow and outflow parameters using the multiple combination nodal
analysis option.
Nodal Analysis is performed on a single link.
Dividing the Link
You first divide your single link into two sections, separated by a Solution Node. The
section upstream of the Solution Node is called the Inflow section and would typically
be the tubing of a well. The section downstream of the Solution Node is called the
Outflow section and would typically be the flowline from the wellhead to a surface
separator. The Solution Node, in this case, would be the well-head node.
If you locate the Solution Node actually at the source or the sink, then there will be only
an Outflow or Inflow section respectively.
If you do not want to vary any parameters in either the Inflow section or the Outflow
section, simply omit the INFLOW or OUTFLOW statement. Obviously, a Nodal
Analysis cannot be carried out without at least one of these statements.
Selecting Parameters and Flowrates
You then select a parameter in the Inflow section and a parameter in the Outflow section.
Typical parameters would be reservoir pressure (for Inflow) and pipe ID (for Outflow).
You may enter up to five values for each of these parameters. Each combination of
Inflow parameter value and Outflow parameter value represents an operating point of the
system. This means that there may be up to 25 operating points.
The parameters you select must have values supplied in the base case input data.
Finally, you define up to ten flowrates.
Sensitivity Results
PIPEPHASE calculates the flowrates and Solution Node pressures corresponding to
each operating point and prints them out in the form of tables and plots. The flowrates
you input must span all the flowrates at which you expect the operating points to occur.
Grouping Parameters
As an extension to the Nodal Analysis feature, PIPEPHASE allows you to group a
number of variables into one nodal parameter. For example, you may define an Outflow
parameter as a combination of pump power, pipe ID and heater temperature. Each of the
five values of the Outflow parameter would now be a combination of the corresponding
values of each of the contributing variables.
Thus you might define that the first value of the Outflow parameter is the combination of
25KW pump power with 30 mm pipe ID and 400 K; the second 30KW, 40 mm and
310 K; the third 35KW, 50 mm and 350 K; and so on.
The following table lists the variables that are available for nodal analysis
To... See...
Add descriptive
text
You can add one line of description for each of
the Inflow and Outflow sections.
Define the Solution
Node
You must define a Solution Node which comes
between the Inflow and Outflow sections. If you
want the Solution Node to be at the flowing
bottomhole of an injection well, use
BOTTOMHOLE. If you want to locate the
Solution Node at the outlet of the last device and
want to use Sink pressure as a variable
parameter, use SINK.
p. 4-175 NODE
Define the
parameter(s)
You must define at least one Inflow or Outflow
parameter for PIPEPHASE to change. The
parameters that are accessible are divided into
seven categories, as defined in the table below.
If you want to define a nodal parameter as a
group of variables, you may combine up to ten
variables within one Category. You may not
combine variables in different categories.
p. 4-176 INFLOW
p. 4-179 OUTFLOW
Table 3-7: Variables Available for Nodal Analysis.
Category Device Variable
Category 1 - Source
SOURCE NAME
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENT
EXP
PI
VOGEL
Category 2 - Sink
SINK NAME
PRES
II
COEFF
EXP
Category 3 - Devices
PIPE NAME
ID
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF
TUBING NAME
ID
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF
ANNULUS NAME
IDANN
ODTUB
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF
COMPRESSOR/
PUMP
NAME
POWER
PRESSURE
EFFICIENCY
STAGES
HEATER/COOLER NAME
DUTY
TOUT
DP
CHOKE NAME
ID
COEFFICIENT
SEPARATOR NAME
RATE
PERCENT
GLVALVE NAME
RATE
DISSOLVE
INJECTION NAME
TEMPERATURE
PRESSURE
COMPLETION NAME
PENETRATION
PERFD
SHOTS
TUNNEL
Category 4 - Non-
compositional Source
Properties

GOR
WCUT
CGR
WGR
QUALITY
Category 5 - Main Source
COMPOSITION
Category Device Variable
Chapter 4
Input Reference
Chapter Contents
Categories of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Order of Categories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Keyword Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basis of Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Multiple Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Continuing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Input Statement Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
GENERAL Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Global Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CALCULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
FCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
SEGMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
LIMITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PRINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
OUTDIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
COMPONENT Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4-2 Input Reference
LIBID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
PETROLEUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ASSAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CUTPOINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
MW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SPGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ACENTRIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ZC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
PC(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
NBP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
STDDENSITY(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
VC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
VP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ENTHALPY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CP(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
LATENT() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
DENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
VISCOSITY(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CONDUCTIVITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SURFACE() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
NETWORK Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
TOLERANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ACCELERATION (for PBAL Network Method Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
THERMODYNAMIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
METHOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
WATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
BWRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
LKP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
PR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
PVT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
PVT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
SET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
SET for Non-Compositional Liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SET for Non-Compositional Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SET for Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SET for Compositional Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
SET for Condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
SET for Compositional Blackoil (Compositional sets only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
SET for Blackoil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ADJUST (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
LIFTGAS (Blackoil only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
TABULAR (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
FVF (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
SGOR() (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
VISCOSITY() (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
GRAVITY() (Blackoil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
CORRELATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
GENERATE (for Compositional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
GENERATE (for Blackoil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
FILE (for Blackoil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
STRUCTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
System Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SOURCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CSOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
WTEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Distillation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Gravity Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Molecular Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
LIGHTENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
JUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Flow Devices (have length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
ANNULUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
TUBING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Dual Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Parallel Dual Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Equipment Devices (have no length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
COMPLETION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
MCOMPRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
DPDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
EXPANDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
GLVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
HEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
INJECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
IPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
SEPARATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
BEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
4-4 Input Reference
CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
CHOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
MCHOKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
MREGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
CONTRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ENTRANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
EXIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
EXPANSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
NOZZLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ORIFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
TEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
VALVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
VENTURIMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
CALCULATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
CONSTANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
DEFINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
RESULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
RETURN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
HYDRATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
EVALUATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
GASLIFT Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
GASLIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
PCALC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
CAPACITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
SIZING DATA Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
SIZING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
LINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
MAXV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
TIME-STEPPING Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
TIMESTEPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
CASE STUDY Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
CASESTUDY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
RESTORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Junctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Annulus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Gaslift Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
DPDT Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
MCOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Orifice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
IPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Calculator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Objective Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Constraint Variable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Decision Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Network Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
NODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
INFLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
OUTFLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
FLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
PSPLIT Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
PSPLIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
User-Defined DP Correlations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4-6 Input Reference
FORTRAN Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
User Subroutine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Saving Data for Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PIPEPHASE Flash Routine Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Moody Friction Factor Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Example 1 Olimens Pressure Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Example 2 Fancher and Brown Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
User-Defined Viscosity Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Implementing the Correlation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
User Subroutine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Common Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
User-Defined IPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Built-in Variable List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Keyword Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Subprogram Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Common Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Data Extraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Units Conversion Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Calculation Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Secondary Output Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Example Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Variables and Arrays for User-Defined IPR Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Real Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Indexed Real Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Integer Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
About This Chapter
This chapter contains information about the data that PIPEPHASE needs to perform
different types of simulation. These data are input in a free format style file and the file is
divided into categories; for example, Component Data, Property Data, etc.
This chapter explains the general rules for input, which categories are mandatory and
which are optional. It defines all the terms used in the input descriptions and the
conventions used throughout this chapter.
Each data category, the statements contained in it and the keywords on each statement
are then described. For an explanation of how the program uses these data, please refer
to Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, and Chapter 6, Technical Reference.
Categories of Input
The data required by PIPEPHASE are input to the program in the following main
categories.
Note: For Network Data GUI, the RESET function is not supported.
Which categories are mandatory and which are optional depend on what fluid type you
have:
Table 4-1: Categories of Input
There are several other categories which can be selectively overridden on the flow
device and fitting statements in the Structure Data Category of input.
Order of Categories
The only restriction on order of data input is that the General Data Category must be
first. However, it is always good practice to maintain a consistent order. The order of the
categories above, which is followed in this chapter, is recommended.
General Data Category Define general problem administration and global settings that control
the whole flowsheet.
Component Data Category Define all components present in the feed streams.
Network Data Category Define calculational and network solution methods.
Thermodynamic Data Category Define the thermodynamic property methods used in the simulation.
PVT Data Category Define the properties of streams.
Structure Data Category Define the sources, junctions, sinks, flow devices, fittings and items of
process equipment in the flowsheet.
Unit Operations Category Define the unit operations (e.g., the hydrates unit) included in the
simulation.
Fluid Type Mandatory Categories Optional Categories
Non-Compositional GENERAL, PVT, STRUCTURE NETWORK
Compositional GENERAL, COMPONENT,
THERMODYNAMIC, STRUCTURE
PVT, NETWORK, UNIT
OPERATIONS
Gaslift Define data and options for blackoil well gaslift analysis.
Line Sizing Determine pipe sizes in single-link calculations.
Sensitivity (Nodal)
Analysis
Study overall performance in single-link calculations as a function of one or two
system parameters.
Case Study Change parameters and re-run.
Time-Stepping Data Allows the simulation of the effect of reservoir pressure decline with cumulative
production on the network performance, and device parameter changes with
time.
4-8 Input Reference
Keywords
Keyword Input
The primary mode for entering input in PIPEPHASE is in the form of keyword-
controlled, free format statements. The keyword entries in a statement are separated by
commas. For example:
PIPE ID=1.25, LENGTH=25, ROUGHNESS=0.002
For ease of interpretation, each keyword is an engineering word. To make the input
easier to enter, any keyword with more than four characters can be truncated to a
minimum of four characters. Keywords with fewer than four characters may not be
lengthened. For example:
The keyword LENGTH may be written LENG.
The keyword ROUGHNESS may be written ROUGH.
The keyword ID cannot be written IDIA.
Keywords can stand alone, indicating that they are acting as a switch, or they can be
associated with a value or another keyword by the use of an equals sign (=). This value
can be entered in integer, decimal, or scientific format. For example:
In the instructions presented in this chapter, the presence of an equals sign (=) after a
keyword means that PIPEPHASE expects a value or another keyword. In some cases,
however, more than one data item is required. When this situation arises, the instructions
will include the format for the data input. For example:
Qualifiers
Many keywords can be qualified by entering a keyword in brackets (parentheses) after
them. The most common use of a qualifier is for defining a unit of measurement to
override the set of units declared globally in the General Data Category of input. Other
qualifiers include the definition of estimates, maxima and minima, fluid type and basis
of a composition or flowrate. Some qualifiers are optional and some are mandatory. You
may use more than one qualifier for a keyword and the order in which they appear is not
important.
ENGLISH English units set will be used.
LENGTH=FT Units of length are feet.
TEMP=50 Temperature set to 50 units.
PRES=2.0E2 Pressure is 200 units.
VISC= Indicates that a single value of viscosity is required.
VISC=temp1,value1 /
temp2,value2
Indicates that the program requires two data values with their associated
temperatures
The input instructions explain which qualifiers are available for each keyword.
Examples are:
Commenting Input
For clarity, you may add comments to your input. If a dollar sign ($) is placed in a
statement, any text on that statement that appears after the $ is ignored. For example:
PRES(BAR)=3.54 $Field data, taken 2315 10/16/94
Default Data
Many of the data items required by PIPEPHASE have default values assigned to them. If
you do not explicitly specify a value for an item of data, or select a calculation method,
the program will automatically assign a value or method. For example, pipe thermal
conductivity assumes a default value of 29 BTU/hr-ft-
o
F if you do not specify a value.
Similarly, the Moody method for single-phase pressure drop calculations is chosen, by
default, as it is generally suitable for many engineering purposes.
Beware, these default selections are not neccessarily the most appropriate, or best for
your particular application. They do not substitute for engineering judgement. If an
doubt, especially for the choice of a calculation method, consult chapter 4 of the manual
for advice.
The input instructions indicate the defaults that the program will use in the absence of
user input. All the numerical defaults in the input instructions are expressed in terms of
the units of measurement of the English set.
When you specify a value or override a default in the General Data Category of input
your value becomes the default for the entire simulation. You can then override your
own default value later in the input. For example, to specify that all but one of your pipes
are surrounded by air, you would have in the General Data Category of input:
DEFAULT AIR, VELOCITY=20
You would specify most of your pipes in this way:
PIPE ID=4, LENGTH=150
For the one pipe that is buried, the PIPE statement would look like this:
PIPE SOIL, ID=5, LENGTH=100, BDTOP(FT)=1
ID(IN)=12 Inside diameter is 12 inches.
PRES(BAR,ESTI)=2 Estimated pressure is 2 bars absolute.
POWER(MAX,KW)=17 Maximum power is 17 kilowatts.
4-10 Input Reference
Units of Measurement
Many items of data that you input to PIPEPHASE have a unit of measurement associated
with them. Most have alternatives: for example, length can be measured in feet, meters,
miles, or kilometers and temperature in
o
F,
o
C,
o
R, or K. It is possible to specify the unit
of measurement individually for every item of data. However, to avoid having to do this,
you may define the units that are to be used for each quantity temperature, duty, power
etc. throughout the whole simulation input. This is done on the DIMENSION
statement in the General Data Category of input. Individual data items may be expressed
in different units by using qualifiers as described above.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE has four sets of units of measurement: Petroleum,
English, Metric and SI. Each set has predefined units for each data item. You may select
a set of units, globally override some of the predefined units and then override units for
any individual data item. In this way, you have complete input flexibility.
For example, if you wanted to use the SI predefined unit set but with pipe length in feet
and short length (e.g., for pipe diameter) in inches, your General Data Category of input
would contain the statement:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT,IN
If the inside diameter of one of your pipes is measured in millimeters, you would have in
the Structure Data Category of input:
PIPE ID(MM)=25.4
Basis of Measurements
With some quantities, for example flow and composition, you can also choose a basis of
measurement. The basis may be molar weight, liquid volume, or gas volume and you
may use a qualifier to define it. If you also specify a dimensional unit for the quantity,
the unit must be appropriate to the basis. You cannot, for example, specify pounds per
hour for a liquid volume flowrate. A valid example would be:
RATE(GV,CFM)=1.E-3
where the value specified, RATE keyword and the qualifiers GV and CFM combine to
mean the gas volume rate has a value of 0.001 millions of standard cubic feet per minute.
The input instructions explain which bases are allowed. If a basis is specified but no unit
of measurement is entered, PIPEPHASE will assume the unit to be the default
appropriate to the basis which you defined.
Multiple Units of Measurement
Some input items, for example a curve of viscosity against temperature, have more than
one unit of measurement. You can specify one or both units as qualifiers:
VISC(C,CP)=100,1.0/200,0.7
The order in which the qualifiers are entered is not important.
Continuing Statements
Input statements too long to fit on one line may be continued onto a second line or
further by using an ampersand (&) or an asterisk (*) as a continuation character.
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, TEMP=C
is the same as
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
Layout of Input
You may indent any line of input to make the data more readable and you may have any
number of spaces between data entries. For example:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
is equivalent to
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH = FT, &\
TEMP= C
However, you may not embed blanks in your keywords or data entries.
Input Statement Descriptions
Legend
The data categories are described in this chapter. A full listing of statements with their
associated keywords appears at the start of each data category. Each statement and
keyword is then explained in detail. The following conventions apply:
BOLD Bold capitals are used for keywords.
For example: ENGLISH
You must use this word exactly as it is printed (or truncate it to four or more characters).
A keyword with an equals sign (=) after it must be followed a value or another keyword.
UNDERLINE Default keywords are indicated by underlining.
For example: PETROLEUM
If you omit the entry or statement, the program will use this keyword as the default.
LIGHT Light capitals are used for values, methods and entries.
For example: INPUT=FULL
If you omit the keyword and entry, the program will use the default.
A number indicates a numerical default value.
For example: LAMINAR=3000
If you omit the keyword and entry, the program will use this value as the default.
Input Statement Descriptions > Legend
{} entries are optional () keyword qualifiers underlined keywords are defaults
= requires values or entries values or entries for keywords are defaults in Petroleum units
or Alternative entries are separated by the word or.
For example: {PETROLEUM or ENGLISH}
You may select only one of the options contained within curly brackets {} and separated
by the word or.
{ } Curly brackets indicate that a statement, keyword, or group of keywords is/are optional.
For example: {VELOCITY=value}
Your input is valid without this entry. A default is usually invoked if an entry is omitted.
( ) Ordinary parentheses indicate that qualifiers are allowed.
For example: ID()=
Unless otherwise noted, qualifiers are units of measurement.
GENERAL Data Category of Input
Global Parameters
The GENERAL Data Category of Input defines global parameters that control the whole
flowsheet.
Table 4-2: GENERAL Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See page...
TITLE {PROJECT=}, {PROBLEM=}, {USER=}, {DATE=},
{SITE=}
p. 14
{DESCRIPTION} any text p. 14
{DIMENSION} {PETROLEUM or ENGLISH or METRIC or SI},
{VELOCITY=, TEMPERATURE=, PRESSURE=,
LENGTH=, VISCOSITY=, DUTY=, POWER=, DENSITY=
or GRAVITY=, RATE(M)=, RATE(W)=, RATE(LV)=,
RATE(GV)=}
p. 14
CALCULATION NETWORK or SINGLE or GASLIFT or PVTGEN or
PVTRUN or PVTTAB, BLACKOIL or CONDENSATE or
LIQUID or GAS or STEAM or COMPOSITIONAL(),
{SPHERING, ISOTHERMAL, NOACCEL, NORUN,
PRANDTL}, MASS
p. 20
{FCODE} {PIPE=BBM or MOODY, ANNULUS=BBM or MOODY,
TUBING=BBM or MOODY, PALMER=0.924,0.685,
LAMINAR=3000}
p. 21
{DEFAULT} {WATER or AIR or SOIL, VELOCITY()=,
TAMBIENT()=80, TGRADIENT()=1.0, DENSITY()=,
VISCOSITY()=, CONDUCTIVITY()=,UPIPE()=1.0,
UANNULUS()=1.0, UTUBING()=1.0, HINSIDE()=0.0,
HOUTSIDE()=0.0, HRADIANT()=0.0, BDTOP=0,
THKPIPE()=0.3125, THKINS()=0, CONPIPE()= 29,
CONINS()=0.015, CONSOIL()=0.8, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=,
NOMR=, NOMT=, PIPSCHEDULE=DIAMDATA.DAT,
SCHEDULE=40, SCHR=40, SCHT=40, IDANNULUS()=,
IDTUBING()=, ODTUBING()=, FLOWEFF=,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018, HWCOEFF()=150,}
p. 24
{SEGMENT} {DLHORIZ()=, or NHORIZ=1, DLVERT()=, or NVERT=1,
MAXSEGS=20, DTIME=10, AUTO=ON, FAST, PSEG=20,
TSEG=5, PTOL=0.2, HTOL=0.05, ITER=25
p. 26
{LIMITS} {TEMPERATURE(MIN)=-60,
TEMPERATURE(MAX)=800, PRESSURE(MIN)=0.0,
PRESSURE(MAX)=25000}
p. 28
{PRINT} {INPUT=FULL,
DEVICE=SUMMARY, PROPERTY=NONE,
CONNECT=FULL, FLASH=FULL, SUMMARY=BOTH,
DATABASE=NONE, PLOT=NONE, MAP=NONE, ITER,
SLUG=BRILL}, SIMULATOR= PART or FULL,
OPTIMIZER=PART or FULL, MERGESUB, NODACT
p. 28
GENERAL Data Category of Input > TITLE
TITLE
Mandatory statement. Introduces the general category.
Optional entries:
Example:
TITLE PROJ=TEST1, PROB=FEED, USER=TECH DEPT, DATE=7/5/94
DESCRIPTION
Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You can have up
to four DESCRIPTION statements. The information on these statements is printed once
at the start of the output page.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
Example:
DESC THIS SIMULATION IS A GASLIFT OPTIMIZATION STUDY ON
DESC WELL #321s
DIMENSION
Optional statement. Defines the units of measurement for each data item in the input.
Select a set of units and/or override individual units. If you omit this statement, units will
default to those in the ENGLISH set. Table 4-3 and Table 4-4 define the Primary and
Secondary Units of Measurement in each standard set and other permitted units that can
be used with this statement. You can also use these units for specific data items by using
qualifiers.
{OUTDIMENSION} {ADD or REPLACE, PETROLEUM or ENGLISH or
METRIC or SI, VELOCITY=, TEMPERATURE=,
PRESSURE=, LENGTH=, VISCOSITY=, DUTY=,
POWER=, DENSITY= or GRAVITY=, RATE(M)=,
RATE(W)=, RATE(LV)=, RATE(GV)=}
p. 31
PROJECT=
PROBLEM=
USER=
DATE=
SITE=
Use any or all of these entries for administrative information. PROJECT,
PROBLEM, USER and DATE entries appear on every page of output. The
SITE keyword is used for accounting in multi-site installations. Each entry
can have up to 12 alphanumeric characters. The DATE entry can include the
/ character.
DESCRIPTION Up to four lines of text each containing up to 60 characters of text.
Table 4-2: GENERAL Data Category of Input (cont.)
Optional entries:
Example:
DIME SI, LENGTH=KM,IN, VISC=CP, DENS=SPGR, RATE(GV)=CF
ENGLISH or
PETROLEUM or
METRIC or SI
Select only one of these sets of units.
VELOCITY=
TEMPERATURE=
PRESSURE=
LENGTH=
VISCOSITY=
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
Define the units in which you want to specify any or all of these quantities.
LENGTH has two arguments: the first is long length, for pipe lengths, pipe
elevations, etc.; the second is short length for diameters, roughness, etc.
RATE(M)=
RATE(W)=
RATE(LV)=
RATE(GV)=
Define the units in which you want to specify any or all of molar, weight,
liquid volumetric and gas volumetric flowrates. Gas Volumetric rate is
always expressed in millions of units. Thus CFD means millions of cubic
feet of gas per day.
Table 4-3: Primary Units of Measurement
Petroleum English Metric SI Other Permitted Units
AREA FT2 FT2 M2 M2 CM2, MI2, ACRE, KM2,
IN2
DENSITY or
GRAVITY
1
(liq.)
API API KGM3 KGM3 SPGR, LBFT3
DENSITY or
GRAVITY
1
(gas)
SPGR SPGR KGM3 KGM3 LBFT3
DUTY BTUHR BTUHR KCHR KW KJHR
LENGTH FT, IN FT, IN M, MM M, MM CM, KM, MI
POWER HP HP KW KW
PRESSURE PSIG PSIA BAR KPA PSF, ATM, ATA, PA,
KGCM, ATE
RATE(GV)
3
CFD CFHR CMHR CMHR CFS, CFM, CMD
RATE(LV) BPD CFHR CMHR CMHR CFS, CFM, CFD, CMD,
LHR, BPH, GPM
RATE(M)
2
MOLHR MOLHR MOLHR MOLHR MOLD
RATE(W) LBHR LBHR KGHR KGHR LBD, MLBHR, MLBD,
KGD, THRM, TDM
ROUGHNESS
4
IN IN MM MM CM, FT
TEMPERATURE F F C K R
VELOCITY MPH FPS KMPH MPS
VISCOSITY CP CP CP PAS KGMHR, LBFTHR, CST,
SSU, M2HR, FT2HR
GENERAL Data Category of Input > DIMENSION
Table 4-4: Secondary Units of Measurement
1 When DENSITY or GRAVITY is API, gas density is specific gravity with respect to air at 60
o
F and 1
atmosphere.
2 Molar rates are lb-moles for Petroleum and English unit sets, kg-moles for Metric and Si unit sets.
3 Units of measure for RATE(GV) are always in millions of units.
4 The default units for ROUGHNESS will change (to obey relative consistency and meaning) if the unit for short
length is modified by the user, as per the following rules:
If the global dimension set is ENGLISH or PETROLEUM, and the short length unit is overridden to
become MI (miles), then the ROUGHNESS unit increases from IN (inches, default) to FT (feet).
If the global dimension set is ENGLISH or PETROLEUM, and the short length unit is overridden to
become M (meters) or KM (kilometers), then the ROUGHNESS unit decreases from IN (inches, default)
to CM (centimeters).
If the global dimension set is METRIC or SI, and the short length unit is overridden to become M
(meters) or KM (kilometers), then the ROUGHNESS unit increases from MM (millimeters, default) to
CM (centimeters).
If the global dimension set is METRIC or SI, and the short length unit is overridden to become MI
(miles), then the ROUGHNESS unit increases from MM (millimeters, default) to FT (feet).
5 The volume can be defined using the keyword VOLUME. The units of measure are BBL for Petroleum unit
set, FT3 for English unit set, M3 for Metric and SI unit sets.
Petroleum English Metric SI Other permitted
units
Angle DEG DEG DEG DEG RAD
Condensate Gas
Ratio
BBLMMSCF BBLMMS
CF
M3MM3 M3MM
3
Gas Oil Ratio CFTBBL CFTBBL M3M3 M3M3 CFTCFT
Heat Transfer Coeff BTUFTF BTUFTF KCMC WMC BTUINF, CALCMC,
KJMC
Fetkovich IPR
COEFFICIENT
MCFD MCFD M3HB M3HK
Perforation Density FT FT M M
Permeability D D D D MD
Roughness
*
IN IN MM MM CM, FT
Solution Gas Oil
Ratio
CFTBBL CFTBBL M3M3 M3M3 CFTCFT
Specific Heat BTULBF BTULBF KCKGC KJKGC
Temperature
Gradient
F100FT F100FT C100M C100M CKM
Thermal
Conductivity
BTUFTF BTUFTF KCMC WMC BTUINF, CALCMC,
KJMC
Thermal Expansion F F C C K, R
Water Gas Ratio BBLMMSCF BBLMMS
CF
M3MM3 M3MM
3
* The default unit for ROUGHNESS changes (to obey relative consistency and meaning) if you modify the unit for short length.
If the short length unit is entered as MI (miles), the default roughness unit is FT (feet).
If the short length unit is entered as M (meters) or KM (kilometers), the default roughness unit is CM (centimeters).
Table 4-3: Primary Units of Measurement (cont.)
Petroleum English Metric SI Other Permitted Units
Table 4-5: Keywords Used to Define UOMs
UOM Description
ACRE Acre
API API gravity
ATA technical atm abs
ATE technical atm gauge
ATM atmospheres
BAR bars absolute
BBLMMSCF barrels/million ft
3
BPD barrels/day
BPDPSI barrels/day/psi
BPH barrels per hr
BTUFT2F BTU/hr-ft
2
-F
BTUFTF BTU/hr-ft-F
BTUHR millions BTU/hr
BTULBF BTU/lb-F
C
*
degrees Celsius
C
**
per degree C
C100M C/100 meters
CFD ft
3
/day for liquid volumes, million ft
3
/day for gas volumes
CFHR ft
3
/hr for liquid volumes, million ft
3
/hr for gas volumes
CFM ft
3
/minute for liquid volumes, million ft
3
/minute for gas volumes
CFS ft
3
/second for liquid volumes, million ft
3
/sec for gas volumes
CFTBBL ft
3
/barrel
CFTCFT ft
3
/ft
3
CKM C/kilometer
CM centimeters
CMD m
3
/day for liquid volumes, million m
3
CMHR m
3
/hr for liquid volumes, million m
3
CP centipoise
CST centistoke
D Darcy
DEG degrees
F
*
degrees Fahrenheit
F
**
per degree F
F100FT F/100 ft
FPS ft/second
FT
*
feet
FT
**
number/ft
FT2HR ft
2
/hr
* Primary UOM ** Secondary UOM
GENERAL Data Category of Input > DIMENSION
GPM US gals/minute
HP horsepower
HR hours
IN inches
IN2 sq inches
K
*
Kelvin
K
**
per degree K
KCHR million kcals/hr
KCKGC kcals/kg-C
KCMC kcals/m
2
-hr-C
KCMC kcals/m-hr-C
KGCM kg/cm
2
KGD kg/day
KGHR kg/hr
KGM3 kg/m
3
KGMHR kg/m-hour
KJHR million kJ/hr
KJKGC kJ/kg-C
KM kilometers
KM2 sq kilometers
KMPH km/hr
KPA kilopascals
KW kilowatts (power)
KW million kw (duty)
LBD lb/day
LBFT3 lb/ft
3
LBFTHR lb/ft-hr
LBHR lb/hr
LHR liters/hr
M
*
meters
M
**
number/meter
M2HR sq meters/hr
M3DBAR m
3
/day/bar
M3HB million m
3
/hr-bar
2
n
M3HK million m
3
/hr/k3Pa
2n
Table 4-5: Keywords Used to Define UOMs (cont.)
UOM Description
M3HRBAR m
3
/hr-bar
M3M3 m
3
/m
3
M3MM3 m
3
/million m
3
MCFD 10
6
ft
3
/day-psia
2n
(for Fetkovich Coefficient), 10
3
ft
3
/day (for gas volume rate)
MD millidarcy
MFT3DPSI thousand ft
3
/day-psi
MI miles
MI2 sq miles
MIN minutes
MKGHRBAR thousand kg/hr-bar
MLBD thousand lb/day
MLBHR thousand lb/hr
MLBHRPSI thousand lb/hr-psi
MM millimeters
MM2 sq millimeters
MOLD moles/day
MOLHR moles/hr
MPH miles/hr
MPS meters/second
PA Pascals
PAS Pascal-seconds
PSF lb/ft
2
PSIA lb/in
2
absolute
PSIG lb/in
2
gauge
R
*
degrees Rankine
R
**
per degree R
RAD radians
SPGR specific gravity
SSU SSU viscosity
TDM metric tonnes/day
THRM metric tonnes/hr
WMC watts/m-C
WMC watts/m
2
-C
Table 4-5: Keywords Used to Define UOMs (cont.)
UOM Description
GENERAL Data Category of Input > CALCULATION
CALCULATION
Mandatory statement. Specifies the type of calculation, the fluid type, the options for the
decision variables, constraints, specifications, and objective function, as well as general
optimization parameters.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
NETWORK or
PVTGEN
GASLIFT
Select only one of these to invoke the calculation method. Select PVTGEN if
you want to generate PVT fluid property tables for use in a subsequent run
(See also the PVT Category of Input). You can use PVTGEN with
BLACKOIL and COMPOSITIONAL fluids only. Select NETWORK to
solve basic network simulations. Select SINGLE to focus in on a single link
or for nodal analysis. Select GASLIFT to use the gaslift analysis package.
Note: The GUI will automatically select the SINGLE algorithm when required for line sizing and nodal
analysis calculations.
PVTRUN or
PVTTAB
Generate PVT tables and run a simulation using these tables. The simulation
uses compositional PVT tables as specified in the PVTFILE SETNO. Phase
envelope and hydrate predictions will not be performed using this option.
BLACKOIL or
CONDENSATE or
LIQUID or
GAS or
STEAM or
COMPOSITIONAL()
Select only one of these to describe the fluid type. BLACKOIL,
CONDENSATE, LIQUID, GAS and STEAM are non-compositional fluids.
You can define their properties in the PVT Data Category of input. Use
COMPOSITIONAL if you want to define the fluid as a mixture of
components or petroleum fractions (entered either directly or indirectly via a
distillation curve). Use the qualifier GAS or LIQ or BLACK to specify that a
compositional fluid is only gas or only liquid or only mixed compositional
blackoil models, therefore bypassing any two-phase flash calculations.
SPHERING Use this keyword to invoke sphering or pigging calculations. Note that a
sphering report will be generated only if you specify DEVICE=PART, or
greater, in the print options.
ISOTHERMAL Suppress heat balances on all flow devices. You can override this on
individual flow devices. Not available with COMPOSITIONAL() fluids or
STEAM.
NOACCEL Ignore the acceleration term in pressure drop calculations.
NORUN Suppress calculations perform input checks only.
PRANDTL Invokes a rigorous Prandtl number calculation for inside and outside film
heat transfer coefficients. If you omit this keyword, a Prandtl number of 1.0
will be used.
MASS Converts standard mass based volume formulation to mass based
formulation. This option is needed when modeling separators and flow
splitting at junctions.
Example:
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(GAS) $to specify a network comp. gas run
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(BLACK) $to specify a network comp. blackoil run
FCODE
Optional statement. Selects pressure drop and hold-up correlations. If you omit this
statement, PIPEPHASE will use MOODY for non-compositional liquid or gas or BBM
for any other fluid.
Optional entries:
Example:
FCODE PIPE=BBM, PALMER=0.9,0.7, TUBING=HB, PALMER=1.0, 0.
PIPE=
ANNULUS=
TUBING=
Define the correlation to be used for pressure drop calculations in pipes,
annuli, and tubings. See Table 4-6a and Table 4-7 for available methods.
Default is BBM for compositional, blackoil, condensate and steam fluids and
MOODY for non-compositional liquids and gases.
PALMER=0.924,0.685
Specify global Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. Different global
Palmer data may be input for pipes, annuli, and tubings. These global data
may be over-ridden on individual flow devices.
The PALMER keyword must follow immediately after the PIPE,
ANNULUS, or TUBING to which the Palmer data is to be applied. The first
number is applied to uphill flow holdup correction and the second is applied
to downhill flow.
Two values must be supplied: uphill and downhill. The defaults shown apply
only to BB or BBM correlations. If you want to use the defaults, enter only
the PALMER keyword without any values. If different values are required,
supply those values with the PALMER keyword. If you are using a
correlation other than BB or BBM, you must supply values with the
PALMER keyword. If you need to correct only for downhill holdup, supply a
value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
LAMINAR=3000
Define the value of the Reynolds number to be used as the boundary between
laminar and turbulent flow.
GENERAL Data Category of Input > FCODE
Table 4-6a: Pressure Drop & Hold-Up Methods for Compositional, Blackoil, Condensate and Steam
Table 4-6b: Methods in Table 4-6a for Vertical or Near Vertical Upward Flow
Method Keyword Application
Beggs & Brill BB Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody BBM Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - No slip BBNS Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton BBME Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler BBMD Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn &
Brown
BBMHB Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill high velocity BBHV Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody high velocity BMHV Pipe Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - No slip high velocity BBNH Pipe Tubing Annulus
Mukherjee & Brill MB Pipe Tubing Annulus
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton MBE Pipe Tubing Annulus
TACITE-S
TM,1
TACS Pipe Tubing Annulus
OLGA-S
2
OLGA Pipe Tubing Annulus
1, 2, 3 See footnotes to Table 4-6c.
Ansari ANSA Pipe Tubing Annulus
Orkiszewski ORK Tubing Annulus
Duns & Ross DR Tubing Annulus
Hagedorn & Brown HB Tubing Annulus
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill HBBB Tubing Annulus
Aziz AZIZ Tubing Annulus
Gray (not applicable for
compositional)
GRAY Tubing Annulus
Gray - Moody (not applicable for
compositional)
GRYM Tubing Annulus
Angel - Welchon - Ross ANGEL Tubing Annulus
1, 2, 3 See footnotes to Table 4-6c.
Table 4-6c: Methods in Table 4-6a for Horizontal or Near Horizontal Flow
Table 4-7: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Methods
Xiao XIAO Pipe
Eaton EATON Pipe
Eaton-Flanigan* EF Pipe
Dukler DUKLER Pipe
Dukler-Flanigan* DF Pipe
Lockhart & Martinelli LM Pipe
Dukler-Eaton-Flanigan* DE Pipe
Olimens OLIM Pipe
User Defined Method UDP1 Pipe Tubing Annulus
User Defined Method UDP2 Pipe Tubing Annulus
1 The TACITE-S mechanistic method is developed and maintained by the French companies IFP,
Total and Elf Aquitaine Production, and is available only under a separate license agreement
with SimSci. Please consult your local SimSci representative for details.
2 The OLGA-S mechanistic method is available under separate license agreement with SimSci.
Please consult your SimSci representative for details.
3 Also allowed for the compositional gas option.
* Flanigan holdup connection for downward inclined pipes
Method Fluid Keyword Application
Moody
3
Liquid or
Gas
MOODY Pipe Tubing Annulus
Hazen-Williams Liquid HW Pipe Tubing Annulus
Panhandle B
3
Gas PANB Pipe Tubing Annulus
Weymouth
3
Gas WEYM Pipe Tubing Annulus
American Gas
Association
3
Gas AGA Pipe Tubing Annulus
TACITE-S
1
TACS Pipe Tubing Annulus
OLGA-S
2
OLGA Pipe Tubing Annulus
User-Defined Method Liquid or
Gas
UDP1 Pipe Tubing Annulus
User-Defined Method Liquid or
Gas
UDP2 Pipe Tubing Annulus
1, 2, 3 See footnotes to Table 4-6c..
GENERAL Data Category of Input > DEFAULT
DEFAULT
Optional statement. Sets up global values to be used throughout the simulation. All these
can be overridden selectively on the flow device and fitting statements in the
STRUCTURE Data Category of input.
Optional entries:
WATER or
AIR or
SOIL
Use one of these to specify the medium surrounding the pipes. If no
surrounding is chosen, the default heat transfer coefficient for the pipe is
used. If more than one surrounding is entered, then without any overriding
information supplied on the PIPE statement in the Structure Data Category
of input, the hierarchy of usage is given by: SOIL has default preference over
WATER which has default preference over AIR
Therefore, if all three surroundings are defined on this statement, they will be
prioritized per the above logic.
More than one surrounding may be specified on this statement. In this case
the input order of the attributes of the surroundings (such as velocity) must
logically follow the surrounding medium these attributes refer to (see the
second example at the end of this section).
If any of the following keywords are entered and no surrounding is input, the
surrounding defaults to SOIL:
VISCOSITY VELOCITY DENSITY
BDTOP THKPIPE THKINS
CONPIPE CONINS CONSOIL
CONDUCTIVITY
HAUSEN Specifying this keyword activates a special inside film coefficient
calculation (Hausen) when laminar heat transfer flow conditions exist (valid
for Re < 2000). If this keyword is not specified, the normal turbulent flow
calculation is used for all conditions of flow.
VELOCITY()= Velocity of the surrounding air or water. Default values are 10 miles/hr for
air and 1 mile/hr for water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
TGRADIENT()=1.0 Geothermal temperature gradient.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are specific gravity of
1.0 for air and 10.0 API for water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are 0.02 cP for air and
1.0 cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, soil, or water. Defaults are
0.015 BTU/hr-ft-F for air, 0.8 BTU/hr-ft-F for soil and 0.3 BTU/hr-ft-F for
water.
UPIPE()=1.0 If no medium is invoked directly or indirectly, this overall heat transfer
coefficient will be used.
UANNULUS()=1.0
UTUBING()=1.0
Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside an annulus or tubing to the
surroundings.
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be added to the inside film heat
transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be added to the outside film
heat transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer resistance which will be added to the outside
film heat transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of the outside of the pipe, in
short length units. A positive value must be supplied when SOIL has been
selected as the surrounding.
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.
THKINS()=0 Insulation thickness in short length units. Maximum of 5 values.
CONPIPE()=29
CONINS()=0.015
CONSOIL()=0.8
Thermal conductivity of the pipe material, insulation (maximum of five
values, for five insulation layers) and soil.
IDPIPE()= or
NOMD=
Inside diameter of pipes and fittings in short length units. Nominal inside
diameter of pipes and fittings, in inches only.
NOMT= Nominal inside diameter of tubing devices, in inches only.
PIPSCHEDULE=
DIAMDATA.DAT
Name of external text file in the user directory containing pipe and tubing
schedule data which are to be invoked for all nominal size specifications. If a
file name is supplied, the input file extension must be .DAT. The
PIPSCHEDULE keyword may or may not be included in this statement. If
this keyword is omitted, then an internal table is used with default values.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table or file, the
next smaller schedule is searched.
SCHEDULE=40 Default pipe schedule to be used for fittings, pipe and line sizing options.
SCHT=TB01 Default schedule for tubing devices.
DESC= Twenty-character description of type of pipe used.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table,
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If a schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used
and, if a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
IDANNULUS()= Inside diameter of annulus in short length units.
IDTUBING()= Inside diameter of tubing in short length units.
ODTUBING()= Outside diameter of tubing in short length units.
FLOWEFF=100 Flow efficiency as a percentage. This parameter may be used in a rating
exercise to adjust flowrates to meet a measured pressure drop. The use of
FLOWEFF is recommended only when other parameters, such as pressure
drop method, pipe roughness, heat transfer coefficient values, etc., have been
varied in order to match field data.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness. Use the qualifier REL to denote roughness as a
fraction of the pipe inside diameter. Otherwise, value is absolute and in short
length units.
GENERAL Data Category of Input > SEGMENT
Example:
DEFAULT AIR, TAMB=40, VELOCITY=30, THKINS=4
DEFAULT AIR, COND=0.01, VISC=0.018, VELOCITY=8, WATER,&
COND=0.34, VELOCITY=5
SEGMENT
Optional statement. Controls the segmenting of pipes, annuli, and tubing for pressure
drop and heat transfer calculations. If you omit this statement, PIPEPHASE will use a
default of one segment per pipe, annulus, and tubing.
Optional entries:
HWCOEFF()=150 Coefficient for Hazen-Williams pressure drop method.
DLHORIZ()= or
NHORIZ=1
Length of a pipe calculation segment in long length units. Number of
calculation segments per pipe.
DLVERT()= or
NVERT=1
Length of an annulus or tubing calculation segment in long length units.
Number of calculation segments per annulus or tubing.
MAXSEGS=20 Maximum number of calculation segments per flow device. This overrides
any value calculated from other data on this statement.
DTIME=10 Time step for pigging or sphering in seconds.
PSEG=20 This option only applies when the AUTO or FAST segmentation options are
used. When this keyword is invoked and either AUTO or FAST are specified,
PIPEPHASE will automatically size segments so that the maximum average
pressure drop per segment is PSEG or no more than MAXS segments are
used in a pipe/tube/annulus. By default, a value of 20 psia is used for PSEG.
TSEG=5 This keyword is activated with the use of the AUTO or FAST keywords
(described below). Under this option, PIPEPHASE attempts to insure that the
temperature drop across a segment is TSEG and the absolute pressure drop is
PSEG and the maximum number of segments is MAXS. PIPEPHASE uses a
default value of 5 F for TSEG.
PTOL=0.2 The pressure traverse algorithm uses for property computations, the pressure
and temperature at the mid-point of each segment. Because mid-point values
are used, the algorithm must use an iterative procedure to converge to a mid-
point pressure. PTOL is the convergence criterion for the mid-point pressure
and is 0.2 psia by default (Minimum tolerance = 0.0001 psia).
HTOL=0.05 This is option only applies to compositional or steam systems and it refers to
the convergence tolerance that is to be used for segment mid-point
enthalpies. By default, HTOL is equal to 0.05 Btu/lb.
Example:
SEGM DLHOR=50, MAXSEGS=10
Note: When using horizontal tubing devices, the user should use a set number of segments rather than a
vertical segmentation specification. With no vertical depth specified, the device will default to a few
segments regardless of the length. The user should specify a number of segments allow for better property
predictions along the horizontal well.
ITER=25 This refers to the number of iterations that are to be used to compute the mid-
point pressure/temperature in a given segment. By default, ITER is set to 25.
When ITER=1, the traverse algorithm reduces to the forward Euler
integration procedure. The forward Euler is, in principle, faster than the mid-
point weighting used by default in PIPEPHASE. However, it also leads to
less accurate traverses than are produced by the mid-point weighting method.
AUTO=ON When invoked, this option automatically sizes segments according to
computed pressure and temperature gradients. The following options
(discussed above) are invoked with this keyword:
PSEG = 20 psia
TSEG = 5 F
PTOL = 0.2 psia
HTOL = 0.05 Btu/lb
ITER = 25
MAXS= 50
AUTO=OFF Allows the user to specify the flow device segment length, either directly, or
through a user-specified number of segments. By default, this option is set to
Manual Segmentation Method. The following defaults are invoked by this
keyword:
DLHORIZ=2000 feet
DLVERT=500 feet
NHOR=1
NVER=1
MAXSTEPS=20
FAST When invoked, this option uses an automated, yet more relaxed than AUTO,
segmenting procedure to estimate the size of segments. The following
defaults are invoked by this keyword:
PSEG = 50 psia
TSEG = 50 F
PTOL = 0.2 psia
HTOL = 1 Btu/lb
ITER = 1 (thus the traverse algorithm reduces to the forward Euler method)
MAXS = 20
Under the FAST keyword, PIPEPHASE will compute pressure traverses at a
faster rate than under the AUTO option. However, because of the coarser
segmentation and the use of forward Euler marching, the pressure traverse
estimates are expected to be less accurate than under default segmentation
procedures.
Note: Under the FAST and AUTO options, the user has complete control of the segmentation options
PSEG, TSEG, PTOL, HTOL, ITER and MAXS
GENERAL Data Category of Input > LIMITS
LIMITS
Optional statement. Set the minimum and maximum temperatures and pressures for
calculations. If calculations stray outside these limits, PIPEPHASE will print a warning
message. You should ensure that the pressure and temperature limits correctly bound
their anticipated values in the simulation prior to program execution. The default limits
are those judged to be representative for all of the thermodynamic methods available to
PIPEPHASE.
If the simulation conditions are over a narrower range of conditions than the default
values, you still should not reduce the range for the limits. Reducing the range can make
it more difficult for the network to solve by giving poor PVT predictions during
intermediate calculations.
Optional entries:
Example:
LIMITS PRES(MIN)=5
PRINT
Optional statement. Controls the level of output produced by PIPEPHASE.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE(MIN)=-60
TEMPERATURE(MAX)=800
PRESSURE(MIN)=0
PRESSURE(MAX)=25000
Minimum and maximum temperatures and pressures. Additional
qualifiers may be used to specify units of measurement.
INPUT=FULL
SUMMARY=BOTH
DEVICE=SUMMARY
PROPERTY=NONE or
SUMMARY or PART or
FULL
CONNECT=FULL
FLASH=FULL
PLOT=FULL
Select an option for each of these from Table 4-8, Options for Output.
CONNECT applies only to networks. FLASH applies only to compositional
fluid types. The PLOT and MAP options can only be invoked with
DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.
MAP=TAITEL or NONE Use MAP=TAITEL to print the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea flow regime map for
each link. DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL must also be specified
Example:
PRINT INPUT=NONE, PROPERTY=FULL, DATABASE=FULL
Table 4-8: Options for Output
MERGESUB Independent subnetworks are formed, when specifying the upstream pressure
or flow rate to a choke/regulator or inlet pressure to a Multi-Stage
Compressor. Pseudo nodes and links are created for the boundaries of these
individual networks. Invoke this option to merge these nodes and links back
to its original network before generating the output report.
NODACT Use this to report node summary at actual conditions. If ignored, node
summary is reported at standard conditions.
SLUG=BRILL Invokes a statistical slug model. The options are BRILL, NORRIS or
SCOTT. Only with DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL for single links
only.
ITER Request detailed printout during the convergence of an iterative network
calculation.
SIMULATOR=PART Choose to print the network simulation results for every cycle,
SIMULATOR=FULL, or at the final cycle, SIMULATOR=PART.
OPTIMIZER=PART Choose to print the optimization results after every iteration,
OPTIMIZER=FULL, or at the end of the simulation, OPTIMIZER=PART.
VFPT = DEFAULT EXCEL, ECLIPSE,GCOM(hidden), USER. EXCEL is default; generates
VFP tables.
DATABASE=FULL Controls the writing of data to a database after solution for use with the
Results Access System through the GUI. Options are FULL, LAST, and
NONE. FULL writes all data from all cases to the database; LAST writes
only data from the last case; NONE writes no data.
Entries
Keyword NONE SUMMARY PART FULL
INPUT List of input
No details
N/A List of input
Structure details
List of input
Full details
DEVICE No device
details or
summary
Device
summary
Summary report plus
pressure, temperature,
liquid holdup and
velocities
All PART reports plus
pressure gradient
reports
PROPERTY No reports N/A Point by point physical
property data
Prints all point by point
physical property data
plus heat transfer data
and hydrate prediction
CONNECT No reports N/A N/A Tables and plot of
network connectivity
FLASH No reports N/A N/A Composition and phase
properties at each node
GENERAL Data Category of Input > PRINT
PLOT No plots N/A Link pressure and
temperature plots.
DEVICE=PART or
DEVICE=FULL must
also be specified.
Link pressure,
temperature and phase
envelope plots.
DEVICE=PART or
DEVICE=FULL must
also be specified
DATABASE No file produced
for Results
Access System
N/A Only last CASE
STUDY produced in
Results Access System
file
All output data
produced in Results
Access System file
OLD NEW BOTH
SUMMARY Node, Link and
Device
Summaries are
produced.
Structure Data,
Velocity and
Results
Summaries are
produced.
Both the OLD and
NEW set of reports are
produced
Entries
Keyword NONE SUMMARY PART FULL
OUTDIMENSION
Optional statement. The normal output is produced in the same units of measurement as
those defined in the DIMENSION statement. The OUTDIMENSION statement requests
a second set of output and defines the units of measurement for it. Select a predefined set
of units and/or override individual units. See Table 4-3, Primary Units of Measurement,
and Table 4-4, Secondary Units of Measurement, for the definition of units in each
predefined set and other units which can be specified for each data item. If this statement
is omitted, a second set of output will not be generated.
Optional entries:
Example:
OUTDIME METRIC, VISC=PAS, DENS=API, RATE(M)=LBHR
ADD or
REPLACE
Use one of these options to specify whether the second output should be
added to the first output or should replace it.
PETROLEUM or
ENGLISH or
METRIC or
SI
Select only one of these sets of units.
VELOCITY=
TEMPERATURE=
PRESSURE=
LENGTH=
VISCOSITY=
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
Define the units in which any or all of these quantities are to be printed out.
RATE(M)=
RATE(W)=
RATE(LV)=
RATE(GV)=
Define the units in which any or all of molar, weight, liquid volumetric and
gas volumetric flowrates are to be printed out.
COMPONENT Data Category of Input > Overview
COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Overview
The Component Data Section defines the components in a compositional simulation.
This section is mandatory for a compositional fluid unless you are defining your fluid in
terms only of an assay curve with no Lightends and you do not want to alter the default
cuts or characterization criteria. This section is also mandatory for a mixed
compositional/non-compositional blackoil model. This section must not be present if
your fluid is non-compositional.
Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, in the optional SimSci Component
and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, describes all the features of the SimSci
Component Data system. Many of these features are not used in PIPEPHASE because
they are not relevant to pressure drop through pipes and fittings.
Of those that are relevant, the commonly used ones are described here in detail. The rest
are summarized and you should refer to Chapter 1 of the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for input details.
Table 4-9a: COMPONENT Data Category for Input
COMPONENT None
LIBID number, name {, , alias}/ ..., BANK=, {FILL=}
p. 34
{PETROLEUM()} number, name, mol wt, gravity, normal boiling point/... p. 34
{ASSAY} CHARACTERIZE= CAVETT, MW=CAV80,
CONVERSION=API94, CURVEFIT=VER6
GRAVITY=WATSONK, {FIT=SPLINE, TBPIP=1,
TBPEP=98, NBP=}
p. 35
{CUTPOINTS} TBPCUTS() = 100,800,28/1200,8/1600,4 p. 37
{Constants}
MW
SPGR
API
ACENTRIC
ZC
TC()
PC()
VC()
NBP()
STDDENSITY()
component number, value/...
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
p. 37
Table 4-9b: Other Statements to Table 4-9a
COMPONENT
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids. Introduces the category.
Optional entries:
{Variables}
VP()
ENTHALPY()
CP()
LATENT()
DENSITY()
VISCOSITY()
CONDUCTIVITY()
SURFACE
CORR = , {LN or LOG or EXPFAC = }, DATA = or
TABULAR =
p. 38
p. 38
p. 38
p. 38
p. 38
p. 38
p. 38
p. 38
Other statements For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, of
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
NONLIBRARY Components that are not in the SimSci bank and for which you have to
supply a full set of properties.
PHASE Identifies solid components
SYNCOMP Data for a synfuel component of a specific type.
SYNLIQ Data for a synfuel component that is a mixture of different petroleum types.
RACKETT Rackett parameter required for the Rackett method for liquid densities.
DIPOLE Dipole moment required for the Hayden-OConnell method for vapor
properties.
RADIUS Radius of gyration required for the Hayden-OConnell method for vapor
properties.
SOLUPARA Hildebrand solubility parameter required for various generalized and liquid
activity thermodynamic correlations.
MOLVOL Liquid molar volume required for various generalized and liquid activity
thermodynamic correlations.
VANDERWAAL Van der Waals area and volume required for UNIFAC and UNIQUAC liquid
activity thermodynamic correlations.
STRUCTURE, GROUP Data for non-library components for use with the UNIFAC thermodynamic
method.
COMPONENT Data Category of Input > LIBID
LIBID
Optional statement. Identifies the components whose properties are to be taken from the
SimSci databank.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
LIBID 1, C1/2, C2/3, C3, BANK=SIMSCI, PROCESS
LIBID 1, C1, METHANE/3, C3/2, ETHN, PURE ETHANE, *
BANK=SIMSCI, PROCESS
PETROLEUM
Optional statement. Defines petroleum fraction pseudocomponents. Component
properties are calculated using the characterization method selected on the ASSAY
statement below.
Mandatory entries:
number, name{, , alias} / ... For each component, its number in the component list for this simulation
followed by its library name (not the full name). Separate one components
entry from the next using the / character.
Select components from the list in Chapter 1 of the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.) For convenience, some components
have more than one allowable name.
Optionally, you may also enter an alias (up to 16 characters) for a
component, which will be used in the output reports. If you enter an alias,
you must have two commas before it.
You may enter the components in any order but there must be no gaps in the
component number sequence and each component number must be used
only once. This rule applies to all defined components, including Petroleum
pseudocomponents entered using the PETROLEUM statement below, but
does not apply to petroleum fractions generated by the program from ASTM
curves.
BANK Selects order of component databanks which are searched for pure
components. The entries allowed are SimSci or PROCESS.
Optional entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, in
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.)
FILL Specifies that SimSci property prediction methods be used for components
missing library or user-supplied data.
number, name, MW, std
liquid density, NBP/...
You may supply a name of up to 16 characters for each component. The
name is used in the output reports. You must supply at least two of the three
quantities: molecular weight, gravity and normal boiling point. The
remaining value is calculated. You may use qualifiers to define units of
measurement for gravity and/or normal boiling point.
Example:
PETRO 5, CUT11, 91,64,180/6, CUT12,100,,210/ &
7, CUT13,120,55,280/8, CUT14,150,,370/ &
9, CUT15,200,40,495/10, CUT16,245,,590/ &
11, CUT17,300,30,687/12, CUT18,360,,770
ASSAY
Optional statement. Used to specify the method by which PIPEPHASE calculates the
properties of defined pseudocomponents or those generated from assay data.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
ASSAY CHAR = SIMSCI, MW = CAV80, GRAV = WATSONK, *
CONVERSION = API87, CURVEFIT = VER6
The number must follow the rules described above under LIBID.
If a name is not given, PIPEPHASE will assign a name based on the normal
boiling point.
If you omit any data item, you must retain the embedded comma.
CHARACTERIZE = CAVETT Define the method to be used for calculating critical properties and
enthalpies of pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-11,
Characterization Methods.
MW = CAV80 Define the method to be used for calculating molecular weights of
pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-10.
CONVERSION = API94 Selects the method for inter-conversion between ASTM-D86 and TBP
distillation curves. Options are described in Table 4-13, Inter-
Conversion Methods.
CURVEFIT = VER6 Defines the method for determining end points of petro cuts. Options
are described in Table 4-14, CURVEFIT Methods.
GRAVITY = WATSONK Define the method to be used for calculating gravities for pseudo-
components when only the average gravity of a curve is given. Options
are described in Table 4-12.
Other entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input
Reference, in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
FIT = SPLINE Selects the curve fitting procedure for user supplied assay data.
TBPIP = 1,
TBPEP = 98
Define the volume percents for determining the initial point (IP) and
end point (EP) temperatures when specifying streams and reporting
assay curves at output time.
NBP = Designates the method used for calculating the normal boiling point of
narrow cuts.
COMPONENT Data Category of Input > ASSAY
Table 4-10: Molecular Weight Methods
Table 4-11: Characterization Methods
Table 4-12: Gravity Methods used in PIPEPHASE
Table 4-13: Inter-Conversion Methods
Table 4-14: CURVEFIT Methods
Method Description
SIMSCI Method developed by SimSci to match the API Technical Data Book method for
300 to 800
o
F boiling components and to provide a better match to the available
field data both above and below that temperature range.
EXTAPI 1980 API Technical Data Book method with adjustment for components boiling
below 300
o
F to match known pure component data better. Also known as the
CAVETT80 method.
CAVETT Old (pre-1980) API Technical Data Book method
Method Description
CAVETT CAVETT is used for critical constants and ideal gas enthalpies. Yen-Alexander
is used for vapor pressures. Edmister is used for acentric factors.
SIMSCI SimScis extension of the CAVETT method is used for all properties. Also
known as the Twu method.
LK Lee-Kesler is used for all properties.
Method Description
WATSONK Assumes constant Watson K for all components based on TBP temperatures.
PRE301 Assumes constant Watson K for all components based on ASTM temperatures.
Method Description
API63 This method is taken from the API Technical Data Book prior to the 1987
edition and uses a procedure developed by W.C. Edmister, et.al.
API87 This is the method published in the 1987 API Technical Data Book which was
developed by Riazi and Daubert.
API94 This is the method detailed in the 1994 API Technical Data Book which was
developed by Daubert, T.E.. This method uses an approach similar to that of the
API 1963 procedure, which always produces a monotonic TBP curve.
Method Description
VER6 This method generates a quadratic using the first 3 (for IP) or last 3 (for EP)
supplied data points. It uses the slope of this curve to linearly extrapolate to the
appropriate end point (0%) or 100%). This may artificially introduce an
inflection point in the data curve. Select this option to reproduce results from
older PIPEPHASE version (upto 9.2.1)
IMPR This method uses a quadratic spline to more accurately locate missing end
points.
CUTPOINTS
Optional statement. Used to define the TBP cut points for components defined by assay
curve.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,800,20/ 1000, 10/ 1200,8
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,1200,38
MW
SPGR
API
ACENTRIC
ZC
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
MW 1, 59.3/4, 76.5
TC()
PC()
NBP()
STDDENSITY()
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components. A qualifier may be
used to specify units of measurement.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
STDD(LBFT3) 4,45/7,50
TBPCUTS()=
t
0
, t
1
, n
1
{/t
2
, n
2
/..}
t
0
is the start temperature for the whole assay, t
1
is the end temperature for
the first group and n
1
is the number of cuts in the first group. Then, for each
subsequent group of cuts, enter the end temperature for the group and the
number of cuts in that group.
The default is 100, 800, 28/1200, 8/1600, 4
number1, value1/
number2, value2/ ...
numberN, valueN
The number corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
number1, value1/
numberN, valueN
COMPONENT Data Category of Input > VC
VC
Optional statement. Defines critical volume of pure components. Qualifiers may be used
to specify units of measurement and basis.
Mandatory entries: :
Example:
VP()
ENTHALPY()
CP()
LATENT()
DENSITY()
VISCOSITY()
CONDUCTIVITY()
SURFACE()
Optional statements. Define pure component properties that vary with temperature.
Where appropriate, qualifiers may be used to specify phase, temperature unit, property
units and basis. Properties are listed in Table 4-15.
Table 4-15: Pure Component Variable Properties in PIPEPHASE
You may enter either coefficients of an equation or tabular data.
number1, value1/
numberN, valueN
VC(CC,M) 1, .09 Note: This is equivalent to 90 cc/gm mole.
Property Keyword Phase* Property Units Basis
Density DENSITY() L density M or WT
Enthalpy ENTHALPY() I or L energy M or WT
Solid specific heat CP() heat capacity M or WT
Latent heat of
vaporization
LATENT() energy M or WT
Vapor pressure VP() L pressure
Viscosity VISCOSITY() V or L viscosity
Thermal conductivity COND() V or L conductivity
Liquid surface tension SURFACE() surface tension
*Phases are: I ideal gas
V vapor
L liquid
Mandatory entries: Coefficient form:
Optional entries:
Mandatory entries: Tabular form:
Example:
DENSITY(L,C,LBFT3) TABULAR = 60, 80, 100/1,55.5,43.7/2, &
45.8,,40.2
ENTHALPY(I,C,KCAL/KG,M) TABULAR=100,140,180/1,700000, &
825000,910000/ &
2,410000, ,470000
VP(C,MMHG) CORR=21, LN, DATA= 1,,, 14.321, -1068, 60.3/ &
2,,, 16.15, -1372, 1.7
CORRELATION
The correlation form for equation based data. See Chapter 1, SimSci
Component Data Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for equation forms.
Note: Only equation 1 may be used for CP.
DATA = Data entry for equation based correlations. The format is: DATA = i, t
max
,
t
min
, C
1
, ..., C
8
/...
i corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
t
max
, t
min
are temperature limits for the data. They must be entered for
Chebychev equations, and are optional for others. If omitted, the embedded
commas must be retained.
C
1
,...,C
8
are equation coefficients.
EXPFAC= Exponential factor. Only used in equations 3 and 4.
LN or LOG
Select the logarithmic base e (LN) or 10 (LOG). Only used in equations with
logarithmic terms.
TABULAR = Data entry for tabular data. The format is:
TABULAR = t
1
, t
2
, .../i, p
1
, p
2
, .../...
t
1
, t
2
,... are temperatures at which tabular data are entered.
i corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
p
1
, p
2
,... are data values at temperatures t
1
, t
2
,... . A minimum of one value
must be given. You need not provide a value for every temperature point but
if you skip a value you must retain the embedded comma.
NETWORK Data Category of Input > Overview
NETWORK Data Category of Input
Overview
The NETWORK Data Category of input defines calculational methods. This category is
only needed to control the network convergence algorithm.
Table 4-16: NETWORK Data Category of Input
NETWORK
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
Optional entries: None
SOLUTION
Optional statement. Selects the solution method and sets switches for the convergence of
a network. If you omit this statement, the PBALANCE method will be used with the
defaults shown below. See Pressure Balance Method, p. 6-34, for details of the
application of these parameters
Optional entries:
NETWORK None
{SOLUTION} PBAL or MBAL, MAXITER = 20, FLOWALLOC = 1,
PRELIMINARY = 1, FINAL = 1, SUBITERATION = 200,
RELAXATION = 0.25, DAMP = 0.25, EXPLICIT, NOFR,
QDAMP =, PDAMP = , STEP = 1, SLIP = 5, HALVINGS = 3,
NOLOOP=0, CHECK, CHOKE = 1, WELLS, PROP=0,
SCALE=1.0, SYMMETRIC, LINKS, ANSARI, XIAO,
QUICK, KEEPSHUT
p. 40
{TOLERANCE} PTOL(psia)= .0001, QTOL()= 1, TTOL() = .001, RATE()=1.0,
PRES()=2.0, QLOW=, PERT= .01, NEWACC
p. 44
{ACCELERATION} INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 0, NTEMP = 0, PMIN = ,
PMAX = , TMIN = , TMAX = , STOP, ISOTHERMAL = 1
p. 44
PBAL or MBAL Use one of these to specify the network solution algorithm. PBAL invokes
the Pressure Balance algorithm, MBAL the single-phase algorithm. MBAL
can only be used with single-phase gas or liquid systems.
MAXITER = 20 Maximum number of iterations for the PBALANCE method.
FLOWALLOC = 1 Controls the initial estimate for flowrates in PBALANCE networks only.
Use FLOWALLOC=1 to estimate initial flowrates based on diameters of the
first pipe in the links.
Use FLOWALLOC=2 to estimate initial flowrates based on the frictional
resistance of each link.
Use FLOWALLOC=3 to estimate initial flowrates based on nodal mass
(MBAL) conservation.
Use FLOWALLOC=4 to use flowrates and pressure from a previous solution
of the network, to be read from a restart file.
PRELIMINARY = 1 The number of continuation steps to be used to compute the preliminary
solution for the MBAL method and for FLOW=3 in the PBAL method.
FINAL = 1 The number of final continuation steps required to move the pressure field
predicted by the preliminary solution to the final rigorous solution. This is
applicable to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
SUBITERATION = 200 Maximum number of iterations to be performed in each continuation step.
This is applicable to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
RELAXATION = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to iteration for the pressure field.
Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the MBAL method
and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
DAMP = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to iteration for the preliminary
continuation stage. Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the
MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
EXPLICIT Applicable only to a single-phase gas or liquid system. When present, initial
estimates are obtained from the Blasius friction factor approximation.
Otherwise, the implicit Colebrook/BBM approach is used. This is applicable
to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
NOFR Include this keyword to specify that no flow reversals are to be permitted
within links during the solution of a network. Applicable to PBAL method.
QDAMP = Limits the magnitude of the flowrate adjustment for any link at each iteration
within a PBALANCE network. If a link flowrate change exceeds QDAMP,
the magnitude of the change vector is normalized such that the magnitude of
the vector is reduced but the direction of the adjustment vector is not
changed. The units of QDAMP are fixed as:
FLUID TYPE UNITS
Compositional & steam (MLBHR)
Gas & condensate (MCFD)
Liquid & blackoil (BPD)
This feature is useful when large flowrate fluctuations and convergence
instabilities are observed in the iteration history of a network run, commonly
seen in a large, highly looped network. Damping the flowrate changes to a
small value may lead to a more stable iteration scheme but may result in
slower convergence. You may need to increase the number of iterations to
achieve convergence to within the required tolerance.
PDAMP = Similar to QDAMP, but applied to node pressure changes. Pressures are in
units of psi. Applicable to PBAL method.
STEP = 1 Use this keyword to enable the Newton-Raphson algorithm to converge
without internal limits.
NETWORK Data Category of Input > SOLUTION
SLIP = 5 Applicable only to FLOWALLOCATION = 3. Use this keyword to specify
the slope angle above which the BBM model used to initialize the flow field
reduces to the no-slip formulation. Units are degrees.
HALVINGS = 3 Number of interval halvings allowed in each successive iteration. Applicable
to PBAL method.
NOLOOP=0
Use this keyword to generate a report of the occurrence of closed loops
during intermediate PBAL iterations. Use NOLOOP=1 to obtain a warning if
closed loop flow occurs during PBAL iterations. If you use NOLOOP=2,
PIPEPHASE will print the warning and, in addition, try to prevent the closed
loop flow from forming.
CHECK When present, regulators (unidirectional check valves) are allowed to pass a
small backward flow.
CHOKE = 1 Controls the broadening of the critical flow regimes in Choke valves.
Use CHOKE = 1 to allow exponential broadening.
Use CHOKE = 2 to allow linear broadening.
Use CHOKE = 3 to invoke a rigorous critical flow approach for chokes.
The flowrate through a choke depends on the pressure drop through the
choke when the flow is subcritical. When a choke is in 'critical flow' the
flowrate through the choke depends only on the inlet pressure. Further
reduction of the downstream/outlet pressure below the critical pressure
(outlet pressure at the on set of critical flow) has no effect on the flowrate.
When this happens Newton-based methods cannot be applied directly
because the dp
out
/dq derivatives go to infinity. PIPEPHASE solves networks
where chokes are in critical flow using three mutually exclusive options.
CHOKE=1: The infinite derivative is replaced by a exponential extension
of the choke performance curve.
CHOKE=2: The infinite derivative choke performance curve is replaced
by a high but finite valued user defined slope or derivative
using a linear extension of the choke performance.
The above two options allows the network algorithm to use Newton methods
to proceed to a solution. Due to the high value of the derivative the network
becomes sensitive and may sometimes fail to converge. These two options
are available for the Fortunati and Ueda choke models.
CHOKE=3: PIPEPHASE solves for the maximum possible flow (critical
flow) for the well for a given source pressure (user-specified
reservoir or bottom hole pressure). If the network tries to flow
more than the critical flowrate, the link QMAX logic is
invoked based on the critical flowrate which acts as the
maximum allowable flowrate for that well/link.
The solution obtained accurately reflects the critical choke flow behavior and
the resulting network solution. At this time, this option is invoked only with
the Perkins choke model. This option works only for chokes in source links
where the link source pressure is fixed.
WELLS Use this keyword to prevent well flows from falling below the minimum
required to transport fluid in a two-phase system.
PROP=0 Controls the number of fluid property evaluations that are performed in each
link for the PBAL (FLOWALLOC=3) initialization procedure.
PROP=0 Fluid properties are evaluated only once per link at an
average pressure and temperature.
PROP=1 Fluid properties are evaluated for each device based on
conditions at the start of the device.
PROP=2 Fluid properties are evaluated for each device based on
conditions at the end of the device. This invokes an iterative
calculation for each device which consumes more computing
time and thus should only be used if the initialization
procedure needs help to produce an acceptable initial estimate
for the PBAL algorithm.
SCALE=1.0 Allows the user to control the extent of the Newton-Raphson correction to
the network pressure and link flow distribution. This number is a fraction
between 0 and 1. When the value is 1.0, a complete Newton-Raphson
correction is made to the estimated flow and pressure distribution. When this
value is less than 1.0, a fractional Newton-Raphson correction is made
during the PBAL iteration process. The value of the fractional correction is
the value of the parameter assigned to SCALE. Occasionally, fractional
values of SCALE can stabilize the Newton-Raphson iteration process.
However, extremely small fractional values can also slow down the
calculation procedure.
LINKS With this option, PIPEPHASE generates flow tables at the start of the
calculations that relate flowrate to exit pressure and exit temperature in all
links that originate with a source that has a fixed inflow pressure boundary
conditions. When available, the tables are then used in the place of the
normal pressure traverse procedure to compute exit pressures and
temperatures for links. This option can potentially speed up the PBAL
iteration procedure in PIPEPHASE.
XIAO With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will use the XIAO
mechanistic model instead of the default BBM model to estimate the
flowrate in pipes.
ANSARI With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will use the Ansari
mechanistic model in tubes and annuli instead of the default BBM model to
estimate flowrates.
SYMMETRIC With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will approximate the
Jacobian Matrix used in the Newton-Raphson iteration procedure as a
symmetric matrix. This option has the potential of increasing the
computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation method.
QUICK With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will (1) approximate the
Jacobian Matrix as a symmetric matrix, and (2) will use an approximate
method to compute flowrate derivatives. This option has the potential of
further increasing the computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation
method.
KEEPSHUT Allows wells that have been closed to remain closed, unless the user
explicitly opens the wells again. This option should not be used with
optimization, because if the wells are closed in during the previous cycle, if
may eliminate the best cycle.
NETWORK Data Category of Input > TOLERANCE
Example:
SOLUTION PBAL, MAXITER=30, FLOWALLOC=2, PRELIM=2, FINAL=2, & SUBITER=100,
RELAX=0.5, DAMP=0.5, EXPLICIT, NOFR, QDAMP=10, & PDAMP=0.5, HALVINGS=4, NOLOOP,
CHECK, CHOKE=2
TOLERANCE
Optional statement. Defines the criteria for convergence of networks that require
iterative calculations.
Optional entries:
For PBAL network solution methods:
Example:
TOLERANCE PTOL = .0003, QTOL = 2, TTOL = .0005
ACCELERATION (for PBAL Network Method Only)
Optional statement. Forces PIPEPHASE to interpolate from tabulated fluid properties
during intermediate iterations instead of carrying out rigorous property calculations at
every iteration in every link. Rigorous flashing is carried out on the final iterations
unless the STOP keyword is used.
PTOL(psia) =
.0001
Pressure tolerance for MBAL network solution and for network initialization under
FLOWALLOC = 3.
QTOL() = 1 Flow tolerance for MBAL network solution and for network initialization under
FLOWALLOC = 3. Units depend on the fluid type:
Liquid and blackoil bbl/day
Gas and gas condensate MCFD
Compositional and steam MLBHR
TTOL() = .001 Temperature tolerance for MBAL network solution method only.
QLOW()= Default minimum flowrate for all pressure-specified sources in the network.
PIPEPHASE will zero out flows for those sources that fall below the specified
minimum value.
PERT= .01 Specify the rate perturbation for the network solution.
NEWACC Used to handle high velocity fluids for near critical flow applications. This option
determines fluid properties in a pipe segment from the average of the inlet and outlet
properties. The inlet and outlet velocities directly calculate the pressure drop due to
acceleration.
PRES()=2.0 Pressure tolerance for PBAL solution method.
RATE()=1.0 Used to improve convergence in networks with chokes in critical flow
(CHOKE=2 option).
Mandatory entries: :
Optional entries:
Example:
ACCELERATION INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 10, NTEMP = 10, &
PMIN = 1, PMAX = 100, TMIN = 10, TMAX = 500, STOP, &
ISOTHERMAL = 2
INTERPOLATION Use this keyword to switch on the interpolation procedure.
NPRESS = 0 Number of equally spaced pressure points.
NTEMP = 0 Number of equally spaced temperature points in the matrix. NPRESS *
NTEMP must not exceed 400.
PMIN()= Minimum pressure in the matrix
PMAX()= Maximum pressure in the matrix
TMIN()= Minimum temperature in the matrix
TMAX()= Maximum temperature in the matrix
STOP When convergence is reached using the interpolated properties, use of this
keyword stops the calculations . Without this keyword, calculations continue
until convergence is reached using rigorous property values.
ISOTHERMAL = 1 Specifies the temperature at which properties are looked up in the matrix.
ISOTHERMAL = 1 looks up properties at the local ambient temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 2 looks up properties at the local upstream node
temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 3 looks up properties at TMIN.
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > Overview
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input
Overview
The Thermodynamic Data Category of input defines the methods that PIPEPHASE uses
to determine phase separation and transport properties in compositional runs. You need
this category only if you have specified that the fluid is compositional on the Calculation
statement in the General Data category.
Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual describes all the features of the SimSci
Thermodynamic Data system. Many of these features are not used in PIPEPHASE
because they are not relevant to pressure drop through pipes and fittings.
Of those that are relevant, the commonly used ones are described here in detail. The rest
are summarized and you should refer to the SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input
Reference cited above.
Table 4-17a: Thermodynamic Data Category of Input
THERMODYNAMIC None p. 48
METHOD {SYSTEM()=, KVALUE()=, ENTHALPY()=,
DENSITY()=, TRANSPORT= PURE, VISCOSITY()=,
CONDUCTIVITY()=, SURFACE=, SET = , DEFAULT}
p. 48
WATER DECANT=, {GPSA, SOLUBILITY=SIMSCI,
PROPERTY=SATURATED}
p. 52
BWRS i, j, kij/ ... p. 53
LKP i, j, kij/ ... p. 53
PR i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... p. 53
SRK i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... p. 53
Table 4-17b: Other Statements to Table 4-17a
Other Statements For details, refer to Volume 2, of the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual.
KVALUE
ENTHALPY
DENSITY
Used to identify non-default databanks and methods of calculating missing
data.
KDATA Allows user-supplied K-value data.
HEXAMER, HOCV,
TVIRIAL, IDIMER,
RK1, RK2, SRKKD,
SRKM, SRKH, PRP,
PRM
Allows user-supplied binary interaction data for equations of state and
generalized correlations.
NRTL, UNIQUAC,
WILSON,
VANLAAR,
MARGULES,
FLORY, IDEAL,
AZEOTROPE,
INFINITE,
MUTUAL
Allows user-supplied binary interaction data for liquid activity methods.
PHI Used to identify vapor fugacity databanks.
HENRY, SOLUTE,
HENDATA
Used to identify Henrys Law databanks.
UNIFAC,UNIFTn,
UNFV
UNIFAC method UNIWAAL method
Group contribution data for UNIFAC and/or UNIWAALS.
PAnn, SAnn, VAnn Supplies pure component alpha formulations for PR, SRK and UNIWAAL.
TC, PC, VC, ZC,
ACENTRIC, NBP,
MOLVOL,
DIPOLE, RADIUS,
SOLUPARA,
RACKETT,
WDELT
Used to specify pure component data for use with a specific thermodynamic
method in place of the data input in the Component Category.
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > THERMODYNAMIC
THERMODYNAMIC
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids and mixed compositional/non-
compositional fluid models such as the compositional blackoil model. Introduces the
category.
METHOD
Optional statement. Defines the methods to be used for calculating thermodynamic
properties and transport properties of the flowing fluid. Choose systems with predefined
methods for all properties or choose individual methods for each property.
If you want to use different methods to calculate properties of different sources, use
multiple METHOD statements. Identify each METHOD statement using a SET keyword
and refer to that identifier with the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the
Structure Category.
Mandatory entries: You must specify either SYSTEM or KVALUE, ENTHALPY and DENSITY. All
other entries are optional.
Optional entries:
SYSTEM() = Select a thermodynamic system from Table 4-18. The SYSTEM will allocate
methods for calculating K-values, enthalpies and densities. If you select a
SYSTEM, you can still override one or more of the individual methods by
using the other keywords on this statement.
Use a qualifier to denote which type of equilibrium calculations are to be
performed. Allowable qualifiers are:
SYSTEM VLE vapor-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
KVALUE() =
ENTHALPY() =
DENSITY() =
Select methods from Table 4-19 for calculating K-values, enthalpies, and
densities. If you have selected a SYSTEM, you do not need these keywords;
use them if you want to override the individual methods automatically
selected as part of the predefined SYSTEM.
Use qualifiers to denote which type of equilibrium calculations are to be
performed and the phases to which the methods apply. Allowable qualifiers
are:
KVALUE VLE (or none) vapor-liquid
LLE liquid-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
ENTHLPY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
If you want to specify a different method for different phases, you may have more than
one KVALUE entry. However it is done, whether with SYSTEM or KVALUE or a
combination, you must include all phases present in the simulation.
For ENTHALPY and DENSITY you must specify methods for both vapor and liquid
either by specifying a method for VL or a method for V and a method for L.
DENSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
TRANSPORT = Select a transport system from Table 4-20. TRANSPORT will allocate
methods for calculating viscosity, conductivity and surface tension. If you
select TRANSPORT, you can still override one or more of the individual
methods by using other keywords on this statement.
VISCOSITY() =
CONDUCTIVITY() =
SURFACE =
Select methods from Table 4-21 for calculating conductivity, surface tension
and viscosity. If you have selected a TRANSPORT system, you do not need
these keywords; use them if you want to override the individual methods
automatically selected as part of the predefined TRANSPORT system.
Use qualifiers to denote the phases to which the methods apply. Allowable
qualifiers are:
VISCOSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
CONDUCTIVITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
SURFACE none liquid only
For VISCOSITY and CONDUCTIVITY you must specify methods for both
vapor and liquid either by specifying a method for VL or a method for V and
a method for L.
SET = Up to 12 alphanumeric characters. Identifies this METHOD statement.
Needed only when multiple METHOD statements are used. Referenced
using the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the Structure Category
of input.
DEFAULT Identifies the default method set. When a SOURCE statement in the
Structure Category does not explicitly specify a SET, the default method set
is used. If no METHOD statement has the DEFAULT keyword, the first
METHOD statement in the input is used as the default set. Only one
METHOD statement may have the DEFAULT keyword.
Other entries: (For further information, refer to Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data
Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
PHI Method to be used to compute pure component and mixture vapor fugacity
coefficients for liquid activity methods.
HENRY Used to model dissolved gases in a liquid solution for liquid activity
methods.
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > METHOD
Example:
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=PETRO, SET=MYSET1
METHOD KVALUE=SRK, ENTHALPY=SRK, DENS(L)=API, DENS(V)=SRK, &
VISC(V)=PETRO, VISC(L)= PURE, COND=PETRO, SURFACE=PURE,&
DEFAULT, SET=MYSET2
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, KVALUE(LLE)= NRTL, KVALUE(SLE) = VANTHOFF

Table 4-18: Methods Used by Predefined Thermodynamic Systems
For other systems, refer to Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Table 2.1.4-1.
System K-value Enthalpy Density (V) Density (L)
BK10 BK10 JG IDEAL API
BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST
CS CS CP SRK API
GS GS CP SRK API
LKP LKP LKP LKP API
PR PR PR PR API
SRK SRK SRK SRK API
Table 4-19: Thermodynamic Calculation Methods
For other methods, refer to Chapter 2 in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual, Table 2.1.3-1.
Table 4-20: Methods Used by Predefined TRANSPORT Systems
Table 4-21: Transport Property Calculation Methods
Method Keyword K-value Enthalpy Density(L) Density(V)
API Method API Yes
BWRS-Twu BWRST Yes Yes Yes Yes
Braun K-10 BK10 Yes
Chao-Seader CS Yes*
Curl-Pitzer CP Yes
Grayson-
Streed
GS Yes*
Johnson-
Grayson
JG Yes
Lee-Kesler LK Yes Yes Yes
Lee-Kesler-
Plcker
LKP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Peng-
Robinson
PR Yes Yes Yes
Redlich-
Kwong
RK Yes
Soave-
Redlich-
Kwong
SRK Yes Yes Yes
* Not to be used for systems with more than a total of 5% molar carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide or for
fluids above their critical points.
System Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
PETRO (default) PETRO PETRO PETRO
PURE PURE PURE PURE
TRAPP TRAPP TRAPP PETRO
TACITE LBC TRAPP PARACHOR
Method Keyword Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
Library Data PURE Yes Yes Yes
Hydrocarbon predictions PETRO Yes Yes Yes
TRAPP Method TRAPP Yes Yes
API Technical Data Book API Liquid
only
Woelfin Method (Tight
correlation using PETRO
or PURE method)
TSWOELF
or TWOELF
Liquid
only
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > WATER
WATER
Optional statement. Defines the method to be used for calculating water and steam
properties.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
WATER DECANT=ON, GPSA, SOLU=KERO, PROP=STEAM
Table 4-22: Water Solubility Calculation Options
Woelfin Method (Medium
or PURE method)
MSWOELF
or MWOELF
Liquid
only
Woelfin Method (Loose
or PURE method)
LSWOELF
or LWOELF
Liquid
only
Lohrenz-Bray-Clark LBC Liquid
only
Parachor Method PARACHOR Yes
Heavy Oil Heavy Liquid
only
DECANT = When ON, water is treated as a special component, its solubility in the
hydrocarbon phase is calculated and the non-dissolved water put into a
separate phase. When OFF, water is treated as being fully soluble in the rest
of the stream. When SRK, PR, GS, CS, GSE, CSE, IGS, LKP, BK10 or
BWRS methods are used, DECANT is optional and defaults to ON.
GPSA Used with DECANT = ON to specify that water partial pressures are
calculate using the GPSA Data Book Figure 20-3. If this keyword is not
present, steam tables are used.
SOLUBILITY = SIMSCI Used to specify the method of computing the solubility of water in the
hydrocarbon phase. Options are in Table 4-22.
PROPERTY =
SATURATED
The calculation basis of pure water properties. Options are in Table 4-23.
SIMSCI Calculations are based on the solubility of water in a number of common
components, including hydrocarbons and non-hydrocarbon gases. See
Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for details.
KEROSENE Calculations are based on the solubility of water in kerosene, as presented
in the API Technical Data Book, Figure 9A1.4.
Method Keyword Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
Table 4-23: Water Property Calculation Options
BWRS
LKP
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the BWRS and LKP equation
of state.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
BWRS 2,3,0.055/3,4,0.008
PR
SRK
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the Peng-Robinson and
Soave-Redlich-Kwong equation of state.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
PR 2,3,0.001, 0.054, 3.8/3,4,0.0089, 0.0006, 0.5601
EOS Solubility is calculated from equation of state water K-values using water-
hydrocarbon interaction parameters.
SATURATED Properties are based on vapor/liquid curves. Adequate for most
simulations.
STEAM Properties are calculated using the Keenan and Keyes equation of state for
water. Use this method when water is present as a superheated vapor.
i, j, kij /... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value of the binary
interaction coefficient for the pair. Multiple entries are separated by the /
character.
i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value of the binary
interaction coefficients for the pair. Multiple entries are separated by the /
character.
PVT Data Category of Input > Overview
PVT Data Category of Input
Overview
The PVT Data Category of input defines properties of streams. This category is
mandatory for blackoil, gas condensate, gas and liquid, and mixed compositional/non-
compositional blackoil fluid models. It is optional for steam and mandatory for a
compositional fluid only if you want to build and/or use property tables, or if you want to
override the bulk liquid viscosity.
Table 4-24: PVT Data Category of Input
PVT
SET
Mandatory statement. The entries on this statement depend on the fluid type.
PVT None p. 54
SET SETNO=, {GRAVITY()=, CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0, COMP,
CPRATIO=1.30, VISCOSITY()=, CP()=, FVF=, SGOR=}
p. 54
{ADJUST} TRESERVOIR()=, VISCOSITY()=,
COMPRESSIBILITY()=, PRESSURE()=
p. 58
{LIFTGAS} GRAVITY()=, CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 p. 59
{TABULAR} SETNO=, TEMPERATURE()=, PRESSURE()= p. 59
{FVF} DATA= p. 60
{SGOR()} DATA= p. 61
{VISCOSITY()} DATA= p. 61
{GRAVITY()} DATA= p. 61
{CORRELATION} {VISCOSITY()=, ZFACTOR=STANDING,
FVF=VAZQUEZ, SGOR=VAZQUEZ,
BLEND=VOLUMETRIC, INVERSION=, RATIO=}
p. 62
{DIMENSION} {MAXDIM=}
{GENERATE} SOURCE=, SETNO=,TYPE=, {TEMPERATURE()=, DT()=,
NT()=, PRESSURE()=, DP()=, NP()=, GOR()=,
PRINT=NONE, PLOT=NONE, PVTFILE=}
p. 64
{FILE} SETNO=, PVTFILE= p. 70
SET for Non-Compositional Liquid
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(LIQUID,LBFT3)=49.7, CP(KCKGC)=0.525,&
VISCOSITY(C,CP)=0,0.395/50,0.246
SET for Non-Compositional Gas
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS)=1.04, CPRATIO=1.45, CONT=0,0,0.2
SET for Steam
Mandatory entries:
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the fluid in gravity units. You must include a
qualifier to specify whether the fluid is LIQUID or WATER. If you use
LIQUID, correlations for liquid hydrocarbons will be used. If you use
WATER, correlations for water properties will be used. Additionally, if you
use WATER, you must enter a gravity value corresponding to a specific
gravity of greater than or equal to 1.0.
VISCOSITY()=Viscosity Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log viscosity curve. You
may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
CP()= Use this entry to define a constant heat capacity for the fluid.
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to
SOURCE statements in the Structure Data Category of input.
GRAVITY(GAS)= Defines the standard gravity of the gas in gas gravity units. If the unit is
SPGR, it is relative to air at 60 F and 1 atmosphere. You must use the
qualifier GAS.
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor calculation.
All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2, mole% H2S
CPRATIO=1.30 Ratio of Cp/Cv.
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to
SOURCE statement in the Structure Data Category of input.
PVT Data Category of Input > SET for Compositional Fluid
Optional entries:
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(WATER,LBFT3)=66
SET for Compositional Fluid
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
SET SETNO=1, VISCOSITY(OIL,CP,F)=100,2.6/200,0.8
SET for Condensate
Mandatory entries:
GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR)
=1.0
Defines the standard gravity of the liquid water in gravity units. You must
use the qualifier WATER. If you do not want to override the default value,
you can omit the entire PVT Data Category of input.
Category of input.
VISCOSITY()= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve.You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
You must use a qualifier to define the phase to which the data refer. Options
are OIL, WATER and LIQUID for the hydrocarbon phase, the free water
phase and the total liquid respectively. If multiple sets of two-point viscosity
curves are supplied by the user, PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when
the streams mix. If viscosity curves are specified, they must be specified for
all sets. Only one set of single-point viscosity data is allowed.
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravities of the fluids. You must include a qualifier to
specify whether the fluid is GAS, CONDENSATE or WATER. You must
enter data for all three phases even if one or more is not present. Gravity units
are used for CONDENSATE and WATER and gas gravity units for GAS. The
value of the gravity of WATER must correspond to a specific gravity of
greater than or equal to 1.0.
Optional entries:
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS,KGM3)=1.0, GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR)=1.03,&
GRAVITY(COND)=58, CONT=1.3, 2.1, 0.0
SET for Compositional Blackoil (Compositional sets only)
There are two types of sets that are required for the compositional blackoil model. The
first corresponds to the standard BLACKOIL PVT Set definition (see discussion below).
The second (this set) corresponds to the compositional blackoil source definitions.
Mandatory entries: For compositionally-defined sources:
Optional entry:
SET for Blackoil
This set also applies to blackoil sources in the compositional blackoil model.
Mandatory entries:
set number on one or more CSOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
COMP This keyword indicates that the set is for a compositionally defined source
under the compositional blackoil fluid model.
VISCOSITY(OIL)= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve. You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying
the appropriate unit.The format for the entry is:
You must use the OIL qualifier to define the phase to which the data refer. If
multiple sets of 2 point viscosity curves are supplied by the user,
PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when the streams mix. If viscosity
curves are specified, they must be specified for all sets. Only one set of
single point viscosity data is allowed.
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravities of the fluids. You must include a qualifier to
specify whether the fluid is GAS, OIL or WATER. You must enter data for all
three phases even if one or more is not present. Gravity units are used for
OIL and WATER and gas gravity units for GAS. The value of the gravity of
WATER must correspond to a specific gravity of greater than or equal to 1.0.
PVT Data Category of Input > ADJUST (Blackoil only)
Optional entries:
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(OIL)=28, GRAVITY(WATER)=10.5,&
VISCOSITY(OIL)=100,10/210,1, GRAVITY(GAS)=0.75,&
CONT=1.3, 2.1, 0.0
ADJUST (Blackoil only)
Optional statement. Used for blackoil only. This statement must immediately follow the
SET statement. The measured laboratory data on this statement adjusts the properties
computed by the Standing correlation. You must specify STANDING for all properties
on the CORRELATION statement. More than one ADJUST statement is allowed per
run.
Note: Also applies to blackoil sources in the compositional blackoil model.
Mandatory entries:
VISCOSITY(OIL)= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve. You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying
the appropriate unit. The format for the entry is: either VISCOSITY()=value
You must use the OIL qualifier to define the phase to which the data refer. If
multiple sets of 2 point viscosity curves are supplied by the user,
PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when the streams mix. If viscosity
curves are specified, they must be specified for all sets. Only one set of
single point viscosity data is allowed.
FVF= This specifies the the blackoil formation volume factor correlation. Select on
option from Table 4-25. If not specified, Pipephase will use the default
correlation specified in the CORRELATION
statement.
SGOR= This specifies the the blackoil Solution gas-oil ratio correlation. Select an
option from Table 4-25. If not specified, Pipephase will use the default
correlation specified in the CORRELATION statement.
TRESERVOIR()= Reservoir temperature. Corresponds to the first PRESSURE entry given
below.
VISCOSITY()= Oil viscosity at bubble point conditions.
COMPRESSIBILITY()= Oil compressibility above the bubble point. Units are reciprocal pressure
units.
Example:
ADJUST TRESERVOIR(F)=160, VISCOSITY(CP)=2.1, COMPRESS=8E-6, &
PRESSURE(PSIG)=1400,1000,400, FVF=1.23,1.21,1.17,&
SGOR=449,297,191
LIFTGAS (Blackoil only)
Optional statement. Used for blackoil only. Defines lift gas properties when the
GASLIFT calculation option is used or when a GLVALVE is present in a link.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
LIFTGAS GRAVITY=0.75, CONTAMINANTS=1.5, 0.0, 0.25
TABULAR (Blackoil only)
Optional statement. Used for blackoil only. Supplies the temperature and pressure
coordinates for the FVF, SGOR, VISCOSITY and GRAVITY statements that follow.
The data supplied on these statements override those calculated by the program.
Mandatory entries:
PRESSURE()= Three pressures, separated by commas, in descending order. The first must
be the bubble point pressure corresponding to TRESERVOIR. The last
should be of the order of 200 psig. The middle value must be a value
intermediate between the other two.
SGOR()= Three values of solution gas oil ratio, separated by commas, corresponding
to the three PRESSURE values.
FVF()= Three values of volume formation factor, separated by commas,
corresponding to the three PRESSURE values. FVF is the ratio of in-situ
volume to stock tank volume.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the lift gas in gas gravity units. If the unit is
SPGR, it is relative to air at 60 F and 1 atmosphere.
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines lift gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor
calculation. All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
Category of input.
TEMP()= At least two and no more than five entries may be given in ascending or
descending order. The (units) entry may optimally be used to override the
temperature units on the DIMENSION card.
PVT Data Category of Input > FVF (Blackoil only)
Mandatory entries:
The TABULAR card is followed by cards of the form shown below where PNAME is a
property name followed by qualifiers. The property values re entered in groups which
correspond to the pressure groups.
Example:
PNAME(qualifiers)DATA = v1,v2,...v10/...
FVF (Blackoil only)
Mandatory when TABULAR statement is used. Supplies Formation Volume Factor data
for the matrix of temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement. This
statement must follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on this statement
override those calculated by the program.
Mandatory entries:
PRES()= At least three and no more than ten entries may be given in ascending or
descending order. The (units) entry may optimally be used to override the
temperature units on the DIMENSION card. Pressures are grouped with
slashes(/), with one group to correspond to each TEMP entry. Each pressure
group must include the bubble point pressure for the TEMP entry, with at
least one pressure entry higher and one entry lower than the bubble point
entry. The bubble point entry is designed with a (BP) - immediately after
the bubble point pressure entry.
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of
values, separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the
TABULAR statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by
the slash (/) character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the
TABULAR statement.
TABULAR statement.
SGOR() (Blackoil only)
Mandatory when TABULAR statement is used. Supplies Solution Gas Oil Ratio data for
the matrix of temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement. This statement
must follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on this statement override
those calculated by the program.
Mandatory entries:
VISCOSITY() (Blackoil only)
Mandatory when TABULAR statement is used. Supplies live oil Viscosity data for the
matrix of temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement. This statement must
follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on this statement override those
calculated by the program.
Mandatory entries:
GRAVITY() (Blackoil only)
Optional. Used only with TABULAR statement. One or two statements, with OIL and/or
GAS qualifier, supply oil and/or gas gravities data for the matrix of temperatures and
pressures on the TABULAR statement. These statements must follow the TABULAR
statement. The data supplied on these statements override those calculated by the
program.
TABULAR statement.
TABULAR statement.
PVT Data Category of Input > CORRELATION
Mandatory entries:
Example:
GRAVITY(OIL,LBFT3) DATA= .....
CORRELATION
Optional statement. Used for Blackoil and Non-Compositional Liquid and Gas.
Optional entries:
Example:
CORR VISCOSITY (LIQ)=USER, CONSTANTS = AA1, 3.383 /CC4, 34.5/
CORRELATION VISCOSITY(GAS)=KATZ, ZFACTOR=DRY
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of values,
separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the TABULAR
statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by the slash (/)
character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the TABULAR statement.
VISCOSITY()= Used with Blackoil, Liquid and Gas. Specifies the correlation for the viscosity
calculations. Select an option from Table 4-25. You must use a qualifier to
indicate whether the phase is LIQ, GAS or OIL. The default depends on the
phase and the fluid. With Blackoil, use VISCOSITY(LIQ) to define the water-
oil mixing rule.
ZFACTOR=STANDING Used with Blackoil and Gas. Defines the method to be used for gas
compressibility calculations. Select an option from Table 4-25.
FVF=VAZQUEZ Used with Blackoil only. Defines the method to be used for formation volume
factor calculation. Select an option from Table 4-25.
SGOR=VAZQUEZ Used with Blackoil only. Defines the method to be used for solution gas oil
ratio calculation. Select an option from Table 4-25.
BLEND=VOLUMETRIC Used with Blackoil and Liquid. Defines the viscosity blending rule.
Alternatives are VOLUMETRIC and INDEX.
INVERSION= Water fraction at the inversion point on a volume basis. Use this entry to
adjust the calculation of water-oil mixture viscosity using one of the
WOELFLIN viscosity mixing rules.
RATIO= Enter a curve of water volume fraction against viscosity multiplier. Use this
entry to adjust the calculation of water-oil mixture viscosity using one of the
WOELFLIN viscosity mixing rules. up to ten points may be entered. The
format is:
RATIO=water_frac1, multiplier1/water_frac2, multiplier2...
VISCOSITY (LIQ) =
USER or DAQING
This keyword is required to define an user-defined viscosity correlation
model. Up to 40 labels (maximum 16 characters) and corresponding constants
can be specified. Entry of CONSTANTS data is optional. See Table 4-17a for
user-defined labels and their default values. If required, default values can be
defined constants.
Table 4-25: Property Correlations
Fluid Property Correlation Keyword
Liquid
Hydrocarbon
VISC(LIQ) TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally STANDING
GLASO GLASO
Liquid Water VISC(LIQ) Beal BEAL
ASME Steam tables ASME
Gas VISC(GAS) Lee et al LEE
Katz, Carr et al KATZ
ZFACTOR Standing-Katz STANDING
Hall-Yarborough wet gas WET
Hall-Yarborough dry gas DRY
Blackoil VISC(OIL) TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally STANDING
GLASO GLASO
VISC (LIQ) Daqing DAQING
User USER
VISC(GAS) Lee et al LEE
Katz, Carr et al KATZ
Volumetric averaging AVERAGE
API Procedure 14b API
Woelflin for emulsions (tight correlation) TWOELF
Woelflin (medium correlation) MWOELF
Woelflin (loose correlation) LWOELF
SGOR TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Lasater LASATER
Standing STANDING
GLASO GLASO
FVF TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Standing STANDING
GLASO GLASO
ZFACTOR Standing-Katz STANDING
Hall-Yarborough wet gas WET
Hall-Yarborough dry gas DRY
PVT Data Category of Input > DIMENSION
Table 4-26: Labels and Default Values Used for User Defined Correlations
DIMENSION
DIMENSION specifies the maximum number of tables and table size to be used for the
problem. This is an optional entry. System defaults are available. The DIMENSION
statement must occur before the first GENERATE statement.
The MAXDIM keyword specifies the maximum number and dimensions of the Type 2
blackoil tables. The number of tables (TtABL label), the number of pressures (PRES
label), the number of temperatures (TEMP label), and the number of variables (VARI
label). An example may be found at the end of this chapter.
The syntax is:
DIMENSION MAXDIM=label,number/ label,number/
MAXDIM Labels:
Labels Default Values Labels Default Values
CUT1 0.006 CC1 1.562
CUT2 0.74 CC2 2.7183
C1 7.1546 CC3 -0.03702
C2 2.7885 CC4 35.0
C3 0.6 CC5 2.7183
C4 7.2799 CC6 3.5
C5 2.8447 CC7 35.0
C6 0.6 AA2 3.3811
C7 7.2244 CC8 0.3892
C8 2.8506 CC9 2.7183
C9 0.6 CC10 -0.02237
C10 1.0 CC11 50.0
C11 2.8461 CC12 2.7183
C12 2.7183 CC13 3.5
C13 7.0 CC14 1.0073
AA1 3.3811
CC15
35.0
Label Description
TABL Number of tables. Minimum and Default is 10
PRES Number of pressures. Minimum and Default is 30, Maximum is 150
TEMP Number of temperatures. Minimum and Default is 30, Maximum is 150
VARI Number of variables. Minimum and Default is 6. Maximum is 18
Example:
DIMENSIONS MAXDIM=TABL,20/PRES,50/TEMP,10/VARI,
GENERATE (for Compositional)
Optional statement. Used only for compositional fluids. Causes a table of fluid
properties to be created. This table can be used in the same run in which it is generated or
stored for use in a future run. You cannot do both.
If you want to create and use the table in this run, you may have only one source and you
must have a complete Structure Data Category of input. If the table is to be stored for use
in a subsequent simulation, you must use the PVTGEN entry on the CALCULATION
statement in the General Data Category of input. You can create more than one table but
the only Structure statements allowed are those required to define a source. Refer to your
platform Installation Guide for assistance on file management procedures for your
operating system and computer hardware.
Note: The phase fraction generated in the Compositional PVT Table are Molar fractions.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=0,DT=30, NT=16,&
PRES=10,50,90,130,150, PRINT=LDEN,LVIS,LFRAC, PLOT=FULL
SOURCE= The name of the compositional source for which the table is to be created.
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry refers to the table number
and is used on the FILE statement in the future run. If you are not saving the
table, this entry must be the same as the set number on the SOURCE statement.
TEMPERATURE()=100,
DT()=10,
NT=10
Use these entries to define the temperatures at which the properties are to be
calculated. The format is:
TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of values
You must define at least three and not more than twenty data points.
PRESSURE()=14.7,
DP()=20,
NP=10
Use these entries to define the pressures at which the properties are to be
PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of values
PRINT=NONE
PLOT=NONE
Options are FULL or NONE or a list of individual properties:
PRINT=property, property, ...
Table 4-27 shows the keywords for the properties.
PVTFILE= Use this entry to specify an eight character prefix for the PVT data file. The
extension is always .PVT and the default is {input file name}.PVT.
PVT Data Category of Input > GENERATE (for Blackoil)
Table 4-27: Generated Properties Printed or Plotted
GENERATE (for Blackoil)
Optional statement. Used for Blackoil. Causes a table of fluid properties to be created.
This table can be used in the same run in which it is generated or stored for use in a
future run. Multiple blackoil GENERATE statements are allowed, one for each PVT set.
Stream mixing of blackoil tables is automatically done when needed for network
calculations. Specify the correlation for the viscosity calculations. Select an option from
Table 4-25. You must use a qualifier to indicate whether the phase is LIQ, GAS or OIL.
You cannot do both liquid and gas. The default depends on the phase and the fluid. With
Blackoil, use VISCOSITY(LIQ) to define the water-oil mixing rule.
If you want to create and use the table in this run, you may have only one source and you
must have a complete Structure Data Category of input. If the table is to be stored for use
in a subsequent simulation, you must use the PVTGEN entry on the CALCULATION
statement in the General Data Category of input. You can create more than one table but
Property Phase Keyword
Fraction (Molar
fraction)
Gas
Liquid
GFRAC
LFRAC
Molecular Weight Gas
Liquid
GMW
LMW
Surface Tension Liquid
Water
LSURF
WSURF
Density Gas
Liquid
Water
GDEN
LDEN
WDEN
Viscosity Gas
Liquid
Water
GVIS
LVIS
WVIS
Enthalpy Gas
Liquid
Water
Total Stream
GENTH
LENTH
WENTH
TENTH
Thermal Conductivity Gas
Liquid
Water
GCON
LCON
WCON
The properties generated are: Oil formation volume factor
Solution gas-oil ratio
Live oil viscosity
Oil gravity
Free gas gravity
the only Structure statements allowed are those required to define a source. Refer to your
platform Installation Guide for assistance on file management procedures for your
operating system and computer hardware.
Old keywords for old functionality in the GENERATE statement for TYPE=1 tables:
SETNO,TEMPERATURE()=,DT()=,NT=,PRESSURE()=,DP()=,NP=6
GOR()=
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=250, 50,&
PRES=4000,1000,4, GOR=1236, PLOT=FULL
New keywords for new functionality in the GENERATE statement for TYPE=2 tables:
Mandatory entries: For Type=2:
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry refers to the table number
and is used on the FILE statement in the future run. If you are not saving the
table, this entry must be the same as the set number on the SOURCE
statement.
TEMPERATURE()=100,
DT()=10,
NT=6
Use these entries to define the temperatures at which the properties are to be
TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of values
PRESSURE()=14.7,
DP()=20,
NP=6
Use these entries to define the pressures at which the properties are to be
PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of values
GOR()= The formation GOR for which the PVT table is to be generated.
TYPE=1 Defines the type of blackoil table. Allowed values are 1(default) for Fixed
GOR type tables or 2 for the new variable GOR PVT tables.
PLOT=NONE Use this keyword to control the output of plotted properties. Options are
FULL or NONE. Property tables are always printed.
PVEC ( units)= Specifies an array of pressures. The number of pressures allowed depends on
what was specified for the PRES label in the MAXDIM statement.
TVEC (units )= Specifies an array of temperatures. .The number of temperatures allowed
depends on what was specified for the PRES label in the MAXDIM
statement.
PRVEC=label,
integervalue/label,integer
value/
The type 2 blackoil table always generates/uses 6 mandatory properties and
12 additional optional properties. This keyword specifies through standard
labels (listed below), which optional properties are to be added in the Table.
An integer value of 1 means that property is to be included. An integer
value of 0 means that property is not to be included in the table. The 12
optional properties are listed below. If an optional property label is not
specified, that optional property is not included..
PVT Data Category of Input > GENERATE (for Blackoil)
Optional entries:
The PVT file will be always be generated in the same directory as the output file.
A blackoil PVT table can be used for any fluid with the same PVT set properties,
independent of the gas oil ratio (GOR). When the tables are generated, a large GOR
value is used to predict the solution gas oil ratio (SGOR) and other properties. When
using the PVT tables, properties are obtained based on tabular data as impacted by the
source GOR. The method for determining the accurate PVT properties above the bubble
point is as follows:
The bubble point pressure is calculated for the given temperature and source GOR.
The solution gas oil ratio, water oil ratio, oil volume formation factor, water volume
formation factor and liquid viscosity are obtained for the given temperature and
pressure, with the pressure being limited to the bubble point pressure.
The oil gravity, gas gravity, gas compressibility, gas viscosity and remaining proper-
ties are obtained for the given temperature and pressure.
Table 4-28: Default Set of Properties (mandatory)
PRVEC keyword allows the user to specify additional property tables in addition to the
default set.
PVTFIL=alpha-numeric
character string
This keyword specifies the name of the PVT file to be generated for this
blackoil PVT set. An automatic extension '.PVT' will be added to this string.
The default name will be filename_setno_xx where 'xx' denotes the PVT set
number.
FVFO Oil Formation Volume Factor
SGOR Solution Gas oil ratio
VISO Oil Viscosity
OILGRAV Oil Gravity
GASGRAV Oil Gravity
CO Oil Compressibility
Table 4-29: Additional Properties Valid Labels
Example:
GENERATE SETNO=4, PVTFILE=TEST_PVTGB2_SET4, TYPE=2,*
TVEC=70,75,80,85,90,95,100,105,110,115,120,125,130, *
PVEC=500,750,1000,1250,1500,1750,2000,2250,2500,2750,3000,3250,3500,3750,*
PRVEC=VISW,1/CPO,1
This specification will generate a table with the following 6 mandatory properties and 2
optional (total 8) properties:
The old TEMPERATURE,DT,NT,PRESSURE,DP,NP keywords can be used for
TYPE=1 tables
GOR will work only with TYPE=1 (old) PVT tables.
Old functionality: Only one black-oil GENERATE statements was allowed.
Note: Liquid viscosity is dependent primarily on temperature. For blackoil tabular data, viscosity may be a
function of pressure below the bubble point to take into account gas that is dissolving into the liquid. Above
the bubble point, the viscosity does not change significantly as a function of pressure. As a result,
PIPEPHASE will use the viscosity at the bubble point pressure for pressures that exceed this value.
FVFW Water Formation Volume Factor
ZFAC Gas Compressibility
SGWR Solution Gas Water Ratio
VISG Gas Viscosity
VISW Water Viscosity
CW Water Compressibility
STOG Oil-gas Surface Tension
STWG Water-gas Surface Tension
STOW Oil-water Surface Tension
CPG Gas Specific Heat
CPO Oil Specific Heat
CPW Water Specific Heat
FVFO Oil Formation Volume Factor
SGOR Solution Gas oil ratio
VISO Oil Viscosity
OILGRAV Oil Gravity
GASGRAV Gas Gravity
CO Oil Compressibility
VISW Water Viscosity
CPO Oil specific heat
PVT Data Category of Input > FILE
FILE
Optional statement. Allows you to retrieve data which have been generated in a previous
run. You may select only one table from a previous run (i.e., only one source
composition). When this statement is used, it is the only statement in the PVT Data
Category of input. Refer to your platform Installation Guide for assistance on file
management procedures for your operating system and computer hardware.
Mandatory entries: For compositional fluids:
Optional entry:
Example: FILE SETNO=2, PVTFILE=SET01
FILE (for Blackoil)
Optional statement. Each FILE statement allows the simulation to retrieve and use a
pre-generated PVT file
Mandatory entries: For compositional fluids:
FILE SETNO=1, PVTFILE=xxx
Example: PVT statement using both SET and GENERATE statements:
PVT
DIMENSION MAXDIM=TABL,2/PRES,20/TEMP,10
SET SETN=1, GRAV(OIL,API)=35, GRAV(GAS,SPGR)=0.65, *
GRAV(WATER)=1.03, FVF=STANDING, SGOR=LASATER
GENERATE SETN=1,TYPE=2,PVEC(PSIA)=10,14.7,100,200,300,.., TVEC(F)=50,60,70,.
$
SET SETN=2, GRAV(OIL,API)=25, GRAV(GAS,SPGR)=0.6, *
GRAV(WATER)=1.03, FVF=VAZQUEZ, SGOR=VAZQUEZ
GENERATE SETN=2,TYPE=2, PVEC(PSIA)=10,14.7,100,200,300,.., TVEC(F)=50,60,70,.
SETNO=
The set number which is to be retrieved. This number corresponds to a
SETNO entry on a GENERATE statement in a previous run which created
the tables. It also is used by the SOURCE statement to identify the table from
which properties are to be taken. This entry is not allowed for blackoil
calculations.
PVTFILE= The 8 character prefix for the user-specified filename. The file extension is
always .PVT and the default is {input file name}.PVT.
SETNO= The PVT set number. For Type=1 PVT table, the set number must match the
set number in the Type 1 PVT file.
PVTFILE= The name of the PVT table file. If file cannot be found, an error message will
be printed and the program will stop.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input
Overview
The STRUCTURE Data Category of Input defines the piping system. It is mandatory for
all types of simulation.
Table 4-30a: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input
STRUCTURE None
p. 75
SOURCE STREAMID= or NAME=, SETNO= or REFSOURCE=,
{PRESSURE()= , TEMPERATURE()=, QUALITY=,
RATE()=, SET=, ASSAY=LV or COMPOSITION()=,
NOCHECK, GOR()=0.0, CGR()=0.0, WCUT=0.0,
WGR()=0.0, COEFFICIENT()=, EXP()=, PRIORITY=}
p. 75
CSOURCE STREAMID= or NAME=, SETNO= or REFSOURCE=,
{PRESSURE()= , TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, SET=,
ASSAY=LV or COMPOSITION()=, NOCHECK,
PRIORITY=}
p. 78
{WTEST} NAME=, TEMPERATURE()=, PRESSURE()=, RESPRES(),
RATE()=, {PI() or VOGEL(), GOR(), WCUT=0.0, GAS,
CGR(), WGR()=0.0}
p. 80
{D86 or TBP or
D1160 or D2887 or
TBP10}
DATA()=percent, temp/percent, temp/ ...
p. 81
{API or SPGR or
WATSONK}
{DATA()=mid %, value/ mid %, value/...}, AVG=
p. 82
{MW} DATA=mid %, value/ mid %, value/..., {AVG=}
p. 83
{LIGHTENDS} COMPOSITION()=, RATE= or PERCENT= or FRAC= or
MATCH or NOMATCH, STREAM=, NORMALIZE
p. 83
{SINK} {STREAMID= or NAME=}, PRESSURE()=,
{TEMPERATURE()=, RATE(), INJECTION,
COEFFICIENT()=, EXP()=, SET=}
p. 87
{JUNCTION} STREAMID= or NAME=, {PRESSURE(ESTI)=, TROCK=},
{DETEE or STTEE, ANGLE()=0, {PROPORTIONAL or
HONG or ORANJE or TUFFP or CHIEN or SEEUP or
SEEHOR or SEEDOWN or USER}
p. 88
{LINK} NAME=, FROM=, TO=, {RATE(ESTI)=, DUAL, INJECT,
QMAX()=, QMIN()=0, TOLERANCE(LOWER)=,
TOLERANCE(UPPER)=, FWATER, FOIL, FGAS, PRINT}
p. 89
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Overview
{PIPE} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {ID()= or NOMD=,
SCHEDULE=40, ECHG()=0.0, FCODE=,
PALMER=0.924,0.685, ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or NONISOTHERMAL, WATER or AIR or
SOIL, VELOCITY()=10, TAMBIENT()=80, DENSITY()=,
VISCOSITY()=, CONDUCTIVITY()=, FLOWEFF=100,
HWCOEF()=150, U()=1.0, HINSIDE()=0.0,
HOUTSIDE()=0.0, HRADIANT()=0.0, BDTOP()=0.0,
THKPIPE()=0.3125, THKINS()=0.0, CONPIPE()=29,
CONINS()=0.015, CONSOIL()=0.8, IDSPHERE()=, DELH=,
SEGM=}
p. 92
{ANNULUS} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {IDAN()=, ODTUBING()=,
DEPTH()=, FCODE=, PALMER=0.924,0.685,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018, ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL, FLOWEFF=100, HWCOEF()=150,
U()=1.0, TGRADIENT()=1.0, DELH=, SEGM=}
p. 94
{TUBING} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {ID()= or NOMD=,
SCHEDULE=40, DEPTH()=, FCODE=,
PALMER=0.924,0.685, ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or NONISOTHERMAL, FLOWEFF=100,
HWCOEF()=150, U()=1.0, TGRADIENT()=1.0,
ODTUBING()=, IDCASING()=, ODCASING()=, HOLEID(),
CONCASING()=25, EMIS()=0.95, EMOS()=0.95,
MEDIUM=, CPANNULUS()=, CONANNULUS()=,
BETANNULUS()=, VISANNULUS()=, VELANNULUS()=,
DENANNULUS()=, DIFFEARTH=0.96, CONEARTH()=,
TIME=, DELH=, SEGM=}
p. 95
{COMPLETION} {NAME=}, JONES or MCLEOD, LENGTH()=, PERFD()=,
SHOTS()=, {TUNNEL()=, PERM()=, PENETRATION()=,
OVER or UNDER, THICKNESS()=0.5}
p. 101
Table 4-30a: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input (cont.)
Table 4-30b: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Equipment Devices (No Length)
{COMPRESSOR} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PRES()= or CURVE()=rate, head,
efficiency/rate, head, efficiency/... or CRVn()=rate, head,
efficiency/... and RPMC= and RPM= or POWER= or
PRESSURE=, {STAGES=1, EFFICIENCY=100}
p. 102
{MCOMPRESS} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PDISCHARGE()= or
CURVE()=stage, rate, head, efficiency/stage, rate, head,
efficiency/... or PIN()=, {TRAINS=1, STAGES=1, EQUALPR
or INTP()=, ADEFF=100, POLY, PEFF=100, PEXP=,
INTP()=, INTQ()= or INTT(), INTDP()=, PERCENT()=,
NOKCONV, TDIS()=, PRSTAGE()=, STANDARD or
ACTUAL}
p. 103
{COOLER} {NAME=}, TOUT()= or DUTY()=, {DP()=0.0,
COEFFICIENT=1.0, EXP=1.0}
p. 105
{DPDT} {NAME=}, CURVE()=rate,dp,dt /..., {WELL} p. 105
{EXPANDER} {NAME=}, POWER()= or DP()= or PRATIO= or PRES()=,
{EFFICIENCY=100, WTOLERANCE=0.001, TEST()=}
p. 106
{GLVALVE} {NAME=}, RATE()=, {DISSOLVE=100} p. 107
{HEATER} {NAME=}, TOUT()= or DUTY()=, {DP()=0.0,
COEFFICIENT=1.0, EXP=1.0}
p. 107
{INJECTION} {NAME=}, FROM=, GAS or COND or WATER or LIQUID,
{PRESSURE()= and TEMPERATURE()=, WELL}
p. 108
{IPR} {NAME=}, MODEL= or TYPE=, IVAL=, RVAL=, ARRAY=,
{GROUP=}
p. 109
{PUMP} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PRESSURE()= or TYPE=0 and
CURVE()=rate,head,efficiency,power/..., or TYPE=0 and
HDCONS= and EFFCONS= and PWRCONS= or
CRVn()=rate,head,efficiency/... and RPMC= and RPM= or
POWER= or PRESSURE=, {STAGES=1,
EFFICIENCY=100, AUXILLIARY()=, ALPHA=,
DEGRADATION=, SUBMERGENCE()=, CHP()=14.7,
PGRAD=0, WELL, LENGTH()=, DEPTH()=,}
p. 119
{REGULATOR} {NAME=}, PRES()= p. 121
{SEPARATOR} {NAME=}, PERCENT()= or RATE()=, {WELL, GIP= or
ODPUMP() and IDCASING()=}
p. 122
{EXPANSION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE=180, K=,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=,
USER=, NUMBER=1, COMP}
p. 131
{NOZZLE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40},
IDNOZZLE()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=0.5,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 132
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Overview
{ORIFICE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40},
IDORIFICE()=, {THIN or THICK, COEFFICIENT=,
CPCV=1.4, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 133
{TEE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, K= or KMUL=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018, CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=1.75, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 133
{VALVE} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
K= or KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ANGLE=180, CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0,, C2=1.5, VELCON=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 134
{VENTURIMETER} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40},
IDTHROAT()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 136
Table 4-30c: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Fitting Devices
{BEND} {NAME=}, ID()= or NOMD=, K= or KMUL=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, STANDARD or
NONSTANDARD, RADIUS()=, ANGLE()=,
p. 124
{CHECK} {NAME=}, ID()=,, {COEFFICIENT=1.0}
p. 125
{CHOKE} {NAME=}, ID()=,, FN or UEDA or ORIFICE or PERKINS,
{COEF=1.03, CPCV=1.0, WELL}
p. 125
{MCHOKE} {NAME=}, PUPS()= or QRATE ()= or PDOWN()=,
{CPCV=1.4, COEF=1.0}
p. 127
{MREGULATOR} {NAME=}, PUPS()= or QRATE ()= or PDOWN()=
p. 128
{CONTRACTION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE()=180, K=,
HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=0.5,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 128
{ENTRANCE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {DESCRIPTION=,
SCHEDULE=40, K=0.5, HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 129
{EXIT} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {DESCRIPTION=,
SCHEDULE=40, K=1, HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 130
Table 4-30b: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Equipment Devices (No Length) (cont.)
STRUCTURE
System Nodes
SOURCE
Mandatory statement. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be more
than one source in a simulation. The data required depends upon the fluid type. A source
may be defined explicitly by giving all its properties, or you may instruct PIPEPHASE
that any property not given should be copied from another source.
Mandatory entries: For all fluids:
{EXPANSION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE=180, K=,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=,
USER=, NUMBER=1, COMP}
p. 131
{NOZZLE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40},
IDNOZZLE()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 132
{ORIFICE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40},
IDORIFICE()=, {THIN or THICK, COEFFICIENT=,
CPCV=1.4, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 133
{TEE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, K= or KMUL=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
p. 133
{VALVE} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
K= or KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ANGLE=180, CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0,, C2=1.5, VELCON=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 134
{VENTURIMETER} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40},
IDTHROAT()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
p. 136
STREAMID=
or
Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
NAME= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
Table 4-30c: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Fitting Devices (cont.)
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > SOURCE
Other entries for all fluids:
Other entries for Compositional Sources:
SETNO=
or
REFSOURCE=
Use one of these. SETNO must be numeric. It is the identifier which links the
source to a set of properties defined in the PVT data category. When you use
REFSOURCE, the temperature, pressure, rate and composition of the
referenced source are copied into this source. You can then override any one
or more of these using entries on this statement.
PRESSURE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use the ESTI qualifier if the
pressure is estimated
For time-stepping, if the source drains a reservoir, the source pressure is
interpreted as the reservoir pressure at the source location at time = 0.0. This
pressure may be different from the average reservoir pressure. This pressure
difference is maintained throughout the time-stepping.
TEMPERATURE()= Mandatory entry, unless REFSOURCE is used or, for a steam or single
component source, QUALITY is given. For single component source
QUALITY must be specified. If QUALITY=0 or 100%, then
TEMPERATURE must also be specified.
RATE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used or unless compositional rates
are specified. Use the ESTI qualifier if the rate is estimated. The units in
which you must express the flowrate of a non-compositional fluid depends
on the fluid type:
Fluid Type Rate Basis
Non-compositional gas Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Liquid volume units
Steam Weight units
For a compositional fluid, you may also use a qualifier to define the basis of
the flowrate. Options are: LV, GV, W, or M for liquid volume, gas volume,
weight, or moles. The default basis is moles, except for ASSAY.
PRIORITY= Integer that indicates the priority of shut in for the source under the various
well control options. For example if there are two sources, and the priority of
one is 1 and the priority of the other is 2, then PIPEPHASE will first
preferentially shut the source with PRIORITY=1.
SET= Identifies the thermodynamic set name as defined in the Thermodynamic
Data Category. The defined thermodynamic set will then be used for the link
associated with this source.
ASSAY=LV Use this with Compositional sources. ASSAY instructs PIPEPHASE to
expect source data in the form of an assay curve (see below). You must
define the basis of the assay. Options are LV and WT. Cannot be used with
COMPOSITION.
or
Other entries for Blackoil Sources:
Other entries for Gas Condensate Sources:
Other entries for Single Phase Gas Sources:
Other entries for Steam Sources and Single Component Sources:
Other entries for GUI PFD Layout:
Example:
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=0, TEMP(C)=40, RATE=100
SOURCE NAME=13, PRESS=125, TEMP=136, RATE(W)=2000,&
COMP=0.8/0.1/0.05/0.05
COMPOSITION()= The component breakdown of the SOURCE in fractions, percents, or rates.
Cannot be used with ASSAY. Basis may be:
M Moles (Default)
W Weight
LV Standard liquid volume
GV Standard gas volume
Format for data entry is:
COMPOSITION(basis) = i, value/...
Component rates which sum to 1.0 or 100.0 are taken as fractions or percents
respectively. For other totals, the sum is taken as the total rate and checked
against the RATE entry. If the total rate and the RATE entry do not agree, an
error is signalled unless the NOCHECK keyword is also used. For
NOCHECK, component rates are normalized to agree with RATE.
NOCHECK Use this keyword with COMPOSITION to request normalization of
component percentages or fractions. Unless NOCHECK is invoked,
COMPOSITION must sum to 1.0, 100.0 or the value defined on the RATE
entry.
GOR()=0.0 Optional entry. Gas-oil ratio.
WCUT=0.0 Optional entry. Volume percent of water in the liquid phase.
CGR()=0.0 Optional entry. Condensate gas ratio .
WGR()=0.0 Optional entry. Water gas ratio.
COEFFICIENT()= and
EXP()=I
Optional entries. Define the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well
source using the gas flow equation. See IPR device for alternate
specification.
COEFFICIENT()= and
EXP()=
Optional entries. Define the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well
source using the gas flow equation.
QUALITY= Use instead of or in addition to TEMPERATURE. QUALITY must be
between 0 and 100 percent. If quality is given, PIPEPHASE calculates the
corresponding temperature at the given pressure. If quality is specified as
zero or 100 percent, the temperature must also be supplied.
XCOR = xxx
YCOR = xxx
GUI Coordinates to place the icon on the PFD.
The user should not change this data.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > CSOURCE
SOURCE NAME=12, PRESS=115,&
RATE(W)=1000, TEMPERATURE=136, REFS=13
SOURCE NAME=W, RATE=70000, PRES(ESTI)=170, QUALITY=98
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=114, RATE(W)=1500000, &
TEMPERATURE=60, ASSAY=LV
SOURCE NAME=100, TEMP=150, PRES=1000, &
COMP=1,3000/2,35/3,30/4,890/5,300/6,520/7,105/8,283/&
9,100/10,133/11,165/12,303/13,560/14,930/15,300/&
16,300/17,300/18,280/19,260, RATE=8800, NOCHECK, SET=THERMO1
CSOURCE
Mandatory statement for compositionally-defined sources for the compositional blackoil
model. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be more than one
source in a simulation. All the statements that define a source must be grouped together.
The data required depends upon the fluid type. A source may be defined explicitly by
giving all its properties, or you may instruct PIPEPHASE that any property not given
should be copied from another source.
Other entries for all fluids:
STREAMID=
or
Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
NAME= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
SETNO=
or
REFSOURCE=
Use one of these. SETNO must be numeric. It is the identifier which links
the source to a set of properties defined in the PVT data category. When you
use REFSOURCE, the temperature, pressure, rate and composition of the
referenced source are copied into this source. You can then override any one
or more of these using entries on this statement.
PRESSURE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use the ESTI qualifier if the
pressure is estimated.
For time-stepping, if the source drains a reservoir, the source pressure is
interpreted as the reservoir pressure at the source location at time = 0.0. This
pressure may be different from the average reservoir pressure. This pressure
difference is maintained throughout the time-stepping.
TEMPERATURE()= Mandatory entry, unless REFSOURCE is used or, for a steam or single
component source, QUALITY is given. For single component source
QUALITY must be specified. If QUALITY=0 or 100%, then
TEMPERATURE must also be specified.
Other entries for Compositional Sources:
Example:
CSOURC NAME=1,RATE=100,TEMP=140,PRES(ESTI)=100, &
COMP=20/40/40,NOCHECK, SETNO=2
NAME=2,RATE=100,TEMP=100,PRES=89,REFSOURCE=2,SETNO=2
RATE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used or unless compositional rates
are specified. Use the ESTI qualifier if the rate is estimated. The units in
which you must express the flowrate of a non-compositional fluid depends
on the fluid type:
Steam Weight units
For a compositional fluid, you may also use a qualifier to define the basis of
the flowrate. Options are: LV, GV, W, or M for liquid volume, gas volume,
weight, or moles. The default basis is moles, except for ASSAY.
PRIORITY= Integer that indicates the priority of shut in for the source under the various
well control options. For example if there are two sources, and the priority of
one is 1 and the priority of the other is 2, then PIPEPHASE will first
preferentially shut the source with PRIORITY=1.
Data Category. The defined thermodynamic set will then be used for the link
associated with this source.
ASSAY=LV Use this with Compositional sources. ASSAY instructs PIPEPHASE to
expect source data in the form of an assay curve (see below). You must
define the basis of the assay. Options are LV and WT. Cannot be used with
COMPOSITION.
COMPOSITION()= The component breakdown of the SOURCE in fractions, percents, or rates.
Cannot be used with ASSAY. Basis may be:
M Moles (Default)
W Weight
LV Standard liquid volume
GV Standard gas volume
Format for data entry is:
COMPOSITION(basis) = i, value/...
Component rates which sum to 1.0 or 100.0 are taken as fractions or percents
respectively. For other totals, the sum is taken as the total rate and checked
against the RATE entry. If the total rate and the RATE entry do not agree, an
error is signalled unless the NOCHECK keyword is also used. For
NOCHECK, component rates are normalized to agree with RATE.
NOCHECK Use this keyword with COMPOSITION to request normalization of
component percentages or fractions. Unless NOCHECK is invoked,
COMPOSITION must sum to 1.0, 100.0 or the value defined on the RATE
entry.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > WTEST
WTEST
Optional statement. Defines the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well from
measured data. This statement may be used only in a SINGLE link calculation. It must
follow immediately after the SOURCE statement to which it refers.
This statement is used with Blackoil, Condensate, Liquid or Gas. The data required
depends upon the fluid type.
Other entries for Blackoil:
Other entries for Gas Condensate:
Other entries for Single-phase Liquid:
Other entries for Single-phase Gas:
NAME= Identifies the test device at the outlet of which the test measurements were
taken. Up to four alphanumeric characters.
TEMPERATURE()= Measured temperature at the test device outlet. For a gas or condensate run
two data entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
PRESSURE()= Measured pressure at the test device outlet. For a gas or condensate run two
data entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
RESPRES()= Reservoir pressure at the time the measurements were taken. For a gas or
condensate run two data entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
PI()= or
VOGEL()=
Mandatory entry. Defines the IPR of a well source by Productivity Index or
the Vogel equation.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Measured standard volume oil flowrate.
GOR()= Mandatory entry. Formation gas-oil ratio measured at testing conditions.
WCUT=0.0 Optional entry. Volume percent of water in the liquid phase.
GAS Mandatory entry. Specify that the gas flow equation is to be used.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Testing gas volumetric flowrate. Two data points must be
supplied
CGR()=0.0, 0.0 Optional entry. Condensate gas ratio.If entered, two data points must be
supplied.
WGR()=0.0, 0.0 Optional entry. Water gas ratio. If entered, two data points must be supplied.
PI()= or
VOGEL()=
Mandatory entry. Defines the IPR of a well source by Productivity Index or
the Vogel equation.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Measured liquid flowrate.
GAS Mandatory entry. Specify that the gas flow equation is to be used.
Distillation Data
This statement is necessary only if Assay curve is used. One of the following statements
must appear immediately after the corresponding SOURCE statement and prior to the
next SOURCE statement or THERMO statement. It supplies the distillation data for the
fluid portion of the stream. Solids are not considered in the distillation data. The DATA
entry is required; all other entries are optional.
The FIT option on the ASSAY statement in the Component Data Category determines
the curve fitting procedure used to process the distillation data. The default cubic
SPLINE method requires a minimum of 2 data points. When only two data points are
present, PIPEPHASE uses a probability density function to fill in the remainder of the
curve. All other fitting procedures require 3 data points for TBP curves, and 5 points for
other distillation data.
By default, PIPEPHASE assumes a pressure of 760 mmHg for the supplied data. For all
distillation data options except D2887, the PRES option allows changing the pressure at
which the data were taken or to which the data were corrected.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Testing gas volumetric flowrate. Two data points must be
supplied.
D86 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ...,
{TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)=760.0,
CRACKING}
or
TBP or
D1160
DATA= pct, value / pct, value/ ..., {TEMP= K or C or R or F,
STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)= 760.0}
or
D2887 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ..., {TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=
sid}
D86
or
This statement supplies ASTM D86 distillation data, normally taken at
atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg). Use the PRES entry to correct for data
measured at another pressure. Use the CRACKING entry (below) to correct
for thermal cracking.
TBP
or
Supply true boiling point distillation data on this statement, using the PRES
entry to indicate the pressure at which the data were measured.
D1160
or
This statement supplies ASTM D1160 distillation data, normally measured
in partial vacuum conditions. By default, data is corrected to 1 atmosphere
(760 torr). Use the PRES entry to correct data to another pressure.
D2887 This statement allows entry of data that describes a distillation curve
simulated in accordance with the ASTM D2887 procedure.
Note: No pressure entry appears on this statement.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Gravity Data
Gravity Data
Standard liquid gravity measured at 60
o
F (15.5
o
C).
One of these statements must follow the distillation data statement after the SOURCE
statement. These statements offer alternative forms for defining the liquid density of the
assay at 60
o
F (15.5
o
C). The AVERAGE entry is required; all other entries are optional.
When the DATA entry is not supplied, PIPEPHASE generates a gravity curve based on
the distillation data and the average gravity value.
DATA This entry is required to supply the actual distillation data points. Each data
point consists of two pieces of information:
(1) the cut point, expressed as a percentage of the cumulative distillates and
(2) the temperature of the cut.
Data must appear with the cut percentages in ascending order, consistent
with the basis declared on the ASSAY entry of the SOURCE statement. Any
data supplied on the LIGHTENDS statement override the corresponding
portion of the distillation data.
TEMP This optional entry identifies the dimensional unit used to supply
temperature data. If omitted, the temperature unit declared on the
DIMENSION statement in the General Data Category serves as the default.
Available arguments include C (Celsius), K (Kelvin), F (Fahrenheit), or R
(Rankine) degrees.
PRES The PRES entry allows specifying the pressure at which the distillation data
were measured, or to which the data are corrected. The default pressure is
760 mmHg. The default dimensional unit is the problem pressure unit.
STREAM This supplies a stream label. It is optional; but when used, it must agree with
the stream label declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error
occurs.
CRACKING Presence of this keyword corrects D86 data for the effects of thermal
cracking. It is available only on the D86 statement.
Note: This correlation was removed from the API Data Book in 1987, but remains available as an option
to provide consistency for older data.
API or
SPGR or
WATSONK
AVERAGE= value, {STREAM= sid}, {DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct,
value / ...}
API API gravity.
SPGR Specific gravity.
WATSONK Watson (or UOP) characterization factor data.
AVERAGE This entry defines the average value for the fluid portion of the stream,
including any lightends. Solid components are not considered. This entry is
required.
Molecular Weight
The following optional statement defines the molecular weight curve for the assay
stream.
If this statement is used, the DATA entry must appear, but the AVERAGE and STREAM
entries always are optional. If the MW statement is not given, PIPEPHASE estimates the
molecular weights for all assay cuts, using the method chosen by the MW entry on the
ASSAY statement, in the Component Data Category of input.
LIGHTENDS
The LIGHTENDS statement defines the light hydrocarbon components in the assay
analysis.
DATA This option allows entry of user-supplied data points that replace the
PIPEPHASE generated gravity curve. If used, at least three data points must
be provided, consistent with the basis declared on the ASSAY entry of the
SOURCE statement.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization value of the point
associated with the pct argument.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the stream label
declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
MW DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ..., {AVERAGE= value,
STREAM= sid}
DATA The data entry must define at least three points that appear in the order of
ascending weight percentages. An unlimited number of points may be
supplied.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization value of the point
associated with the pct argument.
AVERAGE Optionally, this defines the average molecular weight of the fluid portion of
the stream. Solid components are ignored. If AVERAGE is given,
PIPEPHASE normalizes or extrapolates the molecular weight curve, as
required to satisfy the average molecular weight of the stream. If omitted,
PIPEPHASE uses quadratic extrapolation of the molecular weight curve, as
needed, to compute an average molecular weight.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the stream label
declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
LIGHTENDS COMPOSITION(M or WT or LV or GV)= i, value / ...,
{RATE(M or WT or LV or GV)= value or
FRACTION(WT or LV)= value or
PERCENT(WT or LV)= value or
MATCH or NOMATCH},
{STREAM= sid, NORMALIZE}
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > LIGHTENDS
All components appearing on this statement must be defined in the Component Data
Category. The COMPOSITION entry is required, but all other entries are optional.
In the following figure, point a is the midpoint volume percent of the highest boiling
pure component. This cumulative percentage point is adjusted to intercept the TBP
curve. Point b is the volume percent of the total lightends.
COMPOSITION Required. This entry identifies the components that constitute the lightends
of the stream. The flow of each component in the lightends may be supplied
as an actual flow rate or as a fraction or percentage of the total stream fluid
rate. Solids are not included. The basis may be mole (M), weight (WT),
liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) and may be different from the basis
used on the RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT entry. If i is omitted, it
defaults to the next component number in sequence. If none of the i
arguments are given, then the first value is associated with component 1.
If RATE, PERCENT, or FRACTION is given:
The value given is the composition for each component i. The sum of the
values must equal 1.0 0.01, 100 1 or the desired rate 1%. Alternatively, the
NORMALIZE keyword may be used to adjust the values to the desired rate.
If MATCH is given:
The values are adjusted by a constant factor so that the lightends flowrate
matches the low-boiling portion of the TBP curve.
If RATE, PERCENT, FRACTION or MATCH is not given:
The values are the actual flowing amounts.
RATE Optional. If used, this entry defines the total lightends rate on a mole (M),
weight (WT), liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) basis. The basis may
be different from the COMPOSITION basis.
or
FRACTION or
PERCENT
Optional. This defines the total lightends rate as a fraction or percent of the
total stream fluid rate. The basis may be either weight (WT) or liquid volume
(LV). The basis may be different from the COMPOSITION basis. The
default basis is set by the ASSAY entry on the SOURCE statement.
or
MATCH or
NOMATCH
The MATCH option adjusts the lightends flow rate to match the TBP curve,
as shown in Figure 4-1. The adjustment ensures the mid-volume percentage
of the highest boiling lightend component (that is available in significant
quantity) and intercepts the TBP temperature curve at the specified volume
percent. This is the default. The NOMATCH option does not adjust the
lightends flow rate to match the TBP curve.
Figure 4-1: Lightends Matching
Example: Composition and rate given:
LIGHTEND STREAM=1, COMP=1./2./3./4.0, RATE= 10.0
Composition given and rate defined as a fraction or percent of the RATE entry given on
the SOURCE statement:
LIGHT STREAM=1, COMP(WT)= 0.1/0.2/0.3/0.4, FRAC(V)= 0.02
LIGHT STREAM=1, COMP= 10./ 20./ 30./ 40., PERCENT= 2.0
Match lightend flowrate to intercept the TBP curve:
LIGHTEND STREAM=1, COMP= 1.0 / 2.0 / 3.0 / 4.0, MATCH
COMP entries as actual flowing values:
LIGHTEND STREAM= 1, COMP(V)= 1.0/2.0/3.0/4.0
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must agree with the stream
label declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
NORMALIZE Optional. When RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT is present, the
NORMALIZE option normalizes the total rate of the lightends to obtain the
required rate, regardless of the sum of the values supplied for the
COMPOSITION entry.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > LIGHTENDS
Example: SOURCES with Assay Data. Set up SOURCES input for the
following three streams:
PROPERTY
STREAM= 1, TEMP= 150.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(LV)= 1200.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV
D86
STREAM= 1, DATA= 0.0, 100./ 10., 210./ &
30., 240./ 50., 260./ 70., 275./ 90., 290./ 100., 310.
API
AVERAGE= 60.0, STREAM= 1
LIGHTENDS
STREAM= 1, RATE= 50.0, &
COMPOSITION= 1, 2./ 2, 10./ 3, 28./ 4, 7./ 5, 3.0
PROPERTY
STREAM= 2, TEMP= 100.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(2)= 1500.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV
Stream Label
1 2 V6
Assay Basis
Distillation Type
LV
ASTM D86
LV
ASTM D1160
WT
TBP
IBP
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
EP
100
210
240
260
275
290
310
310
360
385
410
560
--
--
201
--
370
390
--
450
--
Gravity type API Watson K SpGr
Stream average
Mid % 25
37
52
60
--
--
--
12.5
--
--
--
0.76
0.31
0.42
0.65
Lightends
Total flow
Comp. no.
1
2
3
4
5
50 moles
--
2
10
28
7
3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
11% by weight
--
8.0
12.0
31.0
42.0
7.0
Thermal
conditions
Temperature
Pressure
Phase
150
50
Liquid
100
50
Liquid
200
75
Mixed
Total rate, basis 1200, LV 1500, LV 2700, WT
D1160
STREAM= 2, DATA= 0.00, 310./ 10., 360./ 30., 385./ &
50.0, 410.0 / 70.0, 560.0
WATSONK
AVERAGE= 12.5, STREAM= 2
PROPERTY
STREAM= V6, TEMP= 200.0, PRES= 75.0, &
RATE(W)= 2700.0, PHASE= M, ASSAY= WT
TBP
STREAM= V6, DATA= 0.0, 201./ 30.0, 370.0/ &
50.0, 390.0 / 90.0, 450.0
SPGR
STREAM= V6, AVERAGE= 0.76, &
DATA= 25.0, 0.31 / 37.0, 0.42 / 52.0, 0.65
LIGHTEND
STREAM= V6, PERCENT(WT)= 11.0, &
COMP(W)= 1, 8.0 / 2, 12.0 / 3, 31.0 / 4, 42.0 / 5, 7.0
SINK
Defines a point where fluid leaves the system. You may have more than one sink in a
network simulation. As demonstrated in the following table, the requirements for entries
for this statement depend on the type of simulation.
Table 4-31: Mandatory Entries for SINK
Conditional entries:
Simulation Type Mandatory Sink Data
Network Stream ID or Name.
Estimated or fixed pressure.
Estimated or fixed rate.
STREAMID=
or
Identifies the sink. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
NAME= Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
PRESSURE()= Pressure at the sink. Use the ESTI qualifier if the value is an estimated one.
TEMPERATURE()= Fixed temperature at the sink.
RATE()= Rate of outflow at the sink. Use the ESTI qualifier if the value is an
estimated one. The basis of the rate must conform to the following rules
dependent on the fluid type:
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
For the Blackoil model the user has the additional ability to specify the
standard volumetric flowrates of either gas, oil, water or liquid at the sink.
The default basis is the combined liquid flow of oil and water at the sink.
The user can also specify the unit basis of the standard volumetric flowrate.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > JUNCTION
Optional entries:
Other entries for GUI PFD Layout:;
Example:
SINK NAME=FLRB, PRESSURE=21, RATE(ESTI)=140
JUNCTION
Mandatory statement for the network calculation method, where two or more links
connect.
Mandatory entries for all network simulations:
Optional entries for all network simulations:
For the Compositional model the user has the ability to specify in addition to
the total mass rate of flow at the sink the standard volumetric flowrate of
either gas/oil or water at the sink with appropriate volume qualifiers. The
default basis is the mass flow at the sink. However, to specify the mass rate
with unit qualifiers, the user must specify that the basis is weight (WT), thus
the following is appropriate syntax:
RATE(wt,weight units)=
In addition the qualifiers, WATER/GAS/OIL are now used to allow the user
to specify the volumetric flows of the respective phases at the sink.
INJECTION Optional entry. Use this keyword to specify an injection well.
COEFFICIENT()= and
EXP()=
Optional entries to define the injectivity of a well using the gas flow
equation. Can be used only for Single-Phase Gas or Gas Condensate.
II()= Optimal entries to define the injectivity index for all fluid types.
Data Category. The defined thermodynamic set will then be used for the
fluid at the sink node.
XCOR = xxx
YCOR = xxx
STREAMID=
or
Identifies the sink. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
NAME= Identifies the junction. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
PRESSURE(ESTI)= Estimate of pressure at this junction. The qualifier ESTI must be used. If you
supply a pressure estimate, it should be consistent with the estimated
direction of flow.
Optional entry for Compositional Systems only:
Optional entries for modeling preferential splitting at a tee junction, for Steam Systems only:
Example:
JUNCTION NAME=A, PRESSURE(ESTI)=165, DETEE, ORANJE
LINK
Mandatory for network simulations. Defines a series of devices (flow devices, fittings
and items of process equipment). The statements defining these devices must appear
immediately after the LINK statement. Flow is assumed to be from one item to the next,
in the order in which they appear in the input and in the direction designated by the
FROM and TO entries.
Mandatory entries:
TROCK()= Temperature of the rock formation at this junction. Required entry for
subsurface junctions and the first surface junction.
Data Category of input. The defined thermodynamic set will then be used for
the fluid at the junction node.
DETEE or
STTEE
Junction is a dead-end tee or a straight-through tee.
Note: The smaller diameter pipe leaving the junction is always considered the branch link.
ANGLE()=0 Angle of branch. Limits are 90 degrees for vertical incline; 90 degrees for
vertical decline.
PROPORTIONAL or
HONG or
ORANJE or
TUFFP or
CHIEN or
SEEUP or
SEEHOR or
SEEDOWN or
USER
Select a method for calculating phase splitting at the junction. HONG or
TUFFP may be used with ANGLE if the branch is not horizontal. Use a user-
defined model to calculate phase splitting at this junction. When you use this
entry, you must have an additional PSPLIT category of data at the end of the
simulation input. See the PSPLIT Data Category of input near the end of this
chapter for further details. See References (99-104) for more information on
these preferential phase split models.
XCOR = xxx
YCOR = xxx
NAME= Identifies the link. Up to four alphanumeric characters. When using gaslift,
the name of the production string must be PROD and the name of the
injection string must be GASL.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > LINK
Optional entries:
Note: In a network, there may be more than one feasible link calculation sequence. In PIPEPHASE the
links are first ordered alphanumerically before the feasible ordering is done. This guarantees that the same
calculation sequence is arrived at no matter what the link input order was in the keyword file. However if the
link name is changed the program may arrive at an alternate feasible link calculation sequence
FROM=, or F= Identifies the source or junction where this link starts. Up to twelve
alphanumeric characters.
TO=, or T= Identifies the sink or junction where this link ends. Up to twelve
alphanumeric characters.
RATE(ESTI)= Estimate of the flowrate through this link. The qualifier ESTI must be used.
If a rate estimate is supplied for one link, an estimate must be supplied for all
links. Otherwise PIPEPHASE will generate its own estimates and ignore
those estimates supplied. The handling of user supplied estimate differs
based on the flow allocation method. For most methods, the simulator will
provide initial estimates which are overridden by the user estimates. The
FLOWALLOC=1 or FLOWALLOC=2 keywords (see the previous section
on Network Data Category of input) may be used to enable the mixing of
user-supplied and program-generated link flowrate estimates. In this case the
user estimates will be taken into account, but conflicting estimates will be
adjusted to be as close to the user estimates as possible. When using a restart
file, the restart file estimates are taken as the highest priority and user
supplied estimates for a given link will be used only if no data is available in
the restart file.
DUAL= For detailed heat transfer in dual completions. Specify the name of the link
that forms a dual completion with this link. Valid for Network calculations
with Blackoil, steam and compositional fluids. Only concentric completions
are allowed with compositional fluids. The detailed heat transfer data are
entered on the TUBING statement in the Structure Data Category of input.
INJECT To specify that a link is an injection well. Mandatory when modeling
subsurface networks with multiple completion zones in injection wells.
QMAX()= Enter the maximum flowrate to be allowed through the link. This maximum
flow constraint will be activated only if the following four conditions are all
met:
1 The flowrate is not fixed in the link.
2 The link is a source link with the source pressure fixed and the flowrate
is unknown.
3 There is at least one surface regulator with the pressure set to a value
higher than the system pressure (e.g., 99999 psia)
4 The regulator is not the last device in the link.
Note: If the flow exceeds QMAX beyond the upper tolerance, PIPEPHASE calculates the regulator
pressure that needs to be set in order to meet the maximum flow constraint specified.
Example:
LINK NAME=J, F=13, TO=JTK, RATE(ESTI)=1.E6, PRINT
Two other conditions can also invoke the QMAX logic:
2b The link is not a source link and the link flowrate is not fixed explicitly
(e.g., a sink link with the sink rate fixed will fix the link flowrate) or
implicitly (e.g., spur links have fixed flowrates).
3b The link has at least one choke or valve in the link. In this case
PIPEPHASE will keep the flow between the upper and lower tolerance
values.
Note: PIPEPHASE varies the choke or valve size as part of the network iterations to keep the flow below
the maximum within tolerance.
If 1 and 3b are not both true, then the maximum flow logic will be
inactivated.
If 1 and 3b are true and 2b is not true, the network will fail to converge.
QMIN()=0 Enter the minimum flowrate to be allowed through the link. If the flowrate
falls below this value, the PBAL convergence algorithm will shut down the
link. This logic can be used to simulate well shutdown when the well
production falls below some minimum flowrate.
TOLERANCE(LOWER)= Specifies the lower flow tolerances as a fraction of the QMAX value.
TOLERANCE(UPPER)= Specifies the upper flow tolerances as a fraction of the QMAX value.
FGAS Desired gas volume fraction (in percent) of link flow.
FWAT Desired water volume fraction (in percent) of link flow.
FOIL Desired oil volume fraction (in percent) of link flow.
The purpose of the FGAS/FWAT/FOIL options is to allow the user to control
the volume fractions of fluids in a link. The FGAS, FOIL and FWAT options
can only be used with the mass based formulation of the blackoil model.
Note: The quantities FOIL, FWAT and FGAS can only be specified once for any and all links that
emanate from a given node. Thus, if three links carry flow from a node, then FWAT/FGAS/FOIL can be
specified for, at most, one of the three links.
PRINT Use this entry to generate a detailed report for the link. This detailed report
will include a phase envelope plot if the PLOT=FULL and DEVICE=PART
or FULL options have both been specified on the PRINT statement in the
General Data Category of input. If the PRINT option is not specified on any
link and DEVICE=PART or FULL is in the PRINT statement, detailed
reports will be generated for every link in the simulation. Therefore it is
recommended that you use this keyword to select only those links of interest.
XCOR = xxx
YCOR = xxx
GUI Coordinates to position the link on the PFD. If no information is given,
a direct connection is given between the attached nodes.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Flow Devices (have length)
Flow Devices (have length)
PIPE
Any value defined on any pipe statement will override the corresponding values set
globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
LENGTH()= Pipe length in long length units.
NAME= Identifies the pipe. Used for cross-referencing. Up to four alphanumeric
characters.
ID()= or NOMD= Inside diameter of pipe in short length units. Nominal inside diameter of
pipes (in inches only).
Note: If neither of these keywords is specified on the PIPE statement, either IDPIPE or NOMD must have
been specified as a General Default.
SCHEDULE=40 Pipe schedule.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ECHG()=0.0 Elevation change from inlet to outlet. Positive is uphill.
FCODE= Defines pressure drop and holdup method. Select a code from Table 4-6a or
Table 4-6b.
PALMER=0.924,0.6851 Use Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. Two values must be supplied:
uphill and downhill. The defaults shown apply only to BB or BBM
correlations; if the default values are to be used, only include the PALMER
keyword without any values. If different values are required, supply those
values with the PALMER keyword. If you are using any other correlation,
you must supply values with the PALMER keyword. If you want to correct
only downhill holdup, supply a value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length (special) units (see Table 4-4). Use the
qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL
Use ISOTHERMAL to suppress heat balance calculations. Use
NONISOTHERMAL to override an ISOTHERMAL entry on the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input and thus
reinstate heat balance calculations.
WATER or
AIR or
SOIL
Use one of these to specify the medium surrounding the pipe.
VELOCITY()=10 Velocity of the surrounding air or water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are specific gravity of 1.0
for air and 10.0 API for water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are 0.02 cP for air and 1.0
cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, water, or soil. Defaults are
0.015 BTU/hr-ft-
o
F for air, 0.3 BTU/hr-ft-
o
F for water and 0.08 BTU/hr-ft-
o
F for soil.
drop method, pipe roughness, heat transfer coefficient Heat transfer
coefficientvalues, etc. have been varied in order to match field data.
HWCOEFF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the Hazen-Williams pressure drop
method for single-phase liquids.
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside a pipe to the surroundings.
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the inside film
heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the outside film
heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the
outside film heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0.0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of the outside of the pipe, in
short length units.
Note: To define data for a partially buried pipe:
1 Define the surroundings as AIR or WATER only (not SOIL).
2 Specify a negative BDTOP. BDTOP is the distance from the surface of the soil to the top of the pipe
outermost diameter. The magnitude of the negative burial depth however makes sense only if it is less
than the outermost diameter of the pipe (including the insulation thickness if any).
3 If desired, specify the value of CONSOIL (the conductivity of the soil). In this case PIPEPHASE will
do an internal calculation for the heat transfer coefficient for the buried portion of the pipe. The default
value of CONSOIL will be used.
4 Additionally, if you wish to override PIPEPHASEs internal soil heat transfer coefficient calculation
you may specify the HOUTSIDE keyword and value for the soil portion of the pipe. The use of the
HOUTSIDE keyword will override the method described in (3).
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.
THKINS()=0.0 Insulation thickness in short length units.
CONPIPE()=29
CONINS()=0.015
CONSOIL()=0.8
Thermal conductivity of the pipe material, insulation and soil.
IDSPHERE()= Diameter of the sphere used for pigging in short length units.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > ANNULUS
Example:
PIPE NAME=PIP1, LENGTH=30, ID=3.068
PIPE ID=3, LENGTH=5808, ECHG=140, U=0.0001
PIPE NAME=A-J, ID=8, LENGTH=170, &
WATER, VISCOSITY(CP)=1.5, VELOCITY=5, DENSITY(LBFT3)=68,&
COND=0.33, TAMB=5, CONPIPE=35, THKPIPE=0.8, THKINS=5
PIPE NAME=X1, NOMD=3, SCHE=30
ANNULUS
Define a well annulus. Any value defined on an Annulus statement will override the
corresponding values set globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
DELH= Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube/annulus. This value overrides
values set as default on the SEGMENT statement. However, the default does
not override values that are computed under the AUTO or FAST options.
SEGM=. Number of segments to be used in the current pipe/tube/annulus. This value
overrides defaults set on the SEGMENT statement. However, this value does
not override segment sizes that are computed under the AUTO or FAST
options.
LENGTH()= Distance from the top of the first annulus in the link to the bottom of the
annulus in long length units.For an inclined well, the length will be greater
than the depth.
NAME= Identifies the annulus. Used for cross-referencing. Up to four alphanumeric
characters.
IDANNULUS()= Inside diameter of annulus in short length units.
ODTUBING()= Outside diameter of the tubing inside the casing which forms the annulus in
short length units.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the bottom of the casing in long length
units. Must be positive. If omitted, a vertical annulus is assumed (depth =
length).
Table 4-6b.
TUBING
Define the tubing in a well. Any value defined on a Tubing statement will override the
corresponding values set globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Annulus inside roughness in short length (special) units (see Table 4-4). Use
the qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of the annulus inside
diameter.
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL
Use ISOTHERMAL to suppress heat balance calculations.Use
drop method, roughness, heat transfer coefficient values, etc., have been
HWCOEF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the Hazen-Williams pressure drop
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside an annulus to the surroundings.
DELH = Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube or annulus. This value overrides
SEGM= Number of segments to be used in the current pipe/tube/annulus. This value
options.
LENGTH()= Distance from the top of the first annulus in the link to the bottom of the
tubing in long length units. For an inclined well, the length will be greater
than the depth.
NAME= Identifies the tubing. Used for cross-referencing. Up to four alphanumeric
characters.
ID()= or
NOMD=
Inside diameter of tubing in short length units. Nominal diameter of tubing
(in inches only).
SCHEDULE=TB01 Tubing schedule.
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule TB01
is used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > TUBING
Entries for detailed heat transfer in wells:
These entries describe the casings between the outside of the tubing and the inside of the
hole and the annular spaces between tubing and inner casing, between the casings and
between outer casing and hole. You are allowed up to four casings. The number of
spaces must be one more than the number of casings.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the bottom of the tubing in long length
units. Must be positive. If omitted, a vertical tubing is assumed (depth =
length).
Table 4-6b.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Tubing inside roughness in short length (special) units (see Table 4-4). Use
the qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of the tubing inside
diameter.
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL
Use ISOTHERMAL to suppress heat balance calculations. Use
drop method, roughness, heat transfer coefficient values, etc., have been
HWCOEF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the Hazen-Williams pressure drop
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside a tubing to the surroundings.
ODTUBING()= Outside diameter of the tubing in short length units.
IDCASING()= Mandatory entry. Inside diameter(s) of the casing(s) in short length units. Up
to four entries, working outward, separated by commas.
ODCASING()= Mandatory entry. Outside diameter(s) of the casing(s) in short length units.
Up to four entries, working outward, separated by commas.
HOLEID()= Mandatory entry. Diameter of the hole in short length units.
CONCASING()=25 Thermal conductivity of the tubing and casings. Up to five entries, working
outward, separated by commas. The first entry is for the tubing.
EMIS()=0.95 Emissivity of the inner surfaces of casings and the hole. Up to five entries,
working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is not filled with a
gas, just enter a comma without a value.
EMOS()=0.95 Emissivity of the outer surfaces of the tubing and casings. Up to five entries,
working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is not filled with a
gas, just enter a comma without a value.
MEDIUM= Mandatory entry. Type of medium filling each space. Up to five entries,
working outward, separated by commas. Media are identified by code
number:
1 = gas with natural convection
2 = gas with forced convection
3 = liquid with free convection
4 = liquid with forced convection
5 = solid
CPANNULUS() =
0.25 (for gas)
or 0.46 (for liquid)
Specific heat of the annular medium. Up to five entries, working outward,
separated by commas. Not required for a solid medium. Where the medium is
solid, just enter a comma without a value.
CONANNULUS() =
0.01875 (for gas)
Thermal conductivity of the annular medium. Up to five entries, working
outward, separated by commas. A value is required for a solid medium.
BETANNULUS()=0.00141 Coefficient of thermal expansion of a gas with natural convection. Only
applies when MEDIUM=1 for the corresponding annular space. Up to five
entries, working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is not filled
with a gas with natural convection, just enter a comma without a value.
VISANNULUS() =
0.0223 (for gas)
Viscosity of a gas or liquid annular medium. Up to five entries, working
outward, separated by commas. Where the space is not filled with a gas or
liquid, just enter a comma without a value.
VELANNULUS()= Velocity is required for a forced convection gas or liquid annular medium. Up
to five entries, working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is
not filled with a forced convection gas or liquid, just enter a comma without a
value.
DENANNULUS() =
0.0559 lb/ft
3
(for gas)
or 62.4 lb/ft
3
(for liquid)
Density of a gas or liquid annular medium in lb/ft
3
or kg/m
3
. Up to five
entries, working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is not filled
with a gas or liquid, just enter a comma without a value. Gravity units,
namely SPGR and API units, are not allowed.
DIFFEARTH=0.96 Diffusivity of the earth.
CONEARTH()= Optional entry. Thermal conductivity of the earth.
TIME= Mandatory entry. Equivalent production or injection time since the last time
the temperature gradient in the well was the geothermal gradient. Units must
be days.
DELH = Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube or annulus. This value overrides
SEGM= Number of segments to be used in the current pipe/tube/annulus. This value
options.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Dual Completions
Dual Completions
Dual completion strings, when modeled as separate
production strings (links), do not account for the heat transfer
between the strings. If detailed heat transfer interactions
between the strings need to be calculated, the configuration
of the dual completion must be defined.
The calculation must be Network and the fluid must be
Blackoil, steam or compositional. Only concentric dual
completions may be modeled if the fluid is compositional.
Dual completion strings are indicated by the keyword DUAL
in the LINK statement.
Concentric Dual Completions
This well is modeled with two links. The first link contains
the inner production or injection string which is specified on
a TUBING statement. The second link models the outer
string as an ANNULUS. The geometry of the annular space
is defined by IDCAS and ODCAS.
To model an insulated tubing or casing, specify a solid medium for the annular space.
All the detailed heat transfer data are entered on the TUBING statement, including the
thermal properties of the fluid in the ANNULUS. The ANNULUS statement does not
change for detailed heat transfer calculations.
Separate TUBING statements are required whenever the tubing or heat transfer
parameters change. A separate ANNULUS statement must be supplied to correspond to
each length of tubing down to the first completion. Below this point, the annulus does
not function as a flow device and there is no ANNULUS statement for it. It is simply a
casing on the TUBING statement.
Example:
LINK NAME=L1, FROM=S1, TO=SNK1, DUAL=L2
$ Surface to the bottom of the water filled space
TUBING ID=2.992, ODTUBING=3.5, IDCASING=5.5,8.54, &
ODCASING=5.52,9.62, HOLEID=12, CONCASING=29,29,29, &
EMIS=0.9,0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,0.9, MEDIUM=2,3,5, &
BETAN=1.39E-3,1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,63,0, &
CONAN=1,2.9,0.5, VISAN=0.5,1,0, CPAN= 1,1,0, &
VELAN=5,0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21,
LENGTH=500
$ Bottom of water filled space to first completion
TUBING ID=2.992, ODTUBING=3.5, IDCASING=5.5, ODCASING=5.52,&
HOLEID=8, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,&
MEDIUM=2,5, BETAN=1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, &
CONAN=1,0.5, VISAN=0.5,0, CPAN= 1,0, VELAN=5,0,&
CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=1000
$ First completion down to the second completion
TUBING ID=2.992, ODTUBING=3.5, IDCASING=5.5, ODCASING=5.52,&
HOLEID=8, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,&
MEDIUM=1,5, BETAN=1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.63,0, &
CONAN=0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0.033,0, CPAN= 1,0, VELAN=5,0,&
CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=1500
$
LINK NAME=L2, FROM=S2, TO=SNK2, DUAL=L1
ANNULUS IDAN=5.5, ODTUB=3.5, LENGTH=500
ANNULUS IDAN=5.5, ODTUB=3.5, LENGTH=1000
Parallel Dual Completions
Each production or injection strings is modeled as TUBING in a separate link. The
casings around the strings are defined by the IDCAS and ODCAS keywords on the
TUBING statements.
For insulated tubing, specify a solid medium for the annular
space such that the insulation around each tubing is held in
place by a metal sheet which is modeled as a casing. This
casing, and the first casing which surrounds both strings,
must be defined on each TUBING statement. Data for the
other casings which surround both strings are entered for one
of the links only - the longer link in the example below.
Whenever a change in data requires a new TUBING
statement in one link, there must also be a new TUBING
statement in the other link down to the first completion. A
separate TUBING statement is then required in the longer
link for the remainder of the string.
Example:
LINK NAME=L1, FROM=S1, TO=SNK1, DUAL=L2 $ Longer string
TUBING ID=2.441, ODTUBING=2.875
IDCASING=4.35,9.85,12.615, &
ODCASING=4.875,10.75,13.375, HOLEID=17.5, &
CONCASING=29,29,29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9,0.9,0.9, &
EMOS=0.9,0.9,0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=5,1,3,5, &
BETAN=0,1.39E-3,1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0,0.055,63,0, &
CONAN=0.04,0.0188,1,0.5, VISAN=0,0.023,1,0, &
CPAN= 0,0.25,1,0, VELAN=0,0,0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, &
DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=500 TUBING ID=2.441, &
ODTUBING=2.875, IDCASING=9.85, ODCASING=10.75, &
HOLEID=12.5, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, &
EMOS=0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=1,5, BETAN=1.39E-3,0, &
DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, CONAN=0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0.023,0, &
CPAN= 0.25,0, VELAN=0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, &
TIME=21, LENGTH=1000 TUBING ID=2.441, ODTUBING=2.875, &
IDCASING=9.85, ODCASING=10.75, HOLEID=12.5, &
CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=1,5, &
BETAN=1.39E-3,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, CONAN=0.0188,0.5, &
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Parallel Dual Completions
VISAN=0.023,0, CPAN= 0.25,0, VELAN=0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, &
DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=1500
$
LINK NAME=L2, FROM=S2, TO=SNK2, DUAL=L1 $ Shorter string
TUBING ID=1.995, ODTUBING=2.35, IDCASING=2.875,9.85, &
ODCASING=4.35,10.75, HOLEID=17.5, CONCASING=29,29,29, &
EMIS=0.9,0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=5,1,5, &
BETAN=0,1.39E-3,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0,0.055,0, &
CONAN=0.04,0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0,0.023,0, CPAN= 0,0.25,0, &
VELAN=0,0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, &
LENGTH=500 TUBING ID=1.995, ODTUBING=2.35, IDCASING=9.85, &
ODCASING=10.75, HOLEID=12.5, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, &
EMOS=0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=1,5, BETAN=1.39E-3,0, &
DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, CONAN=0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0.023,0, &
CPAN= 0.25,0, VELAN=0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, &
TIME=21, LENGTH=1000
Equipment Devices (have no length)
COMPLETION
Describes a bottomhole completion, the interface between the reservoir and a well. An
IPR device should be used in addition to the completion device to account for the
pressure drop from the reservoir to the near wellbore.There are two types of completion:
gravel-packed; and open-perforated. The entries on this statement depend on the type of
completion.
Mandatory entries for both types of completion:
Optional entries for both types of completion:
Mandatory entries for gravel-packed completion:
Optional entries for gravel-packed completion:
Mandatory entries for open-perforated completion:
JONES or MCLEOD Use one of these to indicate whether the completion is to use the Jones model
for gravel-packed completions or the McLeod open-perforated completion
model.
LENGTH()= Total length of the perforated interval in long length units.
PERFD()= Diameter of the perforation in short length units.
SHOTS()= Perforation shot density measured as total number of perforations per unit
completion length.
NAME= Up to four alphanumeric characters.
TUNNEL()= Tunnel length that is filled with gravel through which linear flow occurs in
short length units.
PERM()= 45 Permeability of the gravel.
PENETRATION()= Distance from the end of the perforation to the borehole radius in short length
units.
PERM()= Crushed zone permeability. An additional qualifier must be used to indicate
whether the value is for CRUSHED zone or RESERVOIR. If a reservoir
value is supplied, the crushed value is calculated depending on whether the
perforating conditions are declared to be overbalanced or underbalanced (see
OVER and UNDER, below):
Overbalanced conditions:
Crushed permeability = 0.1 * reservoir permeability
Underbalanced conditions:
Crushed permeability = 0.4 * reservoir permeability
No declared conditions:
Crushed permeability = reservoir permeability
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > COMPRESSOR
Optional entries for open-perforated completion:
Example:
COMPLETION JONES, TUNNEL=1.55, PERFD=0.39, SHOTS=4, LENGTH=10
COMP NAME=COMP, MCLEOD, PERM(RESE,MD)=0.65, PENE=3,&
PERFD=0.39, SHOTS=8, LENGTH=30, UNDERBALANCED
COMPRESSOR
Describes a single or multi-stage compressor. This unit cannot be used for steam
systems.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
OVER or UNDER Use this keyword to indicate that the perforating conditions are overbalanced
or underbalanced.
THICKNESS()= 0.5 Thickness of the crushed zone immediately around the perforation in short
length units.
POWER()= or
PRES()= or
CURVE()=
One of power, outlet pressure or a compressor curve must be specified.
Optionally, use the MAX qualifier to specify a maximum power or pressure.
If power is specified, you may specify a maximum pressure. If you specify
outlet pressure or a compressor curve, you may supply a maximum power.
or
CRVn()= and RPMC=
and
RPM= or
POWER= or
PRES=
If a curve is entered (up to 25 entries) for a multistage compressor, all stages
use the same curve. For CURVE, you can use two qualifiers to specify units
of measurement for actual flowrate (gas volume basis only) and/or long
length. Format of data is:
CURVE=rate,head,efficiency/rate,head,efficiency/...
For multispeed curves, CRVn, RPMC, and one of RPM, PRESSURE, or
POWER are mandatory. One curve must be entered for each RPMC value
specified. Up to five RPMC values may be entered in ascending or
descending order:
RPMC=rpm1,rpm2,rpm3,rpm4,rpm5
Up to 25 data sets may be entered per curve:
CRVn=rate1,head1,efficiency1/.../rate25,head25, efficiency25
STAGES=1 Number of stages.
Efficiency=100 Percentage adiabatic efficiency of the compressor.
Not used if a CURVE is defined.
RPM(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum speed in RPM.
PRES(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum pressure.
POWER(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum power.
Example:
COMP POWER(MAX)=55, CURVE=200,20,85/400,40,76
COMPRESS NAME=CMP2, POWER(HP)=250, PRES(MAX,PSIG)=1050, &
EFFICIENCY=85
Example: Multispeed compressor with data provided for three RPM curves.
COMP NAME = CMP1, PRES(MAX)=300, &
CRV1=200,20,100/300,40,98/ &
CRV2=400,50,100/500,60,98/ &
CRV3=600,70,100/700,80,98, &
RPMC=1000,2000,3000
MCOMPRESS
Describes a single or multi-stage, multi-train compressor station. It can model the effect
of intercoolers and scrubbers. This unit cannot be used for steam systems. You may
specify the performance of a multistage compressor in one of the following ways:
Total power: use the POWER keyword.
Discharge pressure: use the PDISCHARGE keyword.
Performance curve(s): use the CURVE keyword.
Suction pressure: use the PIN keyword.
If you specify the suction (inlet) pressure, a special subnetworking algorithm is invoked.
Note that this is true only for PBAL networks. The subnetworking algorithm then sizes
the compressor power requirements.
Mandatory entries:
Note: For multispeed curves, if RPM, or PRES, or POWER is specified, you can supply maximum
values for values not specified. For example, if you specify the RPM, then you can supply values of
PRES(MAX) or POWER(MAX), but not RPM(MAX).
POWER()= Total power available to the multi-stage compressor. If you are using
PDISCHARGE or CURVE to specify the performance of the compressor,
you may use the MAX qualifier to specify a maximum power.
or
PDISCHARGE()= Discharge pressure. If you are using POWER or CURVE to specify the
performance of the compressor, you may supply an estimated outlet pressure
using the ESTI qualifier. Alternatively you may use the WARN qualifier and
PIPEPHASE will issue a warning if the discharge pressure rises above the
value you supply.
or
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > MCOMPRESS
Optional entries:
CURVE()= Performance curve(s) of flowrate, head and % efficiency for each stage.
Each stage may have a separate curve. Each stage curve may have up to ten
data points. If you input only one stage curve, each stage will use it. You can
select standard or actual conditions as the basis for the gas flow rate
measurement (standard is the default, but actual is recommended). You can
use two qualifiers to specify units of measurement for actual gas volume
flowrate and/or long length. Format of data is:
CURVE=stage, rate, head, efficiency/stage, rate, head, efficiency/...
or
PIN()= Suction pressure. Invokes a special subnet working algorithm. If PIN is
specified POWER, PDIS or CURVE must not be specified.
TRAINS=1 Number of identical compressor trains operating in parallel.
STAGES=1 Number of stages per train to a maximum of five.
EQUALPR or
INTP()=
Use one of these entries to define the interstage compressor pressures. Use
EQUALPR to specify that the pressure ratios across all stages are to be
equal. Use INTP to set the individual interstage pressures, in ascending
order, separated by commas. None of the efficiency keywords may be used
with CURVE.
ADEFF= 100 Adiabatic efficiency of each stage, in ascending order, separated by commas.
This keyword may not be used with CURVE.
POLY and
PEFF= 100 and
PEXP=
Use these keywords to specify that compression calculations are carried out
using polytropic equations and to override the default data for polytropic
efficiency and polytropic exponent. If you do not enter POLY, adiabatic
compression equations will be used.
Use PEFF to enter the Polytropic efficiency of each stage, in ascending order,
separated by commas.
Use PEXP to enter the Polytropic exponent of each stage, in ascending order,
separated by commas. If you do not enter PEXP, PIPEPHASE calculates it.
INTQ() = or
INTT() =
Interstage cooler duties or interstage temperatures. Up to five values, in
ascending order, separated by commas.The last value refers to the duty or
exit temperature of the cooler located after the last stage.
INTDP() = Pressure losses associated with interstage piping and cooler. Up to five
values, in ascending order, separated by commas. The last value refers to the
pressure losses associated with the piping and cooler located after the last
stage.
PERCENT() = Volume percent of scrubber fluids to be reinjected downstream of the
compressor station. The value is used for all scrubbers in the compressor.
Use a qualifier to denote the phase to be reinjected. COND refers to the
condensate phase; WATER to the free water phase. Use two entries to specify
COND and WATER separately or use LIQ to refer to the combination of
condensate and water.
Example:
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP1, STAGES=3, INTT(F)=120,120, TWARN(F)=250,&
PDIS(PSIG,WARN)=3000, POLY, PERCENT=(COND)=100,&
CURVE = 1, 50, 3000, 72/ 1, 100, 2550, 74 /&
1, 200, 2100, 75/ 1, 400, 1650, 76, ACTUAL
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP2, STAGES=5, PDIS(PSIG)=1200, &
INTT(F)= 100,100,100,100,100, EQUALPR,&
ADEF = 80,81,80,80,82, POWER(WARN,HP)=1500
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP3, STAGES=2, POWER(HP)=800,&
NOKCONV, ADEFF=79,79, INTP(PSIG)=350
COOLER
Simulates the removal of heat from a fluid. Not available with steam systems.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
COOLER NAME=C1, TOUT=120, DP=2, DUTY(MAX)=5E3
In this example, cooler C1 has 5000 duty units available to reduce the feed stream
temperature to 120F. Less duty may be used, but not more.
DPDT
Describes a general equipment item to model any device that changes the pressure and/
or temperature of a fluid stream.
NOKCONV Use this keyword to suppress repeated calculations of gas specific heat ratio
during convergence of the compressor. Instead, PIPEPHASE will use the
inlet value throughout the compressor.
TDIS() = Warning temperature. If the calculated exit temperature exceeds this value a
warning will be printed.
PRSTAGE() = Warning pressure ratio. If any calculated stage pressure ratio exceeds this
value a warning will be printed.
STANDARD or
ACTUAL
Compressor data are specified at standard or actual conditions. The default is
to enter the data based on standard conditions.
TOUT()= or
DUTY()=
Use one of these entries to define the operation of the cooler. If both are used
in order to bound the outlet conditions, you must apply either the MIN
qualifier to TOUT or the MAX qualifier to DUTY.
DP()=0.0 Pressure drop across the cooler.
COEFFICIENT=1.0, and
EXP=1.0
Alternative method of expressing pressure drop as a function of flowrate
through the cooler, in the form:
AP = COEFFICIENT * RATE
EXP
where the rate is always expressed in lb/sec and DP is in units of PSI.
Therefore the COEFFICIENT entry has dimensions:
AP / RATE
EXP
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > EXPANDER
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
DPDT NAME=E3, CURVE=1.5E6,7,35/0.5E6,15,40
EXPANDER
This statement is currently available only for steam systems and models the work
generated due to expansion of steam from a high pressure to a lower pressure.
CURVE()= Up to 25 entries. Describes the relationship between the fluid flowrate and
the pressure and temperature differences across the device. A positive
difference indicates a rise in pressure or temperature across the device. The
format of the data is:
CURVE()= rate, dp, dt / ....
CRVn() specifies a curve in the multi-curve DPDT data. The 'n' refers to the curve
number and must be a intger between 1 and 5. Example: crv1=q1,dp1,dt1/
q2,dp2,dt2/..up to 25 points. The units for rate, dp and dt can be specified
locally. (GUI does not allow local units specification). This keyword not
allowed to be used with the (previously existing) CURVE keyword which is
allowed only for a single curve..
PINC() Inlet pressure curve parameter. The number of values must match exactly as
the number of curves specified.
(GUI does not allow local units specification).
Maximum 5 values:
eg. PINC = 100,200,300,400,500
or
POUTC() Outlet pressure curve parameter. The number of values must match exactly
as the number of curves specified.
(GUI does not allow local units specification).
Maximum 5 values
eg. POUTC=500,600,700,800
Qualifiers may be used to specify units of measurement for flowrate,
pressure and temperature. The units for flowrate allowed depend on the fluid:
Non-compositional gas Std.Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Std. Liq. volume units
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
Blackoil Std. Liq. volume units
Gas condensate Std. Gas volume units
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the device is in a well.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
EXPANDER NAME=EXP1, DP(BAR)=4,EFFIC=87
GLVALVE
Describes a Gaslift Valve as part of a well LINK. Used with blackoil fluids only. The
properties of the lift gas must be described in the PVT Data Section.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
GLVALVE NAME=GLV1, RATE(CFM)=1.5, DISSOLVE=35
HEATER
Simulates the addition of heat to a fluid. Not available with steam systems.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
POWER()= or Required amount of power to be produced.
DP()= or Required pressure drop.
PRATIO= or Required pressure ratio of absolute outlet pressure to absolute inlet pressure.
PRES()= Desired outlet pressure. This entry should be used for spur links only (see
Flowrate Estimation in Links, p. 6-76). The qualifier MIN may be used to set
the minimum outlet pressure.
EFFICIENCY=100 Adiabatic efficiency (in percent).
WTOLERANCE=0.001 Relative tolerance used to converge the power calculations.
TEST()= Estimate of the expander outlet temperature. Used to assist convergence.
RATE()= Lift gas rate in standard gas volume units.
DISSOLVE=100 Volume percentage of soluble lift gas that dissolves in the oil.
TOUT()= or
DUTY()=
Use one of these entries to define the operation of the heater. If you use both,
you must apply the MAX qualifier to one of the entries.
DP()=0.0 Pressure drop across the heater.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > INJECTION
Example:
HEATER DUTY=5E3, TOUT(MAX)=212
In the example above, the heater has a duty of 5000 units available to it, but the
maximum outlet temperature is set at 212
o
F. Therefore, if 212
o
F is reached using fewer
than 5000 duty units, then the heater duty will be set at the calculated value.
INJECTION
Describes a device for introducing an injection stream from a SEPARATOR to a point
downstream. Used with blackoil, gas condensate or compositional fluids.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
INJECT FROM=V101, GAS
Note: If the user does not specify either the pressure or temperature for the injected stream, the value from
the separator will be used in the energy balance. If the injection pressure differs from the pressure where the
fluid is injected, the required pressure difference will be calculated.
COEFFICIENT=1.0,
and
EXP=1.0
Alternative method of expressing pressure drop as a
function of flowrate through the heater, in the form:
AP = COEFFICIENT * RATE
EXP
where the rate is always expressed in lb/sec and DP is in units of PSI.
Therefore the COEFFICIENT entry has dimensions:
AP / RATE
EXP
FROM= Identifies the SEPARATOR STREAMID from where the injected stream was
produced.
GAS or
COND or
WATER or
LIQUID
Identifies the separator effluent stream which forms the injected stream. If
you want to inject several streams from separators at the same point, use
multiple INJECTION devices.
PRESSURE()= and
TEMPERATURE()=
Specify either both or neither. If you specify neither, the pressure of the
injected stream will be assumed to be the injection point pressure and its
temperature that of the separator.
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the injection device is in a well.
IPR
The Inflow Performance Relationship device models the relationship between flowrate
and reservoir pressure draw-down or pressure drop at the sand face in a well. Several
IPR models are supplied. Alternatively, user-defined IPR models may be linked to
PIPEPHASE and data for them entered through the IPR device.
The IPR device is also used to enter reservoir decline data which is required for time-
stepping.
The IPR device can also be used to shut-down sources depending upon wheter a
maximum water cut or gas oil ratio has been exceeded in any given source.
This device also allows tabular data to be entered for interpolation or regression onto one
of the PIPEPHASE models and/or for use in a time-stepping run.
Units of measurement are those chosen on the DIMENSIONS statement and cannot be
changed for individual data items in the IPR device.
Mandatory entries:
MODEL= Enter a number to define a user-supplied IPR model to be used. The model number must be
greater than 20 but less than 30.
or
TYPE= Enter the name of the IPR model to be used. The data required depends on the model
selected. Refer to tables below:
Type Description Table
PI Productivity Index Table 4-34
VOGEL Vogel Table 4-35
GASF Fetkovich Gas Flow Table 4-36
LIT Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent (Jones and Blount) Table 4-37
BABUODEH The Babu-Odeh IPR model for horizontal wells Table 4-39
TABULAR Tabular Data Model Table 4-40
IVAL= Integer data identified by Labels. These data are input in the format:
IVAL = label, value/label, value/ ...
Refer to tables below for labels and descriptions. Labels may be entered in full or may be
truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these data are all mandatory.
RVAL= Real data identified by Labels. These data are input in the format:
RVAL = label, value/label, value/ ...
Refer to the following tables for labels and descriptions. Labels may be entered in full or
may be truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these data are all mandatory.
ARRAY= Array data identified by Labels. These data are input in the format:
Array = label, value1, value2,.../label, value1, value2/ ...
Refer to the following tables for labels and descriptions. Labels may be entered in full or
may be truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these data are all mandatory.
Data specified by the ARRAY keyword represents reservoir decline data.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > IPR
Optional entries:
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, GROUP=RES2, MODEL=2, & IVAL=FLOW,2, &
RVAL=QMAX,0.5/VOGCON,0.3/VOGEXP,1.1/QCUM,6, &
ARRAY=PPRES,5000,4500,4000,3500/ & AQCUM 7.5,6.4,5.3,4.2
NAME= Name of the Inflow Performance Relationship device.
GROUP= Name of the reservoir group. You must enter this if you want to interpolate the decline
curves of a reservoir during time-stepping. The reservoir data you use can be entered in
this IPR.
If you want to use reservoir decline data (defined by the ARRAY keyword) entered in
another IPR device, enter the same reservoir GROUP name of the IPR device in which
the data resides; do not enter any reservoir data in this IPR device.
Conversely, if you enter reservoir decline data in this IPR, the data can be used by
another IPR device draining the same reservoir.
You may enter data for multiple reservoirs in one PIPEPHASE run.
Table 4-32: Label Requirements for All Models
Note: A request to shut wells may be made using any of the following criteria within the IPR device:
1 If the local reservoir pressure falls below the abandonment pressure (ABAN)
2 If the well-produced watercut exceeds the maximum watercut (FWMAX) when the blackoil or
condensate fluid models are used, or
3 If the well produced GOR exceeds the maximum GOR (GORMAX).
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=FLOW,2/BASIS,5, RVAL=PI,0.5
IVAL Labels for All Models
BASIS Deliverability (flow rate) basis
1 = gas
2 = liquid
3 = oil
4 = water
5 = weight
Flow rate units in the IPR are fixed according to the BASIS chosen:
BASIS Flow rate units
1 (gas) Gas volume units
2 (liquid) Liquid volume units
3 (oil) Liquid volume units
4 (water) Liquid volume units
5 (weight) Weight units
Babu-Odeh does not allow a Basis of 1 or 5
FLOW Traverse direction: 1 = forward(default) 2 = backward
Optional RVAL Labels for All Models
DPMAX Maximum pressure drawdown for the IPR device. This constraint will be activated
if all three of the following conditions are satisfied:
The IPR device is in a source link with the source pressure fixed.
A regulator is placed on the surface (in the link) and the regulator pressure set to a
very high value (higher than any pressure in the system, e.g., 99999.0).
At least one device is placed downstream of the regulator.
FWMAX Maximum acceptable water cut for the well.
GORMAX GOR at which the well will shut down.
ABAN Reservoir abandonment pressure.
WABP Minimum bottomhole pressure.
OPEN Well status flag. 1 for open, 0 for close.
UPTIME Used with time stepping to define the fraction of the time the well will be open
during the time step.
If you want PIPEPHASE to automatically create a sub-surface network with multiple
sources and use a Numerical Finite Difference solution method, use NSEG to identify a
multi-source well (number of production zones = number of segments). A typical
application would be in very thick continuous formations and horizontal well
completions.
Note: The Babu-Odeh model does not support automatically generated multi-source well completions.
Table 4-33: Label Requirements for Automatically Generated Multi-Source Well Completions
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=NSEG,5, &
RVAL=PI,0.5/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30/ECHG,5.
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = PI:
Table 4-34: Label Requirements for the Productivity Index Model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=FLOW,2/NSEG,5, &
RVAL=PI,0.5/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30/ECHG,5.0
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = VOGEL:
IVAL Labels for Multi-Source Well Completions
NSEG Number of segments
RVAL Labels for Multi-Source Well Completions
ID Diameter of the tubing adjacent to the producing formation
LENGTH Length of the producing zone
ECHG Elevation change over the producing zone from the foot of the well to the dog-
leg. Defaults to 0.0 (horizontal)
RVAL Labels for Productivity Index Model
PI Productivity index for the entire completion
or
SPI Productivity index per unit of length. Use only with Multi-source well completions
(NSEG > 1)
Table 4-35: Label Requirements for the Vogel Model
Note: Typically, other values of VOGCON and VOGEXP are used to get a vogel IPR for horizontal wells.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=2, IVAL=NSEG,1, &
RVAL=QMAX,1000/VOGCON,0.3/VOGEXP,1.1
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = GASF:
Table 4-36: Label Requirements for the Fetkovich Gas Flow Model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=GASF, IVAL=NSEG,1, &
RVAL=COEF,1.4/EXP,0.2
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = LIT:
Table 4-37: Label Requirements for the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent Model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=4, IVAL=NSEG,5, &
RVAL=CLAMINAR,0.5/CTURBULENT,0.3/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30
RVAL Labels for Vogel Model
QMAX Maximum flowrate or absolute open flow potential in units corresponding to the
BASIS chosen
VOGCON Constant in the Vogel equation. Must be between 0.0 and 1.0. Default is 0.2
VOGEXP Exponent in the Vogel equation. Default is 1.0
RVAL Labels for Gas Flow Model
COEF Coefficient in the Fetkovich gas deliverability model
EXP Exponent in the Fetkovich gas deliverability model
RVAL Labels for Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent Model
CLAMINAR Laminar coefficient in the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent model
CTURBULENT Turbulent coefficient in the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent model
Use the labels below when you want to specify pseudo-pressure formulation for the
Fetkovich Gas Flow or LIT IPR model with a gas basis.
Table 4-38: Label Requirements for Pseudo-Pressure Formulation
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=GASF, IVAL=BASIS,1/DRAW,2/NPSEG,3 &
RVAL=COEF,0.5/EXP,0.8/PMAX,5000/PMIN,1000 IPR NAME=IPR1,&
TYPE=LIT, IVAL=BASIS,1/DRAW,3 &
RVAL=CLAMI,0.5/CTURB,0.3/MPCON,3.2
Pseudo-Pressure formulation IVAL Labels for Pseudo-Pressure Formulation
DRAWDOWN Select a type of formulation:
0 Pressure
2
formulation (default)
1 M(p) formulation with integral constant = 2.0
1

2 M(p) formulation with integral constant = T
sc
/(P
sc
T
res
)
3 User defined MPCONS
NPSEG Number of pressure segments for M(p) formulation. Not valid when DRAW = 0
RVAL Labels for Pseudo-Pressure Formulation
MPCONS Integral constant for the M(p) formulation. Valid only when DRAW = 3
PMAX Upper pressure limit for M(p) formulation. Defaults to reservoir pressure. Not valid
when DRAW = 0
PMIN Lower pressure limits for M(p) formulation. Defaults to PRES(MIN) on DEFAULT
statement. Not valid when DRAW = 0
1
The M(p) pressure formulation is given by the following equation:
where: c is the integral constant, z is the gas compressibility, and is the gas viscosity
M p ( ) c
p
z
------ p d
p
o
p
}
=
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE=BABUODEH:
Table 4-39: Label Requirements for the Babu-Odeh Model
Example: (See the following figure to clarify the input)
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=7, IVAL=BASIS,3, &
RVAL=KX,4/KY,5/KZ,6/RESA,7/RESB,8/THICK,9/ &
LENGTH,22/XCORD,34/Y1CORD,45/Y2CORD,56/ZCORD,67/ &
RW,6/VISL,.7/FVF,4/SKIN,2
Figure 4-2: Babu-Odeh Model Example
Tabular IPR curves may be specified for a completion by inputting PWF versus QF
(flowrate) for a range of reservoir pressures or cumulative reservoir production.
RVAL Labels for Babu-Odeh Model
KX Permeability in X direction (darcies)
KY Permeability in Y direction (darcies)
KZ Permeability in Z direction (darcies)
RESA Length of reservoir - perpendicular to well, i.e. X-direction (coarse length)
RESB Width of reservoir - parallel to well, i.e., Y-direction (coarse length)
THICKNESS Thickness of reservoir (coarse length)
LENGTH Length of horizontal well (coarse length)
XCORD X coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
Y1CORD Y1 coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
Y2CORD Y2 coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
ZCORD Z coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
RW Well bore radius (fine length)
VISL Fluid viscosity
FVF Formation volume factor
SKIN Reservoir infinitesimal skin
The descriptions below use the generic form of Label; e.g., PRESn. Up to five IPR
curves may be entered; i.e., n may be between 1 and 5. Up to six points may be entered
on each IPR curve; i.e., m may be between 1 and 6.
Table 4-40: Label Requirements for the Tabular IPR Model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1,TYPE=TABU,IVAL=BASIS,5, &
RVAL = PRES1,2500 / &
PWF11,1500 / PWF12,1250 / PWF13,1000 / &
QF11,25000 / QF12,30000 / QF13,35000
The following schematic illustrates tabular IPR curves:
IVAL Labels for Tabular Data
IMODEL Enter a number to define the IPR model on which the tabular data is to be regressed:
1 Productivity Index (requires 1 point on each curve)
2 Vogel (requires 1 point on each curve)
3 Fetkovich Gas Flow (requires 2 points on each curve)
4 Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent (requires 2 points on each curve).
If you do not enter a value for IMODEL (or enter 0), interpolation will be by a
sectionally-continuous straight line; there will be no curve fitting and up to six points
on each IPR curve may be entered. Sufficient curve data should be supplied to cover
the ranges of flow encountered during calculations.
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data
PRESn Reservoir pressure on the n-th IPR curve.
or
TQCUMn Cumulative total reservoir production on the n-th IPR curve. The units depend on the
fluid type:
Blackoil total oil + water in liquid volume units
Condensate or gas total gas produced in gas volume units
Compositional liquid/ steam liquid in liquid volume units
or TQOCUMn Cumulative oil production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid volume units
or TQLCUMn Cumulative oil + water production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid volume units
or TQGCUMn Cumulative gas production on the n-th IPR curve in gas volume units
or TQWCUMn Cumulative water production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid volume units
PWFnm m-th flowing bottomhole pressure on the n-th IPR curve
QFnm m-th flow rate on the n-th IPR curve. The units correspond to the BASIS chosen
Figure 4-3: Tabular IPR Curves
If cumulative production is a parameter for the tabular IPR curves the following labels
may be used to interpolate the set of curves.
Table 4-41: Additional Label Requirements for the Tabular IPR Model
se the labels in the following table when you want to use the PIPEPHASE time-stepping
feature.
Table 4-42: Label Requirements for Time-Stepping
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data (when Cumulative Production is the Parameter)
QCUM Cumulative total reservoir production at time=0. The default is zero. The units
depend on the fluid type:
Compositional liquid in liquid volume units
Used only if TQCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QOCUM Cumulative oil produced in liquid volume units at time=0. The default is zero. Used
only if TQOCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QLCUM Cumulative liquid (oil + water) produced in liquid volume units at time=0. Used only
if TQLCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QGCUM Cumulative gas produced in gas volume units at time=0. The default is zero. Used
only if TQGCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QWCUM Cumulative water produced in liquid volume units at time=0. The default is zero.
Used only if TQWCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
ARRAY Labels for Reservoir Data
DECLINERATE P/Z decline rate per unit of production, in pressure per gas volume units. Valid for
gas flow based reservoir decline.
The curve is required if an interpolation is to be made in an IPR device or time-stepping
is to be used in the run. Up to 50 points may be defined on the curve for a Blackoil or
Condensate run and up to 100 points for a Liquid, Compositional or Steam run.
Alternatively, for time-stepping in Gas Reservoirs, the reservoir decline can be
represented as a straight line of P/Z against cumulative production by specifying the
decline rate.
Note: Any difference between a user-specified source pressure and the corresponding reservoir pressure is
maintained during time-stepping. A decline in reservoir pressure (Dp) with each time-step will result in a
corresponding decline in the source pressure. This feature is useful when considering the effect of well
location in the reservoir.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, GROUP=RES2, ... &
RVAL=QCUM,6/ &
ARRAY=PPRES,5000,4500,4000,3500/ &
AQCUM 4.2,5.3,6.4,7.5,
Well Data for Time-Stepping
For time-stepping runs, curves of reservoir pressure or cumulative production against
Gas-Oil Ratio, Condensate-Gas Ratio, Water Cut and Water-Gas ratio may be entered for
each completion.
PPRES Array of reservoir pressures on the reservoir declining curve.
AQCUM Array of cumulative total matter produced corresponding to the reservoir pressures
array. Units correspond to the chosen fluid type for the problem.
or
AQOCUM Cumulative oil produced in units corresponding to the liquid volume units chosen.
Use with QOCUM if necessary.
or
AQLCUM Cumulative liquid (oil + water) produced in units corresponding to the liquid
volume units chosen. Used with QLCUM iif necessary.
or
AQGCUM Cumulative gas produced in units corresponding to the BASIS chosen. Use with
QGCUM if necessary.
or
AQWCUM Cumulative water produced in units corresponding to the BASIS chosen. Use with
QWCUM if necessary.
ARRAY Labels for Reservoir Data
Table 4-43: Additional Label Requirements for Time-Stepping
The following example illustrates the use of two wells utilizing a single reservoir model.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1,TYPE=PI,RVAL=PI,50/ &
PRES1,2700/ PRES2,2500/,PRES3,2300/, &
GOR1, 100 / GOR2, 120 / GOR3, 150 /&
WCUT1, 20 / WCUT2, 21 / WCUT3, 22 &
IVAL=BASIS,2, &
ARRAY= AQCUM, 10000.0, 30000, 60000, 100000/ &
PPRES, 2700, 2500, 2300, 2300, &
GROUP=AAAA IPR NAME=IPR2,TYPE=PI,RVAL=PI,60/ &
IVAL=BASIS,2, &
RVAL= PRES1, 2700 / PRES2, 2500 / PRES3,2300/, &
GOR1, 67 / GOR2, 72 / GOR3, 81 / &
WCUT1, 8.2 / WCUT2, 9.0 / WCUT3, 10.7, &
GROUP=AAAA
PUMP
Describes a single or multi-stage pump.
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data Used with Time-Stepping
PRESn Reservoir pressure on the n-th IPR curve
or
TQCUMn Cumulative total reservoir production on the n-th IPR curve. The units depend on the
fluid type:
Compositional liquid/ steam liquid in liquid volume units
or
TQOCUMn Cumulative oil production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid volume units
or
TQLCUMn Cumulative oil + water production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid volume units
or
TQGCUMn Cumulative gas production on the n-th IPR curve in gas volume units
or
TQWCUMn Cumulative water production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid volume units
GORn Gas-Oil ratio corresponding to the n-th reservoir pressure or cumulative reservoir
production. Use this label for Blackoil runs only.
or
CGRn Condensate-Gas ratio corresponding to the n-th reservoir pressure or cumulative
reservoir production. Use this label for condensate runs only.
WCUTn Water Cut corresponding to the n-th reservoir pressure or cumulative reservoir
production. Use this label for Blackoil runs only.
or
WGRn Water-Gas ratio corresponding to the n-th reservoir pressure or cumulative reservoir
production.Use this label for condensate runs only.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
POWER()= One of power, outlet pressure or a pump curve must be specified.
or
PRESSURE()=
or
TYPE=0 and
CURVE()=
There are normally two pump curves: Q (flowrate) against H (head) and Q against
E (efficiency). If the pump is an electric submersible pump, you may supply a
third curve of Q against P (motor power). You can supply these curves either in
tabular form by using CURVE or as coefficiencts of quadratic equations by using
HDCONS, EFFCONS, and PWRCONS.
or
TYPE=0 and
HDCONS=
and
EFFCONS=
and
PWRCONS=
or
CRVn()= and
RPMC=
and
RPM= or
POWER= or
PRESSURE=
Use TYPE to specify the number of curves and whether the RILING correction for
high viscosity fluids is to be used:
TYPE = 0 Two curves without RILING correction
TYPE = 1 Three curves without RILING correction
TYPE = 100 Two curves with RILING correction
TYPE = 101 Three curves with RILING correction
If you want to input curves as a table, use the following format:
CURVE()=Q, H, EFF, P/Q, H, EFF, P/...
Each group of Q, H, EFF, and P corresponds to one point on the table. You can use
qualifiers to specify units of measurement for actual flowrate (liquid volume basis
only) and/or head in long length units and/or motor power. P (motor power) may
not be input when TYPE=0 or 100.
If you want to input curves as equations, use the following format:
HDCONS = hc1, hc2, hc3
EFFCONS = ec1, ec2, ec3
PWRCONS = pc1, pc2, pc3
where:
hc1, hc2, hc3 are coefficients in the head/rate equation,
ec1, ec2, ec3 are coefficients in the efficiency/rate equation and
pc1, pc2, pc3 are coefficients in the power/rate equation.
The form of each equation is:
property = coefficient1 + coefficient 2*Q + coefficient3*Q
2
where
Q = flowrate
You may not use qualifiers to change the units of measurement. PWRCONS may
not be input when TYPE = 0 or 100.
If you have specified power, you may also specify a maximum pressure using
PRESSURE(MAX). If you have specified an outlet pressure or a pump curve or
equation set, you may also supply a maximum power using POWER(MAX).
For multispeed curves, CRVn, RPMC, and one of RPM, PRESS, or POWER are
mandatory. One curve must be entered for each RPMC value specified. Up to 5
RPMC values may be entered in ascending or descending order:
RPMC=rpm1,rpm2,rpm3,rpm4,rpm5
Up to 25 data sets may be entered per curve:
CRV
n
=rate
1
,head
1
,efficiency
1
/.../rate
25
,head
25
,efficiency
25
Mandatory entries for a pump in a well:
Example:
PUMP NAME=PMP1, POWER=100, PRESSURE(MAX)=300, EFFICIENCY=90
REGULATOR
Describes a device used to fix the pressure immediately downstream from it if the
upstream pressure is greater.
Note: For source links with source pressure fixed, if the link maximum flowrate is specified on the LINK
statement or the DPMAX is specified in the IPR device in the source link, you must specify a regulator at the
surface with a very high set pressure. There must be at least one flow device downstream of this regulator.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
REGU NAME=R101, PRES(BAR)=2.435
In this example:
STAGES=1 Number of stages. If there is more than one stage and pump curves are
entered, all stages use the same curves.
EFFICIENCY=100 Percentage efficiency of the pump. Not used if a CURVE is defined.
AUXILLIARY()1= Auxilliary power to be supplied to an electric submersible pump in addition
to the power associated with the pump itself.
ALPHA
1
= and
DEGRADATION
You may specify head degradation as a function of Gas Ingestion Percentage.
ALPHA is an array of up to five Gas Holdup Percentages;
DEGRADATION is an array of corresponding head degradation percentages.
The format is:
ALPHA = value1, value2, value3,...
DEGR = value1, value2, value3,...
Each ALPHA value must have a corresponding DEGRADATION value.
SUBMERGENCE()
1
= Minimum submergence for an electric submersible pump, in coarse length
units.
CHP()
1
=14.7 Casing head pressure for an electric submersible pump.
PGRAD
1
=0 Vertical pressure gradient in the casing tubing annulus due to the gas column
above an electric submersible pump. Units are pressure per coarse length.
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the pump is in a well.
LENGTH()= Distance from the well head to the inlet of the pump in long length units.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the inlet of the pump in long length
units. Must be positive. If omitted, a vertical well is assumed (depth =
length).
PRESSURE()= Set downstream pressure.
If P
inlet
> 2.435 bar, P
outlet
= 2.435 bar
If P
inlet
< 2.435 bar, P
outlet
= P
inlet
SEPARATOR
Describes the equipment used to split some or all of the different phases from a multi-
phase stream. Used with blackoil, gas condensate or compositional fluids.
PIPEPHASE models separators in networks for blackoil, condensate and compositional
fluid models. There are no restrictions on the following types of separators:
1. Gas Separator in a blackoil network
2. Condensate (oil) separator in a gas condensate network
3. Water separators in a gas condensate network
4. Liquid separators in a gas condensate network
Certain restrictions apply for the following configurations:
1. Any phase separator in a compositional network
2. Any component separator in a compositional network
3. Water separators in a blackoil network
For the restricted configurations listed above, the following ruleson the placement of the
separators in the network must be followed in order to provide correct simulation results:
1. The separator(s) may be located in Source pressure specified source link(s).
2. The separator may be located in a Sink rate specified sink link (spur sink link).
3. The separator is located in a spur link.
4. The separator may be anywhere in a network if there are no spur links in the net-
work.
The separator in a network must not be located as described below:
1. Separators must not be located in a non-spur junction to junction link (internal
link) when the network has spur links.
2. Separator must not be located in a rate specified source link, where the network has
spur links.
To enable the modeling of networks with separators, in configurations which are not
supported currently, a workaround may be available. The basic idea is to re-configure
the problem through the judicious choice of sub-network configurations as described
below.
Separators are normally maintained at some design pressures. Downstream of the
separator, in the same link, specify an MREG with PUPS value set to the separator
design pressure (See manual for information on how to setup sub-networks properly).
When this is an acceptable option from the modeling viewpoint, the resulting
subnetwork will yield a valid separator in network configuration.
Mandatory entries:
Table 4-44: Separator Options
Note: You can operate on more than one phase on a single statement. With the blackoil model, the
separator can be used to specify either the percentage or rate separation of gas, or water through use of the
qualifiers (GAS,WATER). When rates are specified you can also specify the units for the volumetric flow of
gas or water.
Optional entries:
Optional entry for compositional fluids:
Optional entries for a bottomhole separator:
PERCENT()= or
RATE()=
Use PERCENT to define what percentage of the required phase is to be
removed in the effluent stream. Use RATE to define the flowrate of the
required phase to be removed in the effluent stream. That which is not
removed continues along the link. Identify the phase and the rate units by use
of qualifiers, as in the table below. You may operate on more than one phase
on the same statement.
Separator Effluent Phase Qualifier Rate Basis
Vapor GAS
1
Gas Volume
Hydrocarbon liquid COND
2
Liquid Volume
Aqueous WATER Liquid Volume
Hydrocarbon + Aqueous LIQ
3
Liquid Volume
*
Compositional fluids and blackoil problems
2
Compositional fluids and gas condensate problems
3
Compositional fluids only
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the separator is in a well.
Component Specifies the percent of the component to be separated.
GIP = If a bottomhole separator is positioned below an electric submersible pump,
you may use GIP to specify Gas Ingestion Percentage.
or
ODPUMP() = and
IDCASING() =
If you want PIPEPHASE to calculate Gas Ingestion Percentage, you must
supply ODPUMP, the outside diameter of the pump at the bottomhole
separator, and IDCASING, the inside diameter of the casing containing the
pump.
Example:
SEPARATOR NAME=V2, PERCENT(COND)=100, PERCENT(WATER)=95
BEND
The BEND statement may be used to describe any type of bend, for example standard
elbows, mitre bends, pipe bends and flanged or butt-welded elbows. A BEND may be
standard or nonstandard.
Mandatory entries:
Table 4-45: Recommended Values of KMUL
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is used.
If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ID()= or
NOMD=
Inside diameter of the bend pipe in short length units. Nominal diameter (in
inches).
K= or
KMUL=
Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient.
If you enter KMUL, PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by
multiplying the calculated friction factor by KMUL. If additional
information is supplied, such as the angle, this data will be ignored.
If you enter K for a nonstandard bend, you must enter the value for a 90
o

bend and PIPEPHASE will calculate the resistance coefficient for the whole
bend. Recommended values of KMUL are given in the following table:
Bend Angle Recommended Values of KMUL
Standard elbow: 90 30
Standard elbow: 45 16
Mitre bend 90 60
Mitre bend 45 15
DESCRIPTION= Up to twenty characters of descriptive text for user information purposes
only.
SCHEDULE=40 Pipe schedule. Internal built-in table of schedule data will be used unless the
PIPSCHEDULE keyword is specified in the DEFAULT statement in the
General Data Category of input. In the latter case, either a default or user-
defined table of pipe schedule data will be used.
STANDARD or
NONSTANDARD
Type of bend. Use STANDARD to specify a standard mitre bend or elbow;
NONSTANDARD for any other kind of bend.
RADIUS()= Radius of curvature of the bend in short length units. This entry is mandatory
for a NONSTANDARD bend and ignored for a STANDARD bend.
ANGLE()= Angle of the bend. This entry is mandatory for a NONSTANDARD bend
and ignored for a STANDARD bend.
Example:
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60, HOMOGENEOUS
BEND ID=10, NONSTANDARD, ANGLE=60, RADIUS=30, KMUL=50
CHECK
Describes a device that allows flow only in the direction defined by the FROM and TO
entries on the LINK statement.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
CHECK NAME=CHK1, ID(IN)=3.25, COEFF=0.91
CHOKE
Describes a device used to restrict fluid flow.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction or junction to sink) where
the link flowrate is unknown, a Fortunati or UEDA choke or valve must be added as part of the link.
PIPEPHASE will adjust the choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to
meet the flow constraint.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the qualifier REL to denote
roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model. Only
applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2=4.35 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is for a sharp
90 bend.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN subroutine must
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical bend, you may use this entry to specify
how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the properties of the
fluid do not change significantly.
ID()= Check valve inside diameter in short length units.
COEFFICIENT=1.0 Check valve discharge coefficient.
Mandatory entries:
Note: The ID64 keyword will allow the user to specify the Choke diameter in terms of 64ths of an inch
which is the common and typical approach in the field. This option is available for all the chokes. However
for Case Study, Optimization, etc. data sections, the diameter variable must be referenced as ID. ID64 is
used only for input and the variable is merged with ID for all subsequent processing.
At least one pressure loss device before and after the choke must be present for the GF chokes to work
properly.
Optional entries:
The following keywords are applicable for the Gilbert Family of choke models:
Table 4-46: GF Model Coefficients
ID()=or
ID64
Choke inside diameter in short length units.
ID is in fine length units. ID64 is in 64ths of an inch
FN or
UEDA or
ORIFICE or
PERKINS
Calculation method. You must select ORIFICE if you have specified that the
fluid is single-phase on the CALCULATION statement in the General Data
Category of input. The FN (Fortunati) and PERKINS methods may only be
used for multiphase fluids. UEDA may only be used for Blackoil. PERKINS
is based on fundamental energy and mass balance equations and models both
critical and sub-critical flow in a homogenous mixture with no mass
exchange between phases.
GILBERT or ROS
BAXENDELL or
ACHONG
Choke correlation for critical flow models
COEF=1.03 Choke discharge coefficient. Defaults to 1.03 for Fortunati, 1.0 for UEDA,
0.826 for Perkins and is calculated for ORIFICE.
CPCV=1.0 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase. Used for UEDA and Fortunati only.
Used for non-compositional fluids.
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the choke is in a well.
A=() The value of the A coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
table below, Table 4-46. The user can override these values
B=() The value of the B coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
C=() The value of the C coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
CPR=0.55 Critical pressure ratio at the onset of critical flow. The default value is 0.55.
GF Model A B C
Gilbert 10.0 0.546 1.89
Ros 17.4 0.500 2.00
Baxendell 9.56 0.546 1.93
Achong 3.82 0.650 1.88
Table 4-47: Choke Models and Applicable Fluid Types:
Besides the fluid type, a more general approach for choosing choke models in a network
system are:
Good quality results for critical and subcritical flow (Perkins).
Accurate prediction of the boundary between critical and subcritical flow (Perkins,
Fortunati)
Smooth transition between the two types of flow (Perkins).
The last consideration is important in order to avoid convergence problems during
calculations of the whole system.
Example:
CHOKE NAME=CHOK, ID(MM)=25.4, FN, COEF=1.05
MCHOKE
This choke device allows you to specify the inlet pressure or flowrate through the choke.
PIPEPHASE solves the upstream subnetwork for the specified pressure or flowrate.
Then it solves the downstream sub-network for the same flowrate. Now with the known
inlet and outlet pressure it sizes the choke.
Use MCHOKE to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
Fluid Models Choke Models
Orifice Fortunati Ueda Perkins GF
Gas Y N N Y Y*
Liquid Y N N Y Y*
Condensate N Y N Y Y**
Blackoil N Y Y Y Y*
Steam N Y N Y N
Compositional N Y N Y Y**
* For Extended Models, see Equation 6-64 for the GF model choke. Use with caution.
** Program calculates this value using equivalent Blackoil values of GOR and Q
L
.
PUPS()= or Pressure at the upstream end of the choke.
QRATE()= or Flowrate through the choke.
PDOWN()= Pressure at the downstream end of the device. If you specify the downstream
pressure, PIPEPHASE treats the device as a conventional device with a
specified exit pressure and solves the network without use of the subnetwork
algorithm.
Optional entries:
Example:
MCHOK NAME=MCH1, PUPS=2300, CPCV=1.45
MREGULATOR
This device introduces a pressure discontinuity into the defined network structure. Other
devices that invoke the same algorithm are MCOMPRESSOR and MCHOKE.
Use MREGULATOR to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
MREG NAME=MRE1, QRAT=5600
CONTRACTION
Defines a contraction from a larger to a smaller diameter pipe.
Mandatory entries:
CPCV=1.4
COEF=1.0
Coefficient used by the Fortunati model.
FN or
PERKINS or
GF
Models maybe specified for MCHOKE.
PUPS()= or Pressure at the upstream end of the regulator.
QRATE()= or Flowrate through the regulator. For the blackoil model, you have the option
of specifying the subnetwork regulator flowrate of either oil, gas, water or
liquid with appropriate unit qualifiers. The default flow basis is oil. Thus you
can specify QRATE(GAS or WATER or LIQUID or OIL, unit qualifiers) =
for the requlator. For example, you can select QRATE(GAS,CFD) = 10, and
PIPEPHASE will seek a solution such that 10 cfd of gas is passed through
the regulator.
PDOWN()= Pressure at the downstream end of the device. If you specify the downstream
pressure, PIPEPHASE treats the device as a conventional regulator with a
specified exit pressure and solves the network without use of the subnetwork
algorithm.
IDIN()= or
NOMID=
Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe
diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or
NOMOD=
Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
Optional entries:
Example:
CONTRACT IDIN=6, IDOUT=4, ANGLE=135, HOMOGEN
ENTRANCE
Describes the entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table,
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used.
ANGLE()=180 Angle of the contraction. A sudden contraction has a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a
resistance coefficient.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2=0.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical contraction, you may use this entry to
specify how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the
properties of the fluid do not change significantly.
IDPIPE()= or
NOMD=
Inside diameter of the downstream pipe in short length units. Nominal
downstream pipe diameter (in inches).
only.
Example:
ENTRANCE IDPIPE=3.068, K=0.3, LAMBDA=1.2
EXIT
Describes the exit from a pipe into a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used. If a
match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message
K=0.5 Resistance coefficient for sharp edged.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If you use the Chisholm
model, you must supply a value for C2.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical entrance, you may use this entry to
IDPIPE= or
NOMD=
Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units. Nominal upstream
pipe diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:
Example:
EXIT IDPIPE=2.15, K=0.7
EXPANSION
Defines an expansion from a smaller to a larger diameter pipe.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is used.
K=1.0 Resistance coefficient for sharp edged exit.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If you use the Chisholm
model, you must supply a value for C2.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical exit, you may use this entry to specify
IDIN()= or
NOMID=
Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe
IDOUT()= or
NOMOD=
Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
only.
General Data Category of input.
In the latter case, either a default or user-defined table of pipe schedule data
will be used.
Example:
EXPANSION IDIN=4, IDOUT=6, ANGLE=135
NOZZLE
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
ANGLE()=180 Angle of the expansion. A sudden expansion has a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If this entry is omitted,
PIPEPHASE calculates a value.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical expansion you may use this entry to
properties of the fluid do not change throughout the link.
COMP Invokes a compressible fluid expansion model. The model is for
homogeneous flow and is suited for situations in which the incompressible
models lead to large pressure rises across expansion. Only valid for
compositional systems.
IDPIPE()= or
NOMD
Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units.
IDNOZZLE()= Inside diameter of the nozzle in short length units.
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message
COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If this entry is omitted, PIPEPHASE will
calculate a flow coefficient.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model.
Only applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
Example:
NOZZLE IDPIPE=4.6, IDNOZZLE=3.1
ORIFICE
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
ORIFICE IDPIPE=10, IDORIFICE=6, THICK, CPCV=1.5
TEE
Defines a tee piece in a pipeline.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN
subroutine must be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical nozzle, you may use this entry
to specify how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when
the properties of the fluid do not change significantly.
IDPIPE()= or
NOMD
IDORIFICE()= Inside diameter of the orifice in short length units.
THIN or
THICK
Specifies whether a thin or thick orifice plate is used.
If t > 10 mm use the THICK option
If t s 10 mm use the THIN option
where t is the thickness of the orifice plate
COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a flow
coefficient.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2=0.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is 0.5 for a thin
orifice plate or 1.5 for a thick orifice plate.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for vapor phase.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical orifice, you may use this entry to specify
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
TEE IDPIPE=12, KMUL=20, ROUGH(REL)=0.0001
VALVE
Defines any type of valve gate valve, globe valve, angle valve, lift check valve, swing
check valve, stop check valve, ball valve, butterfly valve, plug valve, foot valve, etc.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction or junction to sink) where
the link flowrate is unknown, a choke or valve must be added as part of the link. PIPEPHASE will adjust the
choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to meet the flow constraint.
IDPIPE()= or
NOMD=
Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units. Nominal upstream
pipe diameter (in inches).
K= or
KMUL=
Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If you enter KMUL,
PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL are 20 (through run) and
60 (through branch).
only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used. If a
match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the qualifier REL to denote
roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE. See User-Defined DP Correlations,
p. 4-195, for further information.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical tee, you may use this entry to specify
Mandatory entries:
Table 4-48: Recommended Values of KMUL
Optional entries:
IDIN()= or
NOMID=
Inside diameter of the pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe diameter
(in inches).
IDOUT()= or
NOMOD=
Inside diameter of the valve in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
K= or
KMUL=
Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If you enter KMUL,
PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL are given in the
following table.
Valve Type Recommended Values of KMUL
Check Valve 200-400
Butterfly Valve 25-45
Foot Valve 75-420
Ball Valve fully open 3
Globe Valve 50-350
Angle Valve 50-350
Swing Valve 50-100
only.
ANGLE=180 Angle of the valve. This entry is used for a ball or gate valve with conical
inlet and outlet.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2=1.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is for a gate
valve.
VELCON= Velocity constant. Use this entry to calculate the minimum velocity required
to keep a velocity dependent valve open. Invokes an output warning if the
fluid velocity is not sufficient.
Example:
VALVE NAME=GAT1, IDIN=3.068, IDOUT=3, KMUL=60 $ GLOBE VALVE
VENTURIMETER
The Venturimeter only models the pressure loss up to the throat. If you wish to include the pressure recovery
effect of the Venturimeter outlet, then an EXPANSION device should immediately follow downstream.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
VENTURI IDPIPE=12,IDTHROAT=9.5, CPCV=1.45
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical valve you may use this entry to specify
IDPIPE()= or
NOMD=
IDTHROAT()= Inside diameter of the Venturimeter throat in short length units.
COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If a value is not supplied, PIPEPHASE uses built-in
correlations to calculate one.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase.
CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If a value is not entered, the
C-parameter in Eqn. 6-77, is set to 5.3.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical Venturimeter, you may use this entry to
UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Overview
The UNIT OPERATIONS Category of input allows unit operations to be included in a
simulation. UNIT OPERATIONS differ from FITTINGS and DEVICES in that they
have more than one statement. The general format is:
UnitKeyword NAME=
statementName keywords...
statementName keywords...
UNIT None p. 138
CALCULATOR Unit Operation
CALCULATOR ({UID=, NAME=]
DIMENSION C(50), P(50), V(200), R(200), IX(9) p. 139
CONSTANT i, j, value/ ... p. 139
DEFINE P(i) AS SIMU = SIMU, CCLASS=<CClass>,
CNAME=<CName>,
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>}
RESULT i, text/... p. 140
PROCEDURE None p. 141
FORTRAN Statement p. 141
{DIMENSION var(), var(),...}
{INTEGER var, var,...}
{REAL var, var,...}
{nn var = expression}
{nn GOTO mm}
{nn CONTINUE}
{nn IF (expression) conditional clause}
{nn IF (expression) THEN}
{ELSEIF (expression) THEN}
{ELSE}
{ENDIF}
{nn DO mm IXi=i, j, k}
{nn DISPLAY R(i:j), P(i:j), C(i:j), V(i:j), IX(i:j)}
{nn OPEN(FILE=field, OVERWRITE or APPEND)
{nn OUTPUT R(i:j), P(i:j), C(i:j), V(i:j), IX(i:j)}
{nn TRACE option}
{nn STOP}
UNIT
Introduces the section.
Mandatory entries: None.
Optional entries: None.
CALCULATOR
Introduces the Calculator unit operation. Calculator is a versatile utility module offering
much of the calculational power of FORTRAN. As a unit operation module, it may be
placed anywhere in the flowsheet calculation sequence. Using a simple language based
on FORTRAN 77, it computes a result or array of results for printout, for storage in a
stream vector, or for use by other unit modules. Its usefulness is limited only by the
imagination of the user. Typical applications include:
Compute special stream properties for use by when optimizing the flowsheet.
Compute process utility or operating costs for printout, convergence control or opti-
mization.
Compute equipment size and cost, based on calculated unit parameters, for printout
or optimization.
The CALCULATOR has two main sections:
Calculator Setup
and
Calculator Procedure.
The Calculator Setup section retrieves flowsheet variables involved in the calculations,
dimensions certain supplied arrays, defines invariant constants, sequences streams for
DO loop processing, and assigns descriptive labels to elements of the RESULTS vector.
The Calculator Procedure section contains FORTRAN-based statements which perform
calculations.
Mandatory entries: None.
HYDRATES Unit Operation
HYDRATES {NAME=} p. 144
EVALUATE STREAM=, {PRES()=-13.221, MAXPRES()=5861.31 and/or
POINTS=30 and/or DP()=, TESTIMATE=, ITEMP(),
MAXTEMP()=, and/or POINTS=30 and/or DT()=,
PTESTIMATE=, INHIBITOR(type)=}
p. 145
Optional entries:
DIMENSION
Optional statement in the Calculator Setup section of the Calculator unit. The
DIMENSION statement overrides default dimensions to declare the number of elements
in CALCULATOR supplied arrays C, P, V, R, and IX.
Optional entries:
CONSTANT
Mandatory statement only if the code in the Calculator Procedure section references
streams or cycles through a series of sinks, sources, or junctions using a DO loop. The
CONSTANT statement allows initialization of numerical values that remain unchanged
by any calculations in the procedure section. Note that integer values are converted to
floating-point numbers. All these constants are stored in array C. The number of
elements in this array may be defined on the DIMENSION statement. Elements not
defined on the CONSTANT statement have large negative values.
UID= Unit identifier of the Calculator unit operation. Up to four alphanumeric
characters. Embedded blanks are not permitted
NAME=) Name of the Calculator unit operation. Up to four alphanumeric characters.
XCOR = xxx
YCOR = xxx
The user should not change this data..
C(index) Constant values defined in the Calculator Setup section. Used only on the right
hand side of assignment statements
P(index) Flowsheet parameters set by DEFINE statements. Used only on the right hand
side of assignment statements.
V(index) A floating- point work array used on either the left or right hand side of
assignment statements. These elements are initialized to a large negative value
and are not available outside the calculator.
R(index) The array of calculator results, used on either side of assignment statements.
This results vector is available to other flowsheet modules external to the
CALCULATOR. These elements are initialized to a large negative value.
IX(index) An array of integer values. The form IX(index) is invalid on a DO statement.
It may be used on either side of assignment statements.
Mandatory entries:
Note: When j is given, all elements of array C between i and j assume the specified value. If j
is omitted, the single element specified by i is used. When i is missing, the next available element takes
the specified value.
Example: To initialize elements 3 through 11 of array C to zero, and elements 12 through
14 to 1.0, use:
CONSTANT 3, 11, 0.0/ 12, 14, 1.0
DEFINE
Optional statement. DEFINE allows retrieval of device or source/sink/junction values
from the flowsheet, and stores them as elements of the P array. Each DEFINE
statement initializes a single element. The number of elements in the P array may be
defined on the DIMENSION statement.
Mandatory entries: DEFINE P(i) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=<CClass>, CNAME=<CName>,
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>}
Example:
DEFINE P(1) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=SOURCE, CNAME=S001, VARIABLE="Temperature"
DEFINE P(3) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=SOURCE, CNAME=S001, VARIABLE="XLFEED(M)",*
INDEX=1
Note: Most CALCULATORS have as a minimum one DEFINE statement.
RESULT
Optional statement. The RESULT statement allows the user to supply descriptive labels
for each CALCULATOR result.
i, j These positive integers denote the beginning and ending element index in the
CONSTANT array.
value The value stored in elements i through j of array C.
Integer values are stored as floating-point numbers.
CCLASS = This refers the CCLASS of the device. All the valid entries for
<CClass> are listed in Table 4-55a in CASE STUDY Data Category of
Input starting on p. 153.
CNAME = This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT.
VARIABLE = This refers the Parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name>
are listed in Table 4-55a in CASE STUDY Data Category of Input
starting on p. 153.
INDEX = This refers the Array element index for Array variables (Component
Mol Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
Mandatory entries:
Example:
RESULT 1, RELATIVE MB
PROCEDURE
The PROCEDURE statement is required.
FORTRAN Statements
Optional statements. You may supply any number of the following FORTRAN-like
statements between the required PROCEDURE and RETURN statements. Each
statement contains a maximum of 80 characters. An ampersand (&) at the end of a line
indicates continuation on the following line. Note that an asterisk ( * ) is not valid as a
continuation marker, since it signifies multiplication.
All lines of code except the PROCEDURE statement may be preceded by a unique
numeric label from 1 to 99999 (shown as nn in this manual). The dollar sign ($)
causes all following data on the remainder of the line to be interpreted as a comment
rather than as code.
Note: Unlike FORTRAN, a C in column one does not designate a comment statement.
Example:
DIMENSION A(20,20), B(20), X(20)
REAL MASS
INTEGER COUNT, TAB(100)
Five real values are to be specified for the revenue (REVENU), profit (PROFIT), and
loss (LOSS) arrays corresponding to the years 2006 through 2010. The integer constants
2006 and 2010 are used (separated by commas) to denote the array bounds.
Example:
REAL REVENU(2006:2010), PROFIT(2006:2010), LOSS(2006:2010)
i, text/... Descriptive label for each calculator result. Labels may consist of up to
12 characters of text, but must not contain the characters = , ( ) * or &.
Embedded blanks are acceptable.
Statement Description
{DIMENSION var( ), var( ), ...} The DIMENSION statement is used to define one or two-dimensional
arrays. Each subscript may be an integer constant, or two integer
constants separated by a colon to specify both the lower and upper
array bounds.
{INTEGER var, var, ...} Defines integer variables.
{REAL var, var, ...} Defines real variables.
A variable may only appear once on these statements. The following is valid in standard
FORTRAN, but not in the CALCULATOR:
Example:
REAL MOLWT
DIMENSION MOLWT(50)
Both standard FORTRAN and the CALCULATOR accept this equivalent form:
REAL MOLWT(50)
Expressions
Table 4-49: Mathematical Operators
The operations on a given statement are executed in the following order:
1. Expressions within parentheses ( )
2. Functions
3. Exponentiation ( ** )
4. Multiplication and division ( * ,/)
5. Addition and subtraction (+,-)
For calculations with the same precedence, expressions are evaluated from right to left
for exponentials, and left to right for all others.
Note: The CALCULATOR-supplied arrays C and P may not appear on the left side of an assignment
statement.
{nn var = expression} The expression is governed by standard FORTRAN conventions. The
symbols for mathematical operations are given in Table 4-49 below.
Symbol Description
+ addition
- subtraction
* multiplication
/ division
** exponentiate (raise to a power)
Table 4-50a: Logical Operators in IF Statements
Table 4-50b: CALCULATOR Statements
Operator Description
.EQ. equal to
.NE. not equal to
.LT. less than
.GT. greater than
.GE. greater than or equal to
.LE. less than or equal to
.AND. both true
.OR. either true
.EQV. equivalent
.NEQV. not equivalent
.NOT. true/ false toggle
{nn GOTO mm} This is the standard FORTRAN statement that branches to label mm
unconditionally. GO TO written as two words is also supported.
{nn CONTINUE} This statement serves as a branch destination or the end of a DO loop. It
performs no calculations.
{nn IF (expression)
conditional clause}
This statement allows logical branching during calculations and conforms to
standard FORTRAN rules for IF statements. If the parenthetic expression is
true, it executes the conditional clause, which may be any procedure section
statement except RETURN, IF or DO. Table 4-50a lists logical operators
allowed in the expression.
{nn IF (expression)
THEN}
{ELSEIF (expression)
THEN}
{ELSE}
{ENDIF} The standard FORTRAN block IF statements are also supported. ELSE IF
and END IF written as two words are also accepted. Block IF constructs
may be nested.
DO mm IXi= i, j, k} This statement defines the beginning of DO loops having a range extending
through statement label mm. IXn requires integer values for the initial and final
indices i and j. The incremental step index k is optional and defaults
to 1.
{nn DISPLAY R( i : j ),
P( i : j ), C( i : j ), V( i : j ),
IX( i : j )}
The DISPLAY statement prints out array values during calculations. Only
CALCULATOR supplied arrays may appear in DISPLAY statements. The
position of DISPLAY statements in the procedure section determines when
values are printed. Entries i and j refer to the first and last elements of the
array to print. If i and j are absent, the entire array is printed.
RETURN
The RETURN statement is required.
HYDRATES
Introduces the Hydrates unit operation, which predicts the pressure and temperature
regime in which the fluid at a node (source, sink, or junction) is vulnerable to hydrate
formation. Different ranges of temperature and pressure can be examined. Calculations
assume the presence of free water for hydrates to form.
The effect of NaCl, methanol, ethylene glycol, di-ethylene glycol and tri-ethylene glycol
hydrate inhibitors can also be studied.
{nn OPEN(FILE=fileid,
OVERWRITE or
APPEND)
The OPEN statement opens a file for CALCULATOR output. Only
CALCULATOR supplied arrays may be used. For PC, VAX, and UNIX
platforms, the default output name is <fileid>.CAL, where <fileid> is the
current input file name. A unique filename, up to 12 characters long, may be
specified, if necessary. However it will have a .CAL extension. Underscore
characters are not allowed (e.g., FILE_01). Any OPEN statement automatically
closes the previously opened file.
{nn OUTPUT R( i : j ),
P( i : j ), C( i : j ), V( i : j ),
IX( i : j )}
The OUTPUT statement performs the actual write to files. Multiple OUTPUT
statements may be supplied and may appear at any time following an OPEN
statement. Entries iand jare defined as for the DISPLAY statement. If
iand jare absent, the entire array is printed.
{nn TRACE option} Trace statements control printing an historical trace as calculations proceed.
This facilitates debugging the code in the CALCULATOR procedure.
Options are:
ON Prints line number, statement number, and (action taken/ new
variable value) as each statement executes.
BRANCH Prints TRACE information only for branching statements such as
IF, GOTO or DO.
OFF Turns off all TRACE options.
{nn STOP} This statement stops all flowsheet calculations and proceeds directly to the
output report. The solution flag for the entire flowsheet is set according to the
user-defined value of ISOLVE.
NAME= Name of the Hydrates unit operation. Up to four alphanumeric characters.
XCOR = xxx
YCOR = xxx
The user should not change this data..
EVALUATE
Mandatory statement. Define one range of conditions through which hydrate formation
is to be investigated.
You may either define a range of pressures and PIPEPHASE will predict the temperature
profile which defines the incipient formation of hydrates, or you may define a range of
temperatures and PIPEPHASE will predict the pressure profile which defines the
incipient formation of hydrates. You may optionally define an inhibitor whose effect is to
be examined.
Mandatory entries:
Optional Entries for Pressure Range:
Mandatory Entries for temperature range:
Optional Entries for pressure and temperature range:
Example:
UNIT OPERATIONS
HYDRATES NAME=HYD1
EVALUATE STREAM=SNK3, IPRES=50, MAXPR=500, DP=10,&
INHIB(EG)=12
EVALUATE STREAM=JCT1, ITEMP=200, MAXTEMP=2000, POINTS=20
STREAM= Name of the node SOURCE, SINK or JUNCTION at which the fluid is to be
investigated.
IPRES()=-13.221 Specify the initial pressure at which hydrate formation is to be investigated.
The default is equivalent to 0.1 ATM.
MAXPRES()= 5861.31
and/or
POINTS=30 and/or
DP()
Enter two out of three of: final pressure; number of points to be evaluated
between the initial and final pressures (maximum is 30); pressure increment
between points. The default for MAXPRES is equivalent to 400 ATM.
TESTIMATE= Estimate of incipient hydrate formation temperature at the initial pressure
point.
ITEMP()= Specify the initial temperature at which hydrate formation is to be
investigated.
MAXTEMP()=
and/or
POINTS=30 and/or
DT()=
Enter two out of three of: final temperature; number of points to be evaluated
between the initial and final temperatures (maximum is 30); temperature
increment between points.
PESTIMATE= Estimate of incipient hydrate formation pressure at the initial temperature
point.
INHIBITOR(type)= Weight percent concentration of inhibitor. If you omit this entry, noinhibitor
calculations are performed. Use the qualifier to define the type of inhibitor.
Allowable types are: NACL or SALT sodium chloride METH or MEOH
methanol EG ethylene glycol DEG di-ethylene glycol TEG tri-ethylene
glycol
EVALUATE STREAM=SRC2, INHIBITOR(NACL)=22.5
GASLIFT Category of Input
Gaslift analysis is used to investigate the effects of lift gas on well production. This
feature is restricted to Blackoil wells where the oil production is upward through the well
tubing and the lift gas is injected downward through the well casing.
Overview
There are four options for gaslift calculations:
1. Pressure profiles for fixed oil production rate and lift gas rate.
2. Oil production versus lift gas injection rate.
3. Location of gas injection valve to match desired tubing head (production string)
pressure.
4. Location of gas injection valve to match desired casing head (injection string) pres-
sure.
All gaslift options have several common factors:
Production fluid is restricted to blackoil.
PVT data sets must be provided for the blackoil and lift gas.
The blackoil is described as the SOURCE fluid. Well IPR data are provided in the
form of PI or Vogel coefficients. For options 1 and 2 only, well test data (on the
WTEST statement) may be used to calculate the IPR.
The SINK statement is used to provide the tubing (oil production) wellhead pres-
sure.
The production string LINK must be named PROD. This link may include surface
and some types of equipment as well as tubing for all options except Option 4 which
is restricted to tubing only.
Applicable pressure drop methods should be selected for the oil and lift gas flow
devices.
The lift gas injection string LINK must be named GASL. This link must consist of
only annuli, corresponding to the well casing. No other types of flow or point
devices are allowed. The lift gas is always injected down the casing, enters the tub-
ing at the specified valve location and then flows up the tubing with the reservoir oil
and gas.
For all options, the lift gas rates are user-specified.
In terms of problem input, all data categories are identical for the four Gaslift options
except the GASLIFT Category. This category is used to select the desired Gaslift option.
The following input statements are required for all Gaslift options:
Table 4-51: Gaslift Category of Input
GASLIFT
Introduces the section.
PCALC
Statement used for Gaslift Option 1 only.
Category Statement Description
GENERAL TITLE Introduces the Category
CALC Used to specify the GASLIFT calculation
PVT DATA PVT DATA Introduces the Category.
SET Used to identify the set number and to enter gravity and other data.
LIFTGAS Used to define lift gas properties.
STRUCTURE STRUCTURE Introduces the Category.
SOURCE Used to define a point where fluid enters the system
SINK Used to define a point where fluid leaves the system, including
estimating or defining outlet pressure and flowrate.
LINK Used to define a series of devices (flow devices, fittings and items or
process equipment).
TUBING Used to define the tubing in a well.
PIPE Used to define the pipes.
ANNULUS Used to define a well annulus
GASLIFT GASLIFT Introduces the Category.
PCALC Used to enter data for GASLIFT option 1.
CAPACITY Used to enter data for GASLIFT option 2.
LOCATION Used to enter data for GASLIFT options 3 and 4.
Statement Keywords See ...
GASLIFT None p. 147
{PCALC} PRESSURE()=, TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, DEPTH()=,
{DISSOLVE=100}
p. 147
{CAPACITY} PRESSURE()=, TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, DEPTH()=,
{DISSOLVE=100}
p. 148
{LOCATION} PRESSURE()=, TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, DEPTH()=,
{DISSOLVE=100}, ID()=, IDTUBING()=, COEFFICIENT=
p. 148
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
PCALC PRES=950, TEMP=100, DISSOLVE=0, DEPTH=5900, RATE=1.0
CAPACITY
Statement used for Gaslift Option 2 only.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
CAPACITY PRES=950, TEMP=100, DISS=0, DEPTH=5100, &
RATE=0.001/0.2/0.4/0.6/0.8/1.0/2.0/3.0/4.0
LOCATION
Statement used for Gaslift Options 3 and 4.
Mandatory entries:
PRESSURE()= Lift gas injection pressure at casing head.
TEMPERATURE()= Lift gas injection temperature at casing head.
RATE()= Lift gas injection rate in gas volume units.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from well head to lift gas injection valve in long length units.
DISSOLVE= 100 Percent of soluble lift gas which dissolves in the well fluid, if conditions
permit.
RATE()= Up to nine lift gas injection rates in gas volume units, in ascending order,
separated by commas. Zero or negative entries are not allowed.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from well head to lift gas injection valve in long length units.
permit.
RATE()= Injection rate in gas volume units. Zero or negative entry is not allowed.
DEPTH()= Up to eight vertical depths from well head to lift gas injection valves in long
length units, in ascending or descending order, separated by commas.
Optional entries:
Additional entries for Gaslift Option 4:
Example:
LOCATION PRES=750, TEMP=60, DISSOLVE=100, RATE=0.185, &
DEPTH=5500/5000/4500/4000/3000/2500/2000
LOCATION PRES=600, TEMP=80, RATE=0.4, &
DEPTH=10000/9500/9000/8500/8000/7500/7000/6500/6000, &
ID=0.125/6,0.25, IDTU=2.441/6,3.548, COEF=0.9/6,0.83
permit.
ID()= Orifice inside diameters, in short length units, corresponding to the gas-lift
injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number,valve ID/valve number, valve ID/...
Inside diameters of missing valves default to the previous value.
IDTUBING()= Inside diameters of tubing above Gaslift valves, in short length units,
corresponding to the gas-lift injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number,tubing ID/valve number, tubing ID/...
Inside diameters of missing tubings default to the previous value.
COEFFICIENT= Orifice coefficients corresponding to the gas-lift injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number, coefficient/valve number, coeff./...
Coefficients of missing tubings default to the previous value.
SIZING DATA Category of Input
Overview
The Sizing Data Category of input sizes pipes, and tubing . This category is optional.
Note that sizing is not available for depressuring only simulations as no network
calculations are performed for this case.
Table 4-52: Sizing Data Category of Input
SIZING
Introduces the category. This category is used for sizing pipes and tubing.
DEVICE
Identifies which pipe and tubing devices are to be sized.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
DEVICE NAME=PIP1, LIN2, PIP3
LINE
Optional statement. Defines the line sizes that are to be used by PIPEPHASE in
determining a diameter which satisfies the sizing criteria. If this statement is omitted,
standard API Schedule 40 inside diameters are used. These are (in inches):
SIZING None p. 150
DEVICE NAME= p. 150
{LINE} ID()= or NOMD= p. 150
{MAXV} ERVELC=, VELOCITY()=, ID()= or DENSITY()= or NOMD= p. 151
NAME=name,name,... Enter the name(s) of the device(s) that you want sized. If you want all
devices to be sized, enter:
NAME=ALL
1.049 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 3.548 4.026 5.074 6.065
7.981 10.020 11.938 13.124 15.000 16.876 18.814 22.626
Mandatory entries:
Example:
LINE ID(MM)=26, 30, 35, 40
MAXV
Optional statement. Enter the maximum velocity criteria. If this statement is omitted,
PIPEPHASE will use the erosional maximum velocity criteria, V
EM
.
Mandatory entries: (for single-link, non-flare systems only)
Example:
MAXV VELOCITY=20,300,22,19,18, ID=2,5.5,10,15,25
ID()=value,value,...
or
NOMD=value,value...
Enter the inside diameters to be tried in short length units. Entries must be in
ascending order.
Enter the nominal sizes to be tried in inches. Entries must be in ascending
order. Default SCHEDULE is used to get corresponding ID. If the NOMD is
not in the SCHEDULE list, it is ignored.
ERVELC= or Enter the erosional velocity constant to replace 100 in the above erosional
velocity equation.
VELOCITY()= Enter a set of maximum velocities corresponding to a set of inside diameters
or densities.
ID()= or
DENSITY()= or
NOMD=
Enter a set of inside diameters or two-phase slip densities corresponding to
the set of maximum velocities. Entries should be in ascending order. ID is in
short length units. NOMD is in inches and the default SCHEDULE is used
to get corresponding ID. If the NOMD is not in the SCHEDULE list, it is
ignored.
V
EM
100
TwoPhaseSlip
--------------------------------------- =
TIME-STEPPING Data Category of Input
The Time-Stepping Data Category of Input allows you to examine how network
performance is affected as reservoir pressure declines with cumulative production and as
changes are made to devices in the network.
After the initial solution of the network, you may impose changes and stipulate that
those changes take place at different times. For every time entered, the network is
simulated incorporating the changes you have specified up to and including that time
using the condition of the reservoir (or reservoirs) at the time of the change. A full set of
results is printed for every time step this can result in significant printout.
Declining reservoir condition curves are input as tables in one or more of the IPR
devices in the Structure Data Category of input.
Note: This category is also used to determine the length of time between steps. Shorter time steps are more
accurate than longer time steps
Table 4-53: Time-stepping Data Category of Input
TIMESTEPPING
Introduces the category. This category is evaluate effects of changes in reservoir
conditions.
CHANGE
Mandatory statement. On each CHANGE statement enter the changes to be made to one
device and the times at which the changes are to be effected. More than one change
statement may be used. If you do not want to change a device but simply want to
examine the effect of declining reservoir conditions with an unchanging network, simply
enter one CHANGE statement with a series of times.
TIMESTEPPING None p. 152
CHANGE CCLASS=<CClass>, CNAME=<CName>, {LINK=<Link Name>},
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>},
{SETCALC=}, TIME=<Time>, VALUE=<Value>
p. 152
CCLASS= This refers the CCLASS of the Device. All the valid entries for <CClass> are
listed in Table 4-55a in CASE STUDY Data Category of Input starting on
p. 153.
TIMESTEPPING
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=PIP1, VARIABLE=PIPE ID, TIME=10, 20, 30,*
VALUE=4.0, 3.5, 3.0
CHANGE CCLASS=SOUR, CNAME=FEED, VARIABLE=PRESSURE, SETCALC=C1.CLC,*
TIME=10,30, VALUE=0001,0001
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GNETWORK, VARIABLE=PIPE ID, TIME=20, 40, VALUE=2,3
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GLINK, LINK=L001, VARIABLE=PIPE LENGTH, TIME=10,30,*
VALUE=10,50
Time-step changes will be taken as follows for this example:
TIME=10, 20, 30, 40 days
CASE STUDY Data Category of Input
Overview
The CASE STUDY Data Category of Input allows you to modify the base case input and
re-run the simulation. This category is optional. CASE STUDY and TIME-STEPPING
Data Categories of input are mutually exclusive.
Table 4-54: Case Study Category of Input.
CNAME = This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT. Use
GNETWORK to make GLOBAL changes in the network. Use GLINK along
with LINK = <Link Name> to make GLOBAL changes in a particular Link
<Link Name>.
LINK = Indicates that variable changes are to be for all Devices in the link <Link
Name>. This is used along CNAME = GLINK option.
VARIABLE = This refers the Parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name> are listed in
Table 4-55a in CASE STUDY Data Category of Input starting on p. 153.
INDEX = This refer the Array Element Index for Array Variables (Component Mol
Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
SETCALC = Name of Calculator to retrieve data from.
TIME = The times, in days, at which the parameter(s) on this CHANGE statement are to
be changed. A maximum of 20 times may be used in any one CHANGE
statement. Use multiple change statements to specify more time steps.
VALUE = Enter up to 20 change values in the value of the identified variables. Should be
equal to the number to Time steps entered.
CASESTUDY None p. 154
{DESCRIPTION} any text string p. 154
{RESTORE} None p. 154
{PARAMETER} CCLASS=<CClass>, CNAME=<CName>, {LINK=<Link Name>},
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>},
{SETCALC=}, VALUE=<Value>
p. 154
CASESTUDY
Introduces the category. Each new case is headed by a CASE statement and there are no
limits on the number of cases which can be entered in a simulation input.
DESCRIPTION
Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You are
restricted to one DESCRIPTION statement per case study. The information on this
statement is printed once at the start of the case study output.
Optional entries: Text string of up to 60 characters.
Example:
DESC Change pipeline ID to 3 inches
RESTORE
By default, each new case study uses the solution from the previous case as the initial
guess. Use this keyword to restore the original solution as the initial guess. Case study
changes are cumulative, but the restore option will reset device and node data back to the
base case values. Changes to compositions and some simulation data such as viscosity
data are not included in this logic and must be restored manually.
PARAMETER
This PARAMETER statement allows changes to be made to parameters on a node and/or
device. You may have as many PARAMETER statements as desired. The devices and
parameters that can be changed are listed in Table 4-55a.
CCLASS= This refers the CCLASS of the device. All the valid entries for <CClass>
are listed in Table 4-55a
CNAME= This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT.
Use GFROM and GNETWORK to make GLOBAL changes in the network.
Use GLINK along with LINK = <Link Name> to make GLOBAL changes
in a particular Link <Link Name>.
LINK = Indicates that variable changes to be made for all devices in the link <Link
Name>. This is used along CNAME = GLINK option.
VARIABLE= This refers the parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name> are
listed in Table 4-55a.
INDEX= This refer the Array Element Index for Array variables (Component Mol
Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
SETCALC = Name of Calculator to retrieve data from.
VALUE= The new value to which you want the parameter changed.
The following keywords are only applicable to the optimizer.
Example: Global variable change for pipes in network to 10 inch I.D
PARAMETER CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GNETWORK, VARIABLE= PIPE ID, VALUE=3
PARAMETER CCLASS=TUBI, CNAME=GFROM, VARIABLE= PIPE ID, VALUE=2
Example: Flow code changes for tubing in network using the BBM
correlation to the OLGA correlation.
PARAMETER CCLASS=TUBI, CNAME=GFROM, VARIABLE=FLOW CODE, VALUE=BBM
PARAMETER CCLASS=TUBI, CNAME=GNETWORK, VARIABLE=FLOW CODE, VALUE=OLGA
Sources
Table 4-55a: SOURCE (CCLASS = SOURCE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization &
Calculator Variables:

CONLOWER Absolute lower values for optimizer constraint variables are changed
(Applies to valid constraint variables only.)
CONUPPER Absolute upper values for optimizer constraint variables are changed
(Applies to valid constraint variables only).

Variable

Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Fluid Type = Compositional
RATE(M) Molar Flow Rate X X
RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X X
RATE(LV) Standard Liquid Volume Flow Rate X X
RATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate X X
ERATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate Estimate X X
ERATE(LV) Std Liquid Volume Flow Rate Estimate X X
ERATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate Estimate X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature X X
PRESSURE Pressure X X
EPRESSURE Pressure Estimate X X
GAS VISC Gas Viscosity X
OIL VISC Oil Viscosity X
WAT VISC Water Viscosity X
GAS FRACTION Gas Fraction X
LIQ FRACTION Liquid Fraction X
GAS MW Gas Molecular Weight X
OIL MW Oil Molecular Weight X
WAT MW Water Molecular Weight X
AVG MW Average Molecular Weight X
TOTAL ENTH Total Enthalpy X
GAS DENSITY Gas Density X
OIL DENSITY Oil Density X
WAT DENSITY Water Density X
XLFEED(M) Component Mole Fractions X X
XLFEED(WT) Component Weight Fractions X X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
GHV Gross Heating Value X
GRATE WT S Gas Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE GV S Gas Lift Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE WT S Gas Lift Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE WT S Oil Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE WT S Water Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GRATE GV S Gas Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE LV S Oil Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE LV S Water Volulme Rate @ Std Conditions X
GRATE WT A Gas Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
ORATE WT A Oil Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
WRATE WT A Water Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
GRATE GV A Gas Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
ORATE LV A Oil Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
WRATE LV A Water Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
RATE WT S Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
GL RTE GV A Gas Lift Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
GL RTE WT A Gas Lift Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
NODE GLGRAV Gas Lift Gravity X
NODE GLDENS Gas Lift Density X
GAS MW S Gas Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
OIL MW S Oil Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
WAT MW S Water Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
AVG MW S AVG Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
Fluid Type = Blackoil
GOR Gas Oil Ratio X X
WATER CUT Water Cut X X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
TRACE Component Mole Fractions X X

Variable

Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
WRATE LV S Water Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
NODE OGRAV Oil Gravity X
NODE GGRAV Gas Gravity X
NODE WGRAV Water Gravity X
Fluid Type = Condensate (Gas)
CGR Condensate Gas Ratio X X
WGR Water Gas Ratio X X
COND DENSITY Condensate Density X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
NODE CGRAV Condensate Gravity X

Variable

Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Fluid Type = Steam
QUALITY Steam Quality (wt) X X
Fluid Type = Gas
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Fluid Type = Liquid

Variable

Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Sinks
Table 4-55b: SINK (CCLASS = SINK) Case Study, Time stepping, Optimization & Calculator
Variables

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
RATE(M) Molar Flow Rate X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature X
XLFEED(M) Component Mole Fractions X
XLFEED(WT) Component Weight Fractions X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X

Variable

Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
GOR Gas Oil Ratio X
WATER CUT Water Cut X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
TRACE Component Mole Fractions X

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
NODE GLGRAV Gas Lift Density X
CGR Condensate Gas Ratio X
WGR Water Gas Ratio X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Fluid Type = Steam
QUALITY Steam Quality (wt) X
Fluid Type = Gas
TEMPERATURE Temperature
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Fluid Type = Liquid
TEMPERATURE Temperature

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Junctions
Table 4-55c: JUNCTION (CCLASS = JUNCTION) Case Study, Time stepping, Optimization &
Calculator Variables

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
RATE(M) Molar Flow Rate X
RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X
RATE(LV) Standard Liquid Volume Flow Rate X
RATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate X
PRESSURE Pressure X
XLFEED(M) Component Mole Fractions X
XLFEED(WT) Component Weight Fractions X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
PRESSURE Pressure X
GOR Gas Oil Ratio X
WATER CUT Water Cut X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
PRESSURE Pressure X
CGR Condensate Gas Ratio X
WGR Water Gas Ratio X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Fluid Type = Steam
RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X
PRESSURE Pressure X
QUALITY Steam Quality (wt) X

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Fluid Type = Gas
PRESSURE Pressure X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Fluid Type = Liquid
PRESSURE Pressure X

Variable
Available as a
Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Pipe
Table 4-55d: PIPE (CCLASS = PIPE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables
* Flow Correlation is not supported for Time Stepping and Optimization.
Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
PIPE ID Pipe Inside Diameter X X
PIPE LENGTH Pipe Length X X
PIPE ELEV Pipe Elevation X X
ROUGHNESS Absolute Wall Roughness X X
RELROUGHNESS Relative Wall Roughness X X
FLOW EFF Flow Efficiency X X
PLM UPHILL Palmer Uphill Liquid Holdup Factor X X
PLM DOWNHILL Palmer Downhill Liquid Holdup Factor X X
FLOW CODE Flow Correlation* X X
U PIPE U-Value X X
AMBIENT TEMP Ambient Temperature X X
PIPE THICKNS Pipe Wall Thickness X X
PIPE COND Pipe Wall Conductivity X X
H INSIDE Inside Film Heat Transfer Coefficient X X
H OUTSIDE Outside Film Heat Transfer Coefficient X X
THICKNS INS Insulation Thickness X X
INS COND Insulation Conductivity X X
BURIAL DEPTH Burial Depth X X
SOIL COND Soil Conductivity X X
PIPE DP Pressure Change X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
TOT PIPE LNG Total Pipe Length X X
TOT PIPE ELV Total Pipe Elevation X X
Tubing
Table 4-55e: TUBING (CCLASS = TUBI) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
TUBE ID Inside Diameter X X
TVD (DEPTH) Set Vert Depth to Tubing Btm X X
MWD (LENGTH) Set Meas Wireline Depth to Tubing Btm X X
MWD AND TVD Scaled MWD AND TVD Depths X X
CTVD(TO TOP) Vertical Depth to Tubing Top X
CTVD(DEPTH) Vertical Depth to Tubing Btm X
CMWD(TO TOP) Measured Wireline Depth to Tubing Top X
CMWD(LENGTH) Measured Wireline Depth to Tubing Btm X
U TUBE U-Value X X
GEO TGRAD Geothermal Temperature Gradient X X
PLM UPHILL Palmer Uphill Liquid Holdup Factor X X
PLM DOWNHILL Palmer Downhill Liquid Holdup Factor X X
BTM HOLE P Bottom Hole Pressure X
TUBING DP Pressure Change X
Annulus
Table 4-55f: Annulus (CCLASS = ANNU) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
ANNULUS ID Annulus Casing ID X X
OD TUBE Annulus Tubing OD X X
TVD (DEPTH) Set Vert Depth to Annulus Btm X X
MWD (LENGTH) Set Meas Wireline Depth to
Annulus Btm
X X
MWD AND TVD MWD with Scaled True Vertical
Depth
X X
CTVD(TO TOP) Vertical Depth to Annulus Top X
CTVD(DEPTH) Vertical Depth to Annulus Btm X
CMWD(TO TOP) Measured Wireline Depth to
Annulus Top
X
CMWD(LENGTH) Measured Wireline Depth to
Annulus Btm
X
U ANNULUS U-Value X X
PLM UPHILL Palmer Uphill Liquid Holdup
Factor
X X
PLM DOWNHILL Palmer Downhill Liquid Holdup
Factor
X X
GEO TGRAD Geothermal Temperature
Gradient
X X
BTM HOLE P Bottom Hole Pressure X
ANNULUS DP Annulus Pressure Change X
Compressors
Table 4-55g: COMPRESSOR (CCLASS = COMPR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Pumps
Table 4-55h: PUMP (CCLASS = PUMP), ESP (CCLASS = ESP PUMP) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculator Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change Decision
Objective
Constraint
Decision
SET POWER Power X X
SET PRESSURE Pressure X X
MAX POWER Maximum Power X X
MAX PRESSURE Maximum Pressure X X
STAGES Number of Stages X X
COMPR EFF Compressor Efficiency X X
RPM RPM X X
MAX RPM Maximum RPM X X
COMPR DP Pressure Change X
REQ POWER Required Power X

Variable
Description
Available as a
Variable Parameter
Change Decision
Objective
Constraint Define
SET POWER Power X X
SET PRESSURE Pressure X X
MAX PRESSURE Maximum Pressure X X
STAGES Number of Stages X X
MEAS LENGTH Set Meas Wireline Depth to Pump Btm X X
VERT DEPTH Set Vert Depth to Pump Btm X X
PUMP EFF Pump Efficiency X X
RPM RPM X X
MAX RPM Maximum RPM X X
PUMP DP Pressure Change X
CTVD(TO TOP) Vertical Depth to Pump Top X
CTVD(DEPTH) Vertical Depth to Pump Btm X
CMWD(TO TOP) Measured Wireline Depth to Pump Top X
CMWD(LENGTH) Measured Wireline Depth to Pump Btm X
DEPTH CHANGE Pump Vertical Elevation Change X
PINTAKE Pump Intake Pressure X
FLD OVER PMP Submergence Depth (Fluid Over Pump) X X
CSG HEAD PRE Casing Head Pressure X X
GAS INGESTED Gas ingested by Pump X X
Heater
Table 4-55i: HEATER (CCLASS = HEAT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
Cooler
Table 4-55j: COOLER (CCLASS = COOL) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
SET DUTY Duty X X
MAX DUTY Maximum Duty X X
SET TEMP OUT Set Outlet Temperature X X
MAX TEMP OUT Maximum Outlet
Temperature
X X
HEATER DP Pressure Change X X
COEF Pressure Drop
Correlation Coefficient
X X
EXP Pressure Drop
Correlation Exponent
X X
REQ DUTY Required Duty X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure
X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature
X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
SET DUTY Duty X X
MAX DUTY Maximum Duty X X
SET TEMP OUT Set Outlet Temperature X X
MIN TEMP OUT Minimum Outlet
Temperature
X X
COOLER DP Pressure Change X X
COEF Pressure Drop
Correlation Coefficient
X X
EXP Pressure Drop
Correlation Exponent
X X
X
X
Completion
Table 4-55k: COMPLETION (CCLASS = COMPL) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Gaslift Valves
Table 4-55l: GAS LIFT VALVE (CCLASS = GAVL) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Chokes
Table 4-55m: CHOKE (CCLASS = CHOK) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
TUNNEL LNGTH Tunnel Length X X
PERF DIA Perforation Diameter X X
SHOT DENSITY Shot Density X X
THICKNESS Thickness X X
PENE Penetration X X
LENGTH Perforation Length X X
PERM-CRSH ZN Crushed Zone Permeability X X
PERM-RESERV Reservoir Zone Permeability X X
COMPL DP Pressure Change X
X
X
PERM-GRAVEL Gravel Permeability X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
GV RATE Lift Gas Rate X X
DISSOLVE Soluble Dissolved Lift Gas (vol basis) X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
CHOKE ID Inside Diameter X X
SET PRES OUT Set Outlet Pressure X X
SET PRES IN Set Inlet Pressure X X
Separators
Table 4-55n: SEPARATOR (CCLASS = SEPA) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
CHK RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X X
CHK RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Flow Rate X X
CHK RATE(GV) Gas Volume Flow Rate X X
COEF Resistance Coefficient X X
COEFF A Gilbert Coefficient A X X
COEFF B Gilbert Coefficient B X X
COEFF C Gilbert Coefficient C X X
CRIT PRATIO Critical Pressure Ratio X X
CHOKE DP Pressure Change X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Fluid Type: Compositional
SET GAS RATE Set Gas Rate X X
SET OIL RATE Set Oil Rate X X
SET H2O RATE Set Water Rate X X
GAS PERCENT Gas Percent X X
OIL PERCENT Oil Percent X X
H2O PERCENT Water Percent X X
GAS RATE Removed Gas GV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
LIQ RATE Removed Liquid LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
OIL RATE Removed Oil LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
H2O RATE Removed Water LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
GAS RATE(WT) Calculated Gas Mass Rate Removed X X
OIL RATE(WT) Calculated Oil Mass Rate Removed X X
H2O RATE(WT) Calculated Water Mass Rate Removed X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Regulators
Table 4-55o: REGULATOR (CCLASS = REGU) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Fluid Type: Blackoil
SET GAS RATE Set Gas Rate X X
GAS PERCENT Gas Percent X X
GAS RATE Removed Gas GV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
GAS RATE(WT) Calculated Gas Mass Rate Removed X X
Fluid Type: Condensate (Gas)
SET OIL RATE Set Oil Rate X X
COND RATE Condensate Rate X X
OIL PERCENT Oil Percent X X
COND PERC Condensate Percent X X
LIQ RATE Removed Liquid LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
OIL RATE Removed Oil LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
OIL RATE(WT) Calculated Oil Mass Rate Removed X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
REG PRESSURE Set Outlet Pressure X X
REG PSUCTION Set Inlet Pressure X X
REG RATE(WT) Total Weight Flow Rate X X
REG RATE(LV) Total Liquid Flow Rate X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Expanders
Table 4-55p: EXPANDER (CCLASS = EXPAND) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Valves
Table 4-55q: VALVE (CCLASS = VALV) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
REG RATE(GV) Total Gas Volume Flow Rate X X
REG DP Pressure Change X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
VALVE DP Pressure Change X
VALVE ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
VALVE ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
VALVE K Resistance Coefficient X X
VALVE KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
VALVE ANGLE Angle X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Injection
Table 4-55r: INJECTION (CCLASS = INJE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
DPDT Device
Table 4-55s: DPDT Device (CCLASS = DPDT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Paramete
r Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
SET INJ PRES Set Injection Pressure X X
SET INJ TEMP Set Injection Temperature X X
INJ TEMP Calculated Injection Temperature X
INJ PRES Calculated Injection Pressure X
INJECT DP Pressure Change X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
DP IN DPDT Pressure Difference X
DT IN DPDT Temperature Difference X
Q CV PT VAL Flowrates for Curve 1 X X
DP CV PT VAL Pressure Differences for Curve 1 X X
DT CV PT VAL Temperature Differences for Curve 1 X X
Q CV2 PT VL Flowrates for Curve 2 X X
DP CV2 PT VL Pressure Differences for Curve 2 X X
DT CV2 PT VL Temperature Differences for Curve 2 X X
MCOMP
Table 4-55t: MULTICHANGE COMPRESSOR (CCLASS = MCOMP) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Bend
Table 4-55u: BEND (CCLASS = BEND) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
SET POWER Power X X
W MAX POWER Warn Maximum Power X X
SET PRES IN Set Inlet Pressure X X
SET PRES OUT Set Outlet Pressure X X
MAX PRES OUT Warn Max Outlet Pressure X X
POUT STG Stage Outlet Pressure X X
W MAX TEMP Warn Maximum Temperature X X
TEMP STG Stage Outlet Temperature X X
DUTY STG Stage Duty X X
DP STG Stage Pressure Change X X
STG ADIA EFF Stage Adiabatic Efficiency X X
STG POLY EFF Stage Polytropic Efficiency X X
COMPR DP Pressure Change X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
BEND ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
BEND ROVERD Radius/Diameter Ratio X X
BEND ANGLE Angle X X
BEND K Resistance Coefficient X X
BEND KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
REL ROUGHNESS Relative Wall Roughness X X
Check Valve
Table 4-55v: CHECK VALVE (CCLASS = CHEC) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
CHISOLM LAMB Chisolm Lambda Coef X X
CHISOLM C2 Chisolm C2 Coef X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
CHECK ID Check Diameter X X
COEF Discharge Coefficient X X
CHECK DP Pressure Change X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Contraction
Table 4-55w: CONTRACTION (CCLASS = CONT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Entrance
Table 4-55x: ENTRANCE (CCLASS = ENTR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Exit
Table 4-55y: EXIT (CCLASS = EXIT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
CONTR ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
CONTR ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
CONTR ANGLE Contraction Angle X X
CONTR K Resistance Coefficient X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
ENTR ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
ENTR K Resistance Coefficient X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change Decision
Objective
Constraint Define
EXIT ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
EXIT K Resistance Coefficient X X
Expansion
Table 4-55z: EXPANSION (CCLASS = EXPANS) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Nozzle
Table 4-55aa: EXPANSION (CCLASS = EXPANS) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
EXPNS ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
EXPNS ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
EXPNS ANGLE Expansion Angle X X
EXPNS K Resistance Coefficient X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
NOZZLE ID Nozzle Diameter X X
NOZZLE ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
NOZZLE K Resistance Coefficient X X
NOZZLE CPCV Specific Heat Ratio X X
Orifice
Table 4-55ab: ORIFICE (CCLASS = ORIF) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Tee
Table 4-55ac: TEE (CCLASS = TEE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
ORIFICE ID Orifice Diameter X X
ORIFIC ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
ORIFICE K Resistance Coefficient X X
ORIFICE CPCV Specific Heat Ratio X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
TEE ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
TEE K Resistance Coefficient X X
TEE KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
REL ROUGHNESS Relative Wall Roughness X X
IPR
Table 4-55ad: IPR (CCLASS = IPR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
Calculator Unit
Table 4-55ae: CALCULATOR UNIT (CCLASS = CALCULATOR) Case Study, Time Stepping,

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
DP Pressure Change X
PPRES Reservoir Pressure Curve X X
AQCUM Reservoir Cum Production X X
AQOCUM Reservoir Oil Cum Production X X
AQLCUM Reservoir Liquid Cum Production X X
AQGCUM Reservoir Gas Cum Production X X
AQWCUM Reservoir Water Cum Production X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
R(0001) Calculator Result R1 X X
Optimization
Table 4-55af: OPTIMIZATION (CCLASS = OPTIMIZATION) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Objective Parameter
Table 4-55ag: OBJECTIVE PARAMETER (CCLASS = OBJECTIVE) Case Study, Time Stepping,

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
OBJ FUNC Value of Objective Function X
BEST OBJ FNC Best Value for Objective Function X
ITERATION Maximum Number of Iterations X X
DEFPERT Default Relative Perturbation X X
OBJTOL Minimum Relative Change in
Objective
X X
VARTOL Minimum Relative Change in
Decision Var
X X
DEF ERR TOL Default Error Tolerance X X
DAMPING Number of Cycles with Damping X X
DFACTOR Variable Damping Denominator X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
VALUE Current Value of Objective Parameter X
ACTIVE Status of Objective Parameter X X
COEF Coefficient for Objective Parameter X X
TARGET Target for Objective Parameter X X
ERROR Relative Error for Tuning Simulations X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
Constraint Variable
Table 4-55ah: CONSTRAINT VARIABLE (CCLASS = CONSTRAINT) Case Study, Time
Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator Variables:
Decision Variable
Table 4-55ai: DECISION VARIABLE (CCLASS = DECISION) Case Study, Time Stepping,

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
VALUE Current Value of Constraint X
ACTIVE Status of Constraint Variable X X
TIME Time for Constraint Change X X
ALOWER Absolute Lower Limit X X
AUPPER Absolute Upper Limit X X
RLOWER Relative Lower Limit X X
RUPPER Relative Upper Limit X X
MLOWER Mechanical Lower Limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical Upper Limit X X
ERROR Relative Error of Constraint X
SHADOW PRICE Shadow Price X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
VALUE Current Value of Decision Variable X
ACTIVE Status of Decision Variable X X
PERT Relative Perturbation X X
TIME Time for Variable Change X X
ALOWER Absolute Lower Limit X X
AUPPER Absolute Upper Limit X X
RLOWER Relative Lower Limit X X
RUPPER Relative Upper Limit X X
MLOWER Mechanical Lower Limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical Upper Limit X X
CAPT COST Capital Cost for Decision Variable X X
SHADOW PRICE Shadow Price X
PVT Data
Table 4-55aj: PVT DATA (CCLASS = PVTDATA) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Network Data
Table 4-55ak: NETWORK DATA (CCLASS = NETW) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization,
& Calculator Variables:

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
OIL GRAVITY Oil Gravity X X
GAS GRAVITY Gas Gravity X X
WATER GRAV Water Gravity X X
COND GRAVITY Condensate Gravity X X
COMP(M) Component Mole Fractions X X
LIQ SHEAT Liquid Specific Heat X X
VISCOSITY Viscosity X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature for Viscosity X X
GAS SHEAT Gas Specific Heat Ratio X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
OBJ FUNC Objective Function X
BEST OBJ FNC Best Objective Function X
PROD TIME Production Time X X
CUM PROD Cumulative Production X
PDAMP Pressure Damping X X
QDAMP Flowrate Damping X X
HALVING Interval Damping X X
MAXITER Maximum Number of Iterations X X
PRES TOLER Pressure Tolerance X X
SCALE FACTOR Scale Factor X X
MAX VEL GAS Maximum Gas Velocity X
MAX VEL LIQ Maximum Liquid Velocity X
MAX VSG Maximum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MAX VSL Maximum Superficial Liquid
Velocity
X
MAX MIX VEL Maximum Mixture Velocity X
MAX HL Maximum Liquid Holdup X
MIN VEL GAS Minimum Gas Velocity X
LINK
Table 4-55al: LINK (CCLASS = LINK) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
MIN VEL LIQ Minimum Liquid Velocity X
MIN VSG Minimum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MIN VSL Minimum Superficial Liquid
Velocity
X
MIN MIX VEL Minimum Mixture Velocity X
MIN HL Minimum Liquid Holdup X
NETWORK PIMB Minimum Pressure Imbalance X
STD TEMP Standard Temperature X X
STD PRES Standard Pressure X X
MIN TEMP Minimum Temperature X X
MIN PRES Minimum Pressure X X
MAX TEMP Maximum Temperature X X
MAX PRES Maximum Pressure X X
MAP NREMAP Network Remap Request X X
MAP NINSTAT Network Desired Active Status X X
RATE PERT Rate Perturbation X X
MAP NOUTSTAT Network Actual Active Status X X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
EFLOW RATE Flow Rate Estimate X X
FLOW RATE Flow Rate X
SET MAX RATE Set Maximum Flow Rate X X
SET MIN RATE Set Minimum Flow Rate X X
I PRES Inlet Pressure X
I TEMP Inlet Temperature X
O PRES Outlet Pressure X
O TEMP Outlet Temperature X
LENG PROFILE Length Profile X
ELEV PROFILE Elevation Profile X
TEMP PROFILE Temperature Profile X
PRES PROFILE Pressure Profile X
HLS PROFILE Slip Holdup Profile X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
HLNS PROFILE No Slip Holdup Profile X
VELG PROFILE Gas Velocity Profile X
VELL PROFILE Liquid Velocity Profile X
VELM PROFILE Mixture Velocity Profile X
I GRATE WT A Actual Gas Weight Rate @ Inlet X
I ORATE WT A Actual Oil Weight Rate @ Inlet X
I WRATE WT A Actual Water Weight Rate @ Inlet X
I GRATE GV A Actual Gas Volume Rate @ Inlet X
I ORATE LV A Actual Oil Volume Rate @ Inlet X
I WRATE LV A Actual Water Volume Rate @ Inlet X
O GRATE WT A Actual Gas Weight Rate @ Outlet X
O ORATE WT A Actual Oil Weight Rate @ Outlet X
O WRATE WT A Actual Water Weight Rate @ Outlet X
O GRATE GV A Actual Gas Volume Rate @ Outlet X
O ORATE LV A Actual Oil Volume Rate @ Outlet X
O WRATE LV A Actual Water Volume Rate @ Outlet X
I GAS DENS A Actual Gas Density @ Inlet X
I OIL DENS A Actual Oil Density @ Inlet X
I WAT DENS A Actual Water Density @ Inlet X
O GAS DENS A Actual Gas Density @ Outlet X
O OIL DENS A Actual Oil Density @ Outlet X
O WAT DENS A Actual Water Density @ Outlet X
I ENTHALPY Enthalpy @ Inlet X
O ENTHALPY Enthalpy @ Outlet X
MAX VEL GAS Maximum Gas Velocity X
MAX VEL LIQ Maximum Liquid Velocity X
MAX VSG Maximum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MAX VSL Maximum Superficial Liquid Velocity X
MAX MIX VEL Maximum Mixture Velocity X
MAX HL Maximum Liquid Holdup X
MIN VEL GAS Minimum Gas Velocity X
MIN VEL LIQ Minimum Liquid Velocity X
MIN VSG Minimum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MIN VSL Minimum Superficial Liquid Velocity X
MIN MIX VEL Minimum Mixture Velocity X
MIN HL Minimum Liquid Holdup X
GAS HOLDUP A Actual Cumulative Gas Holdup X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
I GLF DENS A Actual Gas Lift Density @ Inlet X
I GTO DENS A Actual Total Gas Density @ Inlet X
O GLF DENS A Actual Gas Lift Density @ Outlet X
O GTO DENS A Actual Total Gas Density @ Outlet X
LIQ HOLDUP A Actual Cumulative Liquid Holdup X

Available as a
Variable Variable
Description
Parameter
Change
Decision
Objective
Constraint
Define
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS Data Category of Input
Overview
The SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS Data Category of Input allows you to study the overall
performance of wells, pipelines and other single link systems as a function of one or two
parameters (or combinations of parameters) in the system. Multiple flow rates and
parameter variations can be simulated in a single Sensitivity Analysis run. This category
is optional.
Note: Before using this data section please read Nodal Analysis, p. 3-47. In the base case, both SOURCE
and SINK pressures must be supplied and the SOURCE RATE must be estimated.
Table 4-56: Sensitivity Category of Input
SENSITIVITY
Introduces the category.
NODE
Mandatory statement. Defines the Solution Node.
SENSITIVITY None p. 189
NODE NAME= or BOTTOMHOLE or SINK p. 189
{DESCRIPTION} INFLOW= or OUTFLOW= p. 190
{INFLOW} CGR()=, COEFFICIENT()=, COMPOSITIONAL()=,
DISSOLVE()=, DP()=, DUTY()=, EFF()=, EXP()=, FLOWEFF()=,
GOR()=, ID()=, IDANNULUS()=, II()=, NAME=, NODE=,
ODTUBING()=, PENETRATION()=, PERCENT()=, PERFD()=,
PI()=, POWER()=, PRESSURE()=, QUALITY()=, RATE()=,
ROUGHNESS()=, SHOTS()=, STAGES()=, TEMPERATURE()=,
TOUT()=, TUNNEL()=, U()=, VOGEL()=, WCUT()=, WGR()=,
COMB=MULTI
p. 190
{OUTFLOW} CGR()=, COEFFICIENT()=, COMPOSITIONAL()=,
DISSOLVE()=, DP()=, DUTY()=, EFF()=, EXP()=, FLOWEFF()=,
GOR()=, ID()=, IDANNULUS()=, II()=, NAME()=,
ODTUBING()=, PENETRATION()=, PERCENT()=, PERFD()=,
PI()=, POWER()=, PRESSURE()=, QUALITY()=, RATE()=,
ROUGHNESS()=, SHOTS()=, STAGES()=, TEMPERATURE()=,
TOUT()=, TUNNEL()=, U()=, VOGEL()=, WCUT()=, WGR()=,
COMB=MULTI
p. 193
FLOW RATE()= p. 193
Mandatory entries:
Example:
NODE NAME=TUB1
DESCRIPTION
Optional statements. Allow you to enter descriptions of the inflow and outflow
sensitivity analysis parameters. You need separate DESCRIPTION statements for Inflow
and Outflow.
Optional entries:
Example:
DESC INFLOW=RP2500, RP3000, RP3500
DESC OUTFLOW=ID2.0, ID2.5, ID3.0
INFLOW
Optional statement. Enter the details of the Inflow parameter and the values you wish to
use in the sensitivity analysis. You must supply either INFLOW or OUTFLOW or both.
The parameters that are accessible to the Sensitivity Analysis are divided into seven
categories, as defined in the table below. If you want to define a sensitivity parameter as
a group of variables, you may combine up to ten variables within one Category. You
may not combine variables in different categories.
NAME= or
BOTTOMHOLE or
SINK
Enter the name of the node between the Inflow and Outflow sections of the
link. If this is the name of a device, the Solution Node is at the inlet of that
device. Alternatively, use BOTTOMHOLE to place the Solution Node at the
flowing bottomhole of an injection well. Use SINK to locate the Solution
Node at the outlet of the last device, in which case the sink pressure can be
used as a Sensitivity Parameter.
INFLOW= Descriptions of the Inflow sensitivity parameter sets. Up to five strings of
up to twelve characters each, separated by commas. Each string corresponds
to an inflow parameter setting. This keyword cannot appear on the same
statement as OUTFLOW.
OUTFLOW= Descriptions of the Outflow sensitivity parameter sets. Up to five strings of
up to twelve characters each, separated by commas. Each string corresponds
to an outflow parameter setting. This keyword cannot appear on the same
statement as INFLOW.
Category 1: Source
Category 2: Sink
Category 3: Devices
NODE=or STREAMID of the Source.
NAME= Name of the Source. This is the name that appears on the statement in the base
case. To be available to Sensitivity Analysis, the Source must be given a unique
name in the base case.
PRESSURE()=
PI()=
VOGEL()=
COEFFICIENT()=
EXP=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a SOURCE, separated by commas.
You may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement. Refer to
the Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
COMB=MULTI This multiple combination option calculates all possible combinations of up to
five specified inflow and/or outflow parameters and performs a sensitivity
analysis on all combinations.
NODE=or STREAMID of the Sink.
NAME= Name of the Sink. This is the name that appears on the statement in the base
case. To be available to Sensitivity Analysis, the Sink must be given a unique
name in the base case.
PRESSURE()=
II()=
COEFFICIENT()=
EXP=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a SINK, separated by commas. You
may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement. Refer to the
Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
NAME= Name of the Device. This is the name that appears on the statement in the base
case. To be available to Sensitivity Analysis, the Device must be given a unique
name in the base case. The NAME entry on this statement must immediately
precede the data entries for the corresponding Device.
IDANNULUS()=
ODTUBING()=
ROUGHNESS()=
U()=
FLOWEFF=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for an ANNULUS, separated by commas.
COEFFICIENT=
ID()=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a CHOKE, separated by commas. You
PENETRATION()=
PERFD()=
SHOTS()=
TUNNEL()=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a COMPLETION, separated by
commas. You may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement.
Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
DP()=
DUTY()=
TOUT()=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a HEATER or COOLER, separated by
Category 4: Non-compositional Source Properties
Category 5: Main Source Composition
Example:
INFLOW NAME=PMP1, PRES=250,260,270,280,290
TEMPERATURE()=
PRESSURE()=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for an INJECTION, separated by
DISSOLVE=
RATE()=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a GLVALVE, separated by commas.
ID()=
ROUGHNESS()=
U()=
FLOWEFF=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a PIPE, separated by commas. You
EFF=
POWER()=
PRESSURE()=
STAGES=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a COMPRESSOR or PUMP,
separated by commas. You may not use qualifiers other than to change units of
measurement. Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for explanations of
the keywords.
RATE()=
PERCENT=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a SEPARATOR, separated by
ID()=
ROUGHNESS()=
U()=
FLOWEFF=
Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a TUBING, separated by commas.
GOR()=
WCUT=
CGR()=
WGR()=
QUALITY=
Enter up to five values of PVT parameter(s), separated by commas. You may
not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement. Refer to the
COMPOSITION()= Enter up to five values of COMPOSITION parameter(s), separated by commas.
You may not use qualifiers other than to change the basis. Refer to the Structure
Data Category of input for explanations of the keyword.
OUTFLOW
Optional statement. Enter the details of the Outflow parameter and the values you wish
to use in the sensitivity analysis. The OUTFLOW statement is formatted exactly the
same as the INFLOW statement. See INFLOW above for details. You must supply either
INFLOW or OUTFLOW or both.
FLOW
Mandatory statement. Defines the flowrates for which the Sensitivity Analysis is to be
performed.
Mandatory entries:
Sensitivity Examples:
SENSITIVITY
NODE SINK
DESC INFLOW=RESP2500,RESP2400,RESP2300,RESP2200,RESP2100
INFLOW NAME=RES, PRES=2500,2400,2300,2200,2100
DESC OUTFLOW=SINK500,SINK400,SINK300,SINK200
OUTFLOW NAME=SNK1, PRES=500,400,300,200
FLOW RATE=1000,2000,3000,4000,5000,5000,7000,8000
In this example, the reservoir pressure is the inflow parameter and the sink pressure is
the outflow parameter. In order to use the sink pressure, the Solution Node is defined as
SINK rather than NAME=SNK1.
SENSITIVITY
NODE NAME=SNK
INFLOW NAME=HTR1, DUTY=0,100,150, &
NAME=PIP1, U=0.025,0.05,1.5, &
NAME=PIP2, U=0.03,0.05,1.5
FLOW RATE=10000,12000,14000,16000,18000,20000
This example has an inflow parameter but no outflow. The inflow parameter is made up
of three variables - the heater duty and the heat transfer coefficients of the two pipes.
RATE()= Enter up to ten values of flowrate.
The flow basis is limited based on the fluid type as follows
Blackoil Liquid LV basis
Condensate Gas GV basis
Steam WT basis
Compositional LV, GV, WT basis
PSPLIT Data Category of Input
The PSPLIT Data Category of input allows you to define a phase split table for the
preferential phase split at junctions in steam systems. This category must be supplied if
the USER model is specified on any JUNCTION statement. Only one table may be
defined for all junctions within the steam network.
Table 4-57: PSPLIT Category of Input
PSPLIT
Introduces the category.
TABLE
Mandatory statement. Defines the table for the user defined phase split.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
TABLE LIQP=10/20/30/40/50, GASR=10000,20000, &
GASP=88,78,67,57,46/ 87,77,66,56,46
PSPLIT None p. 194
TABLE LIQP=liquid %/...,GASR=gas Reynolds No./..., GASP=gas %,gas %/... p. 194
LIQP= Up to 10 liquid weight percent values for the stream entering the junction,
separated by the slash (/) character.
GASR= Up to 10 values for gas Reynolds Number for the stream entering the
junction, separated by the slash (/) character.
GASP= Up to 10 sets of up to 10 gas weight percent values for the stream leaving the
junction and entering the outflowing link which has the smaller pipe inside
diameter for the first pipe in the link. The remainder of the flow goes into the
other link.
Each set must have the same number of entries, separated by commas, as the
number of LIQP values entered. There must be the same number of sets,
separated by the slash (/) character, as the number of GASR values entered.
User-Defined DP Correlations
PIPEPHASE makes it possible to incorporate up to four user-supplied pressure drop
correlation methods: two for pipes and two for well flow devices (tubings and annulus).
The user methods may be designed for single or multiphase fluid flow and may be used
in the same simulation input as PIPEPHASE supplied methods.
The user-written methods are selected in the same manner as the PIPEPHASE supplied
methods. The FCODE statement in General Data may be used to set user methods as
system defaults (see the General Data Category of input) or the user methods may be
individually selected on the PIPE statement via the FCODE keyword. User methods are
selected with the method codes UDP1 and UDP2.
User-defined DP correlations must be written in FORTRAN 77 and follow the naming
and interface conventions described in this category. The subroutines are compiled with
and linked to the PIPEPHASE program, replacing dummy subroutines with the same
names.
The mechanics of program compilation and linking varies between computing platforms
and are outside the scope of this manual. Your SimSci-Esscor representative can provide
you with specific information regarding your particular system configuration.
User-defined correlations may also be used with any of the fittings available in
PIPEPHASE. Please contact SimSci-Esscor for support in adding user-defined fitting
correlations. It is strongly recommended that user-written subroutines be thoroughly
tested before incorporation into PIPEPHASE, since erroneous pressure drops will
typically cause solution failure for the iterative calculation methods used in
PIPEPHASE. After incorporation into PIPEPHASE, user methods may be tested for
reliability by comparison with results from similar PIPEPHASE pressure drop methods.
FORTRAN Standards
FORTRAN 77 coding standards should be observed to avoid any possible conflicts with
the PIPEPHASE program, which is written according to these standards.
Standard calls are provided to the PIPEPHASE Moody friction factor function and the
PIPEPHASE compositional equilibrium flash subroutine. The latter may be used to
determine physical, transport and thermodynamic properties for compositional fluids, as
well as the phase splits for these fluids. No user access is provided to the non-
compositional fluid property routines used in PIPEPHASE.
Standard naming conventions must be used for the user-written pressure drop
correlations. All transfer of information between these subroutines and PIPEPHASE is
accomplished through the subroutine argument lists.
The following good coding practices should also be observed when developing user-
defined correlations:
Local variables should always be initialized, since many operating systems do not
perform this function.
As appropriate, user subroutines should test for calculation error conditions, i.e.,
zero divides, exponent overflows, etc.
User-computed results should be range tested as needed, with calculated results reset
to upper and lower bounds when necessary.
Efficient coding practices should be observed, since the pressure drop subroutines
are called repetitively during the iterative calculations. Inefficient coding will
greatly increase the computing time.
Only one RETURN statement should be used in the subroutine.
No STOP statements should be used in the subroutine. Control must always be
returned to the PIPEPHASE calling routines.
COMMENT lines should be used generously to simplify later analyses of the sub-
routine and to assist SimSci support personnel should assistance be required.
User Subroutine Specifications
For pipes (horizontal device) the following subroutine names must be used:
HUSER1 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 1
HUSER2 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 2
VUSER1 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 1 for vertical devices (TUBINGS,
ANNULUS)
VUSER2 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 2 for vertical devices (TUBINGS,
ANNULUS)
The following argument list must be used for all user pressure drop correlations, where
HUSER1or HUSER2 is substituted for NAME, as appropriate:
SUBROUTINE NAME (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP,IFLU,
DIR, IBOT, IFLO, IVH, Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO,
VISW, VISL, VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP,
GPIP, QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO,
SPGW, DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
The entries DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW and NREG must be determined in the user
subroutine and passed back to PIPEPHASE. NREG defaults to zero. All other
arguments are data passed from the user subroutine. Note that the arguments Z and
CMW are vectors and a local DIMENSION statement should be placed in the user
subroutine as follows:
COMMON/TOTBIN/BINRLI(16)
DIMENSION Z(50), CMW(50)
The arguments are described below in Table 4-58. Note that the units given below
always apply, regardless of the DIMENSION statement units used for the problem. The
user-defined DP correlation is called for each calculation segment
Table 4-58: Pressure Drop Subroutine Arguments
Argument Description
PIN
TIN
POUT
TOUT
PAVG
TAVG
Segment Inlet Pressure, psia
Segment Inlet Temperature, F
Estimated Segment Outlet Pressure, psia
Estimated Segment Outlet Temperature, F
Segment Average Pressure, psia
Segment Average Temperature, F
ICOMP Compositional Flag:
0 = Non-compositional
1 = Compositional
IFLU Fluid Type Flag:
0 = Single Phase Oil
1 = Single Phase Gas
2 = Single Phase Liquid
3 = Blackoil
4 = Condensate
5 = Steam or Compositional
IDIR Calculation Direction: -1 = Forward; +1 = Backward
IBOT = 0 when no IPR specified at source
= 1 for producing well with IPR specified at source
= 2 for injection wells
IVH = 1 for vertical devices. The pressure gradient returned is in the vertical
direction for vertical devices. Tubing and annuli are considered vertical
devices.
= 0 for horizontal devices. The pressure gradient returned is along the
device. Pipes are considered horizontal devices.
IFLO Flow Direction: +1 = FROM to TO nodes, -1 = TO to FROM nodes
Z Composition of Link, mol fractions, vector of 50
DENO
DENG
DENW
DENL
Oil Density, lb/ft
3
Gas Density, lb/ft
3
Water Density, lb/ft
3
Total Liquid Density, lb/ft
3
VISO
VISW
VISL
VISG
Oil Viscosity, cp
Water Viscosity, cp
Total Liquid Viscosity, cp
Gas Viscosity, cp
SFTO
SFTW
SFTL
Oil Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
Water Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
Total Liquid Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
QOPIP
QWPIP
QGPIP
QTPIP
Oil Rate, ft
3
/sec
Water Rate, ft
3
/sec
Gas Rate, ft
3
/sec
Total Flow Rate, ft
3
/sec
VELSL
VELSG
VELT
Superficial Liquid velocity, ft/sec
Superficial Gas velocity, ft/sec
Total Velocity, ft/sec
SPGG
SPGO
SPGW
Gas Specific Gravity (Dry Air = 1.0)
Oil Specific Gravity
Water Specific Gravity
DIAM
AREA
RUFF
AINCL
EFF
DELX
NOACC
Pipe Inside Diameter, ft
Pipe Cross Sectional Area, ft
2
Pipe Roughness, inches
Pipe Inclination angle, radians (pos. upward flow, neg. downward flow)
Flow Efficiency, fraction
Segment Length, ft
Acceleration term flag:
=0 include acceleration term
=1 exclude acceleration term
DELP Total Pressure Change across Segment, psi, where a negative sign indicates
pressure decrease
DEN2 In-situ Multiphase Density, used for calculating elevation pressure drop, lb/
ft
3
DPDLF Friction Gradient, psi/ft
DPDLW Elevation Gradient, psi/ft
Argument Description (cont.)
Table 4-59: Flow Regime Code for Output Reports
Saving Data for Output
Certain data, calculated in the DP routine, need to be saved in the BINRL1 array for
output. These are listed below in Table 4-60. The BINRL1 array enters the subroutine
through the TOTBIN labeled common. If data is not saved properly, this data will be
missing in the output report
Table 4-60: Saving Data for Output.
NREG NREG Flow Regime Output Abbreviation
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
---
Single Phase Gas
Single Phase
Segregated
Stratified
Wavy
Annular
Intermittent
Plug
Slug
Distributed
Bubble
Mist
Transition
Blank
1-PH
1-PH
SEGR
STRT
WAVE
ANNU
INTR
PLUG
SLUG
DIST
BUBL
MIST
TRAN
HL Liquid Holdup
CMW Component Molecular Weights, Vector of 50
Output Variable Description Units
BINRL1(1) SLIP DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(2) NO-SLIP DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(3) FRICTION VISCOSITY (CENTI-POISE)
BINRL1(4) FRICTION DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(5) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY (FT/S)
BINRL1(6) SUPERFICIAL LIQUID VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
BINRL1(7) FRICTION MIXTURE VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
BINRL1(8) NO-SLIP HOLDUP (DIMENSIONLESS FRACTION)
BINRL1(9) FRICTION REYNOLDS NUMBER (DIMENSIONLESS)
BINRL1(10) FRICTION FACTOR (DIMENSIONLESS)
BINRL1(11) ACCELERATION GRADIENT (PSI/FT)
BINRL1(12) TOTAL PRESSURE GRADIENT (PSI/FT)
BINRL1(13) FRICTION PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(14) ELEVATION PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(15) TOTAL PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(16) FRICTION ID (IN)
PIPEPHASE Flash Routine Interface
An interface is provided to the PIPEPHASE compositional flash routine. Based on a
user supplied pressure, temperature, and fluid composition, a variety of physical,
transport and thermodynamic properties are computed and returned. The phase split and
hold-up data are also returned.
The following standard call may be used from the user subroutine to access the
PIPEPHASE compositional flash routine:
CALL PVTCMP (0, UNUM, TEMPIN, PRESIN, ENTH, QUAL, Z, DUM1, DUM2, AMW, &
X, Y, W, HLNS, WLR, DENO, DENW, DENG, SPGO, SPGW, &
SPGG, VISO, VISW, VISG, HO, HW, HG, SO, SW, SG, &
SFTO, SFTW, WTO, WTW, WTG, TCRIT, PCRIT, TRED, &
PRED, ZFAC, CONOIL, CONWAT, CONGAS)
The user subroutine supplies the parameters UNUM, TEMPIN, PRESIN, and Z (which
is supplied to the user subroutine by PIPEPHASE). The remaining arguments are
returned to the user subroutine by interface subroutine PVTCMP. Note that Z, X, Y, and
W are vectors and must be dimensioned on a local dimension statement as follows:
DIMENSION Z(50), X(50), Y(50), W(50), AMW(50)
The significance of the various arguments are shown below in Table 4-61. Note that the
data must be supplied and returned in the dimensional units as shown, regardless of the
units selected on the DIMENSION statement for problem calculations.
Table 4-61: FLASH Routine Entries
UNUM A unique number between 1 and 99 to identify the call to PFTCMP
TEMPIN Temperature for calculations, R
PRESIN Pressure for calculations, psia
ENTH Total enthalpy of fluid, Btu/lb
QUAL Mass Fraction Vapor for the fluid
Z Fluid Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
DUM1, DUM2 Dummy variables
X Oil Phase Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
Y Vapor Phase Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
W Water Phase Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
HLNS No slip holdup
WLR Water/Liquid Ratio, volume basis
DENO Oil Density, Lb/ft
3
DENW Water Density, Lb/ft
3
DENG Gas Density, Lb/ft
3
SPGO Oil Specific Gravity QQQ
SPGW Water Specific Gravity
SPGG Gas Specific Gravity (Dry Air = 1.0)
Note that the Z vector is supplied by PIPEPHASE in the calling vector for the user-
defined DP correlation. Various temperatures and pressures are also supplied in the user-
defined DP correlation argument list from PIPEPHASE.
Moody Friction Factor Interface
The user may retrieve Moody friction factors from PIPEPHASE through interface
function FMOOD. Friction factors are retrieved with the following calling sequence:
where:
Examples
Examples of user-defined DP correlations are given in this category. The FORTRAN
code is listed below. Note that these examples were developed for illustrative purposes
and SimSci therefore makes no guarantee as to their accuracy or applicability.
VISO Oil Viscosity, cp
VISW Water Viscosity, cp
VISG Gas Viscosity, cp
HO Oil Enthalpy, BTU/Lb
HW Water Enthalpy, BTU/Lb
HG Gas Enthalpy, BTU/Lb
SO, SW, SQ Oil, Water, and Gas Entropies (Not currently available)
SFTO Oil Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
SFTW Water Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
WTO Oil Phase Molecular Weight
WTW Water Phase Molecular Weight
WTG Gas Phase Molecular Weight
TCRIT Pseudocritical temperature, R
PCRIT Pseudocritical pressure, psia
TRED Reduced Temperature
PRED Reduced pressure
ZFAC Gas Compressibility Factor
CONOIL Oil Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr-ft F
CONWAT Water Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr-ft F
CONGAS Gas Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr-ft F
FF = FMOOD (REYN, ROUGH)
FF = Moody Friction Factor
REYN = Reynolds Number
ROUGH = Pipe Relative Roughness
Example 1 Olimens Pressure Drop
The first example demonstrates the use of a user-added subroutine by calculating the
two-phase pressure drop, using Olimens correlation with Eaton holdups and Moody
friction factors. The two-thirds rule will be used for the pressure and temperature at
which the properties will be computed.
SUBROUTINE HUSER1
1 (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP, IFLU, IDIR, IFLOW,
2 Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO, VISW, VISL,
3 VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP, QGPIP,
4 QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO, SPGW,
5 DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
6 DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
C
C- LOCAL DECLARATIONS
C
DIMENSION Z(50),CMW(50)
DIMENSION X(50),Y(50),W(50)
C
C- CODE STARTS HERE
C
C USE TWO-THIRDS RULE TO FIND TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
C
PUSE = PIN + (2. / 3.) * (PIN - POUT)
TUSE = TIN + (2. / 3.) * (TIN - TOUT) + 459.67
C
C WE NEED TO COMPUTE THE TOTAL MASS FLOW RATE UP FRONT BEFORE
C THE CURRENT AVERAGE PROPERTIES ARE DESTROYED.
C MASS RATE WILL BE IN LB/SEC
C
RMASS = QOPIP * DENO + QWPIP * DENW + QGPIP * DENG
C
C NOW CALL PIPEPHASE FLASH ROUTINE TO GET PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
C AT TUSE AND PUSE
C
UNUM = 99
C
CALL PVTCMP(0,UNUM,TUSE,PUSE,ENTH,QUAL,Z,DUM1,DUM2,AMW,
1 X,Y,W,HLNS,WLR,DENO,DENW,DENG,SPGO,SPGW,
2 SPGG,VISO,VISW,VISG,HO,HW,HG,SO,SW,SG,
3 SFTO,SFTW,WTO,WTW,WTG,TCRIT,PCRIT,TRED,
4 PRED,ZFAC,CONOIL,CONWAT,CONGAS)
C
C GAS HOLDUP AND NO-SLIP TWO-PHASE DENSITY
C
HGNS = 1. - HLNS
DENL = WLR * DENW + (1. - WLR) * DENO
DENNS = HLNS * DENL + HGNS * DENG
C
C VELOCITIES
C
QTPIP = RMASS / DENNS
IF (DENG .NE. 0.0) QGPIP = QUAL * RMASS / DENG
RMASSL = (1. - QUAL) * RMASS
IF (DENL .NE. 0.0) QLPIP = RMASSL / DENL
QWPIP = WLR * QLPIP
QOPIP = (1. - WLR) * QLPIP
VELSL = QLPIP / AREA
VELSG = QGPIP / AREA
VELT = QTPIP / AREA
C
C LIQUID SURFACE TENSION AND NO-SLIP VISCOSITY
C
SFTL = WLR * SFTW + (1. - WLR) * SFTO
VISL = WLR * VISW + (1. - WLR) * VISO
VISNS = HLNS * VISL + HGNS * VISG
C
C NO-SLIP REYNOLDS NUMBER
C
RNUM = 1488. * DENNS * VELT * DIAM / VISNS
C
C CALL PIPEPHASE ROUTINE TO GENERATE MOODY FRICTION FACTORS
C
FF = FMOOD(RNUM,RUFF)
C
C CALL PIPEPHASE ROUTINE TO COMPUTE THE EATON LIQUID HOLDUP
C
IF (HLNS .LT. 1.E-6 .OR. HLNS .GT. 0.99999) GO TO 1000
C
CALL EEXHL (PUSE, VELSL, VELSG, SFTL, DENL,
1 VISL, VISG, DIAM, HL)
C
C HOLDUP IS COMING BACK IN HL - CHECK BOUNDARIES
C
IF (HL .LT. HLNS) HL = HLNS
IF (HL .GT. 1.0) HL = 1.0
GO TO 1010
1000 CONTINUE
IF (HLNS .LT. 1.E-6) HL = 0.0
IF (HLNS .GT. 0.99999) HL = 1.0
1010 CONTINUE
C
C TWO-PHASE DENSITY INCLUDING SLIP
C
DEN2 = HL * DENL + (1. - HL) * DENG
C
C MASS FLUX
C
BL = HL - HLNS
GTP = RMASS / ((1. - BL) * AREA)
C
C EFFECTIVE DENSITY AND OLIMENS ADJUSTED DENSITY
C
DEFF = DIAM * SQRT(1. - BL)
DOLI = (DENL * HLNS + DENG * HGNS) / (1. - BL)
C
C TOTAL FRICTION GRADIENT
C
DPDLF = -1. *(FF * GTP**2.) / (2. * DEFF* DOLI * 32.2 * 144.)
C
C ELEVATION GRADIENT
C FOR DOWNHILL FLOW USE STATIC HEAD FROM GAS ONLY.
C FOR UPHILL FLOW USE TOTAL TWO-PHASE STATIC HEAD.
C
IF (AINCL .LT. 0.0) GO TO 2000
C
C UPHILL OR VERTICAL FLOW
C
DPDLW = -1. * DEN2 * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
GO TO 2010
C
C DOWNHILL FLOW
C
2000 CONTINUE
C
DPDLW = -1. * DENG * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
C
C TOTAL GRADIENT - NO ACCELERATION TERM BEING COMPUTED
C
2010 CONTINUE
C
DPDLT = DPDLF + DPDLW
C
C TOTAL PRESSURE DROP ACROSS CALCULATION INCREMENT
C
DELP = DELX * DPDLT
C
C ALL DONE RETURN TO PROGRAM
C
RETURN
END
Example 2 Fancher and Brown Pressure Drop
The second example calculates two-phase pressure drop using the correlation of Fancher
and Brown. This routine is designed for use with non-compositional fluids.
SUBROUTINE HUSER2
1 (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP, IFLU, IDIR, IFLOW,
2 Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO, VISW, VISL,
3 VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP, QGPIP,
4 QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO, SPGW,
5 DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
6 DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
C
C PURPOSE: DEMONSTRATE THE USE OF THE USER-ADDED
C SUBROUTINE BY CALCULATING THE TWO-PHASE PRESSURE
C DROP USING THE CORRELATION OF FANCHER AND BROWN.
C
C AUTHOR(S): SIMSCI
C
C COMPLETION DATE: 15 SEPTEMBER 2006
C
C- LOCAL DECLARATIONS
C
DIMENSION Z(50),CMW(50)
DIMENSION X(50),Y(50),W(50)
REAL MWGAS, MOLGAS, LOGF
C
C CODE STARTS HERE
C COMPUTE THE NO-SLIP HOLDUP AND TWO-PHASE DENSITY
C
HLNS = (QOPIP + QWPIP) / QTPIP
WLR = QWPIP / (QOPIP + QWPIP)
DENL = WLR * DENW + (1. - WLR) * DENO
DEN2 = HLNS * DENL + (1. - HLNS) * DENG
C
WRITE (1,*) DENO,DENW,WLR,DENL,DEN2 =
C SINCE HOLDUP IS NOT CALCULATED BY FANCHER-BROWN, SET THE LIQD
C HOLDUP TO THE NO-SLIP HOLDUP
C
HL = HLNS
C
C CALCULATE THE GAS-LIQUID RATIO
C
GLR = 0.0
IF (QGPIP .EQ. 0.0) GO TO 1000
MWGAS = SPGG * 28.972
WTGAS = QGPIP * DENG
MOLGAS = WTGAS / MWGAS
VOLGAS = MOLGAS * 379.5
QLPIP = QOPIP + QWPIP
VOLLIQ = QLPIP / 5.615
GLR = VOLGAS / VOLLIQ
1000 CONTINUE
C
C COMPUTE THE FANCHER-BROWN FRICTION FACTOR
C FRICTION FACTOR IS BASED ON THE GAS-LIQUID RATIO
C
RVD = DEN2 * VELT * DIAM
C
IF (GLR .GT. 1500) GO TO 1100
C
IF (RVD .GT. 15) GO TO 1050
LOGF = 11.96044 * (ALOG(RVD))**(-1.83104)
GO TO 2000
1050 CONTINUE
LOGF = 0.09992 - 0.00106 * RVD
GO TO 2000
1100 IF (GLR .GE. 3000) GO TO 1150
LOGF = 0.37028 - 0.01151 * RVD
GO TO 2000
1150 CONTINUE
LOGF = 0.215 - 0.01 * RVD
2000 CONTINUE
FF = 10**LOGF
C
C COMPUTE THE TOTAL FRICTION GRADIENT
C
DPDLF = -1. * (FF * DEN2 * VELT**2.) / (2. * 32.2 * DIAM)
C
C COMPUTE THE ELEVATION GRADIENT
C
DPDLW = -1. * DEN2 * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
C
C COMPUTE THE TOTAL GRADIENT AND TOTAL PRESSURE DROP
C NO ACCELERATION TERM IS CALCULATED HERE
C
DELP = DELX * (DPDLF + DPDLW)
C
C ALL DONE - RETURN TO
C
RETURN
END
User-Defined Viscosity Correlation
The User-Defined Viscosity Correlation allows the user to define a user-added liquid
viscosity of a black-oil model. This method is applicable only for black-oil fluid models.
Note: See p. 48 for keyword inputs.
Implementing the Correlation
The user-written method is selected in the same manner as the normal viscosity method
such as API, Daqing, Twoelflin, etc.
User-defined viscosity correlations must be written in FORTRAN 77 and follow the
naming and interface conventions described in this category. The subroutines are
compiled and linked to the PIPEPHASE program.
The mechanics of program compilation and linking varies between computing platforms
and are outside the scope of this manual. It is described in the installation manual for
each platform.
Your SimSci representative can provide you with specific information regarding your
particular system configuration. It is strongly recommended that user-written
subroutines be thoroughly tested before incorporating into PIPEPHASE.
User Subroutine Specifications
The following argument list must be used for the user added viscosity correlation.
SUBROUTINE USRLIQVIS (QOPIP, QWPIP, DENO, DENW, SPGO, SPGW, PRES,
TEMP, VISL, QOSTD, QWSTD)
The following input variables are modified through the process of defining a user-
defined viscosity.
Input Variable Description Units
QOPIP In-Situ oil flow rate ft3/sec
QWPIP In-Situ water flow rate ft3/sec
DENO In-Situ oil Density lb/ft3
DENW IIn-Situ water density lb/ft3
SPGO Oil standard specific gravity
SPGW Water standard specific gravity
PRES Pressure psia
TEMP Temperature F
VISO Oil Viscosity cp
VISW Water Viscosity cp
QOSTD Oil standard flow rate ft3/sec
User-Added Viscosity Subroutine - Output Arguments
Common Blocks
The following internal common blocks must be included in the order presented.
The variable names /parameters used in USRVIS.CMN file are tabulated below
User is allowed up to 40 user-defined constants in designing a liquid viscosity
correlation to be used in PIPEPHASE.
Note: New Method Name is stored in variable VISLMTH.
The USERVIS.CMN file contains the following lines. This file should never be changed.
PARAMETER (MX_CONS=40)
CHARACTER*16 VISLABL, VISLMTH
COMMON /USRVIS1/VISLCON (MX_CONS), NVISCONS, VISLABL (MX_CONS), VISLMTH
Example Implementation
The following example shows how a user-added viscosity can be implemented in
PIPEPHASE. The FORTRAN code is listed below. Note that this example was
developed for illustrative propose and SimSci therefore makes no guarantee as to its
applicability.
Example - Daqing Viscosity Correlation
SUBROUTINE USRLIQVIS
1 (QOPIP, QWPIP, DENO, DENW, SPGO, SPGW, VISO, VISW,
2 PRES, TEMP, QOSTD, QWSTD, VISL)
C PURPOSE: DEMONSTRATE THE USE OF THE USER-ADDED SUBROUTINE IN
C CALCULATING THE VISCOSITY USING DAQING CORRELATION.
C AUTHOR (S): SIMSCI
QWSTD Water Standard flow rate ft3/sec
Output Variable Description Units
VISL Liquid viscosity cp
PARAM.CMN System- wide parameters
PRECIS.CMN Double precision statement
KCONS.CMN Dimensioning statement
USRVIS.CMN User defined viscosity
VISLCON (J) The Jth Constant for user defined Viscosity.
VISLABL (J) The Jth character label (16 characters) to describe VISLCON
VISLMTH Method label (16 characters)
NVISCONS Number of constants specified
Input Variable Description Units
C INPUT ARGUMENT
C QOPIP - In-Situ oil flow rate, ft3/sec
C QWPIP - In-Situ water flow rate, ft3/sec
C DENO - In-Situ oil Density, lb/ft3
C DENW - In-SituSitu water density, lb/ft3
C SPGO - Oil standard specific gravity
C SPGW - Water standard specific gravity
C PRES - Pressure, psia
C TEMP - Temperature, F
C VISO - Oil Viscosity, cp
C VISW - Water Viscosity, cp
C QOSTD - Oil standard flow rate, ft3/sec
C QWSTD - Water Standard flow rate, ft3/sec
C OUTPUT ARGUMENTS
C VISL - Liquid viscosity, cp
C MANDATED PIPEPHASE INCLUDE FILES
INCLUDE 'PARAM.CMN'
INCLUDE 'PRECIS.CMN'
INCLUDE 'KCONS.CMN'
INCLUDE 'USRVIS.CMN'
C SPECIFY DEFAULT EQUATION CONSTANTS
CUT1 = 0.006
CUT2 = 0.74
C
C1 = 7.1546
C2 = 2.7885
C3 = 0.6
C
C4 = 7.2799
C5 = 2.8447
C6 = 0.6
C
C7 = 7.2244
C8 = 2.8506
C9 = 0.6
C
C10 = 1.0
C11 = 2.8461
C
C12 = 2.7183
C13 = 7.0
C
AA1 = 3.3811
CC1 = 1.562
CC2 = 2.7183
CC3 = -0.03702
CC4 = 35.0
C
CC5 = 2.7183
CC6 = 3.5
CC7 = 35.0
C
AA2 = 3.3811
CC8 = 0.3892
CC9 = 2.7183
CC10= -0.02237
CC11= 50.0
C
CC12 = 2.7183
CC13 = 3.5
CC14 = 1.0073
CC15 = 35.0
IF (NVISCONS.GT.0) THEN
C CHECK FOR THE USER-DEFINED CONSTANT AND LABELS DECLARED
C
DO 100 J = 1, NVISCONS
IF (VISLABL (J). EQ.'CUT1') THEN
CUT1 = VISLCON (J)
ELSEIF (VISLABL (J). EQ.'CUT2') THEN
CUT2 = VISLCON (J)
ELSEIF (VISLABL (J). EQ.'C1') THEN
C1 = VISLCON (J)
C2 = VISLCON (J)
C3 = VISLCON (J)
C4 = VISLCON (J)
C5 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'C6') THEN
C6 = VISLCON(J)
C7 = VISLCON(J)
C8 = VISLCON(J)
C9 = VISLCON(J)
C10 = VISLCON(J)
C11 = VISLCON(J)
C12 = VISLCON(J)
C13 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'AA1') THEN
AA1 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'CC1') THEN
CC1 = VISLCON(J)
CC2 = VISLCON(J)
CC3 = VISLCON(J)
CC4 = VISLCON(J)
CC5 = VISLCON(J)
CC6 = VISLCON(J)
CC7 = VISLCON(J)
CC8 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'AA2') THEN
AA2 = VISLCON(J)
CC9 = VISLCON(J)
CC10 = VISLCON(J)
CC11 = VISLCON(J)
CC12 = VISLCON(J)
CC13 = VISLCON(J)
CC14 = VISLCON(J)
CC15 = VISLCON(J)
ENDIF
100 CONTINUE
ENDIF
C
WTWAT = DENW * QWPIP
WTOIL = DENO * QOPIP
WATCUT = WTWAT / (WTWAT + WTOIL)
C
C When weight water cut is less than 0.006 use pure oil viscosity
C correlation
IF (WATCUT.LT. CUT1) THEN
C Absolute temperature Kelvin conversion
TAVGC = (TEMP - 32.0)/1.8 +273.15
SPLL = DENO/62.4
VIS1 = 10.0**(10**(C1 - C2*LOG10 (TAVGC))) - C3
C
VIS2 = 10.0**(10**(C4 - C5*LOG10 (TAVGC))) - C6
C
VIS3 = 10.0**(10**(C7 - C8*LOG10 (TAVGC))) - C9
C
VISL = (VIS1 + VIS2 + VIS3)/3.0
VISL = SPLL * VISL
C
ELSEIF (WATCUT.GT. CUT2) THEN
PHIO = QOPIP / (QOPIP + QWPIP)
C
PHI = PHIO * (C10 + C11)
C
VISL = VISW * C12 ** (C13 * PHI)
ELSE
C
C Temperature to centigrade conversion
C
TAVGC = (TEMP - 32.0)/1.8
IF (TAVGC.LE. 50.0) THEN
AA1 = 3.3811
C
CC = CC1 * CC2 ** (CC3 * (CC4 + TAVGC))
C
VISL = CC5 ** (AA1 + CC6 * WATCUT + CC * (CC7 - TAVGC))
ELSE
AA2 = 3.3811
C
CC = CC8 * CC9 ** (CC10 * (CC11 + TAVGC))
C
VISL = CC12 ** (AA2 + CC13 * WATCUT - CC14
1 + CC * (CC15 - TAVGC))
ENDIF
ENDIF
C ----------------------------------------------------------------
C ---------------- END OF ROUTINE USRLIQVIS----------------------
C ----------------------------------------------------------------
RETURN
END
Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR)
The inflow performance represents the production rate from the petroleum reservoir as a
function of the drawdown, which is the difference in pressure between the reservoir and
the flowing well.
User-Defined IPR
The inflow performance relationship (IPR) for a completion zone within a well is a
relationship defining the production rate from the formation as a function of the
drawdown. The drawdown is a measure of the driving force represented by the pressure
differential between the undisturbed reservoir and the flowing well (usually at the sand-
face).
The IPR Model is defined as a type of PIPEPHASE device (other examples: PIPE,
PUMP, COMPLETION). Structurally, an IPR device should be configured downstream
of a pressure-boundary source. It will be the first (or upstream-most) element in a link
representing the connection between the well source and the surface gathering system
(the exception will be an injection sink where it will be the last device before the
downstream sink). Like any other device, an IPR device is a subprogram where the inlet
flow conditions of pressure, temperature and enthalpy, are processed as a function of the
flow rate through the device to calculate the outlet pressure.
The output from the IPR device model are the downstream or outlet conditions of
pressure, temperature and enthalpy. For most IPR devices, where temperature and
enthalpy variations can be ignored, the only relevant output from the IPR model is the
outlet pressure. In certain instances, the value of one or more of the internal process
variables are of significance to the end-user (e.g., breakthrough time from a coning
model). These variables are the secondary output from an IPR device model.
Built-in Variable List
A comprehensive set of built-in IPR variables have been made available for use as
labels in a user-defined IPR. This set, created for the internally-supported IPR models,
represents most of the commonly-used variables in defining IPRs. Note that the set of
available real variables are further subdivided by defining a separate indexed category
of variables, to be used for defining tabular data related to time-stepping and production
planning. Tables 4-62 through 4-65 show the lists of available variables.
Keyword Input
The keywords required for input to any user-defined model have been described
elsewhere. These keywords are required for two purposes:
To add to the list of in-built variables as needed for a specific IPR; and
To define the IPR characteristics for each of the completion zones associated with an
IPR device.
Subprogram Structure
A model number is selected from the available slots (numbers 1-20 are reserved for
internal development). The model number will be the basis for the corresponding
subroutine name: IPRnn, where nn represents the model number in I2.2 format (e.g.,
SUBROUTINE IPR06, or SUBROUTINE IPR99). The calling arguments to the
standard IPRnn subroutine will be:
SUBROUTINE IPRnn (P, T, H, WT, QOSTD, QGSTD, QWSTD, IPRERR)
The following input variables are modified through the process of the IPR device from
inlet (upstream) to outlet (downstream) conditions:
Note that for isenthalpic, isothermal IPR models, the pressure is the only variable that
changes.
The input variables are defined as:
Note: The mass flowrate is applicable for composition and steam models.
The corresponding output variable:
Common Blocks
The following internal common blocks must must be included:
P pressure, psia
T temperature, deg F
H enthalpy, Btu/lb
WT mass flowrate, lb/sec
QOSTD oil flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
QGSTD gas flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
QWSTD water flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
IPRERR - error code (0 - no error)
PARAMS.CMN System-wide parameters
PRECIS.CMN Double precision statement
KCONS.CMN Dimensioning statement
PRMIPR.CMN IPR-related parameters
CUNIT.CMN Unit conversions
The following common block will be needed for IPR models that use the pseudo-
pressure function utility:
The following local character declarations are needed to support the internal utility
modules and data handling facilities:
Data Extraction
The input data specific to an IPR defined through the keywords RVAL, IVAL and
ARRAY will be extracted through the following utility modules:
for extracting real values; and
for extracting integer values (note that an extract utility will not be provided for ARRAY
data in the initial release).
The variables in the calling arguments are:
Units Conversion Utility
The units conversion utility is described in , p. 4-220.
IPRCON.CMN In-situ density values (lb/ft3) for IPR calculation; these variables may
be used to develop user-added IPRs:
CONGDN - gas density
CONODN - oil density
CONWDN - water density
MFPCMN.CMN - common block for pseudo-pressure utility
CHARACTER LABEL *(MXCHAR), IFOUND*1
CHARACTER*(MXCHAR) RLABEL(3), ILABEL(1)
SUBROUTINE RXTRCT (LABEL, NCHAR, IFOUND, RVAL)
SUBROUTINE IXTRCT (LABEL, NCHAR, IFOUND, RVAL)
LABEL - variable label defined in the keyword input
NCHAR - number of unique identifying characters in the label
IFOUND - character flag (Y/N) indicating whether label was found
RVAL/IVAL - specific real/integer value
Calculation Utilities
The function of utility modules is to provide the developer of the user-added IPR with a
set of common tools that can reduce the development effort, provide consistency across
models, and eliminate the duplication of code. For the initial release, the calculation
utility modules provided have been restricted to a set of subroutines representing coning
calculations in horizontal wells. In particular, these are:
The Giger coning model for determining the critical rate, and
The Papatzakos method for calculating the time for breakthrough.
In addition this model will also determine the optimal well placement for dual (water
table and gas cap) drive reservoirs.
The Giger et al coning model calculates the critical oil production rate at which coning
occurs:
The output variable is:
The input variables are:
The Papatzakos et al. coning model calculates the breakthrough time for coning in a
horizontal well. For a dual cone model, when both gas cap and bottom water drive exist,
it also determines the optimal well placement in terms of the distance to the oil-water
contact in a vertical plane.
SUBROUTINE GIGER (KCAP, RKH, VISO, FVF, DENO, DENW, DENG, WSPA,
THICK, RLENG, QCRIT)
QCRIT - critical oil production rate, STB/D
KCAP - drive mechanism (1-bottom water, 2-gas cap, 3-dual)
RKH - horizontal permeability, mD
VISO - oil viscosity, cp
FVF - oil formation volume factor, reservoir volume per unit stock tank volume
DENO - oil density, lb/ft3
DENW - water density, lb/ft3
DENG - gas density, lb/ft3
WSPA - spacing between horizontal wells (or drainage length), ft
THICK - thickness of oil producing zone, ft
RLENG - length of horizontal well, ft
SUBROUTINE PAPAT (KCAP, RKH, RKZ, VISO, FVF, DENO, DENW, DENG, RLENG,
THICK, PHI, QO, TBT, OPT)
The output variables are:
The input variables are:
Secondary Output Utility
An output utility module has been developed to report (both output report and Results
Access) internal variables of interest (e.g., results from coning model):
All of the calling arguments are input variables:
Example Implementation
The following is an example for a user-added IPR in slot 21 (slot numbers 1-20 reserved
for internal models). This is a simple PI model for an oil producing formation.
SUBROUTINE IPR21 (P,T,H,WT,QOSTD,QGSTD,QWSTD,IPRERR)
C This subprogram determines the flowing well pressure in an oil (or water) well
C from the reservoir pressure and the production rates. For injection wells,it
C computes the pressure in the reservoir from the incoming flowing well pressure.
TBT - time to breakthrough, days
OPT - optimal placement (distance to oil/water contact in a vertical plane), ft
KCAP - drive mechanism (1-bottom water, 2-gas cap, 3-both)
RKH - horizontal permeability, mD
RKZ - vertical permeability, mD
VISO - oil viscosity, cp
FVF - oil formation volume factor, reservoir volume per unit stock tank volume
DENO - oil density, lb/ft3
DENW - water density, lb/ft3
DENG - gas density, lb/ft3
RLENG - length of horizontal well, ft
THICK - thickness of oil producing zone, ft
PHI - reservoir porosity
QO - oil production rate, STB/D
SUBROUTINE RINSRT (RVAL, NREAL, IVAL, NINT, RLABEL, ILABEL, MREAL, MINT)
RVAL - array of real values
NREAL - number of variables in RVAL array
IVAL - array of integer values
NINT - number of integers in IVAL array
RLABEL - 20-character label array corresponding to RVAL
ILABEL - 20-character label array corresponding to IVAL
MREAL - maximum number of variables in RVAL array (20)
MINT - maximum number of variables in IVAL array (5)
C Note: this algorithm is not valid for gas-basis deliverability calculations.
C Input Arguments:
C P pressure, psia
C QOSTD oil flowrate, std.ft3/sec
C QWSTD water flowrate, std.ft3/sec
C Output Arguments:
C P pressure, psia
C IPER error flag (0 - no error)
C Unused:
C WT mass flowrate, lb/sec
C QGSTD gas flowrate, std.ft3/sec
C Mandated PIPEPHASE include Files
INCLUDE PARAM.CMN
INCLUDE PRECIS.CMN
INCLUDE KCONS.CMN
INCLUDE PRMIPR.CMN
INCLUDE CUNIT.CMN
INCLUDE MFPCMN.CMN
C Mandated Declaration
CHARACTER LABEL *(MXCHAR), IFOUND*1
CHARACTER*(MXCHAR) RLABEL(3), ILABEL(1)
C Declarations for Output Utility
PARAMETER (MREAL = 20)
PARAMETER (MINT = 5)
DIMENSION RXVAL(MREAL), IXVAL(MINT)
C Initialize
IPRERR = 0
LABEL(1:4) =
C Extract Deliverability Basis
LABEL(1:5) = BASIS
CALL IXTRCT (LABEL,4,IFOUND,IVAL)
IF (IFOUND. EQ. Y) THEN
IBASIS = IVAL
ELSE
IPRERR = 1
GO TO 999
ENDIF
C Extract Productivity Index
LABEL(1:2) = PI
CALL RXTRCT (LABEL,2,IFOUND,RVAL)
IF (IFOUND.EQ.Y) THEN
PI = RVAL
ELSE
IPRERR = 2
GO TO 999
ENDIF
C Extract Traverse Direction Flag
LABEL(1:2) = FLOW
C Default traverse: pressure drop
ISIGN = - 1
CALL IXTRCT (LABEL,2,IFOUND,IVAL)
IF ((IFOUND .EQ. Y) .AND. (IVAL .EQ. 2)) ISIGN = + 1
C Note: this is just an illustration of the use of this flag (the only
C practical examples of pressure gain across a device would be a pump
C or a compressor model).
C Convert flowrate from internal units to user (keyword) units
ININDX = 2
INTCLS = 3
IOTNDX = IUTVEC (1, INTCLS, 1)
Q1 = TOBU (Q, INTCLS, ININDX)
Q = FROMBU (Q1, INTCLS, IOTNDX)
C Deliverability Basis
C Basis = liquid (oil & water)
IF (IBASIS .EQ. 2) THEN
Q = QOSTD + QWSTD
C Basis = oil
ELSEIF (IBASIS .EQ. 3) THEN
Q = QOSTD
ELSEIF (IBASIS .EQ. 4) THEN
C Basis = water
Q = QWSTD
C Unsupported basis
ELSE
IPRERR = 3
GO TO 999
ENDIF
C Calculate Drawdown
DD = PI * Q
C Secondary Output
RXVAL(1) = DD
RLABEL(1) = Pressure Drawdown =
CALL RINSRT (RXVAL, 1, IXVAL, 0, RLABEL, ILABEL, MREAL, MINT)
C Convert drawdown from user units to internal () units
INTCLS = 10
ININDX = IUTVEC (1, INTCLS, 1)
IOTNDX = 1
DD = TOBU (DD, INTCLS, ININDX)
C Calculate Downstream Pressure from Drawdown
P = P + ISIGN * DD
999 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
Variables and Arrays for User-Defined IPR Models
Real Variables
Table 4-62: Available Real Variables
(Usage: RVAL=LABEL1,X1/LABEL2,X2....)
CLAMINAR laminar flow coefficient in LIT formulation
COEF coefficient of gas deliverability equation
CPSS constant in pseudo steady-state equation
CTURBULENT turbulent flow coefficient in LIT formulation (default=0.0)
CUMVOL cumulative volume produced (default=0.0)
ECHG elevation change
EXP exponent of gas deliverability equation (default=0.5)
FVF liquid formation volume factor
ID diameter of tubular at sand-face through which significant pressure drop occurs (used
when NSEG1)
KX permeability in x-direction
KY permeability in y-direction
KZ permeability in z-direction (vertical permeability)
LENGTH length of horizontal well, or producing zone thickness for vertical wells
MPCONS constant in pseudo-pressure integral (default=2.0)
PDEPTH depth of measurement point (default=sandface)
PMIN minimum pressure limit (also reference) for pseudo-pressure calc.
PMAX maximum pressure limit for pseudo-pressure calculation (default=reservoir pressure)
PI productivity index
PITURB coefficient of turbulent flow term in PI equation (default=0.0)
PRES reservoir pressure
QMAX maximum flowrate or absolute open flow potential (AOFP) in Vogels equation
RESA length (coarse) of reservoir in x-direction (perpendicular to well)
Indexed Real Variables
Table 4-63: Available Indexed Real Variables (used for TABULAR)
RESB width (coarse length) of reservoir in y-direction (parallel to well)
RW wellbore radius
SKIN dimensionless reservoir infinitesimal skin (default=0.0)
SPI specific productivity index, PI per unit length (used when NSEG1)
THICKNESS average formation thickness
VISL liquid phase viscosity
VOGCONS constant in Vogels equation (default=0.2)
VOGEXP exponent in Vogels equation
XCORD x-coordinate of the horizontal well
Y1CORD y1-coordinate of the horizontal well
Y2CORD y2-coordinate of the horizontal well
ZCORD z-coordinate of the horizontal well
(Usage: RVAL=LABELij,X1/LABELij,X2....)
PRESi reservoir pressure at i-th cumulative production volume
TQCUMi i-th cumulative (default fluid) production volume (for i=1,..,5); based on fluid model:
liquid - liquid volume
gas - gas volume
blackoil - oil and water volume
condensate - gas volume
compositional - mass
steam - mass
TQGCUMi i-th cumulative gas production volume (for i=1,..,5)
TQLCUMi i-th cumulative liquid production volume
TQOCUMi i-th cumulative oil production volume
TQWCUMi i-th cumulative water production volume
PWFij flowing well pressure at i-th cumulative production (or reservoir pressure), for the j-th
point on the IPR curve (for j=1,...6)
QFij j-th flowrate on the IPR curve for the i-th cumulative production (or reservoir
pressure)
(Usage: RVAL=LABEL1,X1/LABEL2,X2....)
Integer Variables
Table 4-64: Available Integer Variables
Note: For user defined IPR, each user has the freedom to define his or her own labels and interpret the data
in any way. The RXTRCT and IXTRCT utilities extract the real and integer data by label.
(Usage: IVAL=LABEL1,I1/LABEL2,I2....)
BASIS deliverability basis:
1- gas
2- liquid
3- oil
4- water
5- mass
DRAWDOWN
basis for drawdown calculation:
0- conventional (default): difference of squares of pressures for gas; difference in
actual pressures for liquid basis
1- difference in pseudo-pressure function m(p) for gasbasis, with the integration
constant equal to 2
2- difference in pseudo-pressure function m(p) for gas basis with integration constant
calculated from
T
sc
= standard temperature (519.67 R)
P
sc
= standard pressure (14.7 psia)
T
res
= reservoir temperature
3- difference in m(p) for gas basis, with user-specified const
IMODEL
model used for curve fitting (default = linear interpolation)
1- Productivity index (straight line)
2- Vogel
3- Fetkovich
4- LIT
FLOW traverse direction:
1- forward (default)
2- reverse
NPSEG number of segments for pseudo-pressure calculations (default=50)
NSEG number of equal IPR segments; when NSEG 1, PIPEPHASE internally creates sub-
surface sources. This feature is useful in modeling horizontal wells or excessively thick
vertical pay zones
Cons t tan
T
sc
P
sc
T
res
------------------ =
Arrays
Table 4-65: Available Arrays
(Usage: ARRAY=LABEL1,X1,X2,X3.../LABEL2,Y1,Y2,Y3...)
AQCUM cumulative reservoir fluid production; based on fluid model:
liquid - liquid volume
gas - gas volume
blackoil - oil and water volume
condensate - gas volume
compositional - mass
steam - mass
AQGCUM cumulative reservoir gas production
AQLCUM cumulative reservoir liquid production
AQOCUM cumulative reservoir oil production
AQWCUM cumulative reservoir water production
PPRES reservoir pressure (as a function of cumulative production)
DECLINERATE pressure-compressibility (p/z) decline rate for gas reservoirs
Chapter 5
Results
Chapter Contents
Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Description of Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intermediate Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Solution Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Thermodynamic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Network Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Source Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Network Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Case Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lift Gas Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PVTGEN Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Network Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Inflow Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Flash Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Separator Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Link Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Node Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Device Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Structure Data Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5-2 Results
Velocity Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Results Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Link Device Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Pressure and Temperature Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Pressure and Temperature Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Phase Envelope Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Phase Envelope Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Holdup and Velocity Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Pressure Gradient Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Link Property Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Viscosity and Density Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Friction and Surface Tension Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Slug Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Case Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sphering Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Results Access System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
About This Chapter
This chapter contains information about the reports produced by PIPEPHASE. It
describes which reports are available and gives examples of many types.
The chapter first gives a full list of the reports available, along with brief descriptions.
The list is in the order in which the reports will appear in your output. If you want to
know what reports you must produce in order to get any specific information, this is
where to look. This chapter also tells you which reports are always produced, which are
produced by default, and which are produced only by specific request. The options to
request or suppress each report are also described.
The chapter then goes on to give examples of the reports. The examples are presented in
the same order as the list of reports. For clarity and brevitys sake, the output shown is
not the complete output from a specific run. To illustrate the different features, selected
parts of the output are taken from examples given in the PIPEPHASE Application Briefs.
Report Options
The PIPEPHASE ASCII output is designed to provide concise information within
80 columns. The main PRINT statement in the General Data Category of input (see the
PRINT statement in Chapter 4, Input Reference) controls the overall level of printout. A
number of printout options are available to enable you to select the amount of
information that you require. For example, if additional information for only some of the
links is required, you need only set the PRINT option on the LINK statements for the
ones you want. If the PRINT option is entered on any link, detail reports will not be
produced for links which do not also have the PRINT option.
If stream property tables are being generated, tables and plots of the properties against
temperature and pressure can be produced by using the PRINT and PLOT options on the
GENERATE statement.
The output is normally produced in the units of measurement you defined globally as
input units. Instead of this output, or in addition to it, you can request an output in a
different set of units using the OUTDIMENSION statement in the General Data
Category of the input.
Description of Reports
The output from a simulation is in three main sections that correspond to the three phases
of the PIPEPHASE simulation run. These are the input check and input data reprint,
intermediate solution history and output, and the final results output. PIPEPHASE will
only continue from one section to the next if no errors are detected. If errors are found,
either in the users input data or during the solution procedure itself, self-explanatory
messages will be printed and the simulation will either terminate or, in the case of a
solution procedure error, PIPEPHASE will try to resolve the problem and continue with
the simulation.
Input Reprint
A reprint of your keyword input data file will always be created showing any syntax
errors you have made. If there are no syntax errors, PIPEPHASE then cross-checks the
data for logic and consistency. By default, it also prints out the full set of input data
which shows all the default values used, as well as the user-supplied data. All, or part, of
this full input data reprint can be suppressed, if desired.
The full input data reprint shows the data for all the data sections in the simulation. All
the possible categories of input are as follows:
5-4 Results
Table 5-1: Input Data Categories
A single simulation run cannot include all these data sections. For options, see PRINT,
p. 4-28.
Intermediate Printout
During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE iterates until it converges to within the error
tolerance you set or that is set by default. A summary of any errors or warnings
encountered during that iteration will be produced at the end of each iteration. The ITER
option on the PRINT statement can be used to request additional printout which shows
flowrates and pressures at each iteration of the solution path. This can be particularly
useful if you have inadvertently given conflicting specifications in the problem setup and
the program has failed to resolve the inconsistencies.
If well test data have been specified, the inflow performance coefficient is calculated
before the solution calculations and the report appears in the intermediate output.
Solution Output
The solution output is made up of a number of sections as shown below. These sections
are listed in the order they appear in the output report, although not all simulation modes
will produce all sections (see Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE).
Component Data General Data
Thermodynamic Data PVT Data
Assay Data Source Data
Structure Data Network Connectivity
Case Study Sizing Data
Time Stepping Data Optimization Data
PVTGEN Results Sensitivity Analysis Data
Table 5-2: Solution Output
Flash Report
A flash report is produced by default for each node
in a compositional run unless property tables are
being used. This report contains the temperature,
pressure, composition, flowrate, and properties for
each phase present at each node. The flash report
can be suppressed by the FLASH=NONE option on
the PRINT statement.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Separator Report
A separator report is produced for each separator in
a compositional run unless property tables are being
used. This report contains the temperature, pressure,
composition, flowrate, and properties for each
separator product.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Link Summary
The link summary is produced by default for all
PIPEPHASE simulations and shows the flowrates,
pressure, temperature, and holdups for each link in a
tabular format. The flowrates displayed are the
volumetric rates at actual flowing conditions for
each phase. This report can be suppressed by the
SUMM=NEW option on the PRINT statement.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Node Summary
The node summary is produced by default and
shows the flowrates, pressure, and temperature at
each node in a tabular format. The flowrate is shown
for each phase, but the flow basis depends on the
fluid type. For a single-phase liquid or gas, standard
volumetric rates are shown. If the non-
compositional fluid is steam, weight flowrates and
quality are printed. For a compositional fluid, weight
flowrates and gravity are also given. This report can
be suppressed by the SUMM=NEW option on the
PRINT statement.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Device Summary
The device summary is produced by default and
summarizes each device (pipe, fitting, or item of
process equipment) in the order in which they were
defined in the link. The table shows the correlation
used, inside diameter, length, elevation change,
liquid holdup and the outlet temperature, pressure
and liquid fraction. The device summary can be
suppressed by the DEVICE=NONE or
SUMM=NEW options on the PRINT statement.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Structure Data
Summary
The structure data summary is produced by default
and contains information for link devices including
length, elevation change and K-factor. This report
can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD option on
P. 4-28 PRINT
Velocity Summary
The velocity summary is produced by default and
contains link fluid velocity-related information such
as inlet and outlet velocities, critical velocity (see ,
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description), pressure
gradient and the pressure drop per device. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Results Summary
The results summary is produced by default and
contains flow, pressure, temperature and quality
information for device inlet and outlet points. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
P. 4-28 PRINT
Table 5-2: Solution Output (cont.)
5-6 Results
Link Device Detail
Report
The DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL option on
the PRINT statement generates a link device detail
report for every link in the simulation. The PRINT
option on the LINK statements can be used to
restrict the report to specific links. The report for
each link is in several sections:
P. 4-28 PRINT
P. 4-89 LINK
Pressure and Temperature Report - For pipes and
fittings, this shows the dimensions, pressure,
temperature, heat transfer coefficient, and ambient
temperature. For items of process equipment, the
calculated parameters, such as pump power or valve
resistance coefficient, are shown.
Pressure and Temperature Plots - If the
PLOT=FULL option is specified on the PRINT
statement, the pressure and temperature profiles
along the link are plotted.
Phase Envelope - For compositional fluids, a phase
envelope is produced when the PLOT=FULL option
is specified. A phase envelope plot and tabular data
are both shown.
Holdup and Velocity Detail Report - The liquid
holdup, liquid, gas and mixed phase fluid velocities,
flow regime, and sonic velocity are shown for each
calculation segment in the link.
Pressure Gradient Detail Report - This report is
only produced if the DEVICE=FULL option is
invoked on the PRINT statement. It shows the
pressure gradient and pressure drop in each
calculation segment and identifies the frictional and
elevation contributions of this value.
Taitel-Dukler Flow Regime Map - This is
produced for two-phase flow in links by specifying
the MAP=TAITEL option on the PRINT statement
along with DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.
Link Property
Detail Report
The PROPERTY=PART or PROPERTY=FULL
option on the PRINT statement generates a link
property detail report for every link in the
simulation. The PRINT option on the LINK
statements can be used to restrict the report to
specific links. The report for each link is in several
sections:.
P. 4-28 PRINT
P. 4-89 LINK
Viscosity and Density Results - This report shows
the viscosity and density at actual flowing
conditions for each phase at each calculation
segment.
Friction and Surface Tension Results - In addition
to the friction factor and surface tension, this report
shows the Reynolds number and the other properties
from which the friction factor is calculated.
Heat Transfer Calculations - This report is
produced only if the PROPERTY=FULL option is
specified on the PRINT statement. The report shows
fluid thermal conductivity and the thermal
resistances for each calculation segment. For
compositional or steam simulations, the phase
enthalpies are also shown. Hydrate formation is
flagged for compositional runs
Slug Report The SLUG option is used to create a Statistical Slug
Model report. DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL
must be specified on the PRINT statement and the
report is only produced for single link calculations
with two-phase flow at the outlet.
P. 4-28PRINT
Case Summary
This report is produced for all simulations which use
the case study feature. The report summarizes the
node pressures, temperatures and flowrates for each
case study to allow easy comparisons of the cases.

Sensitivity
Analysis
When the sensitivity analysis feature is used, none
of the standard link, node, or device reports are
produced. Instead, a special sensitivity analysis
output is generated. It compares the node pressures,
temperatures, and flowrates for each of the specified
inflow and outflow parameters. Results are
presented in tabular and graphical form.
P. 5-35Nodal Analysis
(Sensitivity)
Sphering Report
This report is produced for all sphering calculation
runs. It shows the pressure, temperature, and
flowrate in the zones in front of, and behind, the
sphere as it proceeds along the pipeline. It also
shows the slug delivery time and rate and the time
required for the pipeline to re-establish steady state.
P. 5-35Nodal Analysis
(Sensitivity)
5-8 Results
Input Reprint Examples
The input data reprint can be lengthy for large networks and can be partially or fully
suppressed by entering INPUT=PART or INPUT=NONE on the PRINT statement in the
General Data Category of input. It is generally best to use the default (INPUT=FULL)
when first running a simulation and only reduce the amount of reprint when the data are
known to be correct. Even with INPUT=NONE, the keyword data file is always printed
to the output.
Thermodynamic Data
Component Data
The following data
section appears at the
front of the data
reprint when
INPUT=FULL is
entered on the PRINT
statement. Component
properties for the
thermodynamic set are
reprinted first.
DATA FOR SET 'SET01'

GRAYSON STREED PURE COMPONENT DATA

COMP CRITICAL CRITICAL ACENTRIC MOLAR SOLUBILITY
TEMPERATURE PRESSURE FACTOR VOLUME PARAMETER
DEG F PSIG BBL/LB-MOL
---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 90.14 693.65 0.1064 0.1940 6.0500
2 206.01 601.65 0.1538 0.2397 6.4000
3 274.96 514.36 0.1825 0.3010 6.7300
4 305.60 536.40 0.1953 0.2893 6.7300
5 369.03 475.71 0.2104 0.3349 7.0200
6 385.70 473.94 0.2387 0.3312 7.0200
7 423.16 547.27 0.2348 0.2944 7.6741
8 454.42 518.46 0.2548 0.3159 7.7260
9 483.27 493.03 0.2750 0.3367 7.7673
10 511.30 469.34 0.2961 0.3577 7.8024
This is followed by
the thermodynamic
method for each unit
operation (usually the
same).

THERMODYNAMIC SETS USED FOR EACH UNIT OPERATION

DEFAULT METHOD IS SET01

THERMODYNAMIC SET UNIT OPERATIONS
----------------- ---------------
SET01
A list of the methods
used for each
thermodynamic
property is then
shown.
THERMODYNAMIC METHODS USED FOR EACH SET

THERMODYNAMIC SET SET01 (DEFAULT)

PROPERTY METHOD
-------- ------
KVALUE(VLE) GRAYSON-STREED
KVALUE(LLE) UNSPECIFIED
KVALUE(SLE) UNSPECIFIED
LIQUID ENTHALPY LEE-KESLER
VAPOR ENTHALPY LEE-KESLER
LIQUID DENSITY API
VAPOR DENSITY LEE-KESLER
LIQUID ENTROPY CURL-PITZER
VAPOR ENTROPY CURL-PITZER
LIQUID VISCOSITY PETROLEUM
VAPOR VISCOSITY PETROLEUM
LIQUID CONDUCTIVITY PETROLEUM
VAPOR CONDUCTIVITY PETROLEUM
SURFACE TENSION PETROLEUM
LIQUID DIFFUSIVITY UNSPECIFIED
Note: The above is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files.

General Data
In this example, the
first components are
from the library and
the rest are from an
assay.
COMPONENT NBP CRIT. TEMP. CRIT. PRES. CRIT. VOLM.
F F PSIG BBL/LB-MOL
--------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 C2 -127.534 90.140 693.648 0.4222
2 C3 -43.726 206.006 601.652 0.5792
3 IC4 10.886 274.964 514.358 0.7503
. . . . .
. . . . .
7 NBP 111 111.803 423.164 547.267 0.8123
8 NBP 138 138.274 454.420 518.464 0.8810
9 NBP 163 163.294 483.268 493.027 0.9482
10 NBP 188 188.139 511.305 469.336 1.0173

COMPONENT ACEN. FACT. HEAT FORM. G FORM.
BTU/LB-MOL BTU/LB-MOL
--------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 C2 0.09860 -36120.21 -13810.45
2 C3 0.15290 -44650.04 -10139.64
3 IC4 0.17720 -57870.16 -9121.45
4 NC4 0.20130 -54072.23 -7169.22
. . . .
. . . .
7 NBP 111 0.23478 -13716.71 MISSING
8 NBP 138 0.25480 -30070.22 MISSING
9 NBP 163 0.27497 -35014.72 MISSING
10 NBP 188 0.29608 -40097.76 MISSING
Note: The above report is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files.
By default, fixed
properties are listed
for all components in
the simulation. This
includes library
components, defined
petroleum
components and assay
derived pseudo-
components.
COMPONENT COMP. TYPE PHASE MOL. WEIGHT API
--------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 C2 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 30.070 265.526
2 C3 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 44.097 147.208
3 IC4 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 58.124 119.788
. . . . .
. . . . .
7 NBP 111 ASSAY CUT VAP/LIQ 72.781 68.931
This includes all the
dimensional units,
global default values,
flow codes and print
options.
CALCULATION OPTIONS
RUN TYPE........ NETWORK
FLUID TYPE...... LIQUID
HEAT BALANCE WILL BE TURNED OFF

DIMENSIONAL UNITS - ENGLISH
TEMPERATURE..... DEG F PRESSURE........ PSIG
MOLAR RATE...... MOLE/HR WEIGHT RATE..... LB/HR
LIQUID RATE..... GAL/MIN VAPOR RATE...... MM FT3/HR
COARSE LENGTH... FT FINE LENGTH..... IN
DENSITY/GRAVITY. DEG API VISCOSITY....... CP
DUTY............ MM BTU/HR POWER........... HP
VELOCITY........ FT/SEC
ADDITIONAL OUTPUT UNITS - SI
DEFAULTS
FLOW EFFICIENCY............ 100.00 PERCENT
HAZEN-WILLIAMS COEFF....... 150.00
ROUGHNESS.................. 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE........ 80.00 DEG F
TEMPERATURE GRADIENT....... 1.00 DEG F/100 FT
TUBING U-FACTOR............ 1.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ANNULUS U-FACTOR........... 1.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
INSIDE FILM COEFFICIENT.... 0.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
OUTSIDE FILM COEFFICIENT... 0.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
RADIANT COEFFICIENT........ 0.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
INSIDE DIAMETER - PIPE..... 4.026 IN
INSIDE DIAMETER - TUBING... 4.026 IN
INSIDE DIAMETER - ANNULUS.. 6.065 IN
THICKNESS - PIPE........... 0.200 IN
5-10 Results
PVT Data
CONDUCTIVITY - PIPE........ 29.000 BTU/HR-FT-F
THICKNESS - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 2.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 3.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 4.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 5.................. 0.000 IN
CONDUCTIVITY - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 2.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 3.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 4.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 5.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
FLOW CODES
PIPE FLOW CODE IS HAZEN-WILLIAMS
REYNOLDS NUMBER(LAMINAR)..... 3000.0000
TUBING FLOW CODE IS MOODY
ANNULUS FLOW CODE IS MOODY
BASE CONDITIONS
STANDARD TEMPERATURE....... 60.00 DEG F
STANDARD PRESSURE.......... 0.000 PSIG
PRINT OPTIONS
INPUT........... GENERAL ASSAY COMPONENT
PVT FLOW TABLE METHOD
SOURCE STRUCTURE CASE STUDY
GAS LIFT W ANALYSIS
CONNECT......... FULL
PVTGEN.......... NONE
SUMMARY......... BOTH
DEVICE.......... PART
MAP............. TAITEL-DUKLER-BARNEA
PROPERTY........ FULL

SEGMENTATION OPTIONS
LENGTH CHANGE - HORIZONTAL....... 2000.0 FT
VERTICAL......... 500.0 FT
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SEGMENTS....... 50
AUTOSEGMENT OPTION IS ................ ON
TARGET SEGMENT PRESSURE CHANGE........ 2.0000E+01 PSIG
TARGET SEGMENT TEMPERATURE CHANGE..... 5.0000E+00 DEG F
SEGMENT PRESSURE ERROR ............... 2.0000E-01 PSIG
SEGMENT ENTHALPY ERROR ............... 5.0000E-02 BTU/LB
NUMBER OF INTERNAL SEGMENT ITERATIONS. 25
The gravity, viscosity,
and specific heat have
been entered for a
non-compositional
run. The default
options are also
shown.
PVT DATA SUMMARY

1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS

DEFAULT PVT METHODS OPTIONS

Z FACTOR METHOD.......... STANDING
LIQUID VISCOSITY METHOD.. FOR OIL VAZQUEZ (TUFFP)
FOR WATER BEAL

CORRELATION SET DATA

CORRELATION SET NUMBER 1

GRAVITY OF LIQUID......... 46.0620 DEG API

VISCOSITY OF LIQUID
32.00 DEG F ........ 0.3950 CP
122.00 DEG F ........ 0.2460 CP
SPECIFIC HEAT OF OIL...... 0.5250 BTU/LB-F
Network Data
Source Data
In this example,
property tables have
been requested for a
compositional run
PVT DATA SUMMARY
1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS

CORRELATION SET DATA
CORRELATION SET NUMBER 1

PVT TABLE GENERATION DATA
SET NUMBER 1
TABLE TYPE.............. 1

NO. PRESSURE POINTS..... 4
INITIAL PRESSURE........ 10.0000 PSIG
PRESSURE DIFFERENCE..... 40.0000 PSIG

NO. TEMPERATURE POINTS.. 16
INITIAL TEMPERATURE..... 0.0000 DEG F
TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE.. 30.0000 DEG F

PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
NO PSIG DEG F
-- -------- -----------
1 10.000 0.00
2 50.000 30.00
3 90.000 60.00
4 130.000 90.00
5 120.00
6 150.00
7 180.00
8 210.00
9 240.00
10 270.00
11 300.00
12 330.00
13 360.00
14 390.00
15 420.00
16 450.00
TABLES OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES WILL BE PRINTED
LIQ DENS
The Solution
Methods/ Tolerances
are shown for network
calculations only.

SOLUTION METHODS/TOLERANCES

NETWORK SOLUTION METHOD IS PBAL
MAXIMUM ITERATIONS..................... 40
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF INTERVAL HALVINGS.... 3
CLOSED LOOP PREVENTION OPTION IS ...... ON
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE TOLERANCE............ 0.250 PSIG0
RATE PERTURBATION...................... 0.010000
METHOD OF INITIAL SOLUTION ESTIMATION.. FLOW = 2
ZERO FLOW IN CHECK VALVES.............. OFF
CHOKE CRITICAL FLOW MODEL (FORTUNATI) . EXPONENTIAL
NEW ACCELERATION OPTION IS............. OFF
Compositional
source - the
composition of
defined components
as well as rate,
pressure and
temperature are
shown.
SOURCE FEED

PHASE IS MIXED
THIS SOURCE IS ON
PVT SET NUMBER............ 1
RATE...................... 1500000.0000 LB/HR
PRESSURE.................. 114.0001 PSIG
TEMPERATURE............... 60.00 DEG F
5-12 Results
Structure Data
Blackoil source -
characterized by gas/
oil ratio and water cut.
A rate estimate was
entered for this
source. The Vogel
Index is only shown
when a value has been
entered.
SOURCE RES

THIS SOURCE IS ON
ESTIMATED OIL RATE........ 50.0001 M3/HR
WATER CUT................. 5.00 PERCENT
GAS/OIL RATIO............. 320.0008 M3/M3
PRESSURE.................. 400.0000 BAR
TEMPERATURE............... 110.00 DEG C
Condensate source -
condensate/gas ratio
and water /gas ratio
characterize the fluid.
The pressure was
estimated for this
source.
SOURCE 1

THIS SOURCE IS ON
RATE...................... 85.0000 MM FT3/DAY
WATER/GAS RATIO........... 0.0000 BBL/MM FT3
CONDENSATE/GAS RATIO...... 0.0000 BBL/MM FT3
ESTIMATED PRESSURE........ 263.0001 PSIG
Non-compositional
liquid or gas - no
phase change data
may be entered.
SOURCE S1

THIS SOURCE IS ON
ESTIMATED RATE............ 499.9988 MM FT3/DAY
PRESSURE.................. 375.0001 PSIG
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 4 of Applib files.
Steam source - either
temperature or quality
must be supplied.
SOURCE STM

THIS SOURCE IS ON
RATE...................... 33000.0000 LB/HR
QUALITY................... 97.00 PERCENT VAPOR
PRESSURE.................. 170.0001 PSIG
All information,
including defaulted
parameters, is shown
for each flow device
and equipment item
along each link in the
simulation. Estimated
parameters at each
junction and sink are
also listed.
LINK 4
LINK IS FROM "J2 " TO "PROD "
DEVICE SA025, Z025, IS A PIPE
FLOW CODE IS BEGGS-BRILL (MOODY)
INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 10.0000 IN
LENGTH....................... 5.0 FT
ELEVATION CHANGE............. 0.0 FT
FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT........ 1.00000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.......... 80.00 DEG F
DEVICE WA026, Z026, IS AN EXPANSION
FLOW CODE IS CHISHOLM
UPSTREAM INSIDE DIAMETER..... 10.00 IN
DOWNSTREAM INSIDE DIAMETER... 12.00 IN
EXPANSION ANGLE ANGLE...... 135.00 DEG
LAMDA (CHISHOLM PARAMETER)... 1.00000
C2 (CHISHOLM PARAMETER)...... CALCULATED
NUMBER OF DEVICES............ 1
Network Connectivity
Case Study
LENGTH....................... 40.0 FT
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
DEVICE SA028, E4 , IS A DPDT
THIS IS A SURFACE DEVICE
PRESSURE DROP CURVE
FLOWRATE, DELTA P DELTA T
LB/HR PSIG DEG F
----------- ----------- -----------
1 0.500E+06 -10.00 50.00
2 0.150E+07 -5.00 40.00
LENGTH....................... 40.0 FT
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
The connectivity
shows the sources,
junctions, and sinks. It
does not show any of
the flow devices
within the links.

NODE CONNECTIONS
---- CONNECTIONS ----
NODE NODE NAME NODE TYPE TO NODE VIA LINK
---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
FEED FEED SOURCE J1 1
PROD PROD SINK J2 4
J1 J1 JUNCTION FEED 1
J2 2
J2 3
J2 J2 JUNCTION J1 2
J1 3
PROD 4
LINK CONNECTIONS

LINK LINK NAME FROM NODE TO NODE
---- --------- --------- ----------
1 1 FEED J1
2 2 J1 J2
3 3 J1 J2
4 4 J2 PROD
+----------------------------------------+
| |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |FEED|----|J1..|----|J2..|----|PROD| |
| |SRCE| |....| |....| |SINK| |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | | |
| | | |
| +---------+ |
| |
| |
| |
+----------------------------------------+
All the case studies
are summarized on
this report.
CASE NUMBER 1
-----------------
NEW OLD
DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE

=========================================================================
PIPE GFROM ROUGHNESS IN 0.00100
PIPE GNETWORK ROUGHNESS IN 0.00200
5-14 Results
Sizing Data
CASE NUMBER 2
-----------------
NEW OLD

=========================================================================
CASE NUMBER 3
-----------------
NEW OLD

=========================================================================
CASE NUMBER 4
-----------------
NEW OLD

=========================================================================
CASE NUMBER 5
-----------------
NEW OLD

=========================================================================
The pipe sizes which
may be used during
the sizing calculations
are listed. If no sizes
were entered by the
user, the standard
Schedule 40 sizes
shown here are used.

LINE DATA
=========

PIPE
DIAMETER
IN
=========
1.049
1.610
2.067
2.469
3.068
3.548
4.026
5.074
6.065
7.981
10.020
11.938
13.124
15.000
16.876
18.814
22.626
All the devices on this
list will be sized.

DEVICES TO BE SIZED
===================

NAME DEVICE TYPE
==== ===========

Z001 PIPE
Z002 PIPE
Z003 PIPE
Z004 PIPE
Z005 PIPE
Z006 PIPE
Z007 PIPE
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity)
Lift Gas Data
This example shows
both an inflow and an
outflow section. The
inflow section has
5 source pressures and
the outflow has
4 different pipe
diameters.
SOLUTION NODE IS AT NODE C008 (INLET OF DEVICE IF IT IS A DEVICE NAME)

FLOW RATES, BBL/DAY 500.00 1500.00 2500.00 4000.00
6000.02 7000.01 8000.01 9000.00
10000.00 11999.99

INFLOW SECTION SENSITIVITY TO SOURCE
PARAMETERS

DESCRIPTION
-----------
CASE 1 DEPLETED
CASE 2 3YEARSPRES
CASE 3 LOWPRES
CASE 4 CURRENTPRES
CASE 5 HIGHPRESS

CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5
SOURCE ,S001
PRESSURE
PSIG 4000.00410 4500.00410 5000.00410 5500.00410 6000.00410


OUTFLOW SECTION SENSITIVITY TO STRUCTURE PARAMETERS

OUTFLOW SECTION NODAL ANALYSIS VARIABLES ARE CALCULATED IN
ONE TO ONE COMBINATION

DESCRIPTION
-----------
CASE 1 3INCH
CASE 2 35INCH
CASE 3 4INCH
CASE 4 5INCH
CASE 5 6INCH

PIPE ,P009
ID
IN 3.00000 3.50000 4.00000 5.00000 6.00000
PIPE ,P010
ID
IN 3.00000 3.50000 4.00000 5.00000 6.00000
PIPE ,P011
ID
IN 3.00000 3.50000 4.00000 5.00000 6.00000

This report shows the
input data for the
selected gaslift option.
WELL CAPACITY CALCULATION
LIFT GAS INPUT PRESSURE... 950.0001 PSIG
LIFT GAS INPUT TEMPERATURE 100.00 DEG F
GAS ALLOWED TO DISSOLVE... 100.00 PERCENT
GASLIFT VALVE DEPTH....... 5900.0 FT

RATE,
CASE MM FT3/DAY
---- ----------
1 0.0010
2 0.2000
3 0.4000
4 0.6000
5 0.8000
6 1.0000
7 2.0000
8 3.0000
9 4.0000
5-16 Results
PVTGEN Results
The stream is flashed
and properties are
calculated, at each of
the specified
temperature/pressure
pairs. This example
has 5 pressures and 16
temperatures and so
80 flashes are
required.
SET NUMBER 1
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE COMPOSITION
NO PSIG PSIA DEG F DEG F MOLE FRACT.
__ _____ _____ _____ _____ ______
1 0.0000 14.6959 0.00 0.00 0.003116
2 10.0000 24.6959 30.00 30.00 0.006055
3 50.0000 64.6959 60.00 60.00 0.007642
4 90.0000 104.6959 90.00 90.00 0.018506
5 130.0000 144.6959 120.00 120.00 0.011347
6 150.00 150.00 0.027595
7 180.00 180.00 0.022891
8 210.00 210.00 0.027509
9 240.00 240.00 0.037115
10 270.00 270.00 0.050918
11 300.00 300.00 0.049701
12 330.00 330.00 0.040284
13 360.00 360.00 0.035045
14 390.00 390.00 0.031831
15 420.00 420.00 0.029831
16 450.00 450.00 0.028681
80 POINTS FLASHED
STREAM MOLECULAR WEIGHT... 228.96
CRITICAL TEMPERATURE...... 789.97 DEG F
CRITICAL PRESSURE......... 310.16 PSIG
Tables and plots may
be requested for any
of the fluid properties.
The Vapor Viscosity
tables are shown here.
LIQUID DENSITY DEG API

TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
PSIG 0.00 30.00 60.00 90.00 120.00 150.00 180.00
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
0.00 26.735 28.859 30.999 33.172 35.394 37.684 39.912
10.00 26.721 28.843 30.982 33.153 35.374 37.662 40.038
50.00 26.666 28.779 30.911 33.076 35.291 37.573 39.942
90.00 26.611 28.716 30.841 33.000 35.209 37.485 39.847
130.00 26.557 28.655 30.773 32.926 35.129 37.399 39.754

TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
PSIG 210.00 240.00 270.00 300.00 330.00 360.00 390.00
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
0.00 41.603 42.901 43.919 44.803 45.668 46.572 47.537
10.00 42.524 44.677 46.205 47.384 48.373 49.307 50.267
50.00 42.419 45.030 47.800 50.760 53.944 56.214 57.708
90.00 42.316 44.916 47.673 50.616 53.778 57.196 60.913
130.00 42.214 44.804 47.547 50.472 53.612 57.002 60.683

TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE --------------------
PSIG 420.00 450.00
-------- ------- -------
0.00 48.565 49.657
10.00 51.287 52.377
50.00 58.977 60.179
90.00 64.248 65.998
130.00 64.703 69.117
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example
For network calculations, the intermediate printout details the path that the program took
to get to the final solution.
Network Directory
If the ITER option is
not specified on the
PRINT statement,
then only the
maximum and RMS
(root mean square)
average pressure
imbalances are
printed.Spur links are
printed after the
network has
converged.

PAGE CONTENTS

1 INTERMEDIATE PRINTOUT
CONVERGENCE TOLERANCE 0.5 PSI PRESSURE IMBALANCE AT SELECTED NODES
(RMS VALUE USED FOR STEP-SIZE SELECTION)
ITERATION NUMBER 0.0
LINK FROM TO FLOW RATE PRESSURE IN PRESSURE OUT IMBALANCE
NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA PSIA

Q-I Q I 33.000 179.70 179.53
R-E R E 40.000 179.70 176.64
W-A W A 70.000 184.70 184.25
A-B A B 62.000 184.25 183.29
M-B M B 30.000 184.70 183.56 0.271
B-D B D 2.000 183.29 183.27
E-D E D 28.000 176.64 176.12 -7.150
D-F1 D F 27.073 183.27 179.17
D-F2 D F 2.927 183.27 182.90 3.724
F-G F G 20.439 179.17 179.01
F-H F H 9.561 179.17 178.76
G-H G H 5.439 179.01 178.99 0.223
I-H I H 33.000 179.53 177.94 -0.823
G-N G N 15.000 179.01 177.77 3.073

MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 7.150 PSI AT NODE D
RMS AVERAGE PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 3.541 PSI

First iteration:

Q-I Q I 33.000 177.71 177.53
R-E R E 40.000 181.81 178.79
W-A W A 70.000 179.75 179.28
A-B A B 62.000 179.28 178.29
M-B M B 30.000 179.46 178.29 -0.001
B-D B D 2.000 178.29 178.28
E-D E D 28.000 178.79 178.28 -0.003
D-F1 D F 22.954 178.28 175.28
D-F2 D F 7.046 178.28 175.94 0.662
F-G F G 22.481 175.28 175.07
F-H F H 7.519 175.28 175.02
G-H G H 7.481 175.07 175.03 0.013
I-H I H 33.000 177.53 175.92 0.904
G-N G N 15.000 175.07 173.81 -0.894

MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 0.904 PSI AT NODE H
5-18 Results
Inflow Performance
Second iteration:

Q-I Q I 33.000 177.70 177.53
R-E R E 40.000 182.49 179.48
W-A W A 70.000 180.43 179.97
A-B A B 62.000 179.97 178.98
M-B M B 30.000 180.14 178.98 0.000
B-D B D 2.000 178.98 178.97
E-D E D 28.000 179.48 178.97 0.000
D-F1 D F 22.270 178.97 176.16
D-F2 D F 7.730 178.97 176.14 -0.016
F-G F G 22.617 176.16 175.95
F-H F H 7.383 176.16 175.91
G-H G H 7.617 175.95 175.91 0.000
I-H I H 33.000 177.53 175.92 0.007
G-N G N 15.000 175.95 174.69 -0.007
MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 0.016 PSI AT NODE F
These are spur links:
********************************************
PBAL SOLUTION CONVERGED AFTER 2 ITERATIONS
********************************************

LINK FROM TO FLOW RATE PRESSURE IN PRESSURE OUT
NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA

H-S H S 18.000 175.91 174.66
H-P H P 30.000 175.91 168.55
E-L E L 12.000 179.48 178.93
B-K B K 90.000 178.98 176.11
A-J A J 8.000 179.97 179.90
The IPR coefficient is
calculated from well
test data and used in all
subsequent
calculations.

INFLOW PERFORMANCE CALCULATION RESULTS
--------------------------------------

WELL NAME PROD
IPR TYPE PI
TEST DATA TEST 1
FLOW RATE 421.1(BPD)
GOR 500.(CFBBL)
OUTLET PRESSURE 142.0(PSIG)
OUTLET TEMPERATURE 109.0(F)

CALCULATED RESULTS

FLOWING BOTTOMHOLE PRESS 1739.1(PSIG)
HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT 1.843(BTU/HRFT2F)

IPR COEFFICIENTS (CALCULATED)
Solution Output Examples
The solution output for PIPEPHASE can be very brief or extremely lengthy, depending
on the problem and the level of output selected. In general, it is best to start with the
default output and only request additional information where required. In large network
runs, put the PRINT keyword on only those links where specific information is desired.
Flash Report
By default, flash
reports are produced
for every node in a
compositional run
unless property tables
are being used. The
reports can be
suppressed by
specifying
FLASH=NONE on
NODE SINK AT 6.7 DEG C AND 87.0 BAR

--------------------MOLE FRACTION-------------------

----HYDROCARBON---- COMBINED TOTAL
COMPONENT VAPOR LIQUID1 VAP+LIQ1 LIQUID2 STREAM
----------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
N2 0.004003 0.000442 0.004000 0.000000 0.004000
CO2 0.004121 0.003518 0.004120 0.000000 0.004120
C1 0.957304 0.384112 0.956800 0.000000 0.956800
C2 0.033951 0.055872 0.033970 0.000000 0.033970
C3 0.000289 0.001288 0.000290 0.000000 0.000290
NC4 0.000099 0.001172 0.000100 0.000000 0.000100
NC5 0.000019 0.000588 0.000020 0.000000 0.000020
NC6 0.000009 0.000697 0.000010 0.000000 0.000010
C7PLUS 0.000204 0.552312 0.000690 0.000000 0.000690

TOTAL RATE (INLET TO NODE IF JUNCTION)
KG/HR 8.5815E5 4117.44 8.6226E5 0.00 8.6226E5
KG-M/HR 5.1313E4 45.197 5.1358E4 0.000 5.1358E4
WT FRAC LIQ 0.004775 0.004775

PHASE PROPERTIES
----------------
MASS FRACTION 0.995225 0.004775 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
VOLUME FRAC 0.999487 0.000513 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
DENSITY LB/FT3 4.76 44.41 0.00
ACTUAL SPGR 0.577239 0.712141 0.000000
VISCOSITY CP 0.0132 0.2573 0.0000
ENTHALPY KCAL/KG 26.474 2.178 0.000 26.358
SURF TENS NEWTON/M 0.016 0.000
MOLECULAR WT 16.7238 91.1003 16.7892 0.0000 16.7892
5-20 Results
Separator Report
Link Summary
A report is produced
for every separator
present in a
compositional run
unless property tables
are being used.
SEPARATOR S016 AT 20.6 DEG C AND 103.5 BAR

----------- MOLE FRACTION ------------

FLUID FLUID
COMPONENT FEED REMAINING REMOVED
--------- ---------- ---------- ----------
CO2 0.009900 0.009900 0.000000
C1 0.200000 0.200000 0.000000
C2 0.210000 0.210000 0.000000
C3 0.520000 0.520000 0.000000
IC4 0.021100 0.021100 0.000000
NC4 0.014000 0.014000 0.000000
NC5 0.007500 0.007500 0.000000
NC6 0.007500 0.007500 0.000000
NC7 0.005000 0.005000 0.000000
NC10 0.005000 0.005000 0.000000

PHASE LIQUID LIQUID VAPOR

TOTAL, 10**3 KG/HR 111.82 111.82 0.00
WT PCT TOTAL LIQUID 100.00 100.00 0.00
ENTHALPY KCALKG 13.84 13.84 0.00
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 37.33 37.33 0.00

VAPOR PHASE
-----------
GAS MM M3/HR 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
DENSITY KG/M3 0.00 0.00 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.000 0.000 0.000

LIQUID PHASE
------------
LIQUID M3/HR 259.62 259.62 0.00
DENSITY KG/M3 430.70 430.70 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.066 0.066 0.000
rate, pressure, and
temperature at each
end of every link. By
default, the report
appears on every
PIPEPHASE output.
You may suppress it
by specifying the
SUMM=NEW option
on the PRINT
statement.
BASE CASE
LINK SUMMARY
RATE, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE SUMMARY
--------------------------------------
FROM(F)
AND
TO(T) ----ACTUAL FLOW RATES***-- PRESS: ---HOLDUP**---
LINK NODE GAS OIL WATER PRESS: DROP TEMP: GAS LIQ
(MMCFD) (BPH) (BPH) (PSIG) (PSIG) (F) (MM (ABBL)
SCF)
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------- -------
1 FEED(F) 0.0000 4913.45 0.00 114.0* 60.0
J1 (T) 0.0000 5001.67 0.00 106.3 7.7 100.2 0.0000 8.0
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) = 0.0
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON (HL-HLNS))= 0.0
2 J1 (F) 0.0000 1942.03 0.00 106.3 100.2
J2 (T) 0.0000 1985.71 0.00 92.6 13.6 149.4 0.0000 9.7
3 J1 (F) 0.0000 3059.65 0.00 106.3 100.2
J2 (T) 0.0000 3112.53 0.00 92.6 13.6 138.1 0.0000 9.7
4 J2 (F) 0.0000 5098.21 0.00 92.6 142.5
PROD(T) 0.0000 5193.55 0.00 87.4 5.3 182.4 0.0000 11.7

* - INDICATES KNOWN PRESSURE
** GAS VOLUME REPORTED AT USER STANDARD CONDITIONS
*** RATE REPORTED AT ACTUAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE CONDITIONS
Node Summary
Device Summary
rate, pressure, and
temperature at each
source, sink and
junction. By default,
the report on every
PIPEPHASE output.
You may suppress it
by specifying the
SUMM=NEW option
on the PRINT
statement.
BASE CASE
NODE SUMMARY

NODE PRES. -------GAS---- ------OIL------ ----WATER------ TOTAL TEMP
RATE GRAV RATE GRAV RATE GRAV RATE
(PSIG) (LBHR) (LBHR) (LBHR) (LBHR) (F)
---- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------ -------- ----- -------- -------
FEED 114.0 * 0. 0.000 1500000. 0.870 0. 0.000 1500000. *60.0000
0.0000(MMCFD) 4919.48(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
J1 106.3 0. 0.000 0. 0.870 0. 0.000 0. *1.002E2
0.0000(MMCFD) 0.00(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
J2 92.6 0. 0.000 0. 0.870 0. 0.000 0. *1.424E2
0.0000(MMCFD) 0.00(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
PROD 87.4 0. 0.000 -1.500E6 0.870 0. 0.000 -1.500E6 1.824E2
0.0000(MMCFD) -4919.48(BPH) 0.00(BPH)

* INDICATES KNOWN PRESSURE OR FLOW
** FLOW RATES REPORTED AT USER STANDARD CONDITIONS
This report gives
summary information
about each flow
device, fitting, and
equipment item in the
simulation. It appears
by default on every
output. You can
suppress it by
specifying
DEVICE=NONE or
SUMM=NEW on the
PRINT statement.
This example shows a
well with an IPR
device, tubing, and a
surface pipeline.

DEVICE SUMMARY

C
O ------- OUTLET ------ AVG.
LINK DEVI DEVI R INSIDE MEAS ELEV INSITU LIQ
NAME NAME TYPE R DIAM LENGTH CHNG PRESS: TEMP: GLR HOLDUP
(IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIG) (F) (CFBBL)---
- ---- ---- ---- -------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
A-B **JUNCTION** RATE= 33632.8 (BPD) 287.0 214.4 GLR= 617.
A 287.0 214.4
Z016 PIPE BB 19.000 70000.0 -100.0 242.5 145.4 35. 0.31
B **JUNCTION** PRES= 242.5 (PSIG) TEMP= 159.0 (F)

A1-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6827.4 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
A1 2000.0 220.0
IPR1 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1513.4 220.0 0. 0.00
Z002 TBNG HB 3.476 5000.0 5000.0 418.0 216.1 19. 0.45
Z003 PIPE BB 3.476 1000.0 0.0 287.0 214.5 30. 0.30
A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)

-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6598.0 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
A2 2000.0 220.0
IPR2 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1520.1 220.0 0. 0.00
Z005 TBNG HB 3.476 5500.0 5200.0 388.4 215.4 22. 0.45
Z006 PIPE BB 3.476 800.0 -5.0 287.0 214.1 31. 0.29

A3 2000.0 220.0
IPR3 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1497.8 220.0 0. 0.00
Z008 TBNG HB 3.476 5000.0 4950.0 424.7 216.0 19. 0.45
Z009 PIPE BB 3.476 1100.0 5.0 287.0 214.3 30. 0.30

A4 2000.0 220.0
IPR4 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1548.8 220.0 0. 0.00
Z011 TBNG HB 3.476 5500.0 5300.0 394.4 215.3 21. 0.45
Z012 PIPE BB 3.476 850.0 0.0 287.0 213.9 31. 0.29
5-22 Results
Structure Data Summary
Velocity Summary
major parameters for
each item in the
simulation. By
default, the report
appears on every
PIPEPHASE output.
You may suppress it
by specifying the
SUMM=OLD option
on the PRINT
statement.
BASE CASE

STRUCTURE DATA SUMMARY

DEVICE DEVICE INLET DIA OUTLET DIA ELEVATION KMUL OR
LINK NAME TYPE (NOM/ID) (NOM/ID) LENGTH CHANGE K FACTOR
(IN) (IN) (FT) (FT)
---- ------ ------ --------------- --------------- --------- --------- -
-------
LINK EN1 ENTR 3.068 3.068 0.0 0.0 0.5
LINK PIP0 PIPE 3.068 3.068 4.0 0.0
LINK PMP1 PUMP 0.0 0.0
LINK PIP1 PIPE 3.068 3.068 30.0 0.0
LINK GAT1 VALV 3.068 3.000 0.0 0.0 13.0
LINK BEN1 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK PIP2 PIPE 3.068 3.068 10.0 10.0
LINK BEN2 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK PIP3 PIPE 3.068 3.068 70.0 0.0
LINK BEN3 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK PIP4 PIPE 3.068 3.068 30.0 30.0
LINK BEN4 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK EX1 EXIT 3.068 3.068 0.0 0.0 1.0
This report shows
velocities and pressure
drops for all flow
devices. By default,
the report appears on
PIPEPHASE output.
You may suppress it
by specifying the
SUMM=OLD option
on the PRINT
statement.
BASE CASE

VELOCITY SUMMARY

PRESSURE
DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE VELOCITY CRITICAL GRADIENT PRESSURE
LINK NAME TYPE (INLET/OUTLET) VELOCITY (INLET/OUTLET) DROP
(FPS) (FPS) (PSIFT) (PSIG)
---- ------ ------ ---------------- -------- -------------- --------
LINK EN1 ENTR
LINK PIP0 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -2.932E-2
LINK PMP1 PUMP
LINK PIP1 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.2
LINK GAT1 VALV
LINK BEN1 BEND
LINK PIP2 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -3.5
LINK BEN2 BEND
LINK PIP3 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.5
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -10.4
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
Results Summary
Link Device Detail Report
Invoking DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL on the PRINT statement in the General
Data Category of input produces a series of detailed link reports. If the user specifies the
PRINT option on any individual LINK statements, detailed reports will be produced for
those links only.
rate, pressure, and
temperature for each
flow device. By
default, the report
appears on every
PIPEPHASE output.
You may suppress it
by specifying the
SUMM=OLD option
on the PRINT
statement.
BASE CASE

RESULTS SUMMARY

DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE PRESSURE TEMPERATURE QUALITY
LINK NAME TYPE FLOW RATE INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET
(GPM) (PSIG) (F) (FRAC)-
--- ------ ------ --------- ----------------- ----------------- --------
----
LINK EN1 ENTR
LINK PIP0 PIPE 101.68 -4.72E-2 -7.66E-2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK PMP1 PUMP
LINK PIP1 PIPE 101.68 30.0 29.8 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK GAT1 VALV
LINK BEN1 BEND
LINK PIP2 PIPE 101.68 29.7 26.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN2 BEND
LINK PIP3 PIPE 101.68 26.2 25.6 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 101.68 25.6 15.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
5-24 Results
Pressure and Temperature Report
This report is
produced with the
DEVICE=PART or
DEVICE=FULL
option.
For some fittings, you
will see the entries
RES COEFF, which
is the resistance
coefficient and
2PHASE MULT,
which is the two-
phase multiplier
applied to the
The entry FL is an
abbreviation for flow
and has the associated
entry SU for
subcritical or CR for
critical.
BASE CASE
LINK "LINK" DEVICE DETAIL REPORT

PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE REPORT
-------------------------------
DEVICE MWD OR TVD
NAME LENGTH I OR
AND SEGM INSIDE FROM & ELEV CALC CALC OVERALL AMB
TYPE NO DIAM. INLET O CHNG PRESS TEMP U-FACT TEMP
(IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIG) (F) (BTU/ (F)
HRFT2F)
------ ---- ------ --------- - -------- ------- ------ ------- ------
EN1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 4.10E-3 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
(ENTR) 0.0 O 0.0 -4.7E-2 104.0 0.5000 1.0000 SU
PIP0 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 -4.7E-2 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 1.0 0.0 -5.5E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 2.0 0.0 -6.2E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 3.0 0.0 -6.9E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 4.0 O 0.0 -7.7E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
PMP1 0000 0.0 I 0.0 -7.7E-2 104.0 AVG.POWER/STAGE HP
(PUMP) AVAILABLE 4.1
REQUIRED 2.0
SPEED(RPM) 0.0000
0.0 O 0.0 30.0 104.0 EFFICIENCY 0.90
PIP1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 30.0 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 7.5 0.0 29.9 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 15.0 0.0 29.9 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 22.5 0.0 29.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 30.0 O 0.0 29.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
GAT1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 29.8 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
(VALV) 3.000 0.0 O 0.0 29.8 104.0 0.2905 1.0000 SU
BEN1 0000 3.000 0.0 I 0.0 29.8 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 29.7 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
PIP2 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 29.7 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 2.5 2.5 28.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 5.0 2.5 28.0 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 7.5 2.5 27.1 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 10.0 O 2.5 26.2 104.0 287.596 80.0
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 26.2 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
PIP3 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 26.2 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 17.5 0.0 26.0 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 35.0 0.0 25.9 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 52.5 0.0 25.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 70.0 O 0.0 25.6 104.0 287.596 80.0
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 25.6 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
PIP4 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 25.6 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 7.5 7.5 23.0 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 15.0 7.5 20.4 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 22.5 7.5 17.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 30.0 O 7.5 15.2 104.0 287.596 80.0
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 15.1 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
EX1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 15.1 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
(EXIT) 0.0 O 0.0 15.0 104.0 1.0000 1.0000 SU
Pressure and Temperature Plots
Plots are produced for
each link when
PLOT=FULL is present
on the PRINT
statement. A
temperature plot is also
generated (not shown
here). The plots are
produced with the
DEVICE=PART and
DEVICE=FULL
options.

SURFACE PRESSURE PLOT FOR LINK

30.0 +-PPPPPPPPPPPPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
| P | P | | | |
| P | P | | | |
| P | P | | | |
27.0 + P | P | | | +
| P | PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP| | |
| P | | PPPPPPPPPPP | |
| P | | | P| |
24.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------P-----------+
| P | | | |P |
| P | | | | P |
| P | | | | P |
P 21.0 + P | | | | P +
R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
S | P | | | | P |
S 18.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------P----+
U | P | | | | P |
R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
15.0 + P | | | | P +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
P 12.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
S | P | | | | |
I | P | | | | |
G | P | | | | |
9.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
6.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
3.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
0.0 PPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
0.0 30.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 150.0
DIST. FROM 1ST SURFACE DEVICE INLET FT
5-26 Results
Phase Envelope Summary
This report is produced
for compositional fluids
when the PLOT=FULL
option is present on the
PRINT statement. The
report is produced with
the DEVICE=PART
and DEVICE=FULL
options.
PHASE ENVELOPE SUMMARY (USING SRK)
----------------------------------

TEMPERATURE PRESSURE
F PSIG DESCRIPTION
--- ----------- ----------- ----------------------------------------
1 846.01 0.000 DEW POINT
2 882.53 9.534 DEW POINT
3 913.32 21.450 DEW POINT
4 945.27 39.228 DEW POINT
5 977.91 65.749 DEW POINT
6 1010.23 105.313 DEW POINT
7 1010.86 106.263 INTERPOLATED FROM SPECIFIED TEMP OR PRES
9 1040.28 164.337 DEW POINT
10 1063.78 252.390 DEW POINT
11 1071.09 339.714 CRICONDENTHERM
12 1069.31 383.749 DEW POINT
13 1053.24 471.965 DEW POINT
14 1034.19 517.456 DEW POINT
15 1023.02 534.712 CRITICAL POINT
16 1011.92 547.550 BUBBLE POINT
17 982.98 567.154 BUBBLE POINT
18 953.39 572.792 CRICONDENBAR
19 894.20 556.061 BUBBLE POINT
20 834.90 515.069 BUBBLE POINT
21 777.18 460.866 BUBBLE POINT
22 725.73 405.645 BUBBLE POINT
23 679.63 353.606 BUBBLE POINT
24 637.97 306.327 BUBBLE POINT
25 599.99 264.189 BUBBLE POINT
26 565.08 227.043 BUBBLE POINT
27 532.78 194.523 BUBBLE POINT
28 502.72 166.185 BUBBLE POINT
29 474.63 141.573 BUBBLE POINT
30 448.28 120.252 BUBBLE POINT
33 400.12 85.907 BUBBLE POINT
34 378.03 72.189 BUBBLE POINT
35 357.12 60.372 BUBBLE POINT
36 337.29 50.201 BUBBLE POINT
37 318.48 41.449 BUBBLE POINT
38 300.59 33.920 BUBBLE POINT
39 283.58 27.442 BUBBLE POINT
40 267.37 21.869 BUBBLE POINT
41 237.18 12.937 BUBBLE POINT
42 209.63 6.302 BUBBLE POINT
43 172.61 -0.632 BUBBLE POINT
Phase Envelope Plot
This plot is produced
for compositional
fluids when the
PLOT=FULL option
is present on the
PRINT statement. The
plot is produced with
the DEVICE=PART
and DEVICE=FULL
options.

P H A S E E N V E L O P E

P 750.+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
: : : : : :
R : : : : : :
: : : : : :
E 675.+ : : : : +
: : : : : :
S : : : : : :
: : : : : :
S 600.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : P : :
U : : : : B B: :
: : : : :C :
R 525.+ : : : : D +
: : : : B : :
E : : : : : :
: : : :B : D :
450.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
P : : : : : :
S : : : B: : :
I : : : : : :
G 375.+ : : : : D +
: : : B : : :
: : : : : T :
: : : : : :
300.+-----------+-----------+------B----+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : : : : D :
225.+ : : B : : +
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : B : : D :
150.+-----------+----------B+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: X X : IB : : DI :
: : B : : : :
75.+ : B : : D: +
: : BB : : : :
: : BB : : D : :
: B:BB : : D D : :
0.+-----+-B-B-+-----+-----+-----+-----+----D+-----+-----+-----+
0. 125. 250. 375. 500. 625. 750. 875. 1000. 1125. 1250.

T E M P E R A T U R E F

I = INTERPOLATED B = BUBBLE D = DEW
X = TRAVERSE T = T EXTREMUM P = P EXTREMUM
C = CRITICAL
5-28 Results
Holdup and Velocity Report
The T-D FLOW REGM
column heading refers
to the Taitel-Dukler-
Barnea flow regime.
The report is produced
with the
DEVICE=PART and
DEVICE=FULL
options
HOLDUP AND VELOCITY DETAIL REPORT
---------------------------------
DEVICE
NAME ---LIQUID HOLDUP--- SUPERFICIAL T-D
AND SEG. NO LIQ GAS MIX . FLOW FLOW SONIC
TYPE NO. SLIP SLIP TOTAL VEL VEL VEL REGM REGM VEL
(AGAL) (FPS) (FPS) (FPS) (FPS)
------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------- ------- ------- ---- ---- -------
(ENTR) 0000
EN1 0001
PIP0 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 3.840E-1 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 7.681E-1 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 1. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 2. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(PUMP) 0000
PMP1 0001
PIP1 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 4. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 7. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 10. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 13. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
(VALV) 0000
GAT1 0001
(BEND) 0000
BEN1 0001
PIP2 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 14. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 15. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 16. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 17. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(BEND) 0000
BEN2 0001
PIP3 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 24. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 30. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 37. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 44. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(BEND) 0000
BEN3 0001
PIP4 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 47. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 50. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 52. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 55. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(BEND) 0000
Pressure Gradient Detail Report
DEVICE=FULL is
required to produce this
report.
PRESSURE GRADIENT DETAIL REPORT
-------------------------------
DEVICE
NAME
AND SEGM. --PRESSURE GRADIENT---- ---PRESSURE DROP---
TYPE NO: FRIC ELEV TOTAL FRIC ELEV
(PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIG) (PSIG)
------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EN1 0000
(ENTR) 0001
PIP0 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
(PUMP) 0000
PMP1 0001
PIP1 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
(VALV) 0000
GAT1 0001
(BEND) 0000
BEN1 0001
PIP2 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0002 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0003 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0004 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
(BEND) 0000
BEN2 0001
PIP3 0000
5-30 Results
Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map
Link Property Detail Report
Note: This option can generate very large output files.
The DEVICE=PART or
DEVICE=FULL entry
is required together
with the
MAP=TAITEL option
to produce this report.
The characters on the
report indicate the
type of flow as
follows:
I = intermittent flow
A = annular flow
D = dispersed bubble
W = stratified wavy
S = stratified smooth

!+----------------+-----------------+----------------+-------+!
20.00+ DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAA+
! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAAAAA!
10.00+ DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA+AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
1.00+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
VSL ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
0.10+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA W AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
0.01+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
!+----------------+-----------------+----------------+-------+!
0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 300.0

VSG

VSL = SUPERFICIAL LIQUID VELOCITY (MPS)
VSG = SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY (MPS)
+ = OPERATING POINT
PRESSURE= 25.0061(BAR)
TEMP: = 101.1447(C)
ANGLE = 0.6878(DEG)
Viscosity and Density Results
Friction and Surface Tension Results
Detailed property
tables for any or all
links are produced by
specifying the
PROPERTY=PART
or
PROPERTY=FULL
options.
BASE CASE
LINK "1 " PROPERTY DETAIL REPORT

VISCOSITY AND DENSITY RESULTS
-----------------------------
DEVICE
NAME
AND SEGM ----------VISCOSITY---------- ------------DENSITY------------
TYPE NO OIL LIQ VAP LIQ VAP SLIP NO-SLIP
(CP) (CP) (CP) (LB/CF) (LB/CF) (LB/CF) (LB/CF)
------ ---- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Z001 0000
(PIPE) 0001 2.305 2.305 0.000 54.372 0.000 54.372 54.372
Z002 0000
(TEE ) 0001
Z003 0000
(PIPE) 0001 2.303 2.303 0.000 54.370 0.000 54.370 54.370
E1 0000
(DPDT) 0001
Z005 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.583 1.583 0.000 53.416 0.000 53.416 53.416
Z006 0000
(VENT) 0001
Z007 0000
(CONT) 0001
Z008 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.582 1.582 0.000 53.415 0.000 53.415 53.415
friction factor and the
parameters used to
calculate it. The
report is produced by
specifying the
PROPERTY=PART
or
PROPERTY=FULL
options.

FRICTION AND SURFACE TENSION RESULTS
------------------------------------
DEVICE
NAME LIQ
AND SEGM --------------FRICTION------------ FRIC. REYNOLDS SURFACE
TYPE NUM. DENSITY VELO ID. VISCOSITY FACTOR NUMBER TENSION
(LB/CF) (FPS) (IN) (CP) (DN/CM)
------ ---- ------- ------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Z001 0000
(PIPE) 0001 54.372 9.76 12.000 2.305 0.0156 3.4248E5 29.83
Z002 0000
(TEE ) 0001
Z003 0000
(PIPE) 0001 54.370 14.05 10.000 2.303 0.0155 4.1134E5 29.83
E1 0000
(DPDT) 0001
Z005 0000
(PIPE) 0001 53.416 9.93 12.000 1.583 0.0150 4.9879E5 27.87
Z006 0000
(VENT) 0001
Z007 0000
(CONT) 0001
Z008 0000
(PIPE) 0001 53.415 14.30 10.000 1.582 0.0150 5.9868E5 27.87
5-32 Results
Heat Transfer Calculations
PROPERTY=FULL
must be specified to
produce this report.
The HYD column
indicates whether or not
hydrates can form:
N - not in hydrate region
I - type I hydrates
formed
II - type II hydrates
formed
U - unable to predict
HW - in hydrate region
but not enough free
water present
P - Hydrate region but
insufficient free water
PW - Water & Hydrates
but not enough water
NW - Water & Hydrate
formation
HW - Water & Hydrate
HEAT TRANSFER CALCULATIONS
--------------------------
DEVICE FLUID
NAME THERMAL ---------THERMAL RESISTANCE------- ----ENTHALPY---- HYD
AND SEGM CONDUCT- INSIDE INSULAT- SURROUN-
(TYPE) NO: IVITY FILM PIPE ION DING LIQ VAP
(KCMC) (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (KCALKG) (KCALKG)
C/KCAL) C/KCAL) C/KCAL) C/KCAL)
------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -
-
(PIPE) 0001 0.045 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.000 55.712 N
0002 0.045 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 53.112 N
0003 0.045 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 50.225 N
0003 0.045 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.000 50.225 N
0004 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 47.785 N
0005 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 44.759 N
0006 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 29.174 42.169 N
0007 0.047 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 27.765 39.939 N
0008 0.048 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 26.494 37.990 N
0009 0.048 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 25.338 36.305 N
0010 0.049 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 24.271 34.866 N
0011 0.050 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 23.274 33.658 N
0012 0.051 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 22.774 33.099 N
0012 0.051 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 22.774 33.099 N
0013 0.052 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 22.331 32.633 N
0014 0.053 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 21.480 31.815 N
0015 0.054 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 20.663 31.160 N
0016 0.055 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 19.878 30.660 N
0017 0.056 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 19.122 30.296 N
0018 0.056 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 18.603 30.106 N
0018 0.056 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 18.603 30.106 N
0019 0.056 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 18.026 30.051 P
0020 0.057 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 17.234 30.077 P
P011 0000
(PIPE) 0001 0.057 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 16.819 30.112 P
S013 0000
(SEPR) 0001
Slug Report
SLUG is specified with
DEVICE=PART or
DEVICE=FULL to
produce these reports.
The Brill, Norris or
Scott method may be
used for the slug
calculations.
The report will not
appear if the flow is not
two-phase or if
conditions are outside
the range of the
correlation.
Note: With
DEVICE=FULL, you
will get output for the
total liquid in slug unit.
This is equal to the
Slug volume + Tail
Volume + Total holdup
associated with the
slug.
SLUG SIZING AND SLUG DELIVERY MODEL (BRILL ET AL)
------------------------------------
PREDICTED MEAN SLUG LENGTH = 635.4 M
THE PREDICTED MAX SLUG LENGTH FROM CORRELATION IS TOO LARGE

ADJUSTED MEAN SLUG LENGTH = 312.5 M
84.1300 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 515.2 M

SLUG DELIVERY
-------------
THE GAS BUBBLE VELOCITY IS = 7.2 M/SEC
THE LIQUID FILM VELOCITY IS = 0.9 M/SEC
THE GAS VELOCITY IS = 6.7 M/SEC

50.0000 PERCENTILE SLUG
--------------------------
THE LIQUID SLUG DELIVERY TIME IS= 43.38 SECS
SLUG DELIVERY MODEL NOT APPLICABLE

--------------------------

--------------------------

--------------------------

--------------------------

--------------------------

*** NOTE: THE STATISTICAL SLUG MODEL IS APPLICABLE
IF THE DOWN STREAM END OF THE PIPELINE
IS HORIZONTAL OR NEAR HORIZONTAL AND
IF UPSTREAM TERRAIN EFFECTS ARE NOT FELT
AT THE DELIVERY POINT (END OF THE PIPELINE)

IF SLUG OCCURRING REGION IS LESS THAN 4300.182 M
SLUG LENGTHS WILL BE SMALLER THAN PREDICTED
BY MODEL
SEVERE SLUGGING CALCULATIONS
----------------------------

SEVERE SLUGGING GROUP NUMBER = 6.370

EXPECTED SLUG LENGTH = 32.967 M

*** NOTE: SEVERE SLUGGING GROUP NUMBER ANALYSIS
IS VALID ONLY IF A PREDOMINANTLY
DOWNWARD SLOPING PIPELINE IS FOLLOWED
BY A VERTICAL UPWARD PIPE AT THE END
OF THE LINK
5-34 Results
Case Summary
This report is always
produced to
summarize case study
results. It shows the
node pressures,
temperatures, and
flowrates for each
case.
BASE CASE

PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE
NODE PSIG DEG F LB/HR
---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 114.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.106E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.926E+02 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 87.4 182.4 -1500000.00

CASE STUDY 1

---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 125.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.117E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.104E+03 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 98.4 182.4 -1500000.00

CASE STUDY 2

---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 114.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.107E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.932E+02 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 88.0 182.4 -1500000.00
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity)
The only output
produced when the
nodal analysis feature
is used shows
comparisons of
pressure, temperature,
and flowrate at the
defined node for the
combinations of inflow
and outflow
parameters. Plots are
produced for pressure
and temperature (only
pressure is shown
here).

If a well completion
zone is included in the
analysis, the pressure
drop across it is also
produced.
SOLUTION NODE IS AT INLET OF DEVICE CHK1

NODAL ANALYSIS

600.0 +----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
| | | | | | AA
| | | | | | AAA |
| | | | | | AAA |
540.0 + | | | | AAA +
| | | | | AA| |
| | | | | AAA | |
| | | | | AAA | |
480.0 +---------+---------+---------+--------AAA--------+---------+
| | | | AAAA | | |
| | | | AAA | | |
| | | AAA | | |
420.0 + | | AAAA | | | +
| | | AAA | | | |
P | | AAA | | | |
R | | AAAA | | | | BBB
E 360.0 +---------+-AAA-----+---------+---------+---------+--BBBBB--+
S 111111111***1111111111111111111 | BBBBB |
S | AAAA | | |111111111111*****1111111111111
U | AAA | | | BBBBBB | |
R 300.0 **2222222222222222222222222222*BBBBBB | | +
E | | | BBBBBB|222222222222222222222222222222
| | BBBBBB | | | CCCC
33333333333 BBBBB | | | CCCCCCC |
B 240.0 +-------BBB**3333333333333333333333333333333******33333333333
A | BBBBB | | | CCCCCCCCC | |
R BBB | | CCCCCCCCCC | | |
| | CCCCCCCC | | DDDDDDDDDDD
180.0 + CCCCCCC | | DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD| +
| CCCCCC| | DDDDDDDDDD | | |
CCCC | DDDDDDDDDD | | | |
| DDDDDDDDDD | | | | |
120.0 DDDDD-----+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
60.0 + | | | | | +
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
0.0 +----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
40.0 45.0 50.0 55.0 60.0 65.0 70.0
FLOW RATE (M3/HR)

KEY... 1 - 450 BAR 2 - 400 BAR 3 - 350 BAR
A - 3 1/2 IN DIA B - 4 IN DIA C - 4 1/2 IN DIA
D - 5 IN DIA
Pressure and
temperature tabular
reports are also
produced for both
inflow and outflow
variables. Only the
pressure table is shown
here.
If a well completion
zone is included in the
analysis, tabular data
for the pressure drop
across it are also
shown.

NODE PRESSURES FOR INFLOW VARIABLES (BAR)
-----------------------------------

INFLOW VARIABLE
RATE ---------------
(M3/HR) 450 BAR 400 BAR 350 BAR
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
40.00 345.55 298.31 252.33
50.00 340.58 293.29 247.17
60.00 334.56 287.18 240.86
70.00 327.46 279.96 233.36

NODE PRESSURES FOR OUTFLOW VARIABLES (BAR)
------------------------------------

OUTFLOW VARIABLE
RATE ----------------
(M3/HR) 3 1/2 IN DIA 4 IN DIA 4 1/2 IN DIA 5 IN DIA
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
40.00 305.95 210.59 154.65 119.39
50.00 390.88 264.47 191.75 146.16
60.00 482.32 320.82 230.05 173.69
70.00 582.13 379.92 269.56 201.94
5-36 Results
The final nodal
analysis report lists the
pressure and flowrate
at the inter- sections of
the inflow and outflow
curves - i.e., the
operating points of the
system.


INFLOW-OUTFLOW CURVE INTERSECTION POINTS
----------------------------------------

INFLOW OUTFLOW RATE PRESSURE
CASE CASE (M3/HR) (BAR)
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
450 BAR 3 1/2 IN DIA 44.41 343.36
4 IN DIA 62.08 333.08
400 BAR 4 IN DIA 54.61 290.47
350 BAR 4 IN DIA 47.07 248.68
4 1/2 IN DIA 62.30 239.13
Sphering Report
This report follows the
liquid slug in front of
the sphere.
----------------SLUG ZONE------------------
SLUG SLUG
SLUG SLUG EDGE PRESS: EDGE
TIME VELO: LENGTH PRESS: DROP DISTANCE
(SECS) (FPS) (FT) (PSIA) (PSIA) (FT)
------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ---------
19.0 26.20 20.1 346.5 4.5 514.4
38.0 26.09 40.0 345.6 5.7 1024.7
57.0 26.10 59.8 343.4 6.9 1534.9
76.0 25.99 79.4 342.6 8.1 2038.9
95.0 25.99 99.6 340.4 9.4 2549.1
The slug delivery report
starts when the front of
the slug reaches the end
of the pipeline.
SLUG DELIVERY
-------------
PRESS:
SLUG SPHERE BEHIND
TIME VELOCITY VELOCITY SPHERE
(SECS) (FPS) (FPS) (PSIA)
------- -------- -------- -------
9.8 13.89 13.89 274.9
19.6 13.89 13.89 273.6
29.4 13.89 13.89 272.4
39.2 13.93 13.93 271.3
48.9 13.99 13.99 270.6
58.6 14.05 14.05 269.6
68.3 14.10 14.10 268.6
77.9 14.16 14.16 267.5
87.5 14.21 14.21 266.5
97.1 14.26 14.26 265.4

SLUG DELIVERY TAKES 181.3 SECS.
Finally, the time
required for the
pipeline to return to
steady state is shown.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30329.94 SECS.

STEADY STATE FLOW IS RE-ESTABLISHED AFTER 31306.8 SECS
5-38 Results
Results Access System
Specifying
DATA=FULL on the
PRINT statement
creates a binary file
which can be used by
the GUI to produce
graphical and tabular
reports.
This example shows
where the selected
link lies on the phase
envelope. The hydrate
and water saturation
curves are also
shown.
Note: For Windows
GUI users only.
Chapter 6
Technical Reference
Chapter Contents
An Introduction to Fluid Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Basic Fluid Flow Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
The Steady State Flow Process Single-Phase Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Laminar Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Turbulent Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Non-Newtonian Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Two-Phase Fluid Flow in Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Liquid & Gas Holdup - Slip & No-Slip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Two-Phase Mixture Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Single and Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations in PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Single-Phase Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Two-Phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mechanistic Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Ansari. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Xiao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
TACITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
OLGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
The Calculation Segment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Default Segment Calculation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
The SHORTPIPE Segment Calculation Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
The Single Link Calculation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
The Network Calculation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Definition of a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6-2 Technical Reference
Pressure Balance Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Mass Balance Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
How to Set up a Network Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Non-Compositional Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Single-phase Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Gas Compressibility (z) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Gas Density (r
G
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Gas Viscosity (m
G
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Gas Specific Heat Capacity (Cp
G
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Single-Phase Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Hydrocarbon Liquid Viscosity (m
l
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Beggs and Robinson Correlation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Standing Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Glaso Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Vazquez and Beggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Oil-water Viscosity (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Woelflin's Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Water Viscosity (m
w
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Blackoil (and Other Empirical Methods) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Solution Gas-Oil Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Solution Gas-Water Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Fluid Mixing Rules for Blackoil Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Steam Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Compositional Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Accuracy of Compositional Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Properties Calculated Using the Compositional Fluid Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Equilibrium K-Values (Phase Split) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Enthalpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Heat Transfer for Non-Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Equations used in PIPEPHASE to Calculate Resistances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Inside film resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Pipe resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Insulation resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Buried surroundings (e.g., soil resistance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fluid surroundings (e.g., air, water). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Additional inside/outside resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Radiation film resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Partially Buried Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Heat Transfer in Wellbores95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Electrical Submersible Pump (ESP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
DPDT Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Gilbert Family (GF) of choke models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Algorithm: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Network Solving Algorithm with a GF Choke in Source Link(s) . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Network Solving Algorithm with a GF Choke in Internal and Sink Link(s) . . . 63
Extensions of the GF Model Applicability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Errors and Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Other Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Heaters and Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Blackoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Compositional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop Corrections for Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Chisholm Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Homogeneous Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Converging Network Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
User Requirements for this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
General Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Simulation Input Granularity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Estimates of Pressure and Flowrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Network Structure and Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Maximum Number of Iterations (NM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Iteration History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Specific Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Link Shut-Ins (NM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Flowrate Estimation in Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Guidelines on User-Estimation of Link Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Recommendations for Networks which Include Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Other Problems In Network Convergence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Specific Keyword Assistance in Converging Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
PBAL Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
MBAL Solution Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sub-Network Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
FAQ 1: What are the merits of the K-factor and K-multiplier in
fitting pressure drops? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
FAQ 2: Should one use equivalent lengths inside links with two-phase
flow to represent fitting pressure drops? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
FAQ 3: How do you explain a pressure recovery over an expansion device? . . . . . . . . 99
FAQ 4: Why does PIPEPHASE have two network solution
methods (Flare and Network)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FAQ 5: What is the relation between discharge coefficients used in valve
sizing and the K-factor used to define pressure drop? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FAQ 6: What is the relation between the flow coefficient of a valve (Cv)
and the K-factor for the valve? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
FAQ 7: What is the relation between the Joule-Thomson effect
and adiabatic flashing?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FAQ 8: How can I make PIPEPHASE use my own mixture physical
property data in compositional fluid-type simulations? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FAQ 9: How can I increase the speed of execution of a simulation run?. . . . . . . . . . . 110
FAQ 10:What are the *.GR1, *.GR2, *.GR3, and *.GR4 files that are
produced when I run PC PIPEPHASE?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Data Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Extracting Component Data and Temperature for a
Source PRO2 Keyword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Extracting Component Data, Pressure and Temperature for a
Source PR2F Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Extracting Pressure Estimate, Component Data, and Temperature for a
Source PR2E Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Restrictions on the Use of the Stream Data Transfer Facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
About This Chapter
This chapter provides detailed information regarding the calculation procedures used for
all aspects of the PIPEPHASE program. The chapter is not intended to be a complete
work on multiphase flow or thermodynamic theory. Instead, it aims to provide sufficient
background theory and simulation guidelines so that a user can be more confident in
using the program and making better engineering decisions prior to executing the task.
An Introduction to Fluid Flow
Basic Fluid Flow Theory
Except where specified otherwise, the term fluid is used in this chapter to denote either
a single-phase gas, single-phase liquid, or a multiphase stream comprising a gas phase
and one or more liquid phases.
As with any field of scientific analysis, it is worthwhile to take time to understand the
fundamentals behind the basic pressure drop equation. This pressure drop equation,
which is derived from the general energy equation, is given in its simplest form in
equation (6-1):
(6-1) AP
TOT
AP
ELEV
AP
FRIC
AP
ACCEL
+ + =
A summary of this derivation procedure is provided here for reference purposes.
The Steady State Flow Process Single-Phase Fluids
A fluid passing from point 1 to point 2, in Figure 6-1 below, must be subject to the
general principle of the conservation of energy. This states that, at steady state, the
enthalpy of the fluid at point 1, plus any work performed on or by the fluid, plus any heat
taken from or added to the fluid, must equal the enthalpy of the fluid at point 2.
Figure 6-1: Conservation of Energy - Fluid Flow in a Simple System
The steady state energy balance equation is shown in equations (6-2a)-(6-2c):
(6-2a)
(6-2b)
(6-2c)
where:
Q = heat added to, or taken away from, the fluid (e.g., by a heat exchanger, or by
transfer to or from the surroundings)
W
s
= shaft work done on or by the fluid (e.g., by a pump, or in a turbine)
Note: The subscript S is used to distinguish work exchanged by the fluid
through a shaft from that work done by the fluid itself on the system in
entering and leaving the control volume under study. This is the pV
component of equation (6-2c).
U = fluid internal energy
p = fluid pressure
V =
fluid specific volume
Energy input to system = Energy output from system
(Heat Exchange + Shaft Work Exchange + Internal Energy +
Fluid Work + Kinetic Energy + Potential Energy)
in
=
(Internal Energy + Fluid Work + Kinetic Energy + Potential Energy)
out
Q W
s
U
1
p
1
V
1
mv
1
2
2g
c
---------- mZ
1
g
g
c
----- + + + + + U
2
p
2
V
2
mv
2
2
2g
c
---------- mZ
2
g
g
c
----- + + + =
Changing the basis of equation (6-2c) to that of unit mass, and looking at differential
changes rather than macro-system changes results in equation (6-3):
(6-3)
where:
The specific enthalpy change, dh, in a system is defined as:
(6-4a)
Equation (6-4a) can also be written as:
(6-4b)
For a reversible system:
(6-5)
from the Second Law of Thermodynamics, for reversible work, w
rev
, and heat, q
rev
:
(6-6)
and
(6-7)
m = fluid mass flowrate
1/gc = proportionality/dimension constant
g = gravitational constant
v = fluid velocity
Z = elevation of the fluid, referenced to one (arbitrary) datum level
u = specific internal energy of the fluid
q = specific heat exchanged
w
s
= specific shaft work
r = fluid density
du d
p
---
\ .
| |
vdv
g
c
---------
g
g
c
-----dZ dq dw
s
+ + + + + 0 =
dh du d pV ( ) + =
dh du d
p
---
\ .
| |
+ =
du
1
---
\ .
| |
dp pd
1
---
\ .
| |
+ + =
du dq
rev
dw
rev
=
dw
rev
pdV =
pd
1
---
\ .
| |
=
dq
rev
TdS =
where:
Therefore, equation (6-4a) may be rearranged to make du the subject and equations (6-6)
and (6-7) can be substituted into relationship (6-5). The resultant expression may then be
directly substituted into equation (6-3), to create equation (6-8):
(6-8)
Equation (6-7) is valid for a truly reversible process. In reality, due to irreversibilities
such as friction, there will always be losses inherent in any process. Equation (6-7) for
irreversible processes then becomes:
(6-9)
where:
If the assumption is made that there is no shaft work performed by, or on, the fluid
(w
s
=0), then expression (6-9) becomes:
(6-10)
Figure 6-2: Schematic Representation of Piping Inclination
A pipe, inclined at an angle u to the horizontal, as shown in Figure 6-2, will effect a
change to the vertical dZ term in equation (6-10). Since dZ = dL sin u, multiplying
equation (6-10) through by /dL gives:
(6-11)
ds = the differential specific entropy change in a system
T = the absolute temperature value at which q is exchanged
Lw = lost friction work
Tds
dp
------ d
p
---
\ .
| |
d
p
---
\ .
| |
vdv
g
c
---------
\ .
| |
g
g
c
-----dZ dq dw
s
+ + + + + + 0 =
dq dL
w
+ TdS =
dp
------
vdv
g
c
---------
g
g
c
-----dZ dL
w 0 =
+ + +
dp
dL
------
vdv
g
c
dL
------------
g
g
c
----- u sin
dL
w
dL
---------- + + + 0 =
Equation (6-11) can then be rearranged and integrated over a pipe length AL to give the
familiar steady state pressure drop equation (6-12). The resulting equation is known as
Bernoullis equation for the case of integrating for fluids of constant density, or as
Eulers equation when used for an ideal fluid, where the loss term, A(L
w
), is set to zero.
(6-12)
When computing the total pressure drop, Ap, the lost work due to friction must be
expressed in more common terms. The loss component from equation (6-11), (dLw/
dL), can be more explicitly defined by performing a simple force balance on a section of
circular pipe between the wall shear stress (which accounts for the frictional losses) and
pressure forces (Figure 6-3).
Figure 6-3: Force Balance on Circular Pipe Section
(6-13)
where:
Equation (6-13) can be written as:
(6-14)
Substituting for dL
w
into equation (6-15) gives:
(6-15)
t
w
= shear stress, or shear resistance to flow
d
i
= internal pipe diameter
Ap
g
g
c
-----AL u A L
w
( )
A v
2
( )
2g
c
------------------ + + sin =
p
1
p
1
dp
dL
------dL
\ .
| |
tg
c
d
i
2
4
---------------- t
w
td
i
( )dL =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
FRICTION
4g
c
t
w
d
i
----------------
dL
w
dL
----------
\ .
| |
= =
dp
dL
------
vdv
g
c
dL
------------
g
g
c
----- u sin
4g
c
t
w
d
i
---------------- + + + 0 =
For both laminar (streamline) and turbulent flow, a dimensionless friction factor, f, is
defined as the ratio of shear stress to the fluid kinetic energy per unit volume:
(6-16)
Equation (6-16) represents one of the original friction factor formulations as defined by
Fanning. The Darcy-Weisbach (or Moody
1
) friction factor, f
d
, is used in PIPEPHASE
and is defined as being four times larger than the Fanning factor:
(6-17)
Note: The superscripts given in the text in this chapter refer to the appropriate entry in
C.
Substituting equation (6-17) into the pressure loss component of equation (6-15) gives:
(6-18)
The general pressure drop expression for a single-phase fluid can then be re-written as:
(6-19)
Note: Users of SI or Metric units of measure: The unit of force in SI and Metric unit sets
is the Newton. The Newton is defined so as to make the proportionality constant, g
c
,
unity, thus eliminating it from equation (6-19).
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow
Laminar Flow
At low velocities, a single-phase fluid in pipes flows in one direction, and the velocity
within the pipe changes across the plane perpendicular to its axis, from a maximum in
the center of the pipe, to zero at the pipe wall. For a circular pipe, the velocity profile is a
parabola (see Figure 6-4), where the fluid particles move in straight, parallel paths in
layers, or laminae. The term laminar flow is therefore used to describe this condition. In
f
FANNING
t
w
v
2
2
----------------
2t
w
v
2
---------- = =
f
d
t
w
v
2
8
----------------
8t
w
v
2
---------- = =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
FRICTION
t
w
td
i
g
c
A
i
-----------
f
d
v
2
8g
c
--------------
\ .
|
| |
td
i
td
i
2
4
-----------------
\ .
|
| |
f
d
v
2
2g
c
d
i
-------------- = = =
dp
dL
------
g
g
c
----- u sin
f
d
v
2
2g
c
d
i
--------------
vdv
g
c
dL
------------ + + =
laminar flow systems, analytical laws relating shear stress (and hence friction) to the rate
of angular deformation may be applied. Since the viscosity of the fluid is dominant in
laminar flow, this suppresses any tendency toward turbulent conditions (see below).
Figure 6-4: Laminar Flow in a Circular Pipe
For a laminar flowing fluid, the following equation for the Darcy-Weisbach friction
factor can be derived analytically from Poiseuilles equation:
(6-20)
where:
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes
PIPEPHASE incorporates the unified correlation developed by Churchill
76
for heat
transfer calculations. This correlation spans the laminar and turbulent regions, and it
calculates a constant Nusselt number of 4.36 when the Reynolds number falls below
2300. Therefore, the user has no control over the critical Reynolds number below which
laminar conditions are applied. In other words, the keyword entry of
LAMINAR=value has no influence in calculating the heat-transfer coefficient.
However, the Churchill correlation has not been implemented for calculating the friction
factor. Therefore, the keyword entry of LAMINAR=value will still be used to
influence the friction pressure drop calculations.
Reynolds Number
For the benefit of fluid flow studies, a dimensionless value representing the ratio of a
fluids inertia forces to its viscous forces has been defined. This is known as the
Reynolds number, Re, and is commonly utilized as an indication of the turbulence of the
fluid. For circular pipes, the Reynolds number is defined as:
(6-21)
= fluid viscosity
f
d
64
vd
i
----------- =
Re
vd
i
----------- =
This number is used as a basis for many pressure drop- and heat transfer-related
correlations.
Turbulent Flow
As the flowrate of a fluid is increased from laminar flow conditions, the fluid particles
begin to move randomly in all directions of flow, and in a more haphazard fashion as
velocities increase. As the flowrate increases even further, the fluctuations in the
behavior of the particles becomes more significant, and the flow is termed turbulent.
Typically, the transition between laminar flow and full turbulent flow occurs over a
region between Reynolds numbers of 2000 and 3000.
Figure 6-5: Turbulent Flow in a Circular Pipe
It then becomes impossible to track the movement of an individual particle, and the
velocity profile of the fluid becomes correspondingly more uniform, or flat, in the plane
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe (see Figure 6-5). It is not possible to predict the
friction factor associated with turbulent flow using the same analytical methods as for
laminar conditions. To better predict friction factors under turbulent conditions,
experimental observations are combined with the previous theoretical fluid flow
relationships. Friction factors for turbulent flow are then defined empirically usually in
terms of the Reynolds number, Re.
The Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, f
d
, has been found to be a function of Reynolds
number alone in the case of smooth pipe walls, and for rough pipe walls as a function of
both Reynolds number and the relative roughness of the pipe inside wall. Relative
roughness is a dimensionless quantity, and is thought to be more indicative than absolute
pipe roughness on the effect on pressure gradient.
The relative roughness is usually abbreviated in its equation form, c/d, where c is the
absolute pipe mean roughness, and d is the (smooth) pipe inside diameter. An example of
a friction factor expression for single-phase flow in circular pipes with rough walls is
shown in equation (6-22), which was developed by Colebrook
2
:
(6-22)
1
f
d
--------- 1.74 2log
10
2c
d
i
-----
18.7
Re f
d
---------------- +
\ .
|
| |
=
To solve these types of equations usually requires an iterative procedure to determine f
d
.
In standard texts these equations are represented as graphs of friction factor versus
Reynolds number, containing lines of constant c/d (see Figure 6-6).
Figure 6-6: Friction Factor Chart (Semi-Log f
d
vs Log R
e
) after Moody
Non-Newtonian Flow
All previous and subsequent discussions in this chapter refer to so-called Newtonian
fluids (where shear stresses are postulated to be directly proportional to the time rate of
deformation of a fluid element). Non-Newtonian fluids do not obey newtonian flow
dynamics, and include common fluids such as some oil/water mixtures, mud, cement,
and a variety of plant-processed slurry streams. Non-Newtonian fluids can behave in
different ways in response to a constant shear force - such as decreasing viscosity (so-
called pseudoplastic or thixotropic [for time-dependent responses] fluids) or increasing
viscosity (so-called dilatant or rheopectic [for time-dependent responses] fluids). Non-
Newtonian fluids can be modeled in PIPEPHASE currently only by specifying an
appropriate user-defined pressure drop method (see Chapter 3, Input Reference).
Two-Phase Fluid Flow in Pipes
Up until this point in our discussion of fluid flow, all assumptions have been for single-
phase fluids. In the topics covering laminar and turbulent flow, it was seen that fluid flow
theory can take us only as far as single-phase, laminar flow. Once the laminar to
turbulent flow transition is made for single-phase fluids, modeling the flow becomes
complex. Fluid flow theory then enters a gray area where empirical correlations and
experimental observation account for a large portion of key areas in the prediction of
pressure drop. All salient equations describing two-phase flow build on existing single-
phase equation forms. However, they are far more empirical than their single-phase
equivalents due to the complex nature of multiphase flow.
In single-phase laminar flow, fluid properties such as density, , and viscosity, , must be
known prior to any pressure drop formulation being applied (see equations (6-19) and
(6-20)). This concept is relatively simple for a single-phase fluid simple temperature-
and pressure-dependent correlations and mixing rules can be applied with confidence for
all but the heaviest and non-ideal of fluids. However, the definition and meaning of two-
phase fluid physical properties such as density or viscosity requires further discussion.
Clearly some type of viscosity and density must be used in the overall pressure drop
expression, and since the only physical data available to the researcher and engineer are
viscosities of both phases in isolation, a suitable mixing rule for the two-phases must be
formulated. Before this can be accomplished, there must be a knowledge of the relative
amounts of both phases existing at the point of interest in the pipe. The term holdup is
commonly used to describe this quantity.
Liquid Holdup and Superficial Velocities
Two quantities are used extensively in two-phase flow analyses, the superficial velocity
of each phase, and the liquid or gas holdup.
The superficial velocity is defined as the velocity at which one-phase would travel if it
alone occupied the whole pipe, and can be calculated from volumetric flowrates:
(6-23a)
(6-23b)
where:
subscripts G and L refer to the gas (vapor) and liquid phase respectively
The fluid mixture velocity is then defined as the velocity of the total mixture, and can be
shown to be equal to the sum of the component superficial velocities:
(6-24a)
(6-24b)
where:
subscript M refers to the mixture
q = volumetric flowrate of the phase
A = cross-sectional area of the pipe
vs = superficial velocity of the phase
v
sL
q
L
A
----- for the liquid =
v
sG
q
G
A
------ for the gas =
v
M
q
L
q
G
+
A
------------------- =
v
M
v
sL
v
sG
+ =
Liquid & Gas Holdup - Slip & No-Slip
Liquid holdup, H
L
, is defined as the fraction of the pipes cross-sectional area occupied
by liquid (see Figure 6-7):
(6-25)
For the complementary gas holdup:
(6-26)
For a given steady-state snapshot of a two-phase fluid flowing in a pipe, there can be
two feasible liquid holdup scenarios slip liquid holdup (where the gas and liquid are
traveling at different velocities) and no-slip liquid holdup (where both phases are
actually traveling at the same speed). These concepts are important in the study of two-
phase flow systems, and will be utilized fully when describing two-phase pressure drop
correlations. In either scenario the liquid holdup varies from a value of one for all liquid
flow, to zero for all gas flow. The term positive slip is used to describe situations where
the gas is traveling faster than the liquid, and negative slip for the reverse situation.
Figure 6-7: Liquid and Vapor Holdup
The slip velocity is defined as the difference between the actual gas and liquid
velocities:
(6-27)
Now,
(6-28a)
(6-28b)
H
L
A
L
A
------ =
H
G
A
G
A
------- =
v
s
v
G
v
L
=
v
G
q
G
A
G
------- =
v
L
q
L
A
L
------ =
Then from equations (6-23a), (6-23b), (6-25) and (6-26) it is simple to show that, for
cases of no-slip w here v
G
= v
L
:
(6-29)
where:
Therefore, the no-slip liquid holdup can be shown to be a function only of the superficial
velocities of each phase, and is thus simple to calculate if the volumetric flowrate of each
phase is known.
In a majority of two-phase flow situations, however, the no-slip assumption is false, and
should not be used for reasonable pressure drop predictions. This is typically because of
the flow pattern, and/or the topology of the piping system (which can encourage slip
conditions through inclined and vertical pipe sections). In these cases, liquid holdups
must be calculated from empirical correlations.
Once the liquid holdup value has been determined for the segment of piping under study,
then its first use is in calculating actual gas and liquid velocities from their
corresponding superficial values (from equations (6-26), (6-28a) and (6-28b)):
(6-30)
Two-Phase Mixture Properties
A two-phase fluid mixture density,
m
, can be defined using the holdup as the weighting
factor between both phases. Although some researchers use different formulations,
equation (6-31) represents one of the most common relationships for density used to
calculate the elevation term in the pressure drop equation (in this equation H
L
refers to
either the slip or no-slip liquid holdup):
(6-31)
The viscosity of a fluid is used in all pressure drop correlations, at least in the
determination of the friction factor, f
d
, via the Reynolds number, R
e
. It is also typically
used within correlating parameters in more empirically-based methods. This can be seen
in the two-phase pressure drop correlations given in Table A-6a through Table A-6e,
Two-Phase Pressure Correlations. These types of equation formulated for two-phase
viscosities are more varied than those developed for density (above), since the concept of
a mixture viscosity is more difficult to comprehend. A typical formulation for mixture
viscosity is shown in equation (6-32):
L
= no-slip liquid holdup
L
H
L NO SLIP ,
v
sL
v
M
-------- = =
v
L
q
L
AH
L
----------- =
M

L
H
L
1 H
L
( )
G
+ =
(6-32)
In dealing with two-phase flow, surface tension is another physical property which
affects pressure drop. It is typically used as a correlating property in determining slip
liquid holdup, as well as in determining the different flow regimes (described later).
In systems involving a wet hydrocarbon mixture, there will often be enough water
present to form a separate, second liquid phase. A majority of the current, accredited
industry-standard methods are available in PIPEPHASE. In each method only one liquid
phase is considered to be present. Therefore, when two liquid phases actually exist, they
are bulked together to form one liquid phase. The physical transport properties required
by the pressure drop method for the bulk liquid are then calculated by weighting the
relative amounts of each phase present. Liquid viscosity, density and surface tension are
all calculated in this fashion. In equation (6-33), any of these properties can substituted
for x:
(6-33)
where:
Other viscosity mixing rules, e.g., the API methods and the Woelflin procedure (for
cases involving water-in-oil emulsions) are also available in PIPEPHASE.
Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop
The formula for calculating the pressure drop for two-phase fluids in pipes is analogous
to the equivalent single-phase flow version shown in equation (6-19), except that the
friction factor and physical properties are replaced by their two-phase equivalents:
(6-34)
Note: The definitions of the mixture density (
M
) and mixture friction factor (f
M
) terms
are specific to the correlation in which they are employed.
The pressure loss term in equation (6-34) includes a two-phase friction factor, f
M
. In the
past, researchers have spent a majority of effort in developing predictive correlations for
the two-phase friction factor, as well as the slip liquid holdup term.
Flow Regimes
x = liquid viscosity, density, or surface tension
VOLFR = volume fraction
subscripts HC and WAT refer to the hydrocarbon and aqueous phase respectively
M

L
H
L
G
H
G
=
x
L
x
HC
VOLFR
HC
x
WAT
VOLFR
WAT
+ =
dP
dL
------ -
g
g
c
-----
M
u sin
f
M
M
v
M
2
2g
c
d
i
---------------------

M
v
M
dv
M
g
c
d
L
------------------------- + + =
When two fluids with different physical properties flow together in the same pipe, there
will be a wide range of possible flow regimes. A flow regime (or flow pattern) is
essentially a description of the flow structure, or distribution of one fluid phase relative
to the other. For example, for upward flow of air and water in an inclined pipe, the
dominant flow regime is generally described as either mist flow or slug flow. Different
inclinations of pipe, together with the direction of flow, both have a major effect on the
actual flow regime. Several correlations have been developed specifically for one type of
topology and flow direction (see A). The types of flow regime encountered include, but
are not limited to, those shown in Figure 6-8. Depending on the researcher, categories of
flow regime may be labeled differently.
Figure 6-8: Flow Regimes in Two-Phase Flow (using Beggs & Brill Terminology)
A flow regime map is generally included as a front-end to most modern two-phase
pressure drop calculation methods. The Taitel-Dukler-Barnea map, for example, is a
graphical representation of flow regime correlated against superficial gas and superficial
liquid velocities. Once the respective superficial velocities are known (for example,
calculated from equations (6-23a-b)), the flow regime can be easily read off the graph.
Depending on which flow regime is suggested for those superficial velocities, a regime-
specific correlation for liquid holdup is then invoked. It must be noted at this point that
different pressure drop correlations begin with a different flow map, since the link
between resultant pressure drop and flow regime has typically been made by regression
during the experimental phase of the research.
Note: The flow regime predicted by an individual pressure drop correlation may not
reflect the actual regime encountered in reality, but the use of this regime in that
particular correlation will produce the results as correlated and expected by the
researchers.
One of the latest flow pattern predictions is the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea
3
model. The Taitel-
Dukler-Barnea flow map can be used as a good yardstick to determine which flow
regime will actually prevail. The user can then utilize this map to design out undesirable
topological components of a piping run which are found to instigate severe losses, or
which produce mechanical and/or operational problems. Knowledge of the two-phase
flow patterns and holdup behavior allow the engineer to make better decisions, whether
mechanically retrofitting an existing system, or when developing a new design.
In the holdup and velocity detail report section of the output to PIPEPHASE, both the
flow regime (FLOW REGM) as predicted by the pressure drop correlation, and the flow
regime (T-D FLOW REGM) predicted by the Taitel-Dukler map are presented to the
user for reference (PRINT DEVICE=FULL must be selected in the General Data
Category of input).
Steps to determine flow Pattern using T-D method:
Operational Variables: Flow Rates q
L
and q
g
Geometrical Variables: d,
Physical Properties:
L
,
g,
L
,
g
,
Calculate equilibrium liquid level (holdup) from combined momentum equation
Check transition A: stratified flow or non stratified flow
If stratified, check transition C: smooth stratified or wavy stratified
If non-stratified, check transition B or D
Transition B: intermittent-annular transition
Transition D: intermittent-bubble transition
The decision path is shown below:
Figure 6-9: Decision Path
Transition Criterion
Generalized T-D Flow Pattern Map
Figure 6-9a: Generalized T-D Flow Pattern Map
Single and Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations in PIPEPHASE
In PIPEPHASE the available pressure drop correlations for flow in circular pipes fall
into four categories:
1. Single phase gas
2. Single phase liquid
3. Two-phase fluid
a) Standard correlations
b) Hybrid correlations
c) High velocity correlations
4. User-defined correlations
Categories (1) and (2) are relatively straightforward (see the discussion in the previous
sections on single-phase fluid flow), and are generally based on the basic pressure drop
equation (6-19).
Category (3) is divided into three types of correlation:
a) Standard correlations which have been incorporated directly into the PIPEP-
HASE program from their published form.
b) So-called hybrid correlations which mix components of certain standard cor-
relations to produce new correlations.The components that are taken from the
standard correlations include the holdup method, the pressure drop components -
friction, elevation and acceleration, and the flow map method. The mixes
between components of standard correlations have been made such that the rele-
vant transplants are consistent with the original correlation. This results in a
wider choice of correlations from which a field data match may be found. In
addition, more confidence may be gained in bracketing a solution value by the
use of similar correlations. See Appendix A for a detailed breakdown of these
hybrid correlations.
c) High velocity correlations, which have been developed as enhancements to stan-
dard correlations. These correlations may be used to model high accelerational
fluid systems where the standard correlations would normally break down.
Category (4) is a facility for users to implement their own pressure drop correlation(s)
for pipes and/or for fittings. Further details on flow through fittings are given in later
sections.
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description
It can be shown that when a single-phase, compressible fluid flows in a pipe of constant
diameter the velocity of the fluid cannot physically exceed the velocity of sound in the
fluid medium. The term sonic velocity is used to describe the velocity of sound in the
medium.
Critical or choked flow may be described by an example.
Consider a compressible fluid flowing in a horizontal pipe of uniform diameter and fixed
inlet pressure. As the outlet pressure is gradually decreased, the flowrate will gradually
increase. This trend will continue until the mass flux (i.e., velocity) reaches a maximum
possible value at the outlet. Further lowering of the outlet pressure does not increase the
flowrate. This flow condition is called critical, or choked flow. The outlet pressure at
which critical flow is initiated is called the critical pressure.
Figure 6-10: Relationship Between Critical Velocity and Liquid Holdup
This phenomenon of critical flow is observed for single-phase gas as well as two-phase
gas-liquid flow. For single-phase gas, the critical flow is reached when the velocity
reaches sonic velocity. For multiphase flow situations, sonic velocity and critical flow
velocity are not equal in magnitude.
A plot of critical velocity versus the liquid holdup generates an unusual U-shaped curve
(see Figure 6-11). This indicates that the critical velocity for two-phase flow (H
L
> 0.0)
may be much less than the critical velocity for gas only flow (H
L
= 0.0). The minimum
critical velocity is reached at a liquid holdup value of approximately 0.5.
The Pressure Discontinuity
When the critical, or choked flow condition has been reached, further lowering of the
outlet pressure does not increase the flowrate. In reality, a pressure (and temperature)
discontinuity occurs at the outlet of the pipe. Referring to Figure 6-11, to the left of the
discontinuity, the velocity is critical and the pressure is critical pressure. To the right of
the discontinuity, the flow is subcritical and the pressure is set pressure, which is less
than the critical pressure.
For flow in a pipe of uniform cross sectional area, a pressure discontinuity and critical
flow can normally occur only at the outlet of the pipe. This implies that critical flow can
potentially occur where the flow area changes to a higher value (such as expansions).
In reality, the pressure discontinuity manifests itself as a shock wave. Critical flow is
therefore often accompanied by an intense rhythmic dissipation of energy and vibrations.
A localized increase in the rate of heat transfer may also be observed.
Note: Currently, PIPEPHASE solves for critical flow in chokes only.
Figure 6-11: Pressure Discontinuity
Single-Phase Flow
Table 6-1 lists recommendations for the single-phase pressure drop correlations
available in PIPEPHASE. The recommendations are provided to help the user choose the
most appropriate correlation for a given application. For users who need more
information, see A.
Note: The original Panhandle B and Weymouth correlations for gas flow were
reformulated to separate the pressure losses due to friction, elevation, and acceleration.
Equivalent friction factors were also derived.
Table 6-1: Recommendations for Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Correlation Recommendations
Gases
Panhandle B Good for long and/or large diameter pipes.
Weymouth Good for short and/or small diameter pipes.
Moody (default) Applicable for all diameters and lengths. Especially good for
high velocity lines since acceleration losses are considered.
American Gas Association Recommended by the American Gas Association.
Liquids
Hazen-Williams Applicable for low viscosity fluids like water and gasoline.
Should not be used for high viscosity fluids.
Moody (default) Applicable for fluids over a wide range of conditions.
Two-Phase Flow
The available two-phase empirical correlations for Horizontal and Inclined Flow are
listed in Table A-2, Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Note: BBM correlation is recommended for all angles.
In addition, PIPEPHASE offers several hybrid correlations, see Table A-4, Hybrid
Models Summary.
Note: Mukherjee-Brill correlation is recommended for inclined pipeline profiles
especially for downward two-phase flow.
While the extensive selection of correlations available in PIPEPHASE offers a variety of
methods for predicting two-phase fluid flow behavior, it also presents the typical user,
who is not necessarily an expert in fluid flow methods, with a problem in selecting the
appropriate correlation. Table A-2, Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop
Correlations, presents a set of recommendations for selecting the appropriate correlation
from the range of available choices.
Mechanistic Models
PIPEPHASE supports the following mechanistic two-phase flow correlations:
The Ansari model for vertical flow
The Xiao model for horizontal and near-horizontal flow
The comprehensive TACITE hydrodynamic model, and
The comprehensive OLGA hydrodynamic model.
Note: TACITE and OLGA are steady-state implementations of commercial transient
codes.
A brief description for each of these methods is provided in the following sections.
Ansari
The Ansari
77
method, developed at the Tulsa University Fluid Flow Projects (TUFFP) is
a comprehensive mechanistic model for upward two-phase flow, covering each of the
flow patterns encountered as well as the corresponding transitions.
The model first determines the existing flow pattern from the transition relationships.
These transitional relationships are based primarily on the work of Taitel et al.
78
and
Barnea
79
.
When dispersed bubble flow is predicted, the flow characteristics are modeled on the
basis of a homogeneous, no-slip model. At lower liquid velocities, the bubble flow
model, based on an analysis of the bubble rise velocity, is an extension of the work by
Caetano
80
. The slug flow model is characterized by a series of Taylor bubbles separated
by liquid slugs. Separate models have been formulated for both developing and fully
developed slug flow, depending on the nature of the Taylor bubble. The analysis is based
on the work of Fernandes
81
, Caetano
80
, and Sylvester
82
. Annular flow is characterized by
a liquid film surrounding a gas core, comprising of both gas and entrained liquid
droplets. The annular flow model is based on Barneas analysis, originally developed for
flow pattern prediction.
The acceleration component of the pressure drop has been ignored for all flow regime
models.
Experimental validation of the Ansari model was achieved by comparing predictions
against the data available for vertical wells in the TUFFP Databank. This included some
of the recent data obtained from Arcos operations in the Prudhoe Bay field in Alaska.
Xiao
Like the Ansari work, the Xiao
83
model was also developed at TUFFP. It is a
comprehensive mechanistic model developed for horizontal and near-horizontal
pipelines. Flow pattern prediction, which forms the basis of the analysis, were based on
the pioneering work of Taitel and Dukler
84
and its subsequent extensions.
The Taitel and Dukler two-fluid formulation has been used as the basis for the stratified
flow model. Interfacial shear has been addressed through a combination of the separate
approaches by Andritsos and Hanratty
85
, and Baker et al.
86
The treatment of the annular
flow geometry, under the assumption that flow in the gas core is homogeneous, is similar
to the two-fluid stratified flow model. The Oliemans et al.
87
model, originally developed
for vertical annular flow, was used to represent interfacial friction and liquid entrainment
Intermittent flow was characterized by alternating liquid slugs and gas pockets, with a
stratified layer flowing along the bottom of the pipe. The Taitel and Barnea
88
approach
was used to develop the fundamental slug flow model, with the Taitel and Dukler
approach to shear stress modified for the specific flow geometry.
Field validation was based on the American Gas Association (AGA) database, as well as
field data presented by Mcleod et al. A majority of the validation was based on
comparison of model predictions against small-scale laboratory data.
TACITE
The TACITE hydrodynamic model is the steady-state basis for a comprehensive
transient simulator. The details of the model are outlined in the work of Pauchon et al.
89
TACITE, which is applicable for any pipe inclination, is based on the concept of
characterizing any flow pattern as a combination of two basic geometries: separated and
dispersed. Slug flow, for example, may be described as a combination of the stratified
and dispersed flow patterns.
The bases for the formulation are the transport equations for multiphase flow. These
include separate mass conservation equations for each of the two phases, and combined
momentum and energy balances. The remaining equation, defining closure, is obtained
from the prevailing flow pattern.
For dispersed flow, the closure equation is the drift flux relationship for the gas velocity
as a function of the mixture velocity, where the bubble diameter is obtained by balancing
the work of surface tension with turbulent dissipation.
For stratified flow, the pressure gradient term in the separate gas and liquid momentum
balance equations are equated. The interfacial shear stress term is approximated from the
law proposed by Andritsos and Hanratty.
90
The intermittent flow regime is treated as a periodic structure of dispersed and separated
flows. The slug velocity is determined from an extension to relationship proposed by
Nicklin et al.,
91
using Andreussi and Bendiksens
92
void fraction model for the liquid
slug.
Validation of TACITE is based on data collected from a variety of sources, including the
Boussens databank, stratified flow data obtained by TUFFP, and data obtained from the
MPE project of BHRG. It has also been validated with field data collected by ELF
Aquitaine and TOTAL. Two of these applications have been for gas condensate lines
(NE Frigg, Zuidvaal), while the third was an oil (black) and gas line (Alwyn). TACITE is
presently being tested against the database developed by a consortium of oil companies
and research organizations for the MIRANDA project.
OLGA
The OLGA model has been described by Bendiksen et al.
93
The physical model, valid
across the range of inclination angles, is based on separate conservation of mass
relationships for the gas and liquid phases, as well as for the entrained liquid droplets.
The additional equations in the formulation are momentum balances for each of the two
phases, and a combined mixture energy balance.
As with any other mechanistic approach, the application of the conservation equations is
flow pattern-dependent. In particular, the friction factor and wetted perimeter terms are
based on the predicted geometry of the flow distribution. As such, the first step in the
algorithm is the determination of the flow pattern, based on the local distribution of two-
phase parameters.
OLGA has been compared with data from various experimental facilities, covering a
wide range of pipe sizes, fluids, inclination angles and operating conditions. The bulk of
this data was obtained from experiments at the SINTEF Two-Phase Flow Laboratory in
Norway. The model was also tested with good agreement against a number of oil field
facilities.
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations
For recommendations on Single-Phase Methods and Two-Phase and Compositional
Methods, see A.
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE
The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology
The Calculation Segment
PIPEPHASE works in segments to determine the pressure, temperature, holdup, and
flow pattern distribution in all flow devices: pipe, tubing string or annulus. A segment is
the smallest calculation increment of a larger length of pipe as shown in Figure 6-12.
Segment-specific results can be seen in the detailed report for flow devices in the
PIPEPHASE output file.
Separate segment sizes can be specified for all horizontal (pipe) and vertical (tubing,
annulus) flow devices, either as segment length or the number of segments per device,
through the General Data Category of input. These options should be considered prior to
any simulation involving significant changes in fluid density. Almost all multiphase and
single-phase gas applications, as well as single-phase liquid models with sharp thermal
gradients fall under this classification.
For blackoil, condensate and single-phase systems, the segment length is defaulted to a
value equal to the length of the flow device (i.e., no segmentation). For compositional or
steam systems, a flow device may be internally divided, automatically by PIPEPHASE,
into several compositional segments based on a maximum limit to the enthalpy change
per segment.
Figure 6-12: The Calculation Segment
Note: In Figure 6-12, m represents the total mass flowrate of fluid.
A shorter segment size will increase the accuracy of the simulation at the expense of
computation time. If you are unsure of an optimal segment size, the simulation should be
run first with default segmenting. In subsequent runs, you should adjust segment sizes on
the basis of the results of the prior simulations until the optimal point is identified.
Default Segment Calculation Procedure
Figure 6-13 outlines the segment calculation procedure for every pipe, tubing, and
annulus for compositional or steam systems. The procedure for implementing the
pressure drop equations for flow devices described in the section titled, An Introduction
to Fluid Flow, is iterative, since average conditions of pressure and temperature are
required to calculate the phase equilibria and physical properties that are required by the
pressure drop and energy balance calculations. To achieve this, PIPEPHASE employs an
inner loop for the convergence on pressure, and an outer loop for enthalpy convergence.
For blackoil or single-phase fluids where there are no enthalpy calculations, the segment
calculation procedure reduces to a single iteration loop.
Figure 6-13: Default Segment Pressure and Temperature Calculation Procedure
The SHORTPIPE Segment Calculation Procedure
The user has the option of employing a different algorithm for the calculation segment,
known as the SHORTPIPE method (Figure 6-14). This method is activated from the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input. Instead of using an
iterative procedure to find average temperature and pressure over a segment, this method
uses the inlet conditions to the segment on which to base all property and flash
calculations. This technique therefore avoids any iteration, and is much faster than the
default method. The user should consider using the SHORTPIPE method in the
following situations (with associated restrictions):
Simulations where pipe runs contain fluids undergoing small pressure changes relative
to the node inlet pressure. In these cases, fluid properties do not change significantly
over a segment, and the assumption of using inlet conditions is valid. Using the
SHORTPIPE method under these conditions will reduce the execution time
considerably.
1. In high velocity/accelerational systems such as flare simulations where link conver-
gence has been encountered. In these cases, the reverse of case (1) is true, and fluid
properties change significantly across a given segment. Therefore, in switching to
the SHORTPIPE method, the user should increase the number of segments per pipe
(i.e. reduce the segment size) to increase each SHORTPIPE calculation segment
accuracy.
2. In large compositional systems. In these cases, using the default segment calculation
method results in very long execution times. In these situations the SHORTPIPE
method may be specified in order to reduce execution times, but the number of seg-
ments per pipe should be generally increased to ensure accurate physical property
and flash calculations across each segment.
Figure 6-14: SHORTPIPE Segment Calculation ProcedureSHORTPIPE Segment Calculation
Procedure
The Single Link Calculation Method
This method simulates the single link algorithm which is used for line sizing, nodal
analysis, and other simulation models that focus on a single link in the system. There are
two possible solution scenarios for this method as shown below.
Figure 6-15: Single Link Calculation Method Options
PIPEPHASE divides the pipe sections into segments as defined by the user in the input,
and then uses a marching algorithm to achieve pressure drop and heat transfer results.
The term marching is used to describe the step-by-step process by which PIPEPHASE
solves calculation segments sequentially.
Scenario A:
This is the simplest request of the single link method, and is a straightforward once-
only pass from source to sink.
Note: The flowrate in this scenario can be fixed at either the source or sink node.
Scenario B:
With the pressure drop fixed over the link, the single link procedure must iterate on
flowrate until an outlet pressure is achieved which matches that specified by the
user.
The Network Calculation Method
A typical network which can be solved using PIPEPHASEs network solution algorithm
is shown in Figure 6-16.
Figure 6-16: A Typical Network
Definition of a Network
A PIPEPHASE network is defined as a system of two or more links joined together. A
link is defined as a connection between two nodes. A node can be a sink (where fluid
leaves the system), a source (where fluid enters the system), or a junction (where two
links join together).
The network solution algorithm can be used to solve any type of pipeline network, from
complex, multiphase looped systems tosingle-phase gas transmission lines .
Internally, PIPEPHASE generates a set of material and pressure balance equations from
the input data, and proceeds to solve these equations simultaneously using a Newton-
Raphson scheme and a matrix solver. As will be seen in the following section, almost
any combination of flow and pressure node conditions can be solved, which gives you
tremendous flexibility in solving a wide variety of problems.
Pressure Balance Method
The methodology for determining the pressure and flow distribution in a pipeline
network is based on a pressure balance (PBAL) solution algorithm.
From a network flow balance, the PBAL algorithm first identifies the set of starting link
flows which is the minimum set of link flow rates that completely define the network flow
distribution. Spur links, which are flowrate-specified isolated sections that do not affect
the rest of the solution, are identified and solved, independently of the general network
solution.
The primary variables for the solution matrix are the starting link flowrates and all
unknown pressure values at source boundaries. Pressure imbalances are computed at all
fixed pressure sink or junction node boundaries, as well as at nodes with two or more
incoming flows.
Newton-Raphson iterations are employed to solve the non-linear equation set. The
elements of the solution Jacobian can be determined from the partial derivative of the
node pressures with respect to the incoming link flowrates and the corresponding
upstream pressures.
Mass Balance Method
The mass balance (MBAL) solution method is used to provide PBAL with a good initial
estimate of the flow and pressure distribution in the network. The algorithm is based on
the principle that the sum of all flows into (and out of) all nodes in a network must equal
zero. Mathematically, the sum of all junction flows can be expressed as non-linear
functions of the nodal pressure and temperature distribution in the network. The MBAL
algorithm solves the non-linear set of equations by decoupling the network temperature
field from the pressure field. Newton-Raphson iterations are used to solve the non-linear
set of equations for nodal pressures. The solution for the decoupled temperature field
follows from the conservation of energy at the junction nodes.
How to Set up a Network Problem
There are some basic rules common to any type of simulation which are listed below
along with the rules which must be followed in setting up a network problem in
PIPEPHASE.
Before the PIPEPHASE program is used, you should write down the objective of the
simulation, i.e., list which answers you want from the program output. This step pro-
vides a focus which saves time and effort in entering data into the program.
The network that is to be simulated should then be translated into a network dia-
gram, similar to the one shown in Figure 6-16. Here the diagram consists only of
nodes (sources, junctions and sinks), links, and alphanumeric names for each node,
which can be up to four characters. Importantly, the network diagram includes
arrows on each link to denote assumed input flow direction, and also marks the loca-
tion and label of major items of process equipment, if relevant.
The number of nodes in the system should then be counted, and next to each node a
pressure (P) and flowrate (Q) annotation should be added.
In a direct analogy with Kirchoffs Laws in electrical engineering theory, any net-
work must be configured such that the total number of pressures (Ps) and flowrates
(Qs) that are fixed by the user must equal the number of nodes present in the sys-
tem, or
(6-35)
To assist in setting up networks and to follow good simulation practice:
Each boundary node should have one fixed value and one estimated value.
At least one boundary node pressure must be fixed.
In Figure 6-16, there are 7 nodes, and hence the number of Ps and Qs to be fixed must
equal 7 (i.e., the total number of P = and Q = ). All other Ps and Qs are to be
calculated by the program. The Ps and Qs to be calculated by PIPEPHASE must be
given an estimated value, either by the user in the input data, or automatically allocated
by the program itself (denoted by P = and Q = ). With this equality rule in mind,
the user has full flexibility in which node P and Q values are to be fixed, and which are
to be calculated. The flowrate, Q, at a junction is zero, and is therefore always a fixed
value. This is because at steady state, the net flow at the junction point is given by:
(6-36)
Therefore,
E P Q + ( )
FIXED
ENodes E P Q + ( )
TO BE CALCULATED
= =
Q
i n
Q
out
=
(6-37)
You may then specify the details of the structure within the links. The devices
appearing in each link should be ordered sequentially in the direction dictated by the
FROM=/TO= statement (see 4), or, in the case of loop links, the expected direction
of flow.
Assuming all other categories of input are satisfied, you are then ready to run the
simulation. When problems are encountered, a printed iteration history can assist in
diagnosing which course of action to take to produce a solution. To do this, use the
ITER keyword in the PRINT statement prior to executing the run.
There are several additional tips on the setting up of networks, and these are given in a
later section on Converging Network Simulations.
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE
PIPEPHASE allows you to choose between two different categories of fluid models:
Non-Compositional fluid,
and
Compositional fluid
All heat transfer and pressure drop calculations performed by the program use certain
fluid physical properties. The accuracy of these fluid properties is therefore of primary
importance in system modeling. This section of the technical reference will enable you
to choose the most appropriate method(s) for fluid properties, and to be conversant with
the program default methods as detailed in the main manual text.
Non-Compositional Fluid Models
There are five fluid types under this category:
Single-phase gas
Single-phase liquid
Blackoil
Condensate
Steam
These fluid models predict bulk fluid properties from the gas or liquid gravities (or
densities) alone, and thus are useful in systems where there is little information known
concerning stream compositions.
Q
net
0 =
Single-phase Gas
This fluid model is used when there is no liquid phase present throughout the simulation.
The gas specific gravity is used to calculate required physical properties.
Gas Compressibility (z)
You have the choice between the Standing-Katz
7
(default) and Hall-Yarborough
7
(for wet
or dry gases) correlations to calculate the gas compressibility (z-factor). Standing-Katz
data were taken from experiments with natural gas only, and the resultant z-factor
accuracies are strongly reliant on a precise specific gravity entry. Standing-Katz is also
able to correct for the existence of contaminants such as nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or
hydrogen sulfide. The Hall-Yarborough methods for dry and wet gases result from
curve-fitting original Standing-Katz data, and are also able to correct for the existence of
contaminants. Both methods correlate z-factor as a function of specific gravity,
temperature and pressure.
Gas Density (
G
)
This is calculated from:
(6-38)
Gas Viscosity (
G
)
You have the choice between the Lee
8
(default, shown below) and the Katz
9
correlations.
Both correlations calculate the gas viscosity as a function of specific gas gravity,
temperature, and pressure. The Katz method uses experimental data in the range 40-
400F and 1<P
r
<20.
Lee (default)
(6-39)
(6-40)
(6-41)
where:
T
A
= Temperature in Rankine
G
PM
zRT
---------- =
G
0.0001K 0.0433X
G
P
zT
------
\ .
| |
exp =
K
9.4 0.02M + ( )T
A
1.5
209 19M T
A
+ + ( )
--------------------------------------------- =
X 3.5
986
T
A
-------- - 0.01M + + =
Gas Specific Heat Capacity (Cp
G
)
Specific heat is calculated as a function of temperature (F) using the correlation:
(6-42)
where:
Single-Phase Liquid
The single liquid phase fluid model is used when there is no gas phase present
throughout the simulation. The liquid specific gravity is used to calculate required
physical properties. With the non-compositional single-phase fluid model the you are
able to specify the liquid as water or hydrocarbon, and in doing so activate the relevant
default physical property correlations.
Hydrocarbon Liquid Viscosity (
l
)
You have the choice between the TUFFP (Beggs/Robinson)
10
(default, described below)
and Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally
11
correlations for hydrocarbon liquid viscosity
calculations. The latter method is based on an API gravity of 60 or lower, and a
temperature of 300F or lower. Also, PIPEPHASE sets a minimum viscosity of 0.2 cP
and a maximum of 10,000 cP for the Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally method.
Beggs and Robinson Correlation
The TUFFP (Beggs/Robinson) correlation is based on gravities in the range 16 < API <
58, temperatures in the range 70 < T (F) < 295, and pressures in the range 0 < P (psig) <
5250.
When oil-water emulsions are formed, the viscosity is calculated from the Woelflin
correlation for tight, medium, or loose emulsions (Figure 6-17), or from a user-specified
curve of viscosity ratio versus water cut.
Standing Correlation
Beal had presented a graphical correlation to determine dead-oil viscosity. However,
Standing was able to present Beal's correlation with a mathematical equation for dead-oil
viscosity. The API gravity and temperature should be known. The pressure should be 1-
atm and temperature expressed in R. Refer 6-2.
Glaso Correlation
This correlation has been found to be extremely accurate for the ranges it has been
recommended to be used. Glaso had derived the empirical correlation using data from
North Sea. Refer Table 6-2.
T = Temperature in F
CpG = Heat capacity in BTU/lb
C
pG
0.39 0.00085 T 100 ( ) + =
Vazquez and Beggs
Vazquez gave a correlation that accounted for increase in viscosity of oil, at a pressure
above bubble point. However, this correlation is applicable for some specific data
ranges, also presented in the Table 6-2. This method is used as default in PIPEPHASE.
Note: Vazquez and Beggs correlation is not applicable for dead oil
Oil-water Viscosity (
L
)
API Procedure
Oil-water mixture viscosity may be determined from volumetric mixing, or by the
following API Procedure 14B. Refer Table 6-2 for the correlation.
Woelflin's Correlation
William Woelflin presented data that could be used to estimate the viscosity of a brine-
in-oil type of emulsion from a known clean-oil viscosity. He proposed that the emulsions
produced by incremental addition of water and mechanical mixing, the viscosity of the
resulting emulsion increases exponentially with the water-cut, up to a point where the
viscosity drops sharply to a value close to that of the parent water. The point at which the
viscosity drops sharply is the inversion point, marking the inversion of the emulsion.
Refer Figure 6-17.
However, weakness of this approach lies in the following assumptions:
The reference graph takes no account of the varying degrees of mixing in practice but
assumes total emulsification of the oil-water mixture. This may lead to over-estimation
of pressure loss in pipes.
It is inaccurate to assume that all oils have the same inversion water-cut. The error in
equipment specification due to this assumption could be large, especially for water cuts
close to the inversion point.
Figure 6-17: Emulsion Viscosity Ratio (Woelflin)
Table 6-2: Correlations to Calculate Oil Viscosity
Name Correlation Notes
BEGGS &
ROBINSON
70
Used for Ranges:

16 < API < 58
70 < T (F) < 295
0 < P (psig) < 5250
STANDING
72 Where
and Temperature expressed in
o
R
Use for Pressure = 1 atm
GLASO
71

Where
K = 3.141 X 10
10
T = system temperature in
o
F
Considered as the most accurate correlation for
dead-oil viscosity.
Ranges

VAZQUEZ &
BEGGS
73
Where
Ranges
Pressure = 141 to 9515 psia
Gas Solubility = 90.3 to 2,199 scf/stb
Viscosity = 0.117 to 148 cp
Gas Specific Gravity = 0.511 to 1.351
Oil Gravity = 15.3 to 59.5
o
API
*Applicable unsaturated crude oils.
L
10
x
1 =
X
10
3.0324 0.02023API
T
1.163
----------------------------------------------- =
od
0.32
1.8 10
7
API
4.53
---------------------- +
\ .
|
| |
=
360
T 260
--------------------------
\ .
| |
a 10
0.43 8.33
API
+ ) (
=
od
KT
3.444
API
log ( )
a
=
a 10.313 T log ( ) 36.447 =
20.1
API
48.1 s s 50 T 300 s s
o

ob
p
p
b
-----
.
|
\
|
m
=
m 2.6p
1.187
10
a
=
a 3.9X10
5
( )p
5
=
Water Viscosity (
w
)
You have the choice between the Beal (default) and ASME
12
steam table methods.
Specific Heat Capacity (Cp)
The specific heat capacity is evaluated as a function of oil gravity (degree API) and
temperature (degree F):
(6-43)
Blackoil (and Other Empirical Methods)
The blackoil model refers to a multiphase fluid model commonly used in industry. This
model predicts fluid properties from the specific gravities of the produced gas and oil,
and the corresponding volumetric phase ratio at reference conditions (gas-oil or gas-
liquid ratio). The phase split at in situ conditions is determined from empirical
correlations. The corresponding single-phase properties are then evaluated from their
respective fluid models.
API
PROCEDURE
For R > 1,
For R < 1,
Used for oil-water mixture.
Symbol Definition Units Subscript Definition
API
gravity degrees API b bubble point
formation volume factor bbl/stb o oil
M
molecular weight dimensionless od dead oil
P
pressure psia sc standard conditions
scf/stb g gas
dimensionless
T
temperature
o
R or
o
F
R
q
o
q
w
------ =
L

1

2
3
+ =
L

2
1 2.5R + ( ) =
C
p
BTU / lb ( ) 0.33 0.0022 API 0.00055 T + + =
The blackoil model assumes that the liquid at stock tank (i.e., at reference conditions of
pressure and temperature) remains in the liquid phase under all conditions. The separated
gas (at stock tank conditions), however is assumed to exist both as free gas in the vapor
phase, as well as dissolved gas in the liquid phase. This approximation is usually valid
for a crude oil that is heavier than 45 degrees API.
Note: In PIPEPHASE, the reference conditions for pressure and temperature are 14.70
psia and 60 degrees Fahrenheit, respectively.
Solution Gas-Oil Ratio
The solution gas-oil ratio is the volume of dissolved gas, expressed at standard
conditions, per unit volume of stock tank oil, at a given condition of pressure and
temperature. This ratio increases with pressure until all of the gas dissolves at the bubble
point pressure.
Table 6-3: Notes and References for SOLUTION GAS/OIL RATIO CORRELATIONS
LASATER
69 For
,
Use for API > 15
Use with VAZQUEZ FVF
Based on blackoils from Canada, the Western
and Mid-Continental US, and South America
Experimental accuracy was 7%
For y
g
, PIPEPHASE does a
piecewise curve fit
STANDING
72 For = ~ 1000
For P < 1000,
where
Use for API < 15
Based on California gas-crude systems
R
s
R
p
s
R
s
379.3 ( ) 35 ( )
o sc ,
M
o
| |
-----------------------------------------------
y
g
1 y
g
---------------
=
y
g
vs.
P
g
T 460 + ( )
---------------------data
R
s

g
Px ( )
1.20482
18 ( )
1.20482
------------------------------ =
R
s

g
x
P
13.46
-------------
\ .
| |
0.93023
\ .
| |
1.20482
=
x 10
0.0125API 0.000917 ( )
=
Solution Gas-Water Ratio
The solution gas-water ratio is the volume of dissolved gas, expressed at standard
conditions, per unit volume of stock tank water, at a given condition of pressure and
temperature.
PIPEPHASE uses the Culbertson and McKetta correlation for calculating the solution
gas-water ratio. This correlation was developed for pure methane, which is the
predominant component in natural gases. It also assumes that the bubble point pressure
for the water is the same as that for the associated oil. In general, the accuracy of this
prediction is within five percent for natural gases.
Oil Formation Volume Factor
The oil formation volume factor is the in situ volume of the oil phase, comprising both
oil and dissolved gas, that is occupied by a unit volume of oil at stock tank conditions.
The formation volume factor is influenced by the amount of dissolved gas as well as the
compressibility of the oil. Below the bubble point pressure, the oil formation volume
VAZQUEZ
73
For ,
For ,
where
Newer and more general than the Lasater and
Standing correlations
API
B
g
specific gravity (60 F/60F) dimensionless s solution
M
molecular weight dimensionless p produced
P
R
gas/oil ratio scf/stb g gas
SG
specific gravity at 100 psig dimensionless
T
temperature F
y
gas mole fraction dimensionless
API 30 s
R
s
SG ( ) P
1.0937
( )10
11.172A
27.64
------------------------------------------------------ =
API 30 >
R
s
SG ( ) P
1.187
( )10
10.393A
56.06
---------------------------------------------------- =
A
API
T 460 + ( )
--------------------- =
factor increases as more gas dissolves with increasing pressure. Above the bubble point
pressure, the formation volume factor decreases with pressure due to compressibility
effects.
Table 6-4: Notes and References for Oil Formation Volume Factor Correlations
VAZQUEZ
73
For ,
For ,
Where

For P > Pb, see oil compressibility (discussed under
Blackoil Physical Properties).
Use for API> 15
STANDING
72
For ,
Where

For P > Pb, see oil compressibility (discussed under
Blackoil Physical Properties).
API
B
g
specific gravity (60 F/60F) dimensionless s solution
M
molecular weight dimensionless p produced
P
R
gas/oil ratio scf/stb g gas
SG
specific gravity at 100 psig dimensionless
T
temperature F
y
gas mole fraction dimensionless
P P
b
< and API 30 s
B
0
1 4.67x10
4
R
s
0.175Dx + ( ) + =
10
4
1.8106R
s
Dx10
8
P P
b
< and API 30 s
B
0
1 4.67x10
4
R
s
0.11Dx + ( ) + =
10
4
0.1337R
s
Dx10
8
D
T 60 ( )API
SG
------------------------------ =
P P
b
<
B
0
0.972 0.000147F
1.175
+ =
F R
s

g
0.5
osc
----------- 1.25T + =
Water Formation Volume Factor
The water formation volume factor is the in situ volume of water occupied by a unit
volume of water at stock tank conditions. Since the solubility of gas in the water is
negligible when compared to oil, its effect on the water formation volume factor is
ignored in PIPEPHASE. Water formation volume factors are computed from water
densities, using the 1967 ASTM formulations.
Surface Tension
Surface tension is an important parameter in flow pattern prediction. Oil surface tension
is computed as a function of oil and gas gravity as well as pressure and temperature from
the empirical work of Baker and Swerdloff. Gas-water surface tension is calculated as a
function of pressure and temperature, using the method proposed for Katz et al for
methane. The overall gas-liquid surface tension is obtained from volumetric averaging.
Fluid Mixing Rules for Blackoil Models
Fluid mixing occurs when two (or more) links having fluid coming into one node.
Consider the following case in the below figure:
Gathering Network System
Fluid flows from sources A1, A2, and A3 to junction node A. Then, the combined fluid
flows through link A-B.
Assume that the sources are associated with different PVT data sets to represent their
fluid properties. What set of PVT properties are we going to use to calculate pressure
drop or heat transfer in link A-B?
The combined (or composite) GHV value is calculated as follows:
GHV
c
= (Qg
A1
* GHV
A1
+ Qg
A2
* GHV
A2
+ Qg
A3
*GHV
A3
)/ (Qg
A1
+ Qg
A2
+ Qg
A3
)
where:
GHV
c
: Combined Gross Heating Value to be used in Link A-B
Qg
A1:
Volumetric Gas Flow Rate at Standard Conditions in Source Node A1
GHV
A1:
Gross Heating Value for Fluid Coming from Source Node A1
Qg
A2:
GHV
A2:
Qg
A3:
GHV
A3:
Fluid properties like Oil Gravity, Gas Gravity, and Water Gravity for link A-B are also
calculated as an average weighted volumetric average:
For Oil Gravity:
API
c
= (Qo
A1
* API
A1
+ Qo
A2
* API
A2
+ Qo
A3
*API
A3
)/ (Qo
A1
+ Qo
A2
+ Qo
A3
)
where:
API
c
: Combined Oil Gravity to be used in Link A-B
Qo
A1:
Volumetric Oil Flow Rate at Standard Conditions in Source Node A1
API
A1:
Oil Gravity for Fluid Coming from Source Node A1
Qo
A2:
Node GHV (BTU/SCF)
A1 1200
A2 1100
A3 1250
API
A2:
Qo
A3:
API
A3:
Condensate
PIPEPHASE simulates gas condensate systems using the API Procedure 14B model. For
these systems, gas may or may not condense depending on the in situ pressure and
temperature. This model assumes no liquid is present below the dew point pressure. In
situ condensate flowrate is calculated by multiplying the standard volumetric flowrate by
a pseudoformation volume factor (pseudo-FVF).
The pseudo-FVF is the ratio of in situ condensate mass to the mass of condensate at
stock tank conditions. The model assumes the condensate density is constant and equal
to the density at stock tank conditions. (Since densities are assumed constant, the
definition is based on mass.) The pseudo-FVF is a function of condensate specific
gravity, dew point pressure, pressure, and temperature.
Dew point pressure, mass phase split (mass distribution between the liquid and vapor
phases), and surface tensions of condensate and water are calculated from empirical
relationships. Dew point pressure is a function of condensate specific gravity and
temperature.
Note: Mixing methods are the same as blackoil.
Steam Model
Although the methods used are actually compositional, the steam fluid model is listed in
this category because its use is activated by a statement which does not fall under the
compositional fluid model category. This model involves a pressure-enthalpy
formulation in order to calculate a pressure and temperature traverse. For water systems
modeled with the steam method, PIPEPHASE uses the methods given in Table 6-5 for
calculating fluid properties:
Table 6-5: Steam Property Calculation Methods
Property Method
Steam quality and enthalpy SimSci steam package
53
Steam viscosity SimSci component library
Water enthalpy SimSci steam package
Water viscosity Bingham & Jackson

data
32
Steam and water densities ASME steam tables (1967)
Compositional Fluid Models
Compositional Fluid Modeling is a method for describing a flow stream based on its
pure and other pseudocomponents. Equilibrium phase splits and homogeneous phase
properties are determined by blending the properties of the stream constituents.
Accuracy of Compositional Modeling
The accuracy of a compositional fluid model depends on the accuracy of the pure
component properties, the accuracy and applicability of the thermodynamic property
(phase split, enthalpy, density) generator selected, and the accuracy of the mixing
correlations used in stream transport property calculations.
The compositional fluid model in PIPEPHASE is based on stream composition data
input by the user. Pure component properties are taken directly from the PIPEPHASE
component data library (Appendix A). For petroleum (pseudo-) components, the
equivalent pure properties are calculated using industry standard characterization
methods based on gravity, normal boiling point, and molecular weight.
Properties Calculated Using the Compositional Fluid Model
The following properties are determined for each component:
Equilibrium K-values (phase split)
Gas and liquid enthalpies
Gas and liquid densities
Gas and liquid viscosities
Surface tension
Gas and liquid thermal conductivities
Equilibrium K-Values (Phase Split)
Equilibrium K-values are used to predict the phase split for a given composition,
pressure, and temperature.
Table 7-2 lists notes and references for the K-value methods currently available in
PIPEPHASE. The references indicated in this table are given in C. These correlations
were developed for, and are applicable primarily to hydrocarbon systems. Some of the
equation-of-state methods require component properties such as critical temperature,
critical pressure, and acentric factor. For pure components this information is available
in PIPEPHASEs data libraries, but for pseudocomponents this information must be
predicted empirically. The methods so used and available in PIPEPHASE are given
below:
Cavett Method
54
default method, widely used in industry
Cav80 Method
55
same as Cavett, but uses 1980 API Technical Data Book method
Lee-Kesler
23
Twu
56
Table 6-6: Notes and References for Equilibrium K-value Correlations for Compositional Fluids
Correlation Equation of State Notes
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
27
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Gives reasonable results for a wide
range of conditions including
cryogenic temperatures and pressures
up to 5000 psia.
Correctly predicts the homogeneous
(dense) phase.
Predicts phase behavior in the critical
region. However, calculations become
unstable at the critical point.
Results for hydrogen-aromatic
systems may be poor.
Peng-Robinson
22
Peng-Robinson Notes listed under Soave-Redlich-
Kwong also apply to Peng-Robinson.
Lee-Kesler-Plocker
23
Modified Mixing rules handle mixtures of
asymmetric molecules better than
Benedict-Webb-Rubin mixing rules.
Inaccurate near the critical point. Do
not use for Tr > 0.96.
Starling-Twu
29
Starling-Twu
Generates data for a full range of
fluids including light gases, synthetic
fuel, and coal tar.
Incorporates Starlings binary
interaction data modified by Twu.
Chao-Seader
31
Hildebrand equation for
liquid activity coefficients,
Redlich Kwong equation for
vapor fugacity
Valid ranges: 0-500 F (-20-250C);
<1500 psia (10,000 kPa)
For hydrocarbons except methane,
valid for 0.5 < Tr < 1.3.
Should not be used when the
concentration of H
2
and CH
4
in the
liquid phase exceeds 20% of the other
dissolved gases.
Uses special coefficients for N
2
, H
2
S,
and CO
2
developed from data with
< 5% CO
2
or H
2
S at < 400 F (200 C)
and < 1000 psia (7000 kPa).
Not recommended for fluids with > 5
mol% CO
2
or H
2
S.
Enthalpy
The energy balance part of the iterative calculation segment solution procedure is based
on fluid enthalpy. Fluid enthalpies are calculated (except for the Johnson-Grayson
correlation) from the relationship:
(6-44)
where
Table 6-7 lists notes and references for the enthalpy correlations currently available in
PIPEPHASE.
Table 6-7: Notes and References for Enthalpy Correlations for Compositional Fluids
Grayson-Streed
32
Valid ranges: 0800 F (-20450 C);
< 3000 psia (20,000 kPa).
Extension of Chao-Seader.
Often used for hydrogen-rich systems
and heavy ends.
Has been extrapolated to 1000 F
(550 C) with good results.
Braun K10
33
Valid ranges: > 100 F (40 C);
< 100 psia (700 kPa).
Good for low pressures only.
Good for heavy ends.
Results found reasonable up to 1200 F
(650 C).
H = Enthalpy
H* = Ideal gas enthalpy of the mixture
AH = Enthalpy deviation for the mixture
Correlation Notes
Soave-Redlich-Kwong
27
Comparisons with experimental values show an average deviation of
1 Btu/lb.
Produces reasonable results for non-hydrocarbons when Tc, Pc and are
known.
Peng-Robinson
22
Essentially the same as the Soave-Redlich-Kwong correlation except
uses the Peng-Robinson equation of state.
See notes listed above for Soave-Redlich-Kwong.
Correlation Equation of State Notes
H H
*
AH H
*
RT z 1 ( ) T
P d
T d
------
\ .
| |
v
P V d
V
}
+ + = =
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices
The effect of heat transfer in flow devices can significantly alter the overall accuracy of
the simulation. The addition or removal of a small amount of heat to or from a system
may alter the physical properties of the fluid enough to cause a significant change in the
pressure drop across a device. Therefore, in certain systems, the accurate simulation of
heat transfer is important for the reliable prediction of pressure drop.
The heat transfer to a flow device is calculated in two ways depending on whether the
fluid model is non-compositional or compositional.
Note: See The Calculation Segment, p. 6-27, for a discussion of the calculation
segment, and Enthalpy, p. 6-50 for the logic for enthalpy balancing
Lee-Kesler
25
Recommended by the API Technical Data Book.
Results good for a wide variety of hydrocarbon mixtures.
Covers a wide range of reduced pressure and temperature.
Gives reasonable results for slightly polar chemical mixtures.
Uses a three-parameter corresponding states principle.
Developed from two equations of state similar to the Benedict-Webb-
Rubin equations.
Lee-Kesler-Plocker
23
Modification of the Lee-Kesler correlation.
See notes listed above for Lee-Kesler.
Starling-Twu
29
Computes deviations from ideal gas enthalpies.
Curl-Pitzer
19
Good for P
r
< 10, 0.35 < T
r
< C 4.0 for liquids, 0.6 < T
r
< 4.0 for
gases.
Limited to non-polar mixtures.
Predicts both liquid and gas enthalpies.
Relates deviation from ideal gas enthalpy to T
r
, P
r
, and for the
mixture.
Uses the mole average acentric factor and calculates mixture T
c
and P
c

from mixing rules by Stewart, Burkhart, and Voo.
Johnson-Grayson
46
Essentially an ideal enthalpy correlation for petroleum fractions.
Useful for heavy ends between 0 and 1200 F (-20650 C). May be
extrapolated to higher temperatures.
Should not be used for C4C5 or lighter mixtures.
Calculates gas phase corrections using the Curl-Pitzer equation.
Correlation Notes
Heat Transfer for Non-Compositional Fluids
For non-compositionally (empirically) defined fluids, PIPEPHASE assumes that the heat
transferred from the fluid to its surroundings is equal to the heat change in the fluid
itself. In differential form, the heat transferred from the fluid to the surroundings is given
by:
(6-45)
where:
The change in the fluid temperature due to heat transfer from the fluid is given in
differential form as:
(6-46)
where:
In order to calculate the fluid temperature changes, equations (6-45) and (6-46) are set
equal, and integrated over the segment length L.
A special numerical integration yields an approach to an exponential curve, where the
fluid temperature approaches the ambient temperature.
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids
Heat transfer for compositionally-defined fluids or PIPEPHASEs steam fluid model is
calculated using an enthalpy balance. Over each calculation segment, a change in
enthalpy may result from a change in fluid kinetic energy, a change in fluid potential
energy, or energy lost to or gained from the surrounding medium. This enthalpy balance
is given by equation (6-47).
(6-47)
dq = rate of heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings
U = overall heat transfer coefficient
AT = temperature difference between fluid and the surroundings
dA = area through which heat flows and on which U is based = td dL
d = diameter
L = length
= rate of heat change in the fluid (
denotes difference with Eqn. (6-45))

m = mass flowrate
Cp = specific heat capacity of the fluid
= differential change in fluid temperature (
denotes difference with Eqn. (6-45))

dq UATdA =
dq
mC
p
dT
=
dq
dT
AH AH
KE
AH
PE
Q
out
+ + =
where:
Equation (6-47) can be further expressed as:
(6-48)
where:
Figure 6-18: Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluid Models and Steam
Figure 6-18 (a) represents the analytical solution of equation (6-48). This would be the
result if PIPEPHASE were able to compute an infinite number of segments. Instead,
PIPEPHASE uses numerical integration techniques. Therefore, as shown in Figure 6-18
(b) and (c), the approach to reality (Figure 6-18 (a)) becomes closer with the more
calculation segments you specify.
AH = Overall change in enthalpy
AH
KE
= Change in enthalpy due to kinetic energy
AH
PE
= Change in enthalpy due to potential energy
Q
out
= Energy change with surrounding medium
AP = Estimated change in pressure over the segment (psia)
P = Average pressure in the segment (psia)
Az = Vertical elevation change over the segment (ft)
AL = Length of the segment (ft)
d = Reference diameter on which U is based (usually di or do)
T
avg
= Estimated average temperature in the segment (F)
T
G
= Ambient Temperature at the middle of the segment (F) = T
Ga
- (T
grad
)(Az)
T
Ga
= ambient temperature at the middle of the previous segment (F)
T
grad
= Temperature gradient (F per ft. elevation)
v
m
= Mixture velocity
v
sG
= Superficial gas velocity
AH
v
m
v
sG
AP
778 ( ) 3217 ( )P
-----------------------------------
Az
778 ( )
-------------
Utd T
avg
T
G
( )AL
3600 ( ) m ( )
------------------------------------------------ + =
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value)
For pipes in PIPEPHASE, the U-value defaults to a value of 1.0 BTU/hr-ft
2
-F unless
you specify otherwise in the input. PIPEPHASE is able to rigorously calculate the U-
value and also allows you to override individual heat transfer coefficients, if desired.
Figure 6-19 shows a cross-section of a pipe, including each layer through which heat
must pass to be transferred from the fluid to the surroundings, or vice-versa. These layers
have an overall resistance comprised of the sum of the resistances of the individual
layers.
Figure 6-19: Pipe Heat Transfer Resistances
The U-value for a pipe is calculated from:
(6-49)
The overall resistance is given by:
(6-50)
where:
R
inside, film
= Boundary layer on the inside of the pipe
R
pipe
= Material from which the pipe is made
R
insulation
= Insulation (up to five concentric layers)
R
surr
= Surroundings (soil, air, water or user-defined)
R
inside
= An additional resistance inside the pipe (optional)
U
1
EResis ces tan
-------------------------------------- =
EResi s ces tan R
i nsi de fil m ,
R
pipe
R
i nsul ati on
R
surr
R
i nside
R
outsi de
R
rad
+ + + + + + =
Equations used in PIPEPHASE to Calculate Resistances
Inside film resistance
(6-51)
where:
The Reynolds number is given by equation (56):
(6-52)
Pipe resistance
(6-53)
where:
Insulation resistance
(6-54)
where:
R
outside
= An additional resistance outside the pipe (optional)
R
rad
= Radiation (optional)
d = pipe inside diameter
kf = thermal conductivity of the film
Re = Reynolds number
di = pipe inside diameter
do = pipe outside diameter
kp = thermal conductivity of pipe
subscript j refers to the Jth layer of insulation (1sJs 5), and as applied to the diameter, d,
subscript J refers to the outer diameter of the Jth layer, and J-1 refers to the inside
diameter of the Jth layer.
R
insi de fi lm ,
d
0.27k
f
Re
0.8
---------------------------- =
Re

L
L

G
G
+ ( ) v
L
v
G
+ ( ) d
i
( ) 124.016 ( )
L

G
G
+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
R
pipe
dlog
e
d
o
d
i
( )
24k
p
--------------------------------- =
R
insulat ion
1
24
----- - d
1
k
j
----
log
e
d
j
d
j 1
-----------
j 1 =
n
\ .
|
|
| |
=
Buried surroundings (e.g., soil resistance)
(6-55)
where:
Fluid surroundings (e.g., air, water)
(6-56)
The Reynolds number in equation (6-56) is given by:
(6-57)
Additional inside/outside resistance
(6-58)
(6-59)
where:
Note: You can supply the inside and outside heat transfer coefficients by using the
HINSIDE and HOUTSIDE keywords.
Radiation film resistance
(6-60)
D = depth from top of soil to pipe center line
Dt = diameter of pipe plus insulation
k
surr
= thermal conductivity of surroundings
H
inside
= Additional inside heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft
2
-F)
H
outside
= Additional outside heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft
2
-F)
R
surr
dlog
e
2D 4D
2
D
t
2
( )
0.5
+ ( ) D
t
| |
24k
surr
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
R
surr
d
o
12k
surr
10 Re
surr
( )1.3681 log | |Pr
0.333
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
Re
surr
181.89
surr
v
surr
D
t
surr
------------------------------------------------ =
R
insi de
1 H
insi de
=
R
outside
1 H
out side
=
R
rad
1 H
rad
=
where:
Note: You can supply the radiative heat transfer coefficient by using the HRAD
keyword.
The additional inside resistance (R
inside
) is added to the Inside Film Resistance (R
inside
,
film) and the additional outside heat resistance, (R
outside
) is added to the fluid
surroundings resistance or buried surrounding resistance, (R
surr
).
If the radiation film resistance (R
rad
) is available, then this contribution is not added to
(R
surr
+ R
outside
) but rather treated as a parallel contributor in the following way:
(R
surr
+ R
outside
)*R
rad
/ (R
surr
+ R
outside
+ R
rad
) (6-61)
Partially Buried Pipes
It is possible for pipes to transfer heat to two different media (air and soil, for example)
simultaneously. To achieve this, PIPEPHASE allows negative values for the keyword
BDTOP. For example, values of BDTOP < 0 and |BDTOP| < OD indicates a partially
buried pipe.
For this situation, the program calculates two different values for the heat-transfer
coefficient: one for the buried portion and the other for the exposed portion. Then, an
area-weighted equivalent value is calculated to represent the outside heat-transfer
coefficient. The calculations do not take into consideration any variation in the wall
temperature between these two portions of the pipe.
Heat Transfer in Wellbores
95
Heat transfer in the wellbore is of particular importance in the simulation of hot fluid
Heat losses in the wellbore never reach a steady state. They attain a quasi-steady state in
which the rate of heat loss is a monotonic decreasing function of time, dependent on the
rate at which heat is lost to the formation. The time-dependent term in the overall heat
transfer coefficient which reflects the thermal resistance
95
of the formation as defined by
Ramey has been included in PIPEPHASE.
Additional PIPEPHASE capability in this area includes the ability to simulate heat
transfer effects in concentric and parallel tubing strings
Laminar Flow Heat Transfer
Laminar flow conditions typically exist in situations where viscous fluids are being
transported. The need for the accurate prediction of heat transfer effects becomes critical
on account of the temperature dependency of viscosity under such conditions.
PIPEPHASE uses Churchills approach for determining the heat transfer coefficient for
H
rad
= Radiative heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2 F)
both the laminar and transition regimes. Note that the friction factor derived from this
method is used solely for the purpose of calculating the heat transfer coefficient and does
not affect the hydraulic calculations in PIPEPHASE.
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices
In addition to modeling pipes, PIPEPHASE also enables you to model items of process
equipment and pipe fittings inside links. These items are viewed as flow devices, and are
therefore treated in an analogous fashion to the pipe device available in the program. The
accurate modeling of process equipment, such as heaters, coolers and pumps, is
especially important in systems where pressure changes are largely due to these items,
rather than the piping runs.
The calculations associated with the equipment flow devices given in Table 6-8 are
discussed in this section.
Note: PIPEPHASE does not consider any length or elevation pressure drop effects
within these equipment types.
Table 6-8: Equipment Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
A discussion of the available fittings devices is presented later in this section.
Pump
The pump device should only be used for incompressible fluids. If the fluid is
compressible then the compressor unit should be used instead.
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA pump equation to relate power and pressure
increase:
(6-62)
where:
Pump Compressor
DPDT device Choke
Check Valve Heaters and Coolers
Separators
Qv =
the volumetric flowrate (gpm)
q = the percentage pump efficiency
In equation (6-62), power is measured in horsepower, hp.
Power
Q
v
AP
1715q
--------------- =
Lost work (through pump inefficiency) is converted to heat, which may cause the fluid
temperature to rise. The resulting fluid temperature is given by equation (6-63).
(6-63)
where:
Electrical Submersible Pump (ESP)
The ESP model in PIPEPHASE is an extension of the basic pump model. ESPs are a
common method of artificial lift applicable to wells producing at rates ranging from a
few hundred barrels to thousands of barrels per day. The application of ESPs is limited
by excessive free gas and high temperatures associated with deep wells.
In addition to the head and efficiency curves required for the standard pump model in
PIPEPHASE, the performance of an ESP is characterized by a horsepower curve,
defined as a function of the flowrate. The effect of viscous fluids is modeled through the
Riling correction factor to the performance curves. PIPEPHASE also supports user-
specified data on the effect of free gas on pump performance.
In order to reduce the gas injection rate, ESPs are sometimes configured with upstream
separators. PIPEPHASE will allow you to specify the gas injection percentage into the
pump based on this separator. The separated gas may be reinjected back into the
production stream or vented to the atmosphere.
Compressor
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA equation to relate compressor power and outlet
pressure:
(6-64)
where:
o = the specific gravity of the fluid
T = the temperature in degrees Rankine (R)
Cp = the fluid specific heat capacity at constant pressure, and for compositional fluids is
equal to dH/dT, which is computed rigorously through flash calculations.
Subscripts inlet and outlet refer to the pump inlet and outlet conditions respectively.
zavg = the compressibility at average temperature and pressure
q
adia
the adiabatic compressor efficiency
T
outl et
T
i nlet
2.31AP
o
----------------
\ .
| |
1
q 1
----------
\ .
| |
+
780C
P
-------------------------------------------------------------- =
Power
1545mz
avg
T
inlet
P
2
P
1
( )
k 1
k
-----------
1
550Mq
adi a
k 1 ( ) k | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
Lost work (through inefficiency) is assumed to be converted to heat which may cause the
temperature of the fluid to rise:
(6-65)
DPDT Devices
DPDT devices simulate equipment for which no standard PIPEPHASE model exists.
These devices are typically used to model the performance of specially designed valves
and fittings. For these devices, you supply data relating the fluid flowrate, the pressure
change and temperature change in tabular form.
PIPEPHASE linearly interpolates this table during calculations, and therefore you
should ensure that data entered covers the whole range of anticipated equipment process
conditions. If the entered range of data is exceeded at any point in during the simulation,
PIPEPHASE uses the last tabular data point. Therefore if you are unsure as to the likely
simulation range, then a dummy high or low value should be entered in this device in
order that a reasonable value is selected by PIPEPHASE in any possible simulation
condition.
Chokes
The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations are used for
calculating the pressure drop across a choke.
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models
For these fluid models, the choke pressure drop is calculated from equations (6-666-70)
based on a square-edged orifice (shown in Figure 6-20).
Cr = fluid specific heat capacity and constant volume
m = mass flowrate
M = average molecular weight of fluid
P
2
= outlet pressure
P
1
= inlet pressure
T
outl et
T
i nlet
T
i nlet
P
2
P
1
( )
k 1
k
-----------
1
q
adia
--------------------------------------------------- + =
Figure 6-20: Choke Model in PIPEPHASE Schematic
(6-66)
(6-67)
(6-68)
(6-69)
(6-70)
where:
If a discharge coefficient of zero is input, PIPEPHASEwill calculate the coefficient from
the diameter ratio, |, and the Reynolds number.
k = Specific heat ratio, Cp/Cv
Y = Gas expansion factor for nozzles
D
dis
= Orifice discharge coefficient
AP AP
1
AP
2
=
AP
1
v
o
o
96.26YC ( )
2
1
--------------------------------------------- =
AP
2
v
o
o
2
64.4
-----------
v
2
2
2
64.4
-----------
\ .
|
|
| |
v
o
2
64.4
---------- 1 |
2
( )
2
144
Y 1 0.41 0.35|
4
+ ( ) 1 k ( ) 1 P
o
P
1
( ) =
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
C D
di s
1 |
4
( )
0.5
=
| d
0
d
1
=
Gilbert Family (GF) of choke models
The Gilbert family (GF) (Gilbert, Ros, Baxendell, Achong) are 'critical flow only' choke
models. They do not model sub-critical flow. For critical flow, the flow rate through a
choke is a linear function of inlet pressure, the other parameters in the model (ID,GLR)
being constant.
These choke models therefore do not predict choke outlet pressure and should not be
applied if flow is subcritical. This makes the model incomplete to be a standard/classic
PIPEPHASE device feature. To get around this problem and make the model sufficiently
complete in a consistent way, we have the following implementation:
a) Use of the Gilbert Family (GF) of choke models implies critical flow is
assumed at the choke. PIPEPHASE will determine what the critical flow would
be (for algorithm see below). For critical flow to physically occur the outlet
pressure needs to be equal or below Pcrit. Pcrit is the choke outlet pressure at the
onset of critical flow. Further lowering of the outlet pressure will not increase
the flow rate.
b) The user can nominate a critical pressure ratio Rcrit (=Poutlet/Pinlet) which
occurs at the onset of critical flow. PIPEPHASE output will notify if the calcu-
lated pressure ratio is not consistent. If Rc<= Rcrit the results are consistent oth-
erwise the GF choke models are inappropriate. The default Rcrit is set at 0.55.
c) The onus is on the user then, to determine what he should do about the choke
model selection.
Algorithm:
The GF choke models are represented by:
(6-71)
Where:
A,B,C are constants. The standard values of these constants are as follows:
P
1
= Inlet pressure (psia for Ros and psig for others)
ql = Liquid flow rate (stb/day)
R
p
= Producing Gas-Liquid Ratio Scf/stb
d Diameter of the choke in 64ths of an inch
P
l
Aq
l
R
p
B
d
C
----------------- =
Table 6-9: GF Model Constants:
Network Solving Algorithm with a GF Choke in Source Link(s)
1. Before the network algorithm begins, check for GF chokes in source links(only). For
each of these links there are 3 possible conditions:
a) Source Pressure is fixed flow rate, Q is estimated
b) Source Q is fixed and P is estimated
c) Source P and Q are fixed
2. If (a) then calculates intersection of the choke performance curve and the well per-
formance curve (for devices before the choke) to determine the critical flow rate.
Pass the critical flow rate as the source flow rate for the network. From a network set
up point of view this 'source pressure specified' boundary condition is now replaced
by a source Q specified BC. Ensure that at-least one pressure of the new network is
set, to ensure the well-posedness of the network problem. If well-posedness is vio-
lated then the program will fail to solve the problem.
3. If (b) determine required choke upstream pressure(usually well head pressure) from
the choke model. Then calculate required source pressure to satisfy the calculated
wellhead pressure and flow rate. Pass the critical flow rate as the flow rate to the net-
work model. No BC alteration is necessary.
4. If (c) then simply calculate the choke upstream pressure and resize the choke diame-
ter. Pass the set flow rate as the network source flow rate.
5. These GF source links are then modified so that link calculations start at the first
device after the choke and the BC is changed if necessary so that flow rates are
specified and pressure is estimated.
6. Solve the modified network.
7. Make a final network run using the original link devices which by default will use
previously calculated choke outlet pressure for output. Check for pressure ratio con-
sistency and generate appropriate output message if CPR rule (see above) is vio-
lated.
Network Solving Algorithm with a GF Choke in Internal and Sink Link(s)
If more than one GF choke is specified in the source link or if GF chokes are present in
any internal links or sink links the choke calculations for these chokes will be simplified.
The CPR will simply be used to calculate the outlet pressure. The choke diameter will
GF Model A B C
Gilbert
10.0 0.546 1.89
Ros
17.4 0.500 2.00
Baxendell
9.56 0.546 1.93
Achong
3.82 0.650 1.88
have no effect. Essentially the GF choke will simply act as a device which causes a
pressure drop based on the specified CPR. It is recommended that multiple GF chokes
in source links and GF chokes in internal links and sink links not be used unless the user
wants the intended effect as described.
Extensions of the GF Model Applicability
The GF chokes are classically applicable for blackoil systems (with GLR >0) only over a
reasonable range of GLR's. See equation 6-71.
To provide more flexibility to the user, PIPEPHASE has consistently extended the GF
choke concept to other fluid models which are 2-phase(vapor-liquid) at standard
conditions for compositional and condensate (LGR>0) fluid models. The user needs to
exercise care when applying it for cases where the standard GLR for these fluids fall
beyond the applicable range. It would behoove the user to first match field data to the
above model and correlate the values of A, B and C coefficients before modeling the
chokes in PIPEPHASE.
The model has been further extended (to give additional user flexibility) for single phase
fluid models LIQUID and GAS. If any fluid model predicts single phase liquid at
standard conditions, the program arbitrarily sets the value of R
p
to 1 in equation (6-71). If
any fluid model predicts single phase vapor at standard conditions, the program uses the
following equation:
(6-72)
Q
g
is the standard gas flow rate in mscf/day.
Other variables are the same as described above.
It would behoove the user to first match field data to the gas or liquid models and
correlate the values of A and C coefficients (B being not applicable) before modeling the
chokes in PIPEPHASE.
The GF choke models are not allowed for steam models.
Greater care should be used by the user in using these models for fluid models other than
Blackoil. It is recommended that the user incorporate/regress choke flow measured field
data to arrive at the proper values of A, B, C.
Errors and Warnings
If the network CAlculated Pressure Ratio (CAPR) is greater than the user specified CPR
then a warning message indicating the choke may be in subcritical flow will be printed
out.
P
l
AQ
g
d
C
---------- =
Other Fluid Models
For these fluid models, PIPEPHASE calculates the choke pressure drop from the
correlations developed for multiphase fluids. The Fortunati method
57
involves two steps:
A Fortunati curve is interpolated to determine whether the flow is subcritical or crit-
ical.
In the case of subcritical flow, the Fortunati curve is used to determine an outlet-to-
inlet pressure ratio. From this ratio, the upstream or downstream pressure is calcu-
lated. In the case of predicted critical flow, the critical pressure ratio is used to calcu-
late the outlet pressure which is the maximum outlet pressure possible to allow
critical flow.
See References (96, 97) for additional information on the Perkins and Ueda choke
models.
Check Valves
Check valves are used to permit flow in one direction only. To effect this, the valve
closes to prevent backflow. In PIPEPHASE, these actions are similarly simulated and the
relevant pressure drop calculations use the square-edged orifice equations as per the
choke device implementation. If the flow is determined to be multiphase, PIPEPHASE
uses the same square-edged orifice equations, but assumes the fluid is a uniform mixture.
Heaters and Coolers
The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations are used to relate the
heater or cooler duty to the fluid temperature change.
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models
(6-73)
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models
(6-74)
The pressure drop across the heater or cooler device can be modeled either by:
Specifying the value directly
or
Defining the coefficient and exponential term in the relationship:
(6-75)
Q mC
p
AT =
Q mAH =
AP=coeff .(rate)
exp
where the rate is always expressed in units of pounds per second (lb/sec).
Separators
The phase split at separator conditions is determined from the fluid model equilibrium
calculations. The separator model then removes a user-specified percentage volume or
volumetric rate of fluid from a phase or phases.
Blackoil
The phase split is determined using the blackoil empirical correlations. Only gas may be
removed from the system.
Condensate
The phase split is determined from the condensate model equilibrium calculations.
Condensate and/or water may be removed from the system.
Compositional
The phase split is determined by a flash at separator pressure and temperature. Fluid may
be removed from any stream: gas, oil, and/or water.
Fittings
PIPEPHASE allows you to specify the pipe fittings shown in Table 6-10 as flow devices
within any link:
Table 6-10: Equipment Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
With the exception of the nozzle and venturimeter devices, all other fittings pressure
drop equations are taken from the Crane
59
manual. The nozzle and venturimeter pressure
drop equations have been taken from Blevins.
61
You are referred to these publications for
further details concerning these formulations.
Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop Corrections for Fittings
The pressure drop equations for the fittings given in Table 6-10. These equations can
only be applied with any reliability to single-phase gas, or single-phase liquid flow. If a
two-phase fluid flows through any of these devices, then the associated pressure drop
tends to be higher than the single-phase flow equivalent.
Expansion Contraction
Valve Bend
Orifice Nozzle
Venturimeter Entrance
Exit Tee
In PIPEPHASE you have two options to calculate a factor which is subsequently used as
a two-phase multiplier to the standard single-phase pressure drop equations. These are
referred to as the CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS methods. The general format for
this correction factor can be represented as:
(6-76)
where:
Chisholm Method
The two-phase pressure drop across a fitting using the Chisholm model, AP
TP
, is given
by:
(6-77)
when:
The factor C in equation (6-77) is given by:
(6-78)
(6-79)
(6-80)
where:
u = the two-phase multiplier for the standard pressure drop equation
K
FITTING
= the (single-phase) K-factor for the fitting device
Kmul
FITTING
= the (single-phase) K-multiplier (KMUL), or L/d, for the fitting device
f
d
= friction factor of the device
AP
L
and AP
G
= Pressure drops over the fitting with only single-phase liquid or single-phase gas
flowing respectively at the same total mass rate as the two-phase fluid
v = Specific volume of the gas (v
G
), liquid (v
L
), or the difference between both phases
(v
G
- v
L
= v
GL
)
n = Constant in PIPEPHASE that is set to zero (the default value of is therefore 1.00).
The user is able to alter the value of directly in the fittings statements
AP
FITTING
uK
FITTING
v
2
2g
c
--------- =
uKmul
FITTING
f
d
v
2
2g
c
------------- =
u
AP
TP
AP
L
------------- 1
C
X
--- -
1
X
2
------ + + = =
C C
2
( )
v
lg
v
g
------
\ .
| |
0.5
+
v
g
v
l
-----
\ .
| |
0.5
v
l
v
g
-----
\ .
| |
0.5
+ =
X
AP
L
AP
G
-----------
\ .
| |
0.5
=
0.5 2
2 n
2 ( ) =
Changing either the or C
2
default values is only recommended when users are
experienced in the application of the Chisholm correlations. These default values have
been chosen to be conservative for a majority of applications.
Homogeneous Model
The homogeneous model requires no user input, and the u value appropriate to the
device is defined as:
(6-81)
where:
Completion
The method used to calculate the pressure drop depends on the fluid model and the
completion type. Table 6-11a lists the pressure drop relationships for well completions.
The Mcleod equations, used for open-perforated completions are based on radial flow.
The Jones et al. equations, used for gravel-packed completions, are based on linear flow.
C
2
= User-definable constant in the above expression that defaults to a value of 0.50 in
PIPEPHASE (unless otherwise stated in 4)
x= Mass vapor quality
u 1
v
GL
v
L
---------
\ .
| |
x + =
Table 6-11a: Completion Models
Completion Type
(Reference) Open-perforated (McLeod) Gravel-packed (Jones et al)
Turbulence
Coefficient
Fluid Model
Blackoil or Single-
phase liquid
Single-phase Gas
Compositional
Multiphase or Steam/
Water Mixtures

| 2.33x10
10
k
p
1.201
= | 1.47x10
7
k
p
0.55
=
P
in
P
out
Cq
L
Dq
L
2
+ =
C
r
e
r
w
( ) ln
1.127x10
3
2
w
k
p
hN
--------------------------------------------------- =
D
9.08x10
3
|
1
r
e
-----
1
r
w
------
\ .
|
| |
4t
2
h
2
N
2
---------------------------------------------------------- =
P
i n
P
out
Cq
L
Dq
L
2
+ =
C

L
L
1.127x10
3
k
grav
A
------------------------------------------------- =
D
9.08x10
3
|
L
L
A
2
----------------------------------------- =
P
in
2
P
out
2
Cq
g
Dq
g
2
+ =
C
1.424x10
3
TZ r
e
r
w
( ) ln
k
p
hN
--------------------------------------------------------------- =
D
3.16x10
12
|TZ
1
r
e
----
1
r
w
------
\ .
| |
ln
4t
2
h
2
N
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------- =
P
in
2
P
out
2
Cq
g
Dq
g
2
+ =
C
8.93x10
3
TLZ
k
grav
A
-------------------------------------- =
D
1.24x10
10
|TLZ
A
2
----------------------------------------------- =
P
i n
P
out
Cq
m
Dq
m
2
+ =
C

m
r
e
r
w
( ) ln
1.127
m
x10
3
2
w
k
p
hN
------------------------------------------------------- =
D
9.08x10
3
|
1
r
e
-----
1
r
w
------
\ .
|
| |
4t
2
h
2
N
2
---------------------------------------------------------- =
m
w
m
1 x w
m
xw
m
1 x w
m
x + +
g
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
m

g
x 1 x
L
+ =
P
i n
P
out
Cq
m
Dq
m
2
+ =
C

m
L
1.127
m
x10
3
k
grav
A
--------------------------------------------------- =
D
9.08x10
13
|
m
L
A
2
-------------------------------------------- =
Table 6-11b: Symbology to Table 6-11a
Symbols
A
area open to flow, d
p
2
hSPF/4, ft
2
qg standard volumetric flow rate
d diameter qL, qm in situ volumetric flowrate, bbl/d
specific gravity (60 F/60 F) r radius, ft
h perforated interval, ft (Jones)
penetration depth, ft (Mcleod)

density, lb/ft
3
k permeability, (md) SPF shots/ft
L ft T temperature
viscosity, cP N number of holes in perforated interval
P pressure, psia w mass flowrate
x quality
Subscripts
e perforation plus crushed zone p open perforated area
grav gravel w perforation
g gas in inlet of completion
L liquid out outlet of completion
m mixture
Converging Network Simulations
This section aims to provide users of the network solution algorithms in PIPEPHASE
with more information on practical ways of converging simulations when difficulties
have been reported during the solution procedure.
Note: For an introduction on how the network solution methods operate, refer to 3:
User Requirements for this Section
To gain maximum benefit from this section, the user is assumed to have the following
information available:
A network diagram or sketch was detailed in an earlier section of this chapter, How to
Set up a Network Problem, p. 6-35. This diagram consists only of nodes, links, flow
direction arrows, major devices and labels for clarity. It is important that, particularly on
larger networks, the user check that the structure has been entered precisely according to
the network diagram.
Note: The importance of having a network diagram cannot be overstressed. Technical
support experience has shown that most problems relating to network simulations can be
attributed to the poor initial set-up of the Structure Data Category of input.
You can have PIPEPHASE print out a simple box diagram of the structure once all data
has been entered. This is achieved, in the General Data Category of input, by including
the following statements:
All pressures and flowrates (i.e., fixed or estimated) for each node should be clearly
marked on the network diagram. Any subsequent changes in problem definition to
assist convergence can be evaluated and implemented simply and quickly.
A hard copy of the PIPEPHASE keyword file for the simulation. This allows you to
check categories other than the Structure Data Category of input where necessary, so
that all link flow device data can be referenced and checked.
A list of the objectives of the simulation. You can then efficiently evaluate the
impact on simulation objectives of all possible changes in network configuration.
Recommendations for converging network simulations are broken into two main
categories.
CALC NORUN, ..... $$ Which stops PIPEPHASE from performing any calculations
PRINT CONNECT=FULL $$ Which activates the box structure diagram
The first category gives general recommendations on how to set up networks to
avoid the majority of problems during the solution procedure (i.e., preventative mea-
sures).
The second category provides more specific examples on network algorithm anoma-
lies, and provides direction on how to interpret warning or error messages. This
allows you to take any appropriate action necessary in order to achieve a solution.
General Recommendations
Simulation Input Granularity
Within the simulation itself, you must make common sense decisions concerning
which flow devices are important to the simulation and which are not. For high pres-
sure drop systems such as in long pipe runs, it is unlikely that simulating all fittings
in every pipe run will enhance the simulation accuracy by any substantial degree.
However, in low pressure drop systems, the simulation of every part of each pipe
configuration may be critical to ascertaining the pressure drop accurately.
Estimates of Pressure and Flowrate
PIPEPHASE requires that estimates be supplied for either pressure and/or flowrate
at each node, depending on the configuration of network and type of network algo-
rithm that have been chosen. These estimates may all be supplied by the user, or you
may specify (by not supplying estimates) that the program generates its own esti-
mates where required, or a mixture of user-supplied and program-generated esti-
mates may be specified. Estimates of flowrates for sources or sinks must be supplied
by the user. Generally, you should supply pressure estimates only at nodes where a
value can be confidently predicted (normally from field data and experience, or from
other simulation runs). When estimates are supplied for pressure, you should ensure
that the data is consistent with the flow directions and are consistent with other esti-
mated values. When you supply estimates for flowrates, you should ensure that they
are in approximate material balance with other estimated and fixed values.
The Use of Junctions
The junction node should only be used in the following circumstances:
The network structure dictates that one or more links are joining together or
splitting apart. The junction is used here as a structural node.
The user requires the generation of a phase envelope or two-phase flow map or
flash report (compositional runs only) at a particular point in the network which
is not described by any other node.
There are no other reasons for using junction nodes in addition to the given above.
As discussed in Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE, the network algorithm is a simulta-
neous solution procedure. Adding unnecessary nodes only serves to increase the size
of the matrix and so increase computing time. Therefore, while there is a tendency
for neatness in input by splitting long links into smaller links using junctions, the
user should bear in mind the possibility of detrimental effect on the simulation solu-
tion procedure
Note: Outside of their use in the above list, junctions must be viewed as simulation
devices only, and should not be confused with any physical representation of the plant.
Network Structure and Topology
Following are basic guidelines for good simulation practice when setting up any net-
work simulation in PIPEPHASE:
There should be only one link to a sink node.
There should be only one link from a source node.
Unnecessary nodes (see The Use of Junctions above) should be eliminated.
Definitions of flow direction in link statements should be checked for consis-
tency with the overall network source(s)-to-sink(s) logic. Flow direction should
not form closed flow loops.
When using the network algorithm, as a general rule, network simulations solve
more easily when more flowrates are input as fixed values, rather than fixing
pressure values. This is especially true in networks which include loops. By
swapping a fixed pressure for a fixed flowrate, you may still investigate the
effect of varying this pressure using multiple CASESTUDYs.
Items of process equipment within links should have performances specified so
that their outlet conditions do not conflict with other nodes in the system. See
Figure 6-21 for a typical example of this erroneous input.
Figure 6-21: Process Equipment Definition
In this case, since node A and B flowrates have been fixed, the subsequent fixing of
both pump outlet pressures ensures that it is impossible to balance pressures at junc-
tion C. This type of incorrect setup can be more easily identified in existing simula-
tions, or avoided in future simulations, by referring to a previously prepared network
diagram.
Maximum Number of Iterations (NM)
By default, PIPEPHASE will use 20 iterations to try to reach a solution to network
problems. For large and complex systems, it is recommended that this number be
reduced so that minimum time is spent waiting for a potentially diverging simulation
to finish. This is particularly true for calculation-intensive compositional fluid simu-
lations. In the Network Data Category of input, if you specify SOLUTION MAX-
ITER=5, then the simulation will stop after five iterations (if it has not already
reached solution). You may then diagnose whether additional iterations will produce
a solution, or alternatively which actions should be taken in order to achieve conver-
gence. By using restart files, you can continue the simulation where it stopped.
Iteration History
You should include the statement PRINT ITER in the General Data Category of
input when running new or problematical simulations. This will ensure that the con-
vergence history is printed both to the screen and to the output file, to facilitate fault
diagnosis.
Specific Recommendations
Link Shut-Ins (NM)
A link shut-in is the description given to a link (a series of devices between two
nodes) which PIPEPHASE has closed down and removed completely from the solu-
tion procedure.
Link shut-ins occur during the network solution procedure in these circumstances.
When there is flow in the reverse direction through a check valve.
When insignificant flowrates are determined for a link within a loop configura-
tion.
Inspect the iteration history and look more closely at the first link which is causing
problems. If there are no obvious anomalies in the input after careful inspection, you
should first try to reformulate the local boundary node pressure and flowrate defini-
tions (for example, swap a fixed pressure for a fixed flowrate). Secondly, you should
enter link flowrate estimates for all local links. When an internal link shut-in occurs,
you may also see the link shut-in error message.
There is also an option in the Methods Data Category of input to instruct PIPEP-
HASE not to reverse flows during solution (the NOFR keyword). Activating this
feature will assist particularly in loop configurations where the direction of flow is
known (for example cooling water networks). However, this option can generally be
detrimental in systems where the estimated flow directions are incorrect.
Flowrate Estimation in Links
In addition to ensuring that the best estimates are supplied for node pressures and
flowrates (or having PIPEPHASE generate estimates automatically), you may also
provide link flowrate estimates to assist PIPEPHASEs own auto estimation logic.
PIPEPHASE has four methods for allocating link flowrates prior to the start of the
solution procedure:
Flow Allocation Model 1
This is the default method, and allocates initial link flows based on the diameter of
the first pipe device that appears in the link. Therefore, once PIPEPHASEs node
pressure estimation logic/user-supplied estimates has initialized each node with a
starting pressure, the link flowrate is found from the relation:
(6-82)
where:
subscript i represents the i
th
link
You should therefore ensure that the first pipe device input to each link structure is
approximately representative of the bulk of the link.
This model assigns a flowrate to each link based on the relative frictional resistance
in that link, or:
(6-83)
where:
subscript j represents the j
th
link
Q
i
2
d
i
5
AP
i
Q
j
2
d
i
5
l
i
-------
\ .
|
| |
i 1 =
n
j
AP
j

In this model, each pipe (from pipe 1 to pipe n) of diameter d and length l in the link
is taken into account in the link flow allocations.
Note: The flow allocation models 1 and 2 can be specified in the Methods Data
Category of input of input using the FLOWALLOCATION keyword
(FLOWALLOCATION=1 and FLOWALLOCATION=2 respectively)
According to this model, PIPEPHASE initializes the nodal pressure distribution and
link flows of the network by solving an approximation to the equations that describe
the conservation of mass at network nodes. The solution algorithm that is used for
this model is essentially identical to that used by preliminary solution stage of the
MBAL flow balance algorithm. The only difference is that in multiphase systems the
Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM) model is used to approximate the pressure drop across
links. In single-phase systems, the BBM model reduces to the Colebrook equation
used in the preliminary solution stage of the MBAL algorithm. Again, as is the case
with the MBAL algorithm, only average link fluid properties (e.g., qualities, no-slip
holdup, viscosities, and densities) are used in the traverse calculations that accom-
pany this flow allocation model.
When selected, this option allows you to use initial estimates to the network solution
that are provided in a restart file. The restart file must be named filename.rst. For
example if the run file is named run.inp, the restart file must be named run.rst.
The PBAL algorithm of PIPEPHASE generates a restart file (with the rst suffix) at
the termination of a run. This file presents data on pressures and temperatures, as
well as data on link flows. You can modify this file, and can use it to initialize a sub-
sequent run with the PIPEPHASE algorithm.
User-supplied Link Flow Estimates
To assist convergence, you may input link flow estimates to methods 1 and 2, in
order to selectively override internally generated values and so assist conver-
gence. The use of user-defined link flow estimates should be necessary only in
sensitive and/or highly looped networks. There are different requirements for
each of the two flow allocations models. With the first model, described above,
the concept of a spur link in a simulation must be introduced.
The term spur link is used in PIPEPHASE to denote a link or set of links which,
for the purpose of the simultaneous network solution algorithm, can be decou-
pled from the rest of the network.
Figure 6-22: The Spur Link
In Figure 6-22, the sinks J, L and M all have fixed flowrates. Taking the individ-
ual link KM as an example, the sink node M flowrate is known and therefore its
pressure must be calculated. This calculation is based only on the calculated
pressure at junction node K.
Therefore link KM can be left out of the network solution until the nodes on
which iteration must be performed (including node K) have reached a solution.
KM is thus known as a spur link. Similarly, since sink nodes L and M also have
known flowrates, the section of links to the right of junction node I then form a
larger spur link, since all of their pressure calculations rely on the solution to the
pressure at node I.
For flow allocation model 1, you must supply link rate estimates for all non-
spur links. If any non-spur link flowrate estimations are not input by the user,
then all flowrate estimates revert back to those predicted by flow allocation
model 1, and any other user entries are ignored. If you are unsure which links
are spur links in the network, then set SOLUTION MAXITER=0 (in the Meth-
ods Data Category of input), with PRINT ITER (in the General Data Category
of input). Those links printed out after the iteration history are the spur links
(see the Intermediate Printout Example in 5).
For flow allocation model 2, there is more flexibility in allowing you to selec-
tively override internal program link rate estimates. If you wish to take advan-
tage of this, then only those links which form the outlet of a node can be
supplied with user estimates, and all links arising from the same node must be
given estimates.
Figure 6-23: Link Flowrate Estimates
As a theoretical example, for the network defined in Figure 6-23, you have dis-
covered that by using PIPEPHASEs flow allocation model 2, the output link
CF is being allocated only 10% of the total inlet rate to junction node C. Using
this model then subsequently causes convergence problems, as indicated in the
convergence history. You may then override this initial internal flow allocation
by supplying the value directly in the link statement. You must remember that
all links emanating from the node which produces link CF must also be given
rate estimates. In this example, this means that link CE must be given an esti-
mate in addition to CF. The reason for this logic is that PIPEPHASE uses the
ratio of outflowing link rate estimates in allocating the actual link rate estimates.
Let us continue with this example, and track PIPEPHASEs processes up to the
beginning of the simultaneous solution procedure. Let us first assume that the
flowrates at nodes A and B in Figure 6-23 have user-supplied estimates of 100
and 80 lb/hr respectively, and also that you expect the flows in links CF and CE
to be approximately equal. PIPEPHASE then follows the steps given in the
paragraphs below:
First, PIPEPHASE takes all fixed and user-estimated pressures at each node, and
based on these pressures produces its own estimates for nodes which have not
been supplied with any pressure value.
Second, PIPEPHASE uses the flow allocation model (in this example, model 2)
to assign flowrates to each link. If you have supplied any flowrates, (in this case
let us assume that you have given estimates of 80 lb/hr for each of the links CF
and CE emanating from node C) then these will be summed together and a ratio
produced. In this case, the sum is 160 lb/hr, and the ratio is 50% to link CF and
50% to link CE.
Third, PIPEPHASE performs a material balance using estimated and fixed flow-
rates at the source and sink nodes. In this example, the source rate estimates of
180 lb/hr total are fed to node C, where the user-defined split ratio of 50/50 is
used to produce link rate estimates of 90 and 90 lb/hr in links CF and CE (there-
fore overriding the users incorrect estimates of 80 lb/hr per link). The material
balance algorithm is also an iterative process and will override user-defined sink
rate estimates where necessary to be consistent with fixed values elsewhere in
the network. This completes the initial estimation procedure for PIPEPHASE,
and the program will then continue to perform the simultaneous solution proce-
dure until either convergence or the maximum iteration limit is reached.
Guidelines on User-Estimation of Link Flow Rates
If you suspect that PIPEPHASEs flow allocation models are producing link flowrate
estimates which are causing the problem not to converge, then the values that are
predicted after mass balance (i.e., the third step in the above procedure) can be inspected
in the output, by specifying the statement SOLUTION MAXITER=0 in the Methods
Data Category of input.
For flow allocation model 1, user link flowrate estimates should be in material balance.
Convergence of the network problem may be placed completely off-course if errors are
inadvertently made by the user in setting up unbalanced link rates for all non-spur links.
If the solution/iteration history to a problem suggests that by giving more iterations a
solution will be achieved, it is advised to use selected final link rates from the previous
solution, together with flow allocation model 1.
Recommendations for Networks which Include Loops
Guidelines presented previously in this chapter also apply to systems involving loops.
You should also be acquainted with the following guidelines so as to maximize the
possibility of solving even the most complex looped network.
Hydrostatic Impossibilities
A common mistake in loop definitions is in the user defining inconsistent pipe eleva-
tions in the links which comprise the loop. Referring to the example in Figure 6-24,
loop A-B-C has been defined by the user such that the absolute elevation of the pipe
device x in link B-C is different (in this case, less) than the absolute elevation of
the pipe device y in link A-C. This is an impossible situation, and PIPEPHASE
will indicate, in the iteration history, that a constant maximum error has been
reached.
Figure 6-24: Elevation Inconsistency in Loop
Jump-Over Piping
So-called jump-overs are short pipe runs that connect longer, parallel pipes in
order that flows in each pipe are relatively well-balanced. These jump-over pipes are
usually of no hydrostatic significance, and the loop that is created by virtue of their
inclusion in the simulation can be eliminated by making the two junction nodes into
one, as is shown inFigure 6-25, with negligible loss in simulation accuracy.
Figure 6-25: Jump-Over Line Simulation Technique
General Tips for Loops Where the Flow Direction is Known or Unknown
Networks which include loops fall into two basic categories those which all link
flow directions are known, and those which one or more link flow directions are
unknown.
Interval Halving and Loops Where Flow Direction is Known
In these simulations, you need to check all of the input link flow direction logic in
order to ensure all FROM=., TO=. link statements are as required, and to spec-
ify the keyword NOFR in the Methods Data Category of input. This will ensure that
PIPEPHASE will not attempt to reverse flows during the solution procedure, and
therefore should assist in converging with these network types. A typical situation
encountered where the user has instructed PIPEPHASE not to reverse flow direc-
tions (see also Using Regulators, below) is in interval halving. In links where a flow
reversal cannot occur, PIPEPHASE will instead halve the absolute change in flow-
rate that has been predicted by the solution algorithm in order to try to prevent flow
reversal in the link.
Figure 6-26 shows a refinery case where the user has fixed the flowrates of sinks D
and E at values of 5,000 and 10,000 bpd respectively. In addition, the user has speci-
fied in the input that no flow reversals are allowed (the schematic is part of a larger
network, upstream, and the FROM=..., TO=... definitions are as indicated in the first
diagram).
For iteration 1 (i=1), the upstream network is producing a feed to node A of 15,000
bpd, which is split accordingly to satisfy the two fixed sink flowrates. The flow
direction in loop link BC is as input by the user.
In the next iteration, 2, (i=2), the upstream network increases the next estimate for
the flow to node A to 20,000 bpd. PIPEPHASE then splits the flow according to its
solution algorithm, and finds that its first attempt requires the loop link CB to change
in flow direction in order to satisfy the fixed sink rate of 5000 bpd. Since the user has
instructed PIPEPHASE not to reverse flows from iteration to iteration, the program
then interval halves, by subtracting the CB link rate in iteration 2 (-333 bpd) from
that in iteration 1 (+1000 bpd), and dividing the result by two. Therefore:
New interval halved link rate = 1000 - (1000 + 333)/2 = +333.5 bpd
This new value results in a flowrate of 4,665 bpd required in link AB in order to sat-
isfy the fixed sink rate D rate, and consequently requires 10,333.5 bpd in link AC.
This then demands that a flowrate of 15,000 bpd be fed to node A. Subsequently the
new iteration information is fed back to the upstream network.
It should be noted that if the user has incorrectly defined a loop link flow direction,
and then instructed PIPEPHASE (via NOFR or using a REGULATOR device) not to
reverse flows during simulation, the network will fail to converge. The interval halv-
ing will continue until almost zero flow is found in the link. An error message is then
produced (or the link is shut in), and the user may inspect the iteration history to find
which link is producing the error by identifying the link which has near-zero flow.
Figure 6-26: Interval Halving
Loops Where Flow Direction is Unknown
Some network simulations include more than one loop configuration, where one or
more of the loops contains links in which the flow direction is not known to the user.
This is especially true in existing designs, and must be addressed in a special man-
ner. Problems are usually not found in looped networks until at least one simulation
has been run. If the problem has not converged, the user can generate the full itera-
tion output (using PRINT ITER in the General Data Category of input). The output
can be inspected to diagnose problems. Figure 6-27 shows a typical example of the
maximum error (i.e., pressure imbalance as reported in the iteration history) against
number of iterations:
Figure 6-27: Looped Network Example Flow Reversal Problem
This example shows that the network is converging successfully up until the point
indicated by the arrow. When this position has been reached, PIPEPHASE decides to
reverse the flow direction in one or more links of a particular loop. By reversing the
flow in this/these links, the solution path begins to diverge and a final solution
becomes unachievable. The user may inspect the iteration history to ascertain in
which link the flow reversal occurred first. Placing a regulator device in that link
will prevent the flow reversal.
Using Regulators
A regulator is a device which is used to maintain flow at a fixed downstream pres-
sure. In flow through such a regulator, if the inlet pressure is greater than the user-set
pressure, then the outlet pressure becomes the user-set pressure, and if the inlet pres-
sure is less than the set pressure, then the outlet pressure is set equal to the inlet pres-
sure. In network configurations involving loops, however, its use is almost
exclusively tailored to preventing flow reversals in loop links. Regulators are used in
looped networks mainly to assist convergence
Note: A general rule-of-thumb is to restrict the use of regulators to an intelligent
minimum. The user should rarely need more than one such device installed per loop to
assist in convergence.
To prevent link flow reversal during solution, you should set the regulator outlet
pressure (in the flow direction) to an unrealistically high value (e.g., 9999 psig). This
action enables the use of the regulator as a convergence aid without affecting the
pressure traverse calculation in that link.
Regulators generally are of greatest use in situations where loop link flow reversals
cause a circular flow path (i.e., effectively a closed flow loop), or where a particular
flow reversal during solution causes a direct or indirect (via another link) problem
divergence. Both of these situations can be identified by close inspection of the iter-
ation history.
A simple use of a regulator can be seen in Figure 6-28, where the flow directions are
known.
Figure 6-28: Simple Use of Regulators to Assist Convergence
Use of two regulators in this example prevents the situation where flow travels from
node B to node C via one loop, and back to node B via the other.
Other Problems In Network Convergence
Problem Solution Does Not Exist
There are network configurations that will not solve in any circumstances. These
networks are physically unrealistic and a solution will therefore never be obtained.
You can see where these situations have been encountered by messages which
include:
ERROR - ALL UNKNOWN PRESSURE AND RATES ARE WITHIN 0.100 PER-
CENT OF UPPER OR LOWER BOUNDS (i.e., program limits have been reached
for pressure and rate values)
or
ERROR - SINGULAR MATRIX AT ITERATION *** NO PIVOT FOUND IN
COLUMN
(i.e., PIPEPHASEs solution matrix has one or more zero values for pressures and/or
flowrates)
In either of these cases a previously drawn network diagram will identify any errors
made in the configuration.
Specific Keyword Assistance in Converging Networks
The default parameters for the PBAL and MBAL algorithms are selected to achieve
satisfactory convergence for representative networks. However, you can encounter cases
in which the defaults require modification for successful solution of network flows.
PBAL Algorithm
This algorithm is sufficient for the overwhelming majority of problems you will
encounter. Nevertheless, there are cases in which the parameters that govern the
performance of this algorithm require your adjustment. The following section offers
assistance on the use of the adjustable parameters that modify the performance of the
PBAL algorithm.
The parameters that have the greatest effect on the performance of PBAL are the
parameters that control
the initial estimation of link flows and junction pressures, and
extent of damping (also relaxation) of the PBAL algorithm.
The former is controlled by adjustment of the FLOW allocation parameter, while the
latter is controlled by adjustment of the QDAMP, PDAMP, HALVINGS, NOLOOP and
NOFR keywords.
Initial Solution Estimation. The FLOWALLOC keyword controls the procedure
used by PIPEPHASE to generate an initial estimate of the flowfield prior to the use
of the PBAL iteration procedure. In general, the performance of PBAL improves
with the selection of an allocation method that generates initial estimates of flows
and pressures that are closer to the converged solution of the network flow field.
The FLOWALLOC keyword allows the user to specify one of four flow allocation
algorithms. The default is FLOWALLOC=1. In circumstances in which the default
allocation method is not satisfactory, you have the option of selecting two other flow
allocation models (FLOW=2 and FLOW=3), as well as the ability to generate initial
estimates from a previously generated restart file (FLOW=4). As described previ-
ously, the allocation option (FLOW=3) requires the solution of an approximate; but,
nonlinear network flowfield. Because of the nonlinearity, there are several adjustable
parameters that can be used to control the convergence performance of the FLOW=3
allocation model. These are described below. The FLOW=4 option requires the use
of a previously generated restart file, and examples of its use are discussed below.
PBAL Under-Relaxation Procedures. Even with the provided flow allocation
models, there can still be circumstances in which initial estimates are not sufficiently
close for the Newton-Raphson iterations used by PBAL to converge to a solution. In
these circumstances, a damping or under-relaxation of the Newton-Raphson steps
can be required to obtain a solution. The adjustable parameters that effectively con-
trol the amount of damping in the Newton Raphson procedure include: QDAMP,
PDAMP, HALVINGS, NOLOOP, and NOFR. Some comments follow.
QDAMP and PDAMP. These keywords control the magnitude of the Newton-
Raphson corrections to the link flow distribution and the nodal pressure distribu-
tion that are computed by PBAL. The use of QDAMP is appropriate when
PBAL is unable to converge because of large changes in link flows. Similarly,
the use of PDAMP is appropriate when PBAL fails to converge because of large
changes in nodal pressures in successive Newton-Raphson iterations.
Trial and error is required to select an appropriate magnitude for QDAMP and/
or PDAMP. If these magnitudes are set too low, then PBAL can require an
excessive amount of computational time to obtain a solution. On the other hand,
if these magnitudes are set too high, then PBAL can rapidly diverge from the
network solution. Clearly, the danger exists that through use of excessively
large values of QDAMP/PDAMP that an initially adequate (and occasionally
difficult to obtain) initial estimate can be lost within a few PBAL iterations.
Because of this, you are advised to save the restart file associated with the initial
estimate, and use the restart allocation option (FLOW=4) in the trial and error
searches for QDAMP/PDAMP.
HALVINGS. This parameter controls the number of interval halvings that are
used by PBAL to correct the magnitude of changes to Newton Raphson correc-
tions in the flow and pressure fields. The default value is (HALVINGS=3).
Increasing this parameter can effectively shrink the magnitude of the Newton-
Raphson corrections in PBAL. You are generally not advised to modify this
parameter.
NOLOOP. As described in the manual this option effectively scales the magni-
tude of Newton-Raphson corrections in PBAL so as to prevent the formation of
closed loops. The option can be appropriate in circumstances in which flow
reversals are expected in looped pipe networks.
NOFR. This option is used to prevent the occurrence of flow reversals in suc-
cessive Newton-Raphson iterations of the PBAL algorithm. This option is
appropriate in cases where PBAL fails to converge because of excessive flow
reversals, and the final distribution of link flows is known.
FLOWALLOC=3. As described above, this algorithm estimates the initial net-
work flowfield by solution of approximate; but, nonlinear equations that con-
serve mass at network junctions. The equations are approximate because
the Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM) model with no acceleration is used to approxi-
mate the pressure drop across links, and
fluid properties are only evaluated at a fixed number of points (usually only one)
in a traverse across a link.
The nonlinear equations in the initialization scheme are solved by Newton-
Raphson iteration. Generally, the default parameters in the SOLUTION and
TOLERANCE cards are sufficient to ensure that the initialization procedures
converges to a solution. However, there can be circumstances in which adjust-
ment of the default settings are required. Some suggestions follow.
Convergence. You can monitor the convergence of the solution procedure used
in the allocation method through use of the ITER keyword on the PRINT card.
Residuals in the changes of the pressure field between successive Newton Raph-
son iterations, and the magnitude of flow imbalances at network nodes are dis-
played in the iteration history display for the method. Generally the allocation
model will converge to a solution, so long as the displayed residuals of pressure
and flow decrease, more or less continuously, with successive iterations.
Occasionally, the residuals of either one or both of the displayed quantities will
exhibit a sustained increase with successive iterations. In these circumstances the
method will not converge, unless adjustments are made to default settings on the
SOLUTION card. The primary candidates for keyword adjustment are:
a) the extent of under-relaxation, or damping, to the Newton Raphson iterations
through use of the DAMP keyword,
b) the maximum number of allowed iterations through the use of the SUBITERA-
TION keyword, and
c) in multiphase flows in networks (or gathering systems) with large elevation
changes the angle that governs the transition between no-slip and slip flow
through use of the SLIP keyword.
DAMP. In circumstances in which the iteration procedure fails, the user is
advised to increase the amount of damping or under-relaxation through the use
of the DAMP keyword. The default value of DAMP is 0.25. Damping is
increased by decreasing the value of DAMP, e.g., by equating DAMP to 0.05
instead of 0.25. The advantage to increased damping is increased stability in the
solution procedure. The disadvantage is a possible increased requirement for
computational time through an increase in the number of iterations to achieve a
solution.
SUBITERATION. The default number of iterations for this method is 200. This
number might not be sufficient for the amount of damping that is required to
obtain a solution. In these circumstances the value of SUBITERATION should
be increased.
SLIP. The solution procedure used for FLOWALLOC=3, can occasionally fail
with multiphase flows in networks or gathering systems with large elevation
changes. This occurs because the BBM method used to estimate link capacities
can admit more than one solution in links with elevation change. This problem is
alleviated by use of the no-slip BBM model in links in which the elevation
change exceeds the angle define by SLIP.
Tolerances. Occasionally, a display of the iteration history for the iterations
associated with FLOWALLOC=3 will show that the residuals have reached a
lower limit (for pressure change and/or flow imbalance) that exceeds the limits
on the TOLERANCE statement. This implies that the allocation model has
reached a best possible solution for the network. To reduce the number of subit-
erations that are performed, on subsequent runs of PIPEPHASE, you can either
reduce the number of subiterations or can increase the values of PTOL and
QTOL on the TOLERANCE statement.
There are also circumstances in which an examination of the residual history shows
that the residuals for the allocation model are falling when either PTOL or QTOL are
reached. This implies that by lowering the tolerances PTOL and QTOL, the user
should be able to obtain an even better solution to the approximate network flow
field. The effort to do this, however, is often not necessary, as the PBAL algorithm
that follows the FLOWALLOC=3 initialization procedure does require an accurate
initial solution estimate.
Miscellaneous Assists to PBAL Convergence. The keywords CHOKE and
WELLS on the SOLUTION statement, and the keyword QMIN on individual link
statements offer additional features that can help the PBAL algorithm to converge to
a solution. The explanation is given below.
CHOKE. The ability of the PBAL algorithm to converge to a solution of a pipe
network is often strained by the presence of one or several chokes that operate in
the regimes of critical flow. This occurs because the presence of chokes in criti-
cal flow introduces a discontinuity into the pressure distribution within links.
6-29 below shows a typical choke performance curve. The Newton-Ransom method has
no problem solving the network when the choke is in the sub-critical flow region.
However, when the flow becomes critical, the Newton derivative approaches infinity and
the N-R method mathematically breaks down. As a result the N-R solver has great
difficulty finding a solution in the critical flow region.
Figure 6-29: Choke Performance Curve (Choke Outlet Pressure vs. Flow Rate)
In order to assist PBAL, there are 4 options:
The default method (CHOKE = 1) is to use an exponential broadening of the pressure
transition that accompanies critical flow. The PIPEPHASE choke model substitutes the
straight vertical line, denoting critical flow, with an exponential curve. This is the red
dashed line shown in 6-29 above. In this way the Newton-Ransom solver finds it easier
to calculate a critical flow value for the choke. Option two (CHOKE = 2) replaces the
exponential curve with a straight line (i.e. blue dashed line shown in 6-29 above)
Engineers simulating a PIPEPHASE network containing chokes in critical flow will
often modify the slopes of these lines to make it easier for the N-R solver to reach a
converged solution. The slope is adjusted by specifying the "Rate Tolerance".
See "Max Possible Error" illustrated in 6-29.
Clearly as the Rate Tolerance is increased, the solver finds it easier to reach a solution.
However, the critical flow rate calculated using this method has the potential to exceed
the actual critical flow rate by a fraction of the value specified in the Rate Tolerance
window. Generally the relative size of this flow rate error is small when compared to the
total flow rate of the well. This approach ensures the results generated give an accurate
picture of the true potential of the well.
In option 3 (CHOKE = 3), the user activates an algorithm in PIPEPHASE such that it
calculates the critical flow rate for the link before solving the network. This method is
only applicable for Source links where the pressure has been fixed. For such simulations,
"DP from Network" is the recommended choke method as its the most mathematically
stable and rigorous.
Figure 6-30: DP from Network Method
Figure 6-30: By selecting "DP from Network", (Choke=3) the user forces PIPEPHASE
to calculate the critical flow rate for a given Pin and set this as the Qmax constraint for
the link. The Critical flow rate is defined as the intersection of the Tubing Performance
Curve and the Critical Choke Performance Curve.
Once PIPEPHASE calculates the Critical flow rate, Qmax for the link is set to this value.
In other words it sets a constraint, which specified that as long as the BHP remains
constant, the flow rate in the link cannot exceed the calculated Critical flow rate. This
acts as a safety net to ensure that PIPEPHASE can never calculate an unrealistic flow
rate through the choke (i.e. for a given bottom hole pressure PipePhase will always
calculate a flow rate less than or equal to the Critical flow rate for the link). The Qmax
logic enables PIPEPHASE to solve the Network rigorously and in a very stable manner
while at the same time preserving the physics of the choke flow as expressed in the
equations below.
(6-84)
(6-85)
where:
P
out
= Pressure down stream of the Choke
P
in
= Pressure upstream of the Choke
r
c
= Critical Pressure Ratio
Q
c
= Critical Flow Rate
Q = Flow rate through the choke
Note the Gilbert choke model only operates on the Critical Choke Performance Curve.
The Gilbert coefficients determine the slope of this line. Fortunati, Perkins, and Ueda on
the other hand can operate on the Critical Choke Performance Curve plus anywhere
within the Sub-Critical Flow Region.
For "Critical Pressure Ratio", (i.e. CHOKE=4) a different convention is used. Instead of
PIPEPHASE imposing constraints by way of an exponential or linear curve the
following equation is used.
For Q > Q
critical
(6-86)
This convention makes for a stable network model as the choke outlet pressure is simply
computed using above equation for the Critical Pressure Ratio. Ueda, Fortunati &
Perkins models can all predict critical flow and an associated critical pressure ratio. The
user can override the calculated critical pressure ratio by specifying a value in the Choke
unit DEW.
P
out
P
i n
--------- r
c
s
Q Q
c
s
P
out
P
i n
--------- r
c
s
Unfortunately as demonstrated in the diagram below, by calculating the outlet pressure
of the choke based solely on the critical pressure ratio, there are cases where this method
will quite happily predict flow rates through the choke far in excess of the real critical
flow rate for a given bottom hole pressure. As a result, this method is not recommended
when modeling chokes.
Figure 6-31: Choke Performance Curve
Figure 6-31: Choke Performance Curve as defined by Choke=4. Notice following this
curve it is possible to predict flow rates through the choke far in excess of the actual
critical flow rate. As a result, this method is not recommended when modeling chokes.
WELLS. The occurrence of heading phenomena that accompanies upward,
multiphase flows in wells, can give rise to convergence problems in PBAL. The
WELLS option on the solution statement seeks to solve this problem by (1)
determining the minimum heading flow that is allowed in wells with specified
source pressures, and by (2) constraining flows in those wells to be greater than
that minimum flow rate. PBAL shuts-off the well in the event that the minimum
flow can not be maintained in the well.
QMIN. This keyword appears on individual LINK statements. This keyword
constrains the minimum flow in links to be greater than a user specifiable value.
This feature can be useful in seeking the solution to network flows in which
links not associated with wells can display heading phenomena.
MBAL Solution Algorithm
The MBAL solution algorithm offers an alternative to PBAL for the solution of single
phase network flows. As with PBAL, the defaults that govern the operation of this
algorithm can require adjustment for successful solution of network flow fields.
Suggested keywords for modification include: RELAX, DAMP, SUBITERATION,
QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. Explanations follow:
DAMP and RELAX. As with the Newton-Raphson procedure used with the
FLOWALLOC=3 option of PBAL, under-relaxation of Newton-Raphson steps can
be required with the MBAL algorithm. The keyword DAMP applies to the initial
solution estimate used by MBAL (this is the same algorithm that is used in the
PBAL initialization procedure FLOWALLOC=3), and the keyword RELAX applies
to the non-linear MBAL solution procedure. The default value of both keywords is
0.25. A reduction in the value of these parameters is warranted in circumstances in
which an examination of the residual history (either flow imbalances or nodal pres-
sures) does not show a sustained decrease. Please see above comments for the use of
the DAMP keyword in the FLOWALLOC=3 option of PBAL.
SUBITERATIONS. Because the MBAL algorithm is independent of PBAL, you
must ensure that sufficient iterations are allocated for the chosen level of under-
relaxation through either DAMP or RELAX for the desired solution tolerances to be
attained. The default value of the parameter is 200.
QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. These define the required level of convergence for the
nodal flows, and the changes in the pressure and temperature fields. You are advised,
that often the application of the MBAL algorithm yields minimum values of these
quantities that exceed the specified values of QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. Often this
can not be changed. In these circumstances, you are advised to relax the solution
requirements for the MBAL algorithm.
Sub-Network Algorithm
Introduction
In a network, PIPEPHASE allows the user to specify upstream pressure or flow rate to a
Choke (MCHOK)/ Regulator (MREG) or the inlet pressure to a compressor
(MCOMPRESSOR). When these specifications are invoked, PIPEPHASE automatically
breaks the original network at the device inlet into two new separate subnetworks
(pseudo-links). PIPEPHASE then uses the sub-network algorithm to rigorously solve the
resultant network.
If MCHOK is specified, PIPEPHASE will calculate the choke size that is required to
meet the specification. Similarly PIPEPHASE will calculate the Compressor Power if
the MCOMP with specified inlet pressure is invoked.
Figure 6-32: Original Link
When the specification as mentioned above are invoked for the devices, subnetworks are
formed with
Upstream link containing all the devices before the break point
Downstream link containing all the devices after the break point.
During the formation of subnetwork, a new sink (pseudo sink) is created for the
upstream link and simultaneously a new source (pseudo-source) is created for the
downstream link. The upstream link retains the original link name but the downstream
link will be given an unique link name. The new nodes (pseudo-sink and pseudo-source)
are also assigned internally generated unique names.
Many sub-networks will be created if several such devices are included in the network.
At calculation time the sub-network containing the upstream link(s) is solved prior to the
sub-network containing the downstream link(s). The flow coming out of the upstream
link (pseudo sink) is transferred to the downstream link (pseudo source); prior to the
calculation of the downstream sub-network pseudo link.

A
B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Inlet Pressure or Flowspecified
Link name = L1
Figure 6-33: Broken Links (Sub-Network)
To properly set up sub-network problems the following conditions must be met:
Each pseudo-sink and pseudo-source pair must occur in separated sub-network.
Each sub-network's boundary conditions must be such that each sub-network prob-
lem is an independent well-posed network problem. Ensure that the boundary condi-
tion of each sub-network honors the required Network Well-Posedness conditions.
Each pseudo-link must have at-least one pressure loss device (not counting the
MCHOK, MREG, or MCOMPRESSOR).
Some Network Well-Posedness conditions that needs to be met for each sub-network:
At least one pressure in the network must be fixed.
At least one sink or source must occur.
Each link must have at least one device that has a consistent variation of pressure-
drop as a function of flow rate (flow-pressure drop performance relationship).
Frequently Asked Questions
This section presents and answers those queries most commonly asked through SimScis
worldwide technical support network. PIPEPHASE users and readers of this manual are
encouraged to provide feedback on the content and layout of this section to ensure future
editions of the manual are of practical use to the user.

A B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Pressure or flow
specified sink
Link name = L1
Link name = 1
2 3
Flow specified
source
FAQ 1: What are the merits of the K-factor and K-multiplier in
fitting pressure drops?
Referring back to equation 6-18 where the form of the frictional pressure loss in a pipe of
circular cross-section was derived:
(6-87)
Integrating equation (6-87) over a section of pipe of length L gives:
(6-88)
If we now define the term head, which is gained or lost over a length of pipe L, as h
L
,
where AP = gh
L
(for each pressure drop term in equation (6-19)), then the velocity in a
pipe changes at the expense of the static, or elevation head. Therefore the decrease in
the elevation head due to velocity is known as the velocity head:
(6-89)
The flow of fluid through a valve or other pipe fitting, such as an elbow, will also result
in a change in head. This may also be expressed in terms of the velocity head:
(6-90)
The loss term K in equation (6-90) is defined as the resistance coefficient, K-factor, or
number of velocity heads. The K-factor, therefore, can be viewed as a constant for any
particular valve or fitting, and independent of friction factor or Reynolds number. From
equation (6-88), the frictional pressure drop over a straight section of pipe is similarly
given by:
(6-91a)
where:
(6-91b)
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
FRICTION
f
d
v
2
2g
c
d
i
-------------- =
AP
f
d
v
2
2g
c
d
------------ =
H
L
v
2
2g
c
-------- =
H
L
K
v
2
2g
c
-------- =
H
L
f
L
d
---
\ .
| |
v
2
2g
c
-------- =
K f
L
d
--- =
(6-91c)
Therefore by equating equations (6-95) and (6-96), it can be seen that the K-factor is
equivalent to (f L/d), where the ratio L/d is the equivalent length (in pipe diameters) of
straight pipe that will cause the same pressure drop as the valve or fitting under the same
flowing conditions.
Crane
59
presents evidence that in valves and fittings the K-factor varies with size as
does the friction factor, f, for straight clean commercial steel pipe at flow conditions
resulting in a constant friction factor, and [the] equivalent length L/d tends toward a
constant for the various sizes of a given line of valves or fittings at the same flow
conditions. This conclusion leads to the idea that instead of using a K-factor, the
equivalent length, L/d, should instead be used as a constant multiplier of the friction
factor. The value of the constant should then be derived from field test data and
applicable to all sizes of the particular valve or fitting with which it is identified. In
PIPEPHASE the equivalent length constant, as reported in standard publications such as
Crane, is known as the K-multiplier (keyword KMUL).
In summary, therefore, the K-multiplier should always be chosen, if available, in
preference over a K-factor value, since the K-factor varies with the size of the valve or
fitting.
FAQ 2: Should one use equivalent lengths inside links with two-phase
flow to represent fitting pressure drops?
The K-factor - pipe equivalent length analogy was originally derived only for
incompressible single phase flow (see previous FAQ), where the pressure drop is due
only to friction. The analogy is also applicable for single phase compressible flow where
velocities and velocity changes (i.e., acceleration) are low.
However, for two-phase flow in pipes the same analogy cannot be applied, and the use of
equivalent pipe lengths is not recommended as good simulation practice. The
equivalent length value (i.e., the K-multiplier) multiplied by the prevailing friction
factor is not the same as the true K-factor because the accelerational effects are not
considered in its evaluation. In typical piping system simulations these acceleration
terms may be significant and can cause pressure drops to be predicted which are much
higher than the K-factor method. In the case of two-phase flow, there is no direct
established procedure, equivalent to that presented in the previous FAQ, to derive the
equivalent length analogy, and therefore it should not be used in these situations. A
two-phase multiplier, j, is used in PIPEPHASE (see a previous section in this chapter on
Fittings for further information) to correct the single phase pressure drop equation
(6-91a) for a fitting device to account for two-phase flow.
K
MUL
L
d
--- =
FAQ 3: How do you explain a pressure recovery over an expansion
device?
An expansion is a device in PIPEPHASE which models the pressure change in a fluid
moving from one pipe diameter to another of larger diameter. The pressure change over
an expansion across which fluid is moving from one circular pipe to another circular
pipe of larger diameter (as opposed to a pipe exit, where no velocity recovery can occur),
consists of two terms:
1. Velocity head change
2. Friction head loss
Qualitatively, the velocity head tends to cause a pressure increase, and the friction
component causes a pressure decrease. The pressure drop equation over an expansion for
a single phase fluid can be shown to be (see Crane
59
, p2-11):
(6-92)
where:
subscripts 1 and 2 refer to the small and large diameter points respectively, and
K
exp
= the user-supplied K-factor
If we define o as the ratio A
1
/A
2
, then it can be seen by inspection of equation (6-92) that
if 1-o
2
- K
exp
> 0 then P
2
> P
1
and there is a pressure recovery.
This phenomenon occurs when the 1-o
2
, or velocity head loss is larger than the frictional
pressure loss over the expansion (as calculated by the Crane methods). Pressure rises
over expansion devices are generally unusual, but if they occur in network simulations,
then PIPEPHASE may have trouble solving pressure balances because of this behavior.
In these cases the user should replace these devices with other devices exhibiting
equivalent, but continuous, pressure vs. flow behavior, such as DPDT devices or
alternative fittings with similar K-factors.
(6-93)
Since PIPEPHASE evaluates conditions at the inlet conditions to the fitting, the velocity
head term can be expanded:
(6-94)
AP 1
A
1
A
2
-----
2
K
exp
)
`

L
v
2
2g
c
--------- =
AP K
exp
v
1
2
2g
c
--------
A v
2
( )
2g
c
----------------- + =
A v
2
( )
2g
c
-----------------

L
2g
c
-------- v
2
2
v
1
2
( ) =
From the Conservation of Momentum equation, and using inlet densities:
(6-95)
(6-96)
(6-97)
(6-98)
Substituting equation (6-98) into equation (6-94), and reversing the signs gives equation
(6-83).
FAQ 4: Why does PIPEPHASE have two network solution
methods (Flare and Network)?
The Network solution method in PIPEPHASE is a general purpose algorithm, geared
towards solving as wide a variety of networks as possible. In the case of flare networks,
the nature of such systems dictates the possibility of very high velocities and perhaps
critical flow in parts of the system. The general purpose network algorithm (PBAL)
operates in a forward-marching, simultaneous manner. Therefore if a discontinuity were
to occur at the end of a link in this algorithm, there may conceivably be multiple
solutions for the true outlet pressure of that node. In the Flare algorithm the algorithm
works backwards from the flare base, and therefore a check can be made at the
beginning of each link for critical flow. The upstream pressure which would be required
to achieve this condition can then be calculated.
FAQ 5: What is the relation between discharge coefficients used in valve
sizing and the K-factor used to define pressure drop?
PIPEPHASE models the pressure drop across a device/fitting as:
(6-99)
where:
Ap = device pressure drop
q/A = mass flux per unit area
A
1
v
1
A
2
v
2
=
A
1
2
A
2
2
-----
v
2
2
v
1
2
---- =
A
1
A
2
-----
\ .
| |
2
1
v
2
2
v
1
2
v
1
2
--------------- =
A v
2
( )
2g
c
-----------------

L
v
1
2
2g
c
-----------
A
1
A
2
-----
\ .
| |
2
1 =
Ap
K
q
A
---
2
2
----------------u =
The device K-factor that appears in equation (6-99) can be related to the discharge
coefficient K
d
used to size valves in the API 520 (1993) formula for liquid relief:
(6-100)
where:
In the limit of single-phase liquid flow, equation (6-100) can be combined with equation
(6-99) to yield the following relation for K-factor in terms of the valve discharge
coefficient K
d
and viscosity correction factor K
v
:
(6-101a)
In the limit of high Reynolds number flows K
v
approaches 1, so that equation (6-101a)
can be approximated as:
(6-101b)
FAQ 6: What is the relation between the flow coefficient of a valve (Cv)
and the K-factor for the valve?
The flow coefficient Cv of a valve is defined as the volumetric flux of water, in either
UK or US gallons per minute, at a temperature of 60 and at a pressure drop of one
pound per square inch (1 psia) across the valve (Crane, 1988).
The following expressions relate the resistance coefficient K to C
v
:
For valve flows in UK gallons per minute:
= no-slip fluid density
u = two-phase fluid multiplier
K = device K-factor
A = Required effective discharge area (in
2
)
Q = Flowrate (US gal/min)
K
d
= Effective coefficient of discharge for valve
K
w
= Correction factor due to back pressure (K
w
=1 for conventional valves)
K
v
= Correction factor due to viscosity as determined from Figure 32 of API 520 (1993)
G Specific gravity of the liquid at the flowing temperature referred to water = 1.0 at
70 F
AP Valve pressure drop
A
Q
38K
d
K
w
K
v
--------------------------
G
AP
------- =
K
1
K
d
2
K
v
2
------------- =
K
1
K
d
2
------ =
(6-102a)
For valve flows in US gallons per minute:
(6-102b)
where:
d = diameter of the value (in)
Clearly, the coefficient Cv can be related to the discharge coefficient K
d
of a valve
through equations (6-102a) and (6-102b).
FAQ 7: What is the relation between the Joule-Thomson effect
and adiabatic flashing?
Gases can often be cooled when subject to a sufficiently rapid expansion. The cooling
phenomenon, which is termed the Joule-Thomson effect, forms the basis of a number of
refrigeration processes. In everyday use, the Joule-Thomson effect can be seen in the
temperature fall that accompanies the rapid release of the contents of an aerosol can.
When flowing gases are allowed to expand from a higher pressure to a lower pressure
without producing work, i.e., across an insulated valve, the heat transfer effects are
negligible and the flow can be approximated as adiabatic. Furthermore, if the changes in
kinetic and potential energy are negligible, then the expansion can be approximated as
isenthalpic: see equation (6-4a). Thus:
(6-103)
where:
H
1
and H
2
= the enthalpies upstream and downstream of the expansion
The temperature drop that accompanies the pressure drop across the expansion is termed
the Joule-Thomson
67
effect. In the limit of incremental changes in pressure, the
temperature change across the expansion is quantified by the Joule-Thomson coefficient:
(6-104)
where:
C
v
24.9d
2
K
---------------- =
C
v
29.9d
2
K
---------------- =
AH H
2
H
1
=
q
JT
T c
P o
------
\ .
| |
H
=
q
JT
= Joule-Thomson coefficient
Note: q
JT
can be either positive or negative. In an ideal gas, q
JT
is zero. The Joule-
Thomson effect occurs in those gases for which q
JT
is positive.
FAQ 8: How can I make PIPEPHASE use my own mixture physical
property data in compositional fluid-type simulations?
When running single-link or network-type simulations using the compositional fluid
model, physical and thermodynamic properties are generated automatically by
PIPEPHASEs transport and thermodynamic methods, using information from pure
component databanks and/or built-in predictive property correlations.
Users may occasionally prefer to use their own values for certain physical properties,
such as mixture fluid density, mixture vapor thermal conductivity, etc., They can do this
by using the PVTGEN option on the CALCULATION statement in the General Data
Category of input.
By using the PVTGEN option, the user can instruct PIPEPHASE to suppress any
thermophysical property calculations and instead generate a separate file containing all
PVT data required for the subsequent simulation. The flow chart outlining this procedure
is shown below in Figure 6-34, using a single link example, of filename TEST.INP:
Figure 6-34: Flowchart for Problem TEST.INP
For this example, let us assume that the user wishes to override PIPEPHASE-generated
values for liquid density. The step-wise procedure for achieving this is:
Construct the PIPEPHASE input file so as to generate a PVT property data file,
TEST.PVT. Refer to 4, for the keyword constructs and see the following TEST.INP file
as an example. Note that when using the CALC ...PVTGEN option the entry of any
device data in the Structure Data Category of input is disallowed, and that in the PVT
Property Data Category of input only one source can have property data generated over a
user-defined temperature and pressure range. This means that in network simulations
where there is more than one source composition, this method is inapplicable as a one-
run solution, and the user must split the system up into one-source-composition sub-
structures and run each concurrently. In entering the range of temperatures and pressures
over which the property data tables are to be generated, the user must ensure all
simulation conditions are covered, and must pay particular attention to two-phase
systems where a sudden phase transition may occur. In these cases the temperature range
must be input such that smaller temperature increments are specified over the boiling
range of the fluid.
TEST.INP
TITL PROJ=PVT EX, PROB=MANNUAL, DATE=JUN94$
DESC This file generates a .PVT file which is to be used
DESC in a subsequent run. Note that device data input is not
DESC permitted for any .PVT file generation runs.
$
DIME PETRO,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,RATE(M)=MOLH,RATE(W)=LBHR,*
RATE(LV)=GPM,RATE(GV)=CFD,LENG=FT,IN,DENS=SPGR, *
VISC=CP,DUTY=BTUH,POWER=HP,VELO=FPS
CALC COMPOSITIONAL, PVTGEN
DEFA TAMB=85.
PRINT DEVICE=PART,INPUT=FULL,CONNECT=NONE,PLOT=NONE,FLASH=NONE,ITER
$
PVT PROPERTY DATA
SET SETN=1,VISC(C,CST)=150,2.2/250,.9
GENERATE SOURCE=S1,SETN=1,TEMP=100,150,200,250,300,*
PRES=40,80,120,160,180,200,240 *
PRINT=LDEN,LVIS
$
COMPONENT DATA
LIBID 1,NC12/2,DOWG
PETRO 3,DOW2,300,0.8100,425
$
METHODS DATA
THERMO SYSTEM=SRK
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=S1,PRES=181,TEMP=200,RATE(W,ESTI)=760000,*
COMP=1,0.11/2,0.8/3,0.09, SETN=1
$
SINK NAME=SK1,PRES=181,RATE(W,ESTI)=760000
$
LINK NAME=L1,F=S1,T=SK1
$
END
The file TEST.PVT which is generated from step (1) is shown below (in abridged format
for clarity). PIPEPHASE uses the data in this file in step (3) when the original file
TEST.INP is re-run. The data contained within the file are in fixed format, and the units
of measure for each property are also fixed. Since in this example the user wishes to
override liquid density information (to make all values of density at all specified
temperature and pressure ranges equal to 50 lb/ft
3
), the new values are manually input by
the user, overwriting those internally generated:
TEST.PVT
6 1 COMPOSITIONAL TABLE
1 INTRP 0 EXTRP
6 TEMP 5.19670E+02 6.71670E+02 7.61670E+02 8.51670E+02 9.41670E+02
1.03167E+03
8 PRESS 5.80152E+00 1.16030E+01 1.46959E+01 1.74046E+01 2.32061E+01
2.61068E+01 2.90076E+01 3.48091E+01
3 COMP 1.10000E-01 8.00000E-01 9.00000E-02
0 BUB-T
0 DEW-T
0 WAT-T
0 BUB-P
0 DEW-P
0 WAT-P
AMW 2.12138E+02
TCRIT 1.44092E+03
PCRIT 3.45631E+02
1 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 PHASE 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 PHASE 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
1 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VFRAC 7.75616E-01 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VFRAC 1.00000E+00 9.25658E-01 8.43983E-01 6.98157E-01 7.42643E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
2 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
3 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
4 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
5 LFRAC 2.24384E-01 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
6 LFRAC 0.00000E+00 7.43422E-02 1.56017E-01 3.01843E-01 9.25736E-01
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VMW 2.04269E+02 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VMW 2.12138E+02 2.08475E+02 2.06323E+02 2.04524E+02 1.96965E+02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
3 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
4 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
5 LMW 2.39336E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
6 LMW 0.00000E+00 2.57746E+02 2.43593E+02 2.29748E+02 2.13355E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
1 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VDENS 1.19806E-01 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VDENS 1.13306E-01 2.26543E-01 2.86308E-01 3.38524E-01 4.40871E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LDENS 6.32289E+01 6.32318E+01 6.32334E+01 6.32348E+01 6.32377E+01
6.32392E+01 6.32406E+01 6.32436E+01
2 LDENS 5.96295E+01 5.96336E+01 5.96358E+01 5.96377E+01 5.96418E+01
5.96439E+01 5.96459E+01 5.96500E+01
3 LDENS 5.75040E+01 5.75087E+01 5.75112E+01 5.75133E+01 5.75180E+01
5.75203E+01 5.75226E+01 5.75272E+01
4 LDENS 5.52552E+01 5.52608E+01 5.52637E+01 5.52664E+01 5.52719E+01
5.52747E+01 5.52775E+01 5.52831E+01
5 LDENS 4.95052E+01 5.27863E+01 5.27903E+01 5.27938E+01 5.28012E+01
5.28049E+01 5.28086E+01 5.28161E+01
6 LDENS 0.00000E+00 4.46015E+01 4.63987E+01 4.85330E+01 5.02346E+01
5.00085E+01 5.00138E+01 5.00244E+01
1 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VENTH 9.91163E+03 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VENTH 1.88580E+04 1.48200E+04 1.29382E+04 1.26260E+04 2.36420E+04
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LENTH -2.26520E+04 -2.26476E+04 -2.26452E+04 -2.26432E+04 -2.26388E+04
-2.26365E+04 -2.26343E+04 -2.26299E+04
2 LENTH -1.72126E+04 -1.72085E+04 -1.72062E+04 -1.72043E+04 -1.72002E+04
-1.71981E+04 -1.71961E+04 -1.71919E+04
3 LENTH -1.37436E+04 -1.37398E+04 -1.37377E+04 -1.37358E+04 -1.37321E+04
-1.37301E+04 -1.37282E+04 -1.37243E+04
4 LENTH -1.00723E+04 -1.00689E+04 -1.00670E+04 -1.00654E+04 -1.00620E+04
-1.00603E+04 -1.00586E+04 -1.00552E+04
5 LENTH 1.18035E+04 -6.17741E+03 -6.17622E+03 -6.17498E+03 -6.17230E+03
-6.17096E+03 -6.16969E+03 -6.16693E+03
6 LENTH 0.00000E+00 4.08897E+04 2.52328E+04 9.91483E+03 -2.56503E+03
-2.03245E+03 -2.03175E+03 -2.03032E+03
1 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VVISC 8.96134E-03 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VVISC 9.11876E-03 9.48192E-03 9.68948E-03 9.81842E-03 9.81146E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LVISC 5.89668E+01 5.89696E+01 5.89711E+01 5.89723E+01 5.89751E+01
5.89765E+01 5.89778E+01 5.89806E+01
2 LVISC 4.41840E+00 4.41871E+00 4.41887E+00 4.41901E+00 4.41932E+00
4.41947E+00 4.41962E+00 4.41992E+00
3 LVISC 2.02648E+00 2.02664E+00 2.02673E+00 2.02680E+00 2.02697E+00
2.02705E+00 2.02713E+00 2.02729E+00
4 LVISC 1.16371E+00 1.16383E+00 1.16389E+00 1.16395E+00 1.16406E+00
1.16412E+00 1.16418E+00 1.16430E+00
5 LVISC 7.13697E-01 7.61000E-01 7.61058E-01 7.61108E-01 7.61215E-01
7.61268E-01 7.61322E-01 7.61429E-01
6 LVISC 0.00000E+00 4.81529E-01 5.00933E-01 5.23975E-01 5.42346E-01
5.39905E-01 5.39962E-01 5.40076E-01
1 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VCOND 1.38256E-02 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VCOND 1.55415E-02 1.61361E-02 1.64906E-02 1.67451E-02 1.72699E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LCOND 6.39367E-02 6.39571E-02 6.39671E-02 6.39755E-02 6.39928E-02
6.40011E-02 6.40092E-02 6.40251E-02
2 LCOND 5.79183E-02 5.79404E-02 5.79511E-02 5.79601E-02 5.79784E-02
5.79872E-02 5.79958E-02 5.80124E-02
3 LCOND 5.41696E-02 5.41940E-02 5.42058E-02 5.42157E-02 5.42357E-02
5.42452E-02 5.42546E-02 5.42726E-02
4 LCOND 5.02529E-02 5.02810E-02 5.02944E-02 5.03056E-02 5.03284E-02
5.03392E-02 5.03498E-02 5.03701E-02
5 LCOND 4.70671E-02 4.61722E-02 4.61888E-02 4.62024E-02 4.62299E-02
4.62430E-02 4.62556E-02 4.62798E-02
6 LCOND 0.00000E+00 4.40660E-02 4.32161E-02 4.25578E-02 4.26664E-02
4.29022E-02 4.29182E-02 4.29487E-02
1 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LSURF 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01
3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01
2 LSURF 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01
3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01
3 LSURF 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01
2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01
4 LSURF 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01
2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01
5 LSURF 1.80006E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01
1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01
6 LSURF 0.00000E+00 1.37379E+01 1.42221E+01 1.48285E+01 1.50154E+01
1.48410E+01 1.48410E+01 1.48410E+01
1 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0 0 END-OF-FILE
Again, referring to 4, the original TEST.INP file should be modified so as to:
Eliminate the PVTGEN keyword from the CALC... statement.
Replace the PVT Property Data Category of input GENERATE statement with the
statement FILE SETN=1. This ensures the declared SET NUMBERS match
between TEST.INP and TEST.PVT files.
Add all relevant device data to the link statement(s).
TEST.INP
TITL PROJ=PVT EX, PROB=PVT READ, DATE=JUN94
$
DESC
DESC This file reads in the previously generated .PVT
DESC
$
DIME PETRO,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,RATE(M)=MOLH,RATE(W)=LBHR,*
RATE(LV)=GPM,RATE(GV)=CFD,LENG=FT,IN,DENS=SPGR, *
VISC=CP,DUTY=BTUH,POWER=HP,VELO=FPS
CALC COMPOSITIONAL
DEFA TAMB=85.
PRINT DEVICE=PART,INPUT=FULL,CONNECT=NONE,PLOT=NONE,FLASH=NONE,ITER
$
PVT PROPERTY DATA
SET SETN=1
$
COMPONENT DATA
LIBID 1,NC12/2,DOWG
PETRO 3,DOW2,300,0.8100,425
$
METHODS DATA
THERMO SYSTEM=SRK
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=S1,PRES=181,TEMP=200,RATE(W,ESTI)=700000,*
COMP=1,0.11/2,0.8/3,0.09, SETN=1
$
SINK NAME=SK1,PRES=181,RATE(W,ESTI)=700000
$
LINK NAME=L1,F=S1,T=SK1
PIPE ID=16 ,LENGTH=40
PIPE ID=16 ,LENGTH=28
VALV IDIN=16,IDOUT=16,K=533
PUMP CURVE(GPM,FT)=1000,341,35/2000,337,57/*
3000,328,73/4000,315,81/5000,284,85
PIPE ID=12,LENGTH=80
PUMP CURVE(GPM,FT)=1000,341,35/2000,337,57/*
3000,328,73/4000,315,81/5000,284,85
DPDT NAME=DP1,CURVE(,KPA,C)=198600,-43,0/396000,-172,0/79200,-688,0
HEATER NAME=H1,TOUT=260
CONTR IDIN=12,IDOUT=6
DPDT NAME=DP2,CURVE(,KPA,C)=214500,-34.5,0/429000,-138,0/858000,-552,0
COOLER NAME=CRX1,TOUT=205

$
END
FAQ 9: How can I increase the speed of execution of a simulation run?
For simulations involving large networks and using a compositional fluid model,
calculation times may be large. If several cases of such simulation types require running
in succession, then time-saving measures should be taken seriously in completing a
study. Calculation time-saving measures, with comments, are given below.
If the fluid in the simulation is known to remain in only the liquid or in only the gas
phase for all conditions, then a qualifier may be used in the CALCULATION COM-
POSITIONAL statement which disables any flash calculations being performed
(i.e., COMP(GAS) or COMP(LIQ)). This will speed up execution time by up an
order of magnitude.
If only one source composition is being used, the PVTGEN option (explained in
FAQ 8 and detailed in 4) can be invoked where PIPEPHASE will neither perform
flash calculations nor property calculations and instead look up any required value
from a pre-generated table (.PVT file). This table can be generated and saved for use
in subsequent simulations, or can be generated and used in the same simulation (in
which case the .PVT file will not be saved). Significant calculation time enhance-
ments can be expected using this procedure. However, care must be taken in the gen-
eration of the property tables to ensure that phase transitions are adequately bounded
by temperature and pressure points, and upper and lower tabulated limits cover the
expected simulation range.
If the simulation involves low velocity fluids, then the accelerational component of the
overall fluid pressure drop will not be significant, and by invoking CALC
NOACCELERATION this calculation is disabled. Only marginal calculation speed
increases can be expected using this option. This option should be used only as a last
resort and has been included in this FAQ section for completeness.
FAQ 10: What are the *.GR1, *.GR2, *.GR3, and *.GR4 files that are
produced when I run PC PIPEPHASE?
The *.GR? files are ASCII text files which are used by the PC Graphical User Interface
to plot information to the screen.
The *.GR1 file contains link plot information.
The *.GR2 file contains node summary information.
The *.GR3 file contains information for the link phase envelope.
The *.GR4 file contains information from depressuring vessel simulations.
Data Transfer System
PIPEPHASE is able to read in stream data from the output of a PRO/II simulation. A
block diagram showing how this information link works is shown below in Figure 6-35.
Figure 6-35: Block Diagram of Data Transfer System
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data
Assuming there is a PRO/II simulation input file named PROII.INP, you should first run
the PRO/II simulation. Include the statement DBASE DATA=STREAM in the General
Data Category of input (see example input files below). This will produce a text file
named PROII.P2I (alongside normally produced output files) which contains
information for all input and calculated streams in a format which is readable to both
PRO/II and PIPEPHASE.
The PROII.P2I file should then be copied from the PRO/II user directory into the
PIPEPHASE user directory, and the file should be renamed to be the same as the target
PIPEPHASE input file name, but keeping the extension .P2I. In this example, let us
assume that our PIPEPHASE input file is named TEST.INP. The stream data file
PROII.P2I should then be renamed TEST.P2I.
The source data input in the Structure Data Category of input in the PIPEPHASE file
must include one of the keywords documented below, depending on which data is to be
retrieved from the PRO/II stream output. The PRO/II file which generated the TEST.P2I
file is shown below:
TITLE PROJECT=SAMPLE,PROBLEM=DATA,USER=SIMSCI,DATE=1994
DESC FOR USE IN STREAM DATA TO EXAMPLE
DIME SI, TEMP=C, PRES=KPA, XDEN=SPGR
PRINT RATE=M, STREAM=ALL, INPUT=PART
DBASE DATA=STREAM
*
COMPONENT DATA
*
LIBID 1,NITROGEN/2,CO2/3,METHANE/4,ETHANE/5,PROPANE/*
6,IBUTANE/7,BUTANE/8,IPENTANE/9,PENTANE/10,HEXANE
*
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
*
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
*
METHOD SYSTEM(VLE)=SRK,SET=SET01,DEFAULT
*
STREAM DATA
*
PROP STREAM = 1,TEMP=200,PRES=2000,PHASE=M,RATE(M)=7200, *
COMP(M)= 1,180.004 / 2,190.904/ 3,1443.03/ 4,902.218/*
5,721.914 / 6,76.5715/ 7,279.406/ 8,94.7819/*
9,162.403 /10,153.303/11,1191.03/12,902.218/*
13,902.218 ,NORMALIZE
*
PROP STREAM=R1R,REFS=1,RATE(M)=1
PROP STREAM=R2R,REFS=1,RATE(M)=1
PROP STREAM=FD-1,TEMP=40,PRES=2000,PHASE=M,*
RATE(M)=16000,*
COMP(M)=4,4000/5,8000/6,4000, NORMALIZE
*
NAME 1,MAIN,FEED/R1R,BALANCE-1/R2R,BALANCE-2/*
FD-1,SEC-FEED/OV8,COL-OVERHEAD/BT8,COL-BOTTOMS
*
UNIT OPERATIONS
*
FLASH UID=F1,NAME=FEED FLASH
FEED 1,7
PROD V=3
ADIA DP=0
METHOD SET=SET01 $ SET01
*
HX UID=HX1,NAME=AFTERCOOL-1
HOT FEED=3,R1R,V=4,METH=SET01
COLD FEED=FD-1,R2R,V=PR-2,METH=SET01
OPER HTEMP=90
*
FLASH UID=F2,NAME=STAGE 1 SEP
FEED 4
PROD V=6,L=5
ISO TEMP=10,PRES=1000
METHOD SET=SET01
*
SPLITTER UID=SP1,NAME=UNIT-SP1
FEED 5
PROD M=7,M=8
SPEC STREAM=7,RATE(M), *
RATIO, *
REFFEED,RATE(M) *
VALUE=0.1
METHOD SET=SET01 $ SET01
*
COLUMN UID=COL2,NAME=FRAC-002
PARAM TRAY=22,IO=20
FEED 8,9,NOTSEP
PROD OVHD=OV8,BTMS=BT8,4289
COND TYPE=BUBB,PRESS=1000
DUTY 1,1,-40/2,22,40
PSPEC TOP=1000
PRINT PROP=PART,ITER=PART,XYDATA
ESTI MODEL=SIMPLE,CTEMP=-100,TTEMP=-50,BTEMP=50,RTEMP=140, *
RRATIO=2
SPEC COLUMN=COL2,TRAY=1,PHASE=L,RATE(M),*
RATIO, *
STREAM=OV8, RATE(M), *
VALUE=2
SPEC STREAM=BT8,RATE(M), *
VALUE=4289
VARY DUTY = 1,2
TOLER ENTH = 0.001
METHOD SET=SET01,22
*
END
Extracting Component Data and Temperature for a
Source PRO2 Keyword
Let us assume that the PRO/II file (above) contains stream 6 (a vapor product from the
stage 1 separator F2) which PIPEPHASE requires to be its source KA. The structure of
the PIPEPHASE file would then be as shown below, with the PRO2 keyword used on
the SOURCE statement.
TITLE PROJECT=IPM,PROBLEM=DATA,USER=SIMSCI,DATE=1994
DESC STREAM DATA TRANSFER FROM PRO/II SAMPLE.INP
DIMEN SI,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,DENS=SPGR
FCODE PIPE=BBM
DEFAULT TAMBIENT(F)=100,ROUGH(IN)=0.0018,THKPIP(IN)=0.55,*
CONINS(BTUFTF)=0.019,0.23,0.4,THKINS(IN)=2,0.125,2.03
CALC SING,COMP
PRINT DEVICE=FULL,INPUT=FULL,PROP=NONE,CONN=NONE,PLOT=FULL,FLASH=FULL
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=PETRO
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,PRES(PSIG)=2000,NOCHECK,PRO2=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(ESTI,PSIG)=1000
$
LINK NAME=LNK1,FROM=KA,TO=SNK
PIPE ID(IN)=4,LENGTH(FT)=10
EXPA IDIN(IN)=4.,IDOUT(IN)=8.
PIPE ID(IN)=7.981,LENGTH(FT)=325
CONT IDIN(IN)=8,IDOUT(IN)=4
PIPE ID(IN)=4,LENGTH(FT)=0.5
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
In this case, the temperature and composition of stream 6 in the PRO/II file is used
automatically to complement data entered for source node KA.
Extracting Component Data, Pressure and Temperature for a
Source PR2F Keyword
In this case, the structure of the PIPEPHASE file would be as shown below, with the
PR2F keyword used on the SOURCE statement.
FCODE PIPE=BBM
CALC SING,COMP
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,NOCHECK,PR2F=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(ESTI,PSIG)=1000
$
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
In this case, the source KA is using the temperature, pressure and composition of PRO/II
stream 6 as fixed values in the simulation.
Extracting Pressure Estimate, Component Data, and Temperature for a
Source PR2E Keyword
In this case, the structure of the PIPEPHASE file would then be as shown below, with
the PR2E keyword used on the SOURCE statement.
FCODE PIPE=BBM
CALC COMP,NETWORK
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
NETWORK DATA
SOLUTION PBAL
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,NOCHECK,PR2E=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(PSIG)=1000,RATE(ESTI)=1
$
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
Here, the component data and temperature of PRO/II stream 6 are used as fixed values,
where the pressure from stream 6 is used as an estimate value.
Restrictions on the Use of the Stream Data Transfer Facility
DIMENSIONS must be declared to be the same in both PRO/II and PIPEPHASE
input files. Local units of measure can be used to override the global defaults at any
location in either program, so that the user need not be constrained.
The Component Data Category of input must be consistent in both PRO/II and
PIPEPHASE input files. The total number of components declared in the Compo-
nent Data Category of input of the PRO/II input file must not exceed 50. Therefore
library (LIBID), user-supplied (NONLIB), pseudo- (PETRO) and assay (via
TBPCUTS) components must number in total less than or equal to 50. For
pseudocomponents, the defined properties should be similar in both input files.
When simulating with assay-defined data, it is recommended that you create the
input file from the P2I file generated by the PRO/II run. This ensures that the
pseudocomponents in PIPEPHASE are consistent with the PRO/II input file.
The Thermodynamic Data Category of input must be the same or similar in both
PRO/II and PIPEPHASE input files.
In the PIPEPHASE Structure Data Category of input, those values that are to be
replaced by the PRO/II stream must be absent from the statement. Also, the keyword
NOCHECK must appear before the PRO2, PR2E and PR2F keywords on the
SOURCE statement for correct operation.
Chapter 7
Component Data Summary
About This Chapter
This section provides an overview of the Component Data Category. Detailed
documentation, along with examples of common usage of all the component features, is
contained in a separate document, the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual. Unless noted otherwise, sections referred to in this chapter are located in
Chapter 1 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
General Information
The Component Data category defines the pure and pseudocomponents in the problem
and, if necessary, defines or modifies component properties. All components
encountered in a problem, except for assay stream components, must be defined in this
category. Streams defined by distillation assay curves in the Stream Data category are
broken into pseudocomponents based on the rules defined in the Component Data
category.
Using keyword input, PRO/II accepts an unlimited number of components.
PRO/II Component Library
PRO/II comes with an extensive pure component data base of over 1,750 components,
tabulated in Sections 1.3-1.5 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual. All components capable of vapor-liquid phase behavior have sufficient
information to be used with generalized K-value predictors and density calculations.
Most components have built in transport property correlations. A majority of PRO/II
simulations with pure components use this library exclusively and require no additional
pure component data. Refer to the PRO/II Reference Manual for additional details on the
structure of the pure component data base and the information it contains.
7-2 Component Data Summary
Non-Library Components
Components not found in the PRO/II library may be entered as NONLIBRARY
components. The format for entering user components is straightorward, however users
who do this regularly or need help in estimating unknown required properties should use
SIMSCIs Property Data Management functionality present in PRO/II with PROVISION
to assist the user in determining all necessary component properties and develop a
keyword file segment in PRO/II ready form.
Petroleum Components
PRO/II handles petroleum components using industry standard characterization
techniques. PRO/II estimates all required component data given two out of three of
molecular weight, boiling point, or gravity.
Refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for
instructions on how to enter basic PETROLEUM data, how to change the default
characterization procedures, and entering stream assay data.
Solid Components
PRO/II handles solids with particle size distributions and user-defined attributes. See the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for information on
property data requirements for solid components and associated input format. The
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual is also used to define
particle size intervals and GENERAL attributes, and for entering actual solid component
attribute values.
Component Properties
The user may define or override component properties for all components in the
simulation. This includes components in the PRO/II component library, user-defined
components, petroleum pseudocomponents and solid forming components. The
properties include constants (such as molecular weight or critical properties), as well as
temperature dependent properties (such as enthalpies in various phase states). Where
appropriate, properties may be given on a mole or weight basis. Refer to Section 1.8 of
the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for entering component
property values.
UNIFAC Data
Section 1.9 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual
discusses the methods for assigning UNIFAC structural groups and van der Waals
parameters for pure components. As discussed starting in Section 20 and in the PRO/II
Reference Manual, UNIFAC provides a means of estimating liquid activity coefficients
when actual VLE or LLE data are unavailable.
Category Heading Statement (required)
COMPONENT DATA
The COMPONENT DATA statement has no entries and is required for all PRO/II
simulations.
Remaining COMPONENT Data Category Statements
The remaining Component Data category statements are discussed in the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Component Definition
Petroleum Component Characterizations
Solid Attributes
Component Properties
Component Structural Data for UNIFAC
Category Heading Statement (required)
Component Definition (conditional - Section 1.2)
Petroleum Component Characterizations (optional - Section 15)
COMPONENT DATA
LIBID i, library name, library number, alias/...,
{BANK=PROCESS, SIMSCI, DIPPR, bankid...}
{FILL=SIMSCI}
NONLIBRARY
i, name/...
{FILL=SIMSCI}
PETROLEUM
(densunit, tunit)
i, name, MW, std liquid density, NBP/ ...
PHASE DEFAULT= VL or LS or S or VLS,
{VL= i, j,..., LS= i, j,...,
S= i, j,..., VLS= i, j,...}
ASSAY FIT= SPLINE or QUADRATIC or PDF(NONE, IP, EP, BOTH)
CHARACTERIZE = TWU or CAVETT or CAV80 or LK or HEAVYO,
MW = TWU or CAV80 or LK or HEAVYO,
CONVERSION=API94 or API87 or API63,
CURVEFIT= VER6 or IMPR
GRAVITY= WATSONK or PRE301,
{TBPIP= 1, TBPEP= 98}, {NBP=LV or MID}
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS= to, t1, ncuts {/t2, ncuts/...},{CUTSET=SIMSCI},
{BLEND=name}, {DEFAULT}
7-4 Component Data Summary
Component Definition for Synfuel Components (optional - Section 15)
Solid Attributes (optional - Section 16)
Component Properties (optional - Section 17)
Component invariant properties and constants
SYNCOMP COMP#, {NAME, MW, DENS}, NBP, {TYPE,
ZNUM, CNUM}
SYNLIQ
(W or V or M)
COMP#, NAME, MW, DENS, NBP, P, O, N, A
ATTR COMP= i, {PSD= s0, s1,...,}
GENERAL=10, {GNAME=text1,text2,...}
MW i, value/...
SPGR i, value/...
API i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
VC(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
TC(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
CNUM i, value/...
ZNUM i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
STDDENSITY(unit) i, value/...
HCOMBUST(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
HVAPORIZE(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
HFUSION(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
NMP(unit) i, value/...
PTP(unit) i, value/...
TTP(unit) i, value/...
GHV(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
LHV(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
SVTB i, value/...
SLTB i, value/...
SLTM i, value/...
Multi-property entries
Component temperature-dependent properties
General format:
<Property> types may be:
Component Temperature Dependent Special Properties
Note: If data or index values are not supplied, the kinematic viscosity is computed using the Twu method
Component Structural Data for UNIFAC (Optional - Section 18)
HVTB i, value/...
HLTB i, value/...
HLTM i, value/...
FORMATION(V or L or S, unit, M or WT) i, enthalpy, Gibbs/...
VANDERWAALS i, area, volume/...
<Property> (phase, tunit, propunit, M or WT)
CORRELATION= icorr,
LN or LOG or EXPFAC=ipos,
DATA= i, tmax, tmin, C1, ..., C8 /...
or
TABULAR= t1, t2, ....,/i, p1, p2, ..., /...
VP(L or S, propunit, tunit),
ENTHALPY(I or L or S, propunit, tunit, M or WT),
CP(propunit, tunit, M or WT)
LATENT( propunit, tunit, M or WT),
DENSITY(L or S, propunit, tunit, M or WT),
VISCOSITY(V or L, propunit, tunit),
CONDUCTIVITY(V or L, propunit, tunit),
SURFACE(L, propunit, tunit)
KVIS(M or WT or LV) {GAMMA=value,
REFINDEX=value,
REFVALUE(kvisunit)=value,}
DATA(tunit, kvisunit) t1, t2, /i, p1, p2, /... ,
INDEX(tunit) t1, t2, /i, p1, p2, /...
STRUCTURE i, igroup(n)/...
GROUP igroup, Qj, Rj
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual May 2009 8-1
Chapter 8
Thermodynamic Data Summary
About This Chapter
This section provides an overview of the Thermodynamic Data Category. Detailed
documentation, along with examples of common usage of all the thermodynamic
features, is contained in a separate document, the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual. Unless noted otherwise, sections referred in this
chapter refers to volume 2 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.
Heading Statement (required)
The METHOD Statement (required)
Selecting a Predefined System of Methods
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
METHOD SYSTEM(VLE or VLLE)= option,
{KVALUE(SLE)= option}, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{KVALUE(VLE or LLE or VLLE)=option,
ENTHALPY=option, DENSITY=option,
ENTROPY=option}, {RVPMETHOD}, {TVPMETHOD}
{PHI= option}, {HENRY},
{PROPERTY(qualifier)=method}, {SET=setid, DEFAULT}
or
TRANSPORT= NONE
TRANSPORT= PURE or PETRO or TRAPP or TACITE or U1
or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
8-2 May 2009 Thermodynamic Data Summary
Selecting Individual Methods
METHOD SET= setid, {DEFAULT},
KVALUE(VLE)= option, {KVALUE(SLE)=option},
{KVALUE(LLE)= option}, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{PHI= option}, {HENRY},
or
KVALUE(VLLE)= option, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{KVALUE(SLE)= option}, {PHI= option}, {HENRY},
ENTHALPY(VL)= option
or ENTHALPY(V)= option and ENTHALPY(L)= option,
{RVPMETHOD}, {TVPMETHOD},
PROPERTY=method},
or DENSITY(VL)= option
DENSITY(V)= option and DENSITY(L)= option,
or ENTROPY(VL)= NONE
ENTROPY(V)= option, ENTROPY(L)= option,
TRANSPORT= NONE or TRANSPORT=PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or TACITE or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or
VISCOSITY(VL)= NONE or VISCOSITY(VL)= PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or
VISCOSITY(V)= option, VISCOSITY(L)= option,
and/or
CONDUCTIVITY(VL)= NONE or CONDUCTIVITY(VL)=PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or CONDUCTIVITY(V)= option, or
CONDUCTIVITY(L)= option
and/or
SURFACE= NONE or SURFACE= PURE or
PETRO or U1 or U2 or U3 or
U4 or U5
DIFFUSIVITY (L) = NONE or DIFFUSIVITY(L)=WILKE
or DIFDATA
Method-Specific Water Handling Options (optional - Section 2.1.6)
Property Statements (optional)
Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional)
Note: Only the STANDARD option is available for molar liquid volume (MOLVOL) calculations when
the WILSON K-value method is selected.
Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional)
Solid-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional - Section 2.7)
Diffusivity Options (optional - Section 2.7.3)
Vapor Fugacity Options (optional - Sections 2.5.12, 2.5.13)
WATER DECANT= ON or OFF, {GPSA},
SOLUBILITY= SIMSCI or KEROSENE, or EOS
PROPERTY= SATURATED or STEAM
KVALUE(VLE) POYNTING= OFF or ON,
MOLVOL= STANDARD or RACKETT or RCK2 or LIBRARY,
BANK= SIMSCI or ALCOHOL or GLYCOL or NONE or bankid,
FILL= NONE or UNIFAC or UFT1 or REGULAR or FLORY,
AZEOTROPE= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid
{WRITE= fileid}
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid
(default depends on method)
<optional data statements> ...
KVALUE(LLE) BANK= SIMSCI or ALCOHOL or GLYCOL or NONE or bankid,
FILL= NONE or UNIFAC or UFT1 or REGULAR or FLORY,
AZEOTROPE= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid
{WRITE= fileid}
(default depends on method)
KVALUE(SLE) FILL=VANTHOFF or ONE or FREE
SOLUTE i, j, .....
SOLDATA(tunit) i, l, c1, c2, c3, / ...
DIFFUSIVITY(L)
DIFDATA (tunit) i, j, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PHI BANK=SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid
Henrys Law Options (optional - Section 2.5.11)
Density Options (optional)
Enthalpy Options (optional)
Entropy Options (optional)
HENRY BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or
bankid
SOLUTE
HENDATA(punit, tunit)
i, j, ...
i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
DENSITY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
or
DENSITY(V)

BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
and/or
DENSITY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
ENTHALPY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
HMIX= IDEAL or GAMMA or RK1 or RK2
or
ENTHALPY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
and/or
ENTHALPY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
HMIX= NONE or GAMMA or RK1 or RK2
ENTROPY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid,
or
ENTROPY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid,
and/or
ENTROPY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
User-Supplied K-value Data (optional - Section 2.3.12)
(Use with KVALUE statements)
Binary Interaction Data (optional)
(Use with KVALUE, PHI, DENSITY, ENTHALPY, or ENTROPY statements)
BWRS Equation Of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.6)
HEXAMER Equation of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.7)
LKP Equation Of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.8)
Hayden-OConnell Data (optional - Section 2.5.12)
(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy, and vapor entropy)
Truncated Virial Data (optional - Section 2.5.13)
(For vapor fugacity)
IDIMER Data (optional - Section 2.5.14)
(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy and vapor entropy)
Redlich-Kister Excess Properties Data (optional - Section 2.5.15)
KVALUE(VLE or LLE)
KDATA CORR=icorr, LN or LOG or EXPFAC=ipos,
PREF(punit)=value
DATA=i, tmax, tmin, c1, ...c8/ ...
or
KDATA TABU=t1, t2, .../ i, p1, p2, .../ ..., PREF(punit)=value
BWRS i, j, kij / ...
HEXA(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
LKP i, j, kij / ...
HOCV i, i, nii / i, j, nij / ...
TVIRIAL i, hi
IDIMER i, i, Aii, Bii / i, j, Aij, Bij / ...
(Currently for heat of mixing only)
Soave-Redlich-Kwong or Peng-Robinson Equation of State Interaction Parameters
(optional - Section 2.4.1 to 2.4.3)
Liquid Phase Activity Binary Interaction Data (Section 2.5)
NRTL Data (optional - Section 2.5.1)
UNIQUAC Data (optional - Section 2.5.2)
RK1(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, fij, gij, hij, / ...
or
RK2(K or KCAL or KJ) , j, aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, fij, gij, hij, / ...
SRK(K or R) or
PR(K or R)
i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ...
or
SRKKD(K or R) i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ...
or
SRKP(K or R) or
PRP(K or R)
i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic / ...
or
SRKM(K or R) or
PRM(K or R)
i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
or
SRKH(K or KCAL or KJ)or
PRH(K or KCAL or KJ)
i, j, aij, bij, cij, aji, bji, cji, aij, bij / ...
or
SRKS(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
NRTL3(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, bij, bji, aij / ...
or
NRTL(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, aji, bji, aij / ...
or
NRTL6(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, aji, bji, aij, bij / ...
or
NRTL8 (K or KCAL or KJ) , j, aij, bij, cij, aji, bji, cji aij, bij / ...
UNIQUAC(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, aji / ...
and/or
UNIQ4(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, aji, bij, bji / ...
Wilson Data (optional - Section 2.5.5)
Van Laar Data (optional - Section 2.5.6)
Margules Data (optional - Section 2.5.7)
Flory-Huggins Data (optional - Section 2.5.9)
Other Binary Data For Liquid Activity Methods (Section 2.5)
(For use with liquid activity methods, such as all forms of NRTL, UNIQUAC, Wilson,
van Laar, and the Margules methods.)
Henrys Law Data (optional - Section 2.5.11)
UNIFAC Group Contribution Data (optional - Section 2.5.3 to 2.5.4)
(For K-value calculations only)
UNIWAALS Modified Group Contribution Interaction Data (optional - Section 2.4.4)
WILSON(K or KCAL or
KJ or NODIME)
i, j, aij, aji / ...
VANLAAR i, j, aij, aji / ...
MARGULES i, j, aij, aji, dij, / ...
FLORY i, j, / ...
AZEOTROPE(basis, punit, tunit) i, j, pres, temp, xi / ...
INFINITE(tunit) i, j, temp, , / ...
MUTUAL(basis, tunit) i, j, temp, , / ...
IDEAL i, j / ...
SOLUTE i, {j ...}
HENDATA(pres, temp) i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
UNIFAC(K or KCAL or KJ)
UNIFT1(K)
l, k, Alk, Akl / ...
l, k, alk, akl, blk, bkl, clk, ckl / ...
or
UNIFT2(K)
or
UNIFT3(K)
UNFV(K or KCAL or KJ)
l, k, alk, akl / ...
UNIFT1(K) l, k, alk, akl, blk, bkl, clk, ckl / ...
UNIFAC(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, Alk, Akl / ...
Pure Component Alpha Formulations (optional - Section 2.4.5)
Special Property Methods (Used with PR, SRK, or UNIWAALS methods)
LS Data (optional - Section 2.8.2)
Method-Specific Pure Component Data (optional - Section 2.9)
PA01 or SA01 or VA01
i, c1 / ...
i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
i, c1, c2 / ...
i, c1, c2 / ...
i, c1, c2 / ...
i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
i, c1 / ...
i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
i, c1, c2, / ...
i, c1, c2, / ...
Property(qualifier) {GAMMA=value, REFINDEX=value,
REFVALUE(unit)=value},
{NCFILL=ncfill},
{NCBLEND=ncblend}
DATA(unit)
INDEX
i,datvalue/...
i,indvalue/ ...
C(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
VC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
WDELT i, value/...
PARACHOR i, value/...
PENELOUX(volunit) i, value/...
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual A-1
Appendix A
Pressure Drop Correlations
Appendix Contents
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Single-Phase Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table A-1: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Weymouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Moody (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
American Gas Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hazen-Williams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Moody (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table A-2: Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations. . . . . . . 4
Lockhart-Martinelli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Eaton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Dukler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beggs & Brill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mukherjee-Brill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table A-3: Experimental Information for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations. 4
Table A-4: Hybrid Models Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table A-5: Correlations Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table A-6a: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Duns & Ross. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hagedorn & Brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Angel-Welchon-Ross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table A-6b: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orkiszewski . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Flanigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Table A-6c: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Beggs & Brill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Lockhart & Martinelli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Eaton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Table A-6d: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A-2 Pressure Drop Correlations
Table A-6e: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
General Guidelines on Correlation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations
Single-Phase Methods
Single-phase pressure drop correlations (see Eqn. 6-19) tend to be based more on theory
than experiment (with the exception of the American Gas Association method for single-
phase gas, and the Hazen-Williams expression for single-phase liquid), and therefore
fewer deviations can be expected for a majority of simulations between the methods.
The default methods invoked will produce reasonable results in most cases and are
therefore recommended for all such situations. In the case of high velocity gas flow, the
Panhandle B and Weymouth methods both ignore the accelerational component of the
pressure drop, and results should be inspected carefully and compared with those
produced by using the Moody equation. If the flow is reported to be at or near to critical
flow, then these correlations cannot be relied upon to be consistent in this region and the
user should switch the fluid model to compositional and use one of the special high
velocity correlations available (such as Beggs & Brill High Velocity), possibly in
conjunction with the flare algorithm which can model physical occurrences such as
critical pressure discontinuities.
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods
This appendix also contains a table that shows the merits for each of the major two-phase
pressure drop correlations. Because of the heavy experimental basis of each of the two-
phase methods, no single correlation can be recommended for all systems. Most piping
systems contain topologies within which fluids flow in all directions and through a
variety of valves and fittings. Therefore, if one were to select the appropriate correlation
for each pipe run within a PIPEPHASE link, should the answer then be necessarily more
accurate? The answer to this question is: probably not. The majority of the two-phase
correlations available today have been produced to address much larger piping systems,
typically transporting oil, gas and/or water, where the flow rates are relatively large, and
much work has been performed on studying the effects of flow regime and other large
topological changes on overall pressure drop. When this analysis is brought down to the
level of refinery- or chemical plant-sized piping runs and typical simulations, these
large-scale phenomena begin to lose meaning in translation, and the choice of pressure
drop correlation, outside the arena of critical flow, tends to have correspondingly less
impact on the results. With any two-phase flow system, the user is recommended to
bracket the solution to the simulation by using two or more appropriate correlations.
Bracketing means that the user may have more confidence in the true solution being
between the values reported using the different correlations.
General Guidelines on Correlation Selection may be found at the end of this appendix.
Table A-1: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Names and
References
Friction Factor
(dP/dL)
f
Elevation Factor
(dP/dL)
e
Acceleration Factor
(dP/dL)
acc
Panhandle B
Weymouth
Moody (default)
American Gas
Association106
,
1
07
Q
g
= gas flow rate, standard (ft3/
day) (SCFD)
P
1
= upstream pressure (psia)
P
2
= downstream pressure (psia)
E = 5280 (coefficient)
A
e
= elevational change (ft)
d
1
= inside diameter of the pipe
(in)
Z = gas compressibility factor at
the flowing temperature and
pressure (dimensionless)
f = friction factor (dimensionless)
T
avg
= average
flowing
temperature of gas
(OR)
g
= gas specific
gravity (Air=1.00)
For N
Re
s 2000:
For N
Re
> 2000:
Hazen-Williams
Q = bbl/day
E = Hazen-Williams coefficient; A
e
= elevational change (ft); d
1
= diameter (in)
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
fv
2
2g
c
d144
--------------------- =
f
1
94
----- -
p
b
vT
b
------------
\ .
| |
0.04
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
g | sin
g
c
144
------------------ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
fv
2
2g
c
d144
--------------------- =
f
1
71.6d
0.33
---------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
g | sin
g
c
144
------------------ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
fv
2
2g
c
d144
--------------------- =
1
f
-----
\ .
| |
1.74 2
2c
d
-----
18.7
N
Re
f
--------------- +
\ .
|
| |
log =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
g | sin
g
c
144
------------------ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
V
1
V
1
V
2
( )
144g
c
AL
--------------------------------- =
Q
g
38.77d
1
5 2
f
1 2
E5280
1 2
P
1
2
P
2
2
( )Z
avg
T
avg
g
P
avg
2
---------------------------------------------- 0.0375A
e
AL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.5
=
N
Re
1488
vd
--------- =
f
N
Re
16
--------- =
f f
4
2
=
f
4
min f
2
f
3
( ) =
f
3
4
3.7
c d
---------
\ .
| |
log =
f
2
3.84
N
Re
1.4124f
1
---------------------
\ .
| |
log =
f
1
4
N
Re
f
1
---------
\ .
| |
log 0.6 =
Q 15.2Ed
1
2.63
P
1
P
2
( ) 0.433A
e
| |
L
L
AL
-----------------------------------------------------------
0.54
=
Table A-2: Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Table A-3: Experimental Information for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Moody (default)
f from Moody diagram
Correlation Ref Correlation Recommendations*
Horizontal Flow
Lockhart-Martinelli 41 Widely used in the chemical industry. Applicable for annular and annular
mist flow regimes if flow pattern is known a priori. Do not use for large
pipes. Generally overpredicts pressure drop.
Eaton 42 Do not use for diameters < 2 inches. Do not use for very high or low
liquid holdup. Underpredicts holdup for HL < 0.1. Works well for 0.1 <
HL < 0.35.
Dukler 48 Good for horizontal flow. Tends to underpredict pressure drop and
holdup. Recommended by API for wet gas lines.
Beggs & Brill 38 Use the no-slip option for low holdup. Underpredicts holdup. Most
consistent and well-behaved correlation.
Inclined Flow
Mukherjee-Brill 44 Recommended for hilly terrain pipelines. New correlation based heavily
on in-situ flow pattern. Only available model that calculates flow patterns
for all flow configurations and uses this information to determine
modeling technique.
* Note: Vertical upward flow correlations are not available in INPLANT -- most correlations were developed for
large scale production applications.
Correlation Ref Date Basis Pipe Size(s) Fluids
Vertical Flow
Duns & Ross 33 1961 Lab. and field data wide range oil, gas, water
Angel-Welchon-Ross 37 1964 Field data Large-diameter
tubing and annuli
gas, water
Hagedorn & Brown 34 1965 Lab and field data 1" 4" oil, gas, water
Orkiszewski 35 1967 Review and
modification of other
methods
wide range oil, gas, water
Aziz & Govier 37 1972 Lab. and field data wide range oil, gas, water
Beggs & Brill 38 1973 Lab data 1", 1.5" gas, water
Gray 39 1974 Field data < 3.5" gas
condensates
Horizontal Flow
Lockhart-Martinelli 41 1949 Lab. data 0.0586" - 1.1017"
Names and
References
Friction Factor
(dP/dL)
f
Elevation Factor
(dP/dL)
e
Acceleration Factor
(dP/dL)
acc
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
fv
2
2g
c
d144
--------------------- =
N
Re
1488
vd
--------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
g | sin
g
c
144
------------------ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
Table A-4: Hybrid Models Summary
Table A-5: Correlations Summary
Eaton 42 1966 Lab. and field data 2", 4"
Dukler 48 1969 Data and similarity
analyses
wide range oil, gas, water
Inclined Flow
Mukherjee-Brill 44 1983 Lab data 1.5" kerosene, lube
oil, gas
FCODE MAP HOLDUP PRESSURE DROP
FRICTION ELEVATION ACCELERATION
Dukler-Eaton
Flanigan
(DE)
None Eaton
Flanigan
Dukler
(Eaton
Holdup)
Flanigan
(Flanigan
Holdup)
Eaton
Beggs & Brill
Moody
(BBM)
Beggs & Brill
(BB)
Beggs &
Brill
Beggs & Brill
with Moody
Friction
Factor
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Beggs & Brill
No-slip
(BBNS)
Beggs & Brill No-slip
Holdup
Beggs & Brill
with Moody
Friction
Factor
Beggs & Brill
(No-slip
Holdup)
Beggs & Brill
Dukler
Flanigan
(DF)
None Dukler
Flanigan
Dukler
(Dukler
Holdup)
Flanigan
(Flanigan
Holdup)
No acceleration
Eaton
Flanigan (EF)
None Eaton
Flanigan
Eaton
(Eaton
Holdup)
Flanigan
(Flanigan
Holdup)
Mukherjee-
Brill
Eaton
Mukherjee-
Brill
*Eaton Mukherjee-
Brill
Mukherjee-
Brill
Mukherjee-Brill
Beggs & Brill
Moody
Dukler
(BBMD)
Beggs & Brill *Dukler Beggs & Brill
Moody
Friction
Factor
Beggs & Brill
Moody Eaton
(BBME)
Beggs & Brill *Eaton Beggs & Brill
Moody
Friction
Factor
* Angle corrected by Beggs & Brill method
Beggs & Brill (BB) Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Mukherjee-Brill
(MB)
Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill
Correlation Ref Date Basis Pipe Size(s) Fluids
Table A-6a: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Eaton (Eaton) None Eaton Eaton
Dukler (Duckler) None Dukler Dukler
Lockhart-Martinelli None Lockhart-
Martinelli
Lockhart-Martinelli
Name Holdup(H
L
)
Duns & Ross Flow patterns from Duns & Ross flow pattern map
Bubble flow, slug flow
Mist flow
Transition flow
Hagedorn & Brown
Angel-Welchon-Ross
H
l
V
s
V
m
V
m
V
s
( )
2
4V
s
V
sl
+ +
2V
s
------------------------------------------------------------- + =
V
s
calculated from correlation
H
l

l
V
sl
V
sl
V
sg
+
---------------------- = =
H
l
A
1
H
l
( )
slug
B
1
H
l
( )
sl ug
+ =
A
1
f(dimensionless numbers), = 0 A
1
1 s s
B
1
1 A
1
=
H
l
f (dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation =
H
l

l
= (no-slip holdup)
Table A-6a: Duns & Ross
33
; Hagedorn & Brown
34
; Angel-Welchon-Ross
37
Friction (dP/dL)
f
Elevation (dP/dL)
e
Acceleration (dP/dL)
acc

Bubble and Slug Flow

Bubble, Slug and Mist Flow

Bubble and Slug Flow
Mist flow Mist flow
Transition Flow Transition Flow Transition Flow
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
f
m
l
V
sl
V
m
2g
c
d 144
------------------------- =
f
m
from correlation
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
t p
V
sl
g sin
g
c
144
------------------------------ =
tp

l
H
l

g
H
g
+ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
f
g
V
sg
2
2g
c
d 144
--------------------------- =
V
sg
V
sg
d
2
d c ( )
2
------------------- =
e = roughness from pipe and
liquid film
f calculated from Moody diagram
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
n
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dP
dL
------ -
\ .
| |
T
=
n

l
l
1
l
( )
g
+ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
A
1
dP
dL
------ -
f slug ,
B
1
dP
dL
-------
f mist ,
+
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
A
1
dP
dL
-------
e sl ug ,
B
1
dP
dL
------ -
e mist ,
+
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
A
1
dP
dL
-------
acc sl ug ,
B
1
dP
dL
------ -
acc mist ,
+
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
f
t
V
m
2
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ =
t

n
2
s
------ =
s

l
H
l

g
H
g
+ =
s

l
H
l

g
H
g
+ =
N
Re
1488
n
V
m
d
s
----------------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
s
g sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
n
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
T
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
f
m
l
V
sl
V
m
2g
c
d 144
------------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
s
g sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
Table A-6b: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(H
L
)
Orkiszewski Flow patterns from Orkiszewskis suggested flow pattern map
Bubble Flow
Slug Flow
Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
Transition Flow
Flanigan
H
l
1
1
2
-- - 1
V
m
V
s
------- 1
V
m
V
s
------- +
\ .
| |
2
4
V
sg
V
s
-------- + = V
s
0.8ft s =
H
l

s

g
l

g
----------------- =
s

l
V
sl
V
b
+ ( )
s
V
sg

l
o + + =
V
b
f N
Re
( ) =
N
Re
f V
b
( ) =
(calculation is iterative)
H
l
A
1
H
l
( )
slug
B
1
H
l
( )
sl ug
+ =
A
1
1
1 s s
B
1
1 A
1
=
H
l
1
1 0.3264V
sg
1.05
+
-------------------------------------- - =
Table A-6b: Orkiszewski
35
; Flanigan
40
Friction (dP/dL)
f
Elevation (dP/dL)
e
acc

Bubble flow

Bubble, Slug and Mist Flow

Bubble and Slug flow
Slug flow
Mist Flow Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
Transition Flow Transition Flow
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
f
l
V
sl
H
l
-------
\ .
| |
2
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
s
g sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
a
0 =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
l
V
sl
H
l
-------
\ .
| |
2
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
A
1
dP
dL
------ -
f slug ,
B
1
dP
dL
-------
f mist ,
+
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
n
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dP
dL
------ -
\ .
| |
T
=
n

l
l
1
l
( )
g
+ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
f
A
1
dP
dL
------ -
f slug ,
B
1
dP
dL
-------
f mist ,
+
=
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
A
1
dP
dL
-------
acc sl ug ,
B
1
dP
dL
------ -
acc mist ,
+
=
Table A-6c: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(H
L
)
Beggs & Brill Flow Pattern from Beggs and Brill Flow Pattern Map
TransitIon Flow
Lockhart & Martinelli H
L
= f(x), calculated from correlation
Eaton H
L
= f(dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
H
l
a
L
b
N
Fr
c
--------- =
| 0 = , 0 =
| 0 = , 1 C 1.8| ( ) sin 0.33 1.8| ( ) sin | | + =
C 1
L
( ) d
L
eN
LV
f
N
Fr
g
( ) ln =
a,b,c,d,e,f,g = constants, f(flow pattern)
H
L
A
4
H
L
( )
seg
B
4
H
L
( )
i nt
+ =
A
4
4
1 s s B
4
1 A
4
=
x
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
L
s
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
g
s
---------------
1
2
---
=
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
L
s
f
L
L
V
2
sL
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ = N
Re,L
1488
L
V
sL
d
L
------------------ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
g
s
f
L
g
V
2
sg
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ = N
Re,g
1488
g
V
sg
d
L
----------------- =
Table A-6c: Beggs & Brill
38
; Lockhart & Martinelli
41
; Eaton
42

Friction (dP/dL)
f
Elevation (dP/dL)
e
acc
Segregated, Intermittent, Distributed Flow

f
n
from Moody diagram for smooth pipe
Transition Flow:
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
t p
s
V
m
2
2g
c
d 144
----------------------- =
f
tp
f
n
----- e
5
=
N
Re
1488
n
V
m
d
n
---------------- =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
e
s
g | sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

L
H
L

g
H
g
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
s
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
T
=
S
y
a
0
a
1
y a
2
y
2
a
4
y
4
+
----------------------------------------------------------- =
a
0
0.0523 = a
1
3.182 =
a
2
0.8725 = a
4
0.01863 =
S 2.2e
y
1.2 ( ) ln = if 1 e
y
1.2 < <
y

L
L
2
------
\ .
|
| |
ln =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
A
4
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f,seg
B
4
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f,int
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
|
g
2 dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
g
s
|
g
2 dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
s
L
+
2
-------------------------------------------------- =
|
g
f X
1
N
Re,g
( ) = |
L
f X
1
N
Re,L
( ) =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
e
s
g | sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

L
H
L

g
H
g
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
tp
n
V
m
2
2g
c
d 144
----------------------- =
f
tp
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
e
s
g | sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

L
H
L

g
H
g
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
W
L
AV
L
2
W
g
AV
g
2
+
2g
c
q
m
AL 144
------------------------------------------- =
Table A-6d: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(H
L
)
Aziz Flow pattern from Aziz et al. flow pattern map
Bubble flow
Slug Flow
Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
TransitIon Flow
Gray
H
l
1
V
sg
V
bf
-------- = V
bf
1.2V
m
V
bs
+ =
V
bs
1.41
o
L
g
L

g
( )
L
2
--------------------------------
1
4
---
=
H
l
1
V
sg
V
bfsl
----------- = V
bfsl
1.2V
m
V
bsl
+ =
V
bfsl
C
dg
L

g
( )
L
2
-----------------------------
1
2
---
=
C = f(dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
H
L
A
3
H
L
( )
sl ug
B
3
H
L
( )
mist
+ =
A
3
3
1 s s B
3
1 A
3
=
H
l
1 H
g
= H
g
1 e
A
1
R 1 +
----------------- =
A
1
2.314 N
v
1
205
N
d
-------- - +
\ .
| |
B
1
=
B
1
0.0814 1 0.05554 1
0.730R
R 1 +
----------------- +
\ .
| |
ln =
R
V
sl
V
sg
-------- =
o
l
o
o
q
o
0.617o
w
q
w
+
q
o
0.617q
w
+
---------------------------------------------- = o surface tension =
N
v

m
2
V
sm
2
go
l

l

g
( )
------------------------------ = N
d
g
l

g
( )D
2
o
l
-------------------------------- =
Table A-6d: Aziz
37
; Gray
39

Friction (dP/dL)
f
Elevation (dP/dL)
e
acc
Bubble Flow: Bubble and Slug Flow
Slug Flow:
Mist Flow Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
Transition Flow Transition Flow
dP
dL
------ -
\ .
| |
f
f
s
V
m
2
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ =
N
Re
1488
l
V
m
d
l
---------------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
s
g sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

l
H
l

g
H
g
+ =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
acc
0 =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
l
V
m
2
H
l
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ = N
Re
1488
l
V
m
d
l
---------------------------- =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
s
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
T
=
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
A
4
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f slug ,
B
4
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f mist ,
+ =
dP
dL
------- ( )
a
A
1
dP
dL
------- ( )
a sl ug ,
B
1
dP
dL
------- ( )
a mi st ,
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
tp
s
V
m
2
2g
c
d 144
------------------------ = N
Re
1488
n
V
m
d
n
----------------------------- =
dP
dL
-------
\ .
| |
e
s
g sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

l
H
l

g
H
g
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
s
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
T
=
Table A-6e: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(H
L
)
Dukler H
L
= calculated from correlation iteratively
Mukherjee & Brill Flow pattern from Mukherjee and Brill flow pattern map
p
| < 0 Bubble, Slug, Mist flow
| < 0 Stratified flow
| < 0 All flow patterns
H
L
f
L
2
N
Rek
, ( ) N
Rek
, f H
L
( ) = =
N
Re
1488
k
V
m
d
n
---------------- =
k

L
L
2
H
L
------------

g
g
2
H
g
------------ + =
H
l
a
L
b
N
Fr
c
--------- =
H
L
e
H
2
= H
2
H
1
N
GV
0.371771
N
LV
0.393952
--------------------- =
H
1
0.51664 0.789805 | sin + 0.551627sin
2
| 15.519214N
L
2
+ + =
H
L
e
H
2
= H
2
H
1
N
GV
0.079951
N
LV
0.504887
--------------------- =
H
1
1.330282 4.808139 | sin + 4.171584sin
2
| 56.262268N
L
2
+ + =
H
L
e
H
2
= H
2
H
1
N
GV
0.475686
N
LV
0.288657
--------------------- =
H
1
0.380113 0.129875 | sin + 0.119788sin
2
| 2.343227N
L
2
+ + =
Table A-6e: Dukler
48
; Mukherjee & Brill
44

Friction (dP/dL)
f
Elevation (dP/dL)
e
acc
Stratified Flow

Bubble, Slug Flow
Mist Flow
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
t p
k
V
m
2
2g
c
d144
-------------------------- =
f
f
n
---- 1
y
a
0
a
1
y a
2
y
2
+ a
3
y
3
a
4
y
4
+
------------------------------------------------------------------------ + =
a
0
1.261 = a
1
0.478 =
a
2
0.444 = a
3
0.094 =
a
4
0.0084 =
y
L
( ) ln =
f
n
0.0056 0.5N
Rek
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
e
s
g | sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

L
H
L

g
H
g
+ =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
A

g
V
eg
2
H
g
--------------

L
V
sL
2
H
L
--------------- +
g
c
AL 144
---------------------------------------------- =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
g
V
g
2
2g
c
d
h
144
------------------------- =
N
Re
1488
g
V
g
d
h
g
------------------ =
d
h
hydraulic diameter of the pipe =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
e
s
g | sin
g
c
144
-------------------- =
s

L
H
L

g
H
g
+ =
s

g
for stratified flow =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
acc
V
m
V
sg
s
g
c
P 144
----------------------
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
T
=
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
m
V
m
2
2g
c
d 144
----------------------- =
N
Re
1488
n
V
m
d
g
---------------- =
dp
dL
------
\ .
| |
f
f
fr
g
V
g
2
2g
c
d 144
----------------------- =
N
Re
1488
n
V
m
d
n
---------------- =
f
fr
General Guidelines on Correlation Selection
For gas-dominated two-phase pipe runs with sub-critical flow:
Use the Dukler-Eaton correlation, and for cases with very low liquid loadings (less
than 10 bbl/MMSCF, or 0.056 m
3
/1000 sm
3
) bracket with the Beggs, Brill & Moody
correlation. Mukherjee-Brill is better for 0.1< H
L
< 0.35.
For single-phase liquid and liquid-dominated fluid lines, like crude oil and its prod-
ucts and water:
Use the Beggs, Brill and Moody correlation.
For dense phase gas pipelines, such as CO
2
or NH
3
:
Use the Beggs, Brill and Moody correlation.
For downward flowing pipes containing two-phase fluids or steam:
Use the Beggs & Brill No-Slip correlation.
For all steam piping, except downward flowing pipes (as above):
Use the Beggs, Brill & Moody correlation.
For high velocity and critical flow systems:
Use the high velocity modifications to the standard Beggs & Brill, and Beggs, Brill
& Moody correlations.
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual B-1
Appendix B
Glossary
Glossary of Frequently Used Terms
This section lists the meanings of frequently used terms in the
INPLANT application.
Compressibility Generally only of importance in gas phases, this term refers to
the gas deviation from ideal behavior.
Critical Flow Also referred to as sonic or limiting flow for single phase
fluids. This term refers to the maximum speed of a fluid as
being that of the speed of sound in the local fluid medium for
single phase fluids. For multiphase fluids, critical and sonic
flow are not equal, and critical flow becomes a practical quan-
tity corresponding to a maximum mass flux.
Device This term describes any item of process equipment, pipe or
fitting through which fluid is able to flow. A link comprises
one or more devices.
Discontinuity In the context of critical flow, a pressure discontinuity occurs
in a pipe section or device when critical flow has been
achieved. Under these conditions the fluid velocity cannot
increase and so the corresponding pressure cannot decrease
until downstream conditions dictate otherwise. Critical dis-
continuities by nature can only be sustained over short dis-
tances, and the energy associated with the discontinuity is
normally dissipated in the form of a shock wave.
Enthalpy This term refers to the heat content of a fluid. This value is
related to the fluid temperature, pressure and composition and
is used in pipe devices for heat balance calculations.
B-2 Glossary
Equivalent Length (Also known as K-multiplier) This term is used for specifying
the pressure drop over a valve or fitting in terms of an equiva-
lent number of pipe diameters. The equivalent length (in pipe
diameters) is equal to L/d.
Equation-of-State This term describes an equation which relates pressure, volume,
and temperature for a fluid. The ideal gas law is one such exam-
ple, and modern cubic equations-of-state such as SRK are able
to predict multiphase mixture behavior.
Equipment This phrase refers to devices which are typically described as
process equipment, such as pumps, compressors, heaters, etc.
Flow Pattern In INPLANT, available flow patterns depicted on the Taitel-
Dukler-Barnea flow map are intermittent, annular, dispersed
bubble, stratified wavy and stratified smooth flows.
Flow Pattern Map This term typically describes a graphical representation of
superficial liquid velocity versus superficial gas velocity. Each
flow regime is marked on different segments on the graph.
Flow Regime This phrase is used to describe either turbulent or laminar flow.
This term is often used interchangeably with Flow Pattern.
Fluid This term defines a single-phase or multi-phase group of com-
ponents which are able to flow within a piping configuration.
Fortunati Model The Fortunati Model
57
describes a method for the determination
of critical flow in two-phase systems. This method arose from
work on multiphase critical flow through chokes.
Friction Factor This term refers to the relative importance of wall shear stress to
the total losses. The friction factor is generally related to the
Reynolds number and to the ratio of wall roughness to the inter-
nal pipe diameter.
Heat Transfer
Coefficient
This term describes the rate of heat transfer from one medium to
another medium per unit heat transfer area per degree of tem-
perature. The media may be fluid flowing inside a pipe transfer-
ring heat to the pipe wall medium. Heat transfer coefficients are
generally complex empirical correlations, and are related to a
number of dimensionless numbers, including the Reynolds
number. The individual heat transfer coefficients may be com-
bined to produce the overall heat transfer coefficient,
Heat Transfer
Resistance
Is the reciprocal of the heat transfer coefficient,
Internal Energy This describes the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of its
existence at a certain temperature (for an ideal gas) and pressure
(for a real gas). Only differences in internal energy are of use in
analysis, and then only in deriving other functions such as
enthalpy, heat capacity at constant volume (C
v
), etc.
Interval Halving This phrase refers to a network method solution technique when
flow reversals are detected in loop configurations, but where
flow reversals during the solution procedure have been disal-
lowed by the user.
Junction This term describes a node which connects two or more links
together.
K-factor (Also known as resistance coefficient.) This term refers to the
number of velocity heads equivalent to the frictional pressure
drop over a valve or fitting. The K-factor is numerically equal to
f
L
/d.
K-multiplier See Equivalent Length.
Kinetic Energy This term refers to the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of
its motion. Kinetic energy is related to the mass and velocity of
the fluid.
Laminar Flow Also known as Streamline Flow. This term refers to single
phase fluid flow where the value of the Reynolds number is less
than 3000 (user-definable value).
Link This is the term used to describe the serial string of devices
which appear between any two nodes. The series of devices are
ordered in the direction of flow as specified by the user.
Liquid Holdup This term is defined as the fraction of a pipes cross-sectional
area which is occupied by liquid. Holdup is used extensively in
two-phase fluid flow analyses, including the determination of
flow regime and in the calculation of two-phase physical prop-
erties such as density and viscosity.
Loading Refers to the fluid flow rate arising from a flare relief depressur-
izing source.
Loop This phrase refers to a particular configuration of piping net-
work where two or more junctions join together to form a loop.
B-4 Glossary
Marching Algorithm This is a term used to describe the manner by which the device
calculations are solved by INPLANT. The solution proceeds in
a sequential manner, where the outlet conditions of a fluid from
one calculation segment are used as the inlet conditions for the
next segment. In networks, INPLANT always works in the for-
ward direction (i.e., in the link FROM=, TO= definition) when
conducting pressure drop calculations.
Mixing Rule This term refers to the mathematical method used to combine
properties into a single value for subsequent use in a correlation.
An equation-of-state uses a mixing rule in combining compo-
nent properties in order to predict overall fluid phase behavior.
However, a non-compositional viscosity method may use a
mixing rule in order to combine overall phase viscosities in
order to generate a single value for use in the relevant pressure
drop correlations.
Moody Pulse Model The Moody Pulse Model
4
is a method for the determination of
critical flow in two-phase systems. In this method the critical
mass flux is ascertained for both homogeneous and separated
flow patterns
Network Diagram This term refers to a diagram of the structure of an INPLANT
network which contains only the nodes and links, with their
labels, together with flow direction arrows and major devices.
This diagram is essential for diagnosing any convergence prob-
lems and as accompanying documentation to any network simu-
lation.
Network Method This is a simulation type which normally involves more than
one source and/or more than one sink. The Network Method is
the algorithm invoked to solve these configurations, and may
operate also on problems referred to as single link.
No-Slip This term is used to describe two-phase fluid flow where both
phases are traveling at the same velocity.
Node This phrase refers to a fluid source, sink or junction.
Potential Energy This term is the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of its posi-
tion. Potential energy is related to the mass and elevation of the
fluid relative to a reference datum.
Pressure Traverse Is a phrase used to describe the pressure drop calculation across
a calculation segment in the forward direction.
Resistance Coefficient See K-factor.
Reynolds Number This is a dimensionless number which represents the ratio of a
fluids inertia forces to its viscous forces. This number is used
extensively in pressure drop analyses and correlations.
Roughness This term describes the absolute value of the mean size of
roughness on the inside of a section of pipe. This factor is used
in correlations for the prediction of friction factors.
Segment A calculation segment in INPLANT refers to that subdivision of
pipe over which iterative heat and mass balances are performed.
Shear Stress This term refers to the frictional force working at the pipe wall
against the direction of fluid flow.
Shock Wave This term describes a fast and violent dissipation of energy
associated with the change from a critical flow condition to that
of subcritical flow.
Shut-in This phrase refers to a source or sink in a network which has
either zero flow during (or at) solution, or has become its oppo-
site number by virtue of flow reversal in the connecting link.
This source or sink is subsequently eliminated from the solution
procedure together with corresponding feed link(s).
Single Link Method This term describes a simulation type which involves only one
fluid source, one sink, and one series of devices.
Sink This is a node from where fluid leaves, or is rejected from, the
system.
Slip This term is used to describe a two-phase fluid flow phenome-
non where one phase travels at a different speed than the other.
The faster phase is then said to slip past the slower phase.
Positive slip refers to situations where the gas phase is travel-
ling faster than the liquid, and negative slip refers to the reverse
situation.
Sonic Flow See Critical Flow.
Source This is a node from where a fluid is introduced into the system.
Spur Link In the network method, this term describes a sink link which has
its flow rate fixed by the user, and can consequently be decou-
pled from the main iterative solution matrix.
B-6 Glossary
Steady State A condition which does not change with time. Steady state flow
therefore refers to a condition where all aspects of the fluid
flow, from physical properties to flow regime, do not change
with time.
Streamline Flow See Laminar Flow.
Superficial Velocity This term is defined as the velocity of a particular phase of fluid
in a pipe if it alone occupied the entire area for flow.
Turbulent Flow This refers to fluid flow where the value of the Reynolds num-
ber is greater than 3000 (a user-definable value) in
INPLANT.
Work This term refers to energy applied to, or taken from, a system by
means other than heat input or output. Shaft work refers to the
work done on or by a flowing fluid through a mechanical device
which uses a shaft. Examples include a pump (for shaft work
done on the fluid) or a turbine (for work done by the fluid).
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual C-1
Appendix C
References
Bibliography
1. Moody, L.F.: Friction Factors for Pipe Flow, Trans. ASME, V.66, p.671, 1944.
2. Colebrook, C.F., J. Inst. Civil Engrs. (London), 11:1333 (1938).
3. Y. Taitel & A.E. Dukler: A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Transitions in Hori-
zontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow, AIChE Journal Vol. 22, No. 1, Jan.
1976, pages 47-55.
Y. Taitel, D. Barnea & A.E. Dukler: Modeling Flow Pattern Transitions for Steady
Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical Tubes, AIChE Journal Vol. 26, No. 3, May.
1980, pages 345-354.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: Flow Pattern Transition for Vertical Downward
Two-Phase Flow, Chemical Eng. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5, 1982, page 741-744.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: Flow Pattern Transition for Downward Inclined
Two-Phase Flow Horizontal to Vertical, Chemical Eng. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5,
1982, page 735-740.
4. Moody, F.J.: A Pressure Pulse Model for Two-Phase Critical Flow and Sonic
Velocity, Journal of Heat Transfer, Aug. 1969, Transactions of the ASME.
5. API Recommended Practice 520: Recommended Practice for the Design and
Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries: Part I - Sizing and Selec-
tion, Sixth Edition (1993).
6. Leung, J.: Size Safety Relief Valves for Flashing Liquids, Chemical Eng.
Progress, Feb. 1992, pages 70-75.
7. Standing, M.B. and D.L. Katz: Density of Natural Gases Trans. AIME, 1962, 140.
Yarborough, L. and K.R. Hall: How to Solve Equations of State for Z Factors, Oil
and Gas Journal.
C-2 References
8. Lee, A.L. et al: The Viscosity of Natural Gases, Trans AIME, (1966) 997.
9. Katz, D.L. & Carr, N.L. et al: Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Pressure,
Trans AIME (1954) page 264.
10. Beggs, H.D. and Robinson, J.R.: Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,
JPT (September 1975) 1140.
11. Beal, C.: The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Oil and Its Associated
Gases at Oil Field Temperatures and Pressures, Trans AIME (1946), 94.
Chew, J. and C.A. Conally, A Viscosity Correlation for Gas Saturated Crude Oils,
Trans AIME (1951), 223.
12. 1967 ASME Steam Tables. 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.
13. SIMSCI Component Library.
14. Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, 1977.
Letsou, A., and L.I. Stiel, A.I.Ch.E. J., 19, p. 409 (1973).
Partington: An Advanced Treatise on Physical Chemistry, Vol. 2, Longmans,
1949.
Thomas, J., Chem. Soc., Part II, pp. 573-579 (1946).
Gunn, R.D. and T. Yamada, A.I.Ch.E. J., 17, p. 1341 (1971).
Andrade, E.N., Nature, 125, p. 309 (1930).
Kouzel, Hydrocarbon Proc., 44, p. 120 (1965).
Riedel, Chem. Ing. Tech., 26, p. 83 (1954).
Kendall and Monroe, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 39, p. 1787 (1917).
15. Thodos, G. and Yoon, A.I.Ch.E. J., 16, p. 300 (1970).
Dean, D.G. and L.S. Stiel, A.I.Ch.E. J., 11 p. 526 (1965).
Herning and Zipperer, Gas-U. Wasserfach, 79, p. 69 (1936).
16. Leland, T.W., J.S. Robinson, and G.A. Suther, Trans Farad. Soc., 64, 1447, 1968.
17. API Technical Data Book, 5th Ed. (1978).
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, p. 524 (1977).
Riedel, L., Chem. Ing. Tech., 21, p. 349 (1949).
18. Roy, D. and G. Thodos, I & E.C. Fund., 9, p. 71 (1970).
Stiel, L. I. and G. Thodos, A.I.Ch.E. J., 10 p. 26 (1964).
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, p. 481-504 (1977).
Perry, R.H. and C.H. Chilton: Chemical Engineers Handbook, McGraw-Hill, p. 3-
244 (1973).
19. API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 5th Revision (1978), pp. 6-45, 6-46.
20. Soave, G., Chem Engr. Sci., 27, No. 6, p. 1197 (1972). Erbar, J.H., GPA K & MOD
II Program (August 1974).
Reid, Prausnitz, and Sherwood, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, 3rd Edition
(1977).
21. Peng, D.Y., and D.B. Robinson: A New Two Constant Equation of State, I. & E.C.
Fund., 51, pp. 59-64 (1976).
22. Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21, No. 3, p. 510 (1975).
Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Proc., p. 153, March 1976.
Tarakad, R.R. and Ronald Danner, A.I.Ch.E. J., 22, No. 2, pp. 409-411, March 1976.
API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 3rd Edition, pp. 2-1 to 7-4.
23. Lee, B.I., M.G. Kesler, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21 (3), 510 (1975).
Leland, T.W., W.H. Mueller, I. & E.C., 51 (4), 597, (1959).
Pitzer, K.S., G. O. Hultgren, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 80, 4793 (1958).
Plocker, U., Helmut Knapp, John Prausnitz, I. & E.C. Proc.Des.Dev., Vol. 17, No. 3
(1978).
Prausnitz, J.M., R.D. Gunn, A.I.Ch.E.J., 4, 430, 494 (1958).
24. Simulation Sciences Inc., 1983: The Twu Method for Prediction of Critical Proper-
ties and Molecular Weights for Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, Technical Bulletin
#27.
Starling, K.E., J.E. Powers, I. & E.C. Fund., 9,531 (1970).
Starling, K.E., L.L. Lee, C.H. Twu, K.C. Mo, 1978: Self Consistent Correlation of
Thermodynamic and Transport Properties, Thesis, Gas Research Institute and
A.G.A. School of Chemical Engineering, University of Oklahoma.
Twu, C.H.: Prediction of Thermodynamic Properties of Normal Paraffins Using
only Normal Boiling Point, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 11 (1983), 65-81, Elsevier Sci-
ence Publishers, B. V., Amsterdam.
Twu, C.H.: Boiling Point as a Third Parameter for Use in a Generalized Equation
of State, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 13, (1983), 189-194, Elsevier Science Publishers.
C-4 References
Twu, C.H.: An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting the Critical Proper-
ties and Molecular Weights of Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, Fluid Phase Equi-
libria, 00, (1984), FLU00628, Elsevier Science Publishers.
25. Kesler, M.G. and B. I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Volume 21, No. 3, pp. 510-527, May
1975.
Kesler M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Processing, March 1976, p. 153.
26. Twu, Chorng H.: An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting Critical Prop-
erties and Molecular Weight of Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, 1983 submitted
for publication.
27. Grayson, H.G., and G.W. Streed: Vapor Liquid Equilibria for High Temperature,
High Pressure Systems, 6th World Petroleum Congress, West Germany, June
(1963).
28. Redlich, O., and J.N.W. Kwong, Chem. Rev., 44,233 (1949).
29. Ibid, Procedure 7h2.1, pp. 7-201 to 7-202.
Stewart, Burkhart and Voo: Prediction of Pseudo-critical Constants for Mixtures,
A.I.Ch.E Meeting, Kansas City, May 18, 1959.
30. Johnson and Grayson, Petroleum Refiner, 40, No. 2, p. 123, (1961).
31. Chao, K.D. and J.D.Seader, A.I.Ch.E. Journal, pp. 598-605, December 1961.
Hildebrand, H.H. and R.L. Scott: The Solubility of Nonelectrolytes, 3rd edition,
Reinhold, New York(1950).
Redlich, O., and J.N.W. Kwong, Chem. Rev., 44,233 (1949).
32. Bingham & Jackson Bureau of Standards Bulletin 14,75 (1918) referenced in
Langes Handbook of Chemistry and Perrys 4th edition.
33. Duns, H., Jr. and N.C.J. Ros: Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in Wells,
Proc., 6th World Pet. Congress (1963), 451.
34. Hagedorn, A.R. and K.E. Brown: Experimental Study of Pressure Gradients
Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Small-Diameter Vertical Con-
duits, J. Pet. Tech. (April, 1965) 475-484.
35. Orkiszewski, J.: Predicting Two-Phase Pressure Drops in Vertical Pipes, J. Pet.
Tech. (June, 1967) 829-838.
36. Angel, R.R. and J.K. Welchon: Low Ratio Gas-Lift Correlation for Casing-Tubing
Annuli and Large-Diameter Tubing, Drill. and Prod. Prac., API (1964) 100.
37. Aziz, K., G.W. Govier, and M. Fogarasi: Pressure Drop in Wells Producing Oil and
Gas, J. Cdn. Pet. Tech. (July-Sept., 1972) 38-48.
38. Beggs, H.D.: An Experimental Study of Two-Phase Flow in Inclined Pipes, Ph.D.
Dissertation, the U. of Tulsa (1972).
39. Gray, H.E.: Vertical Flow Correlation in Gas Wells, in User Manual for API 14B,
Subsurface Controlled Safety Valve Sizing Computer Program, App. B (June 1974).
40. Flanigan, O.: Effect of Uphill Flow on Pressure Drop in Design of Two-Phase
Gathering Systems, Oil and Gas Jour. (March 10, 1958) 56.
41. Lockhart, R.W. and R.C. Martinelli: Proposed Correlation of Data for Isothermal
Two-Phase, Two Component Flow in Pipes, Chem. Eng. Prog. (Jan. 1949) 45, 39.
42. Eaton, B.A.: The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses
Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Horizontal Pipelines, Ph.D. The-
sis, The U. of Texas (1966).
43. Steady-State Flow Computation Manual for Natural Gas Transmission Lines, Amer-
ican Gas Association, New York (1964).
44. Mukherjee, H. K.: An Experimental Study of Inclined Two Phase Flow, Ph.D. dis-
sertation, University of Tulsa, 1979.
45. Lawson, J. D. and J.P. Brill: A Statistical Evaluation of Methods used to Predict
Pressure Losses for Multiphase Flow in Vertical Oil Well Tubing, SPE 4267 to be
presented at 48th Annual SPE fall Meeting, Las Vegas, Nev.,Sept 30 -Oct. 3, 1973.
Vohra, I. R., J.R. Robinson,J.P. Brill: Evaluation of Three New Methods for Pre-
dicting Pressure Losses in Vertical Oil Well Tubing, SPE 4689, presented at the
48th annual SPE Fall meeting, Las Vegas, Nev., 1973.
46. Browne, E.J.P.: Practical Aspects of Predicting Errors in Two-Phase Pressure Loss
Calculations, SPE 5000, Presented at the 49th Annual SPE fall Meeting, Houston,
Texas, 1974.
47. Degance, A.E. and R.W.Atherton: Horizontal - Flow Correlations, Chem. Eng.
(July 13, 1970), 95.
48. Dukler, A.E., et al: Gas-Liquid Flow in Pipelines, I. Research Results, AGA-API
Project NX -28 (May 1969).
49. Mandhane, J.M.,G.A.Gregory,K.Aziz: Critical Evaluation of Holdup Prediction
Methods For Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes, SPE 5140, Presented at SPE
Annual Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974.
50. Vohra, I.R., et al: Comparison of Liquid Holdup Correlations For Gas-Liquid Flow
in Horizontal Pipes, SPE 4690, Presented at the SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Las
Vegas, Nev., Oct. 1973.
51. Palmer, C.M.: Evaluation of Inclined Pipe Two-Phase Liquid Holdup Correlations
Using Experimental Data, M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1975).
52. Payne, G.A.: Experimental Evaluation of Two-Phase Pressure Loss Correlations for
Inclined Pipe, M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1975).
53. SIMSCI Steam Package from: Keenan, J.H. et al: Thermodynamic Properties of
Water Including Vapor, Liquid and Solid Phases, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
C-6 References
54. Eaton, B.A.: The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses
Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Horizontal Pipelines, Ph.D. The-
sis, The U. of Texas (1966).
55. API Technical Data Book for Petroleum Refining (1980). Procedure 2B2.1
56. Twu, Chorng H.: An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting Critical Prop-
erties and Molecular Weight of Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, 1983 submitted
for publication.
57. Fortunati, F.: Two-Phase Flow Through Wellhead Chokes, SPE 3742, presented at
SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, May, 1972.
58. Hazen-Williams.
59. Crane Ltd.: Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe. Technical Paper
No. 410M, 1988.
60. Barua, S., Sharma, Y., and Brosius, M.G.: Two-phase flow model aids flare net-
work design, Oil & Gas Journal, Jan. 27 1992, pp. 90-94.
61. Blevins, Robert D.: Applied Fluid Dynamics Handbook. Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company.
62. Fisher, H.G. et al: Emergency Relief System Design Using DIERS Technology-
Project Manual. AIChE, 1992.
63. API Standard 526, Flanged Steel Safety--Relief Valves, Third Edition (1989).
64. Leung, J.C., A Generalized Correlation for One-Component Homogeneous Equi-
librium Flashing Choked Flow, AIChE J., 1743--1746, October (1986).
65. Nazario, F.N. and J.C. Leung, Sizing pressure relief valves in flashing two-phase
service: an alternative procedure, J. Loss Prev. Proc. Ind., 263-269, 5 (1992).
66. Simpson, L.L., Estimate Two-Phase Flow in Safety Devices, Chem. Eng., 98--
102, August (1991).
67. Smith, J.M., and H.C. Van Ness, Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermody-
namics, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill (1981).
68. API Recommended Practice 520: Recommended Practice for the Design and
Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries: Part II - Design, Sixth
Edition, (1993).
69. Lasater, J.A.: Bubble Point Pressure Correlation, Trans. AIME, 1958, 379.
70. Beggs, H.D. and Robinson,J.R.: Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,
JPT (September 1975) 1140.
71. Glaso, O. Generalized Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations, JPT (May
1980) 785; Trans., AIME, 269.
72. Standing, M.B.: A General Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlation -- For Mix-
tures of California Oils and Greases, Drilling and Production Practice API (1947),
275.
73. Vazquez, A., M.E.: Correlations for Fluid Physical Property Prediction, M.S. The-
sis, Tulsa University.
74. Ramey, H.J. Jr., Wellbore Heat Transmission, J. Pet. Tech., April 1962, 427-440.
75. Churchill, S.W., Comprehensive Correlating Equations for Heat, Mass and
Momentum Transfer in Fully-Developed Flow in Smooth Tubes, Industrial &
Engineering Chemistry Fundamentals, 1977, 16 (1), pp 109-115.
76. Churchill, S.W. (1977), Comprehensive Correlating Equations for Heat, Mass, and
Momentum Transfer in Fully Developed Flow in Smooth Tubes, Ind. Eng. Chemis-
try Fundamentals, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 109-115.
77. Ansari, A.M.: A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for Upward Two-Phase
Flow, MS Thesis, University of Tulsa (1988).
78. Taitel, Y., Barnea, D., and Dukler, A.E.: Modelling Flow Pattern Transition for
Steady Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical Tubes, AIChE J. (1980), 26, 345- 354.
79. Barnea, D.: A Unified Model for Predicting Flow-Pattern Transition for the Whole
Range of Pipe Inclinations, Int. J. Multiphase Flow (1987), 13, 1-12.
80. Caetano, E.F.: Upward Vertical Two-Phase Flow Through an Annulus, Ph.D. Dis-
sertation, University of Tulsa (1986).
81. Fernandes, R.C., Semait, T., and Dukler, A.E.: Hydrodynamic Model for Gas-Liq-
uid Slug Flow in Vertical Tubes, AICHE J., (1986), 29, 981-989.
82. Sylvester, N.D.: A Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Vertical Slug Flow in Pipes,
ASME J. Energy Resources Tech., (1987), 109, 206-213.
83. Xiao, J.J., Shoham, O., and Brill, J.P.: A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for
Two-Phase Flow in Pipelines, 65th Annual SPE Conference, New Orleans, Sep-
tember 23-26, 1990.
84. Taitel, Y. and Dukler, A.E.: A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Transitions in
Horizontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow, AIChE J., 22, No. 1, 47-55
(1980).
85. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: Influence of Interfacial Waves in Stratified Gas-
Liquid Flow, AIChE J., 33, No. 3, 444-454 (1987).
86. Baker, A., Nielsen, K. and Gabb, A.: Pressure Loss, Liquid Holdup Calculations
Developed, Oil & Gas J., 55-59 (March 14, 1988).
McLeod, W.R., Rhodes, D.F., and Day, J.J.: Radiotracers in Gas-Liquid Transpor-
tation Problems - A Field Case, J.Pet.Tech., 939-947 (August, 1971).
87. Oliemans, R.V.A., Potts, B.F., and Trope, N.: Modelling of Annular Dispersed
Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Pipes, Int. J. Multiphase Flow 12, No. 5, 711-732
(1986).
88. Taitel, Y. and Barnea, D.: A Consistent Approach for calculating Pressure Drops in
Inclined Slug Flows, Chem. Eng. Sci. 45, No. 5, 1199-1206 (1990).
C-8 References
89. Pauchon, C., Dhulesia, H., Lopez, D., and Fabre, J.: TACITE: A Comprehensive
Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Flow, BHRG Conference on Multiphase Pro-
duction, Cannes, June 16-19, 1993.
90. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: Influence of Interfacial Waves in Stratified Gas-
Liquid Flows, AIChE J., Vol. 33, 444-454.
91. Nicklin, D.J., Wilkes, J.O, and Davidson, J.F.: Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Tubes,
Trans. Inst. Chem. Engrs., Vol 40, 497-514.
92. Andreussi, P. and Bendiksen, K.: An Investigation of Void Fraction in Liquid Slugs
for Horizontal and Inclined Gas-Liquid Flow, Int. J. Multiphase Flow, Vol 15, 2,
937-946.
93. Bendiksen, K.H., Malnes, D., Moe, R., and Nuland, S.: The Dynamic Two-Fluid
Model OLGA: Theory and Application, SPE Production Eng., May 1991.
94. Pratts, Michael.:Thermal Recovery, SPE Monograph., Volume 7.
95. Barua, S.: Computation of Heat Transfer in Wellbores in Single and Dual Comple-
tions, SPE 22868.
96. Perkins, Thomas K.: Critical and Subcritical Flow of Multiphase Mixtures Through
Chokes, SPE 20633.
97. Ueda, Y., Samizo, N., and Shirakawa, S.: Application of Production System Analy-
sis to an Offshore Oil Field, SPE 21419.
98. Jones, L., Blount, E., and Glaze, C.: Use of Short Term Multiple Rate Flow Tests to
Predict Performance of Wells having Turbulence, SPE 6133, Oct. 3-6, 1976.
99. Hong, K. C.: Two-Phase Flow Splitting at a Pipe Tee, JPT, pp. 290, 1978.
100.Bergman, D. F., Tek, M. R., and Katz, D. L.: Retrograde Condensation in Natural
Gas Pipelines, AGA Project PR 26-69, 191-199, 1975.
101.Johansen, S. E.: Experimental Study of Gas-Liquid Flow in a Pipe Tee, M.S. The-
sis, Univ. of Tulsa, 1979.
102.Chien and Rubel: SPE 22764, Nov. 1992, SPEJ.
103.Oranje, L.: Condensate Behavior in Gas Pipelines is Predictable, Oil & Gas Jour-
nal, 39-44, July 2, 1973.
104.Seeger et al: International Journal of Multiphase Flow, Vol. 12, No. 4, 575-585,
1986.
105.Ely, J.F., and H.J.M. Hanley: Prediction of the Viscosity and Thermal Conductivity
in Hydrocarbon Mixtures - Computer Program TRAPP, Proceedings of 60th
Annual Convention, Gas Processors Association, 1981.
106.Shashi Menon, E.: Gas Pipeline Hydraulics.
107.Hein, M.A.: Pipeline Hydraulics and Heat Transfer Programs.
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual D-1
Appendix D
Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes
Steel Pipe Wall Thicknesses Used by INPLANT
Table D-1: Commercial Steel Pipe Based on ANSI B36.10:1970 and BS
1600: Part 2: 1970 Schedule Wall Thicknesses
Nominal Pipe
Size (in)
Outside
Diameter (mm)
Thickness
(mm)
Inside Diameter
(mm)
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

1
0
14 355.6 6.35 342.9
16 406.4 6.35 393.7
18 457.2 6.35 444.5
20 508.0 6.35 495.3
24 609.6 6.35 596.9
30 762.0 7.92 746.2
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

2
0
8 219.1 6.35 206.4
10 273.0 6.35 260.3
12 323.9 6.35 311.2
14 355.6 7.92 339.8
16 406.4 7.92 390.6
18 457.2 7.92 441.4
20 508.0 9.52 489.0
24 609.6 9.52 590.6
30 762.0 12.70 736.6
D-2 Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

3
0
8 219.1 7.04 205.0
10 273.0 7.80 257.4
12 323.9 8.38 307.1
14 355.6 9.52 336.6
16 406.4 9.52 387.4
18 457.2 11.13 434.9
20 508.0 12.70 482.6
24 609.6 14.27 581.1
30 762.0 15.88 730.2
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

4
0
1/8 10.3 1.73 6.8
1/4 13.7 2.24 9.2
3/8 17.1 2.31 12.5
1/2 21.3 2.77 15.8
3/4 26.7 2.87 21.0
1 33.4 3.38 26.6
1-1/4 42.2 3.56 35.1
1-1/2 48.3 2.68 40.9
2 60.3 3.91 52.5
2-1/2 73.0 5.16 62.7
3 88.9 5.49 77.9
3-1/2 101.6 5.74 90.1
4 114.3 6.02 102.3
5 141.3 6.55 128.2
6 168.3 7.11 154.1
8 219.1 8.18 202.7
10 273.0 9.27 254.5
12 323.9 10.31 303.3
14 355.6 11.13 333.3
16 406.4 12.70 381.0
18 457.2 14.27 428.7
20 508.0 15.09 477.8
24 609.6 17.48 574.6
Nominal Pipe
Size (in)
Outside
Diameter (mm)
Thickness
(mm)
Inside Diameter
(mm)
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual D-3
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

6
0
8 219.1 10.31 198.5
10 273.0 12.70 247.6
12 323.9 14.27 295.4
14 355.6 15.09 325.4
16 406.4 6.64 373.1
18 457.2 19.05 419.1
20 508.0 20.62 466.8
24 609.6 25.61 560.4
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

8
0
1/8 10.3 2.41 5.5
1/4 13.7 3.02 7.7
3/8 17.1 3.20 10.7
1/2 21.3 3.73 13.8
3/4 26.7 3.91 18.9
1 33.4 4.55 24.3
1-1/4 42.2 4.85 32.5
1-1/2 48.3 5.08 38.1
2 60.3 5.54 49.2
2-1/2 73.0 7.01 59.0
3 88.9 7.62 73.7
4 114.3 8.56 97.2
5 141.3 9.52 122.3
6 168.3 10.97 146.4
8 219.1 12.70 193.7
10 273.0 15.09 242.8
12 323.9 17.47 289.0
14 355.6 19.05 317.5
16 406.4 21.44 363.5
18 457.2 23.82 409.6
20 508.0 26.19 455.6
24 609.6 30.96 547.7
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

1
0
0
8 219.1 15.09 188.9
10 273.0 18.26 236.5
12 323.9 21.44 281.0
14 355.6 23.82 308.0
16 406.4 26.19 354.0
18 457.2 29.36 398.5
20 508.0 32.54 422.9
24 609.6 38.89 531.8
Nominal Pipe
Size (in)
Outside
Diameter (mm)
Thickness
(mm)
Inside Diameter
(mm)
D-4 Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

1
2
0
4 114.3 11.13 92.0
5 141.3 12.70 115.9
6 168.3 14.27 139.8
8 219.1 18.26 182.6
10 273.0 21.44 230.1
12 323.9 25.40 273.1
14 355.6 27.79 300.0
16 406.4 30.96 344.5
18 457.2 34.92 387.4
20 508.0 38.10 431.8
24 609.6 46.02 517.6
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

1
4
0
8 219.1 20.62 177.9
10 273.0 25.40 222.2
12 323.9 28.58 266.7
14 355.6 31.75 292.1
16 406.4 36.52 333.4
18 457.2 39.69 377.8
20 508.0 44.45 419.1
24 609.6 52.39 504.8
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

1
6
0
1/2 21.3 4.78 11.7
3/4 26.7 5.56 15.6
1 33.4 6.35 20.7
1-1/4 42.2 6.35 29.5
1-1/2 48.3 7.14 34.0
2 60.3 8.74 42.8
2-1/2 73.0 9.52 54.0
3 88.9 11.13 66.6
4 114.3 13.49 87.3
5 141.3 15.88 109.5
6 168.3 18.26 131.8
8 219.1 23.01 173.1
10 273.0 28.58 215.8
12 323.9 33.34 257.2
14 355.6 35.71 284.2
16 406.4 40.49 325.4
18 457.2 45.24 366.7
20 508.0 50.01 408.0
24 609.6 59.54 490.5
Nominal Pipe
Size (in)
Outside
Diameter (mm)
Thickness
(mm)
Inside Diameter
(mm)
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual E-1
Appendix E
User-Definable Nominal Pipe Sizes
Format for User-Created NPS Database
The following is the format of the user-created database of nominal pipe sizes. The files
must have the *.DAT extension, e.g., Names.DAT.
FIELD DATA DESC FORMAT
Description Character CC......C (Maximum length 20)
Pipe Schedule Character CCCC
Nominal Diameter (inches) Real RRR.RR
Inside Diameter (inches) Real RRR.RR
Inside Diameter (millimeter) Real RRRR.RR
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual I-1
Index
A
Abandonment pressure 4-111
ACCELERATION 4-44
Acceleration
network solution 4-44
pressure gradient 3-29
ACENTRIC 4-37
Acentric factor 4-37
Adiabatic
compressor 4-104
efficiency 4-102, 4-104
ADJUST 4-58
Adjust
formation volume factor 4-59
gas oil ratio 4-59
water-oil viscosity 4-62
Air
density of surrounding 4-93
thermal conductivity 4-24, 4-93
velocity 4-93
viscosity of surrounding 4-93
Ambient temperature 3-38, 4-24, 4-93
Angle
of bend 4-124
of contraction device 4-129
of expansion device 4-132
of valve 4-135
Angle valve 4-134
ANNULUS 4-94
Annulus 3-25, 4-94
depth 4-94
flow efficiency 4-95
heat transfer calculations 3-38
heat transfer coefficient 4-25, 4-95
inside diameter 4-25
medium 4-97
Palmer correction factors 4-94
pressure drop correlations 3-27
roughness 4-95
segment size 4-94, 4-95
segmentation 4-26
specific heat of medium 4-97
thermal conductivity of medium 4-97
velocity of medium 4-97
viscosity of medium 4-97
API gravity 4-37, 4-82
API statement 4-37
ASSAY 4-35
Assay
in source 4-76
Assay data 3-11, 4-32
API gravity 4-37
characterization 4-35
cutpoints 4-32, 4-37
lightends 4-83
method 4-35
molecular weight 4-35, 4-83
specific gravity 4-35
ASTM
D1160 4-81
D2887 4-81
D86 4-81
Automatic segmentation 4-27
Auxiliary
power for pump 4-121
B
Ball valve 4-134
Basis
mass 4-20
measurement 4-10
BEND 4-124
Bend 4-124
angle 4-124
elbow 4-124
mitre 4-124
pressure drop calculation 3-33
resistance coefficient 4-124
roughness 4-125
user-defined pressure drop 4-125
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 4-53
Binary
interaction parameters 3-13
user-supplied 4-47
I-2 PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual
Blackoil
adjust properties 4-58
compositional properties 4-57
compressibility 4-58
contaminants 4-58
fluid properties 4-57
fraction in link 4-91
gas oil ratio 4-61
generated properties 4-66
gravity 4-57, 4-62
IPR 4-80
pressure 4-59
tabular properties 4-59
viscosity 4-57, 4-58, 4-61
Blackoil properties 3-19
contaminants 3-19
formation volume factor 3-19, 3-20
gas oil ratio 3-19, 3-20
gas Z-factor 3-19
gravity 3-19
lift gas 3-19
live viscosity 3-19
viscosity method 3-19
Bottomhole
completion 3-25
completion calculation 3-31
minimum pressure 4-111
separator 3-37
Buried pipe 3-38, 4-24, 4-93
depth 4-25
partially buried 4-93
Butterfly valve 4-134
BWRS 4-53
C
CALCULATION 4-20
Calculation
accelerated 4-44
automatic segmentation 4-27
keywords 4-20
limits 3-8
maximum segments 4-26
modes 2-3
network method 4-88
phase-splitting at junction 4-89
Prandtl number 4-20
segment 4-26
solubility 4-52
tolerances 4-44
Calculation segment 2-8
joining together 2-8
Calculation type
selecting 4-20
Calculations 3-4
heat transfer 3-37
isothermal 4-20
pressure drop 3-27
sphering 4-20
Calculator 3-26
Case study 3-5, 3-45
data category 4-7
global changes 3-46
individual changes 3-46
output 5-34
report 5-13
Casing
diameter 4-96
emissivity 4-97
thermal conductivity 4-96
Casings 4-96
Categories of input 4-7
case study data 4-7
component data 4-7
general data 4-7, 4-13
line sizing data 4-7
network data 4-7
PVTdata 4-7
sensitivity analysis data 4-7
structure data 4-7
thermodynamic data 4-7
time-stepping data 4-7
unit operations 4-7
unit operations data 4-137
Chebychev equations 4-39
CHECK 4-125
Check data 4-20
Check valve 4-125, 4-134
Chisholm flow model 4-1254-136
Chisholm two-phase correction 3-34
CHOKE 4-125
Choke 4-125
in a well 4-126
multi-networks 4-127
Coefficient
flow 4-132, 4-133, 4-136
Fortunati 4-128
Hazen-Williams 4-95, 4-96
Hazen-Williams pressure drop 4-26, 4-93
resistance for bend 4-124
resistance for contraction 4-129
resistance for entrance 4-130
resistance for exit 4-131
resistance for expansion 4-132
resistance for tee 4-134
resistance for valve 4-135
thermal expansion 4-97
Comments 4-9
COMPLETION 4-101
Completion 3-25, 4-98, 4-101
dual 4-90
gravel permeability 4-101
methods 4-101
multiple 3-43
performation 4-101
tunnel 4-101
COMPONENT 4-33
Component
data category 4-7
identifier 4-34
input data in report 5-8
list 4-33
mixed types 3-11
properties from SIMSCI databank 4-34
Components
capabilities 3-11
fixed properties 4-37
library 3-9, 4-34
non-library 3-10, 4-33
other property requirements 3-12
petroleum pseudocomponents 3-10, 4-34
solid 4-33
structure 3-12
synthetic 3-12
synthetic fuel 4-33
temperature dependent properties 4-37
user-defined 3-10
Composition 4-77
Compositional
blackoil viscosity 4-57
component list 4-33
fluid properties 3-8, 4-56
fluid viscosity 4-56
source 4-78
sources 3-21
Compressibility
blackoil 4-58
Compressibility factor 4-37, 4-62
COMPRESSOR 4-102
Compressor
coolers 4-104
multispeed 3-34
multistage 3-34
multi-train 4-103
rigorous 3-34
simple 3-34, 4-102
Condensate 3-18
contaminants 4-57
gravity 4-56
properties 4-56
Condensate gas ratio 4-77
CONDUCTIVITY 4-38
Conductivity 4-38
Contaminants
blackoil 3-19, 4-58
condensate 4-57
gas 3-17, 3-18, 4-55
lift gas 4-59
Continuing statements 4-11
CONTRACTION 4-128
Contraction
Contraction device 4-128
angle 4-129
Convergence 3-22, 4-26, 4-91
flow tolerance 4-91
iterations 4-27
parameters 4-40
power 4-107
pressure balance solution method 2-9
COOLER 4-105
Cooler 3-35, 4-105
interstage duties 4-104
interstage temperatures 4-104
CORRELATION 4-62
Correlation
gas oil ratio 4-62
options 4-62
viscosity 4-62
CP 4-38
Critical
pressure 4-37
temperature 4-37
volume 4-38
Critical flow
in choke valves 4-42
Crushed zone 4-101
CSOURCE 4-78
Curves
performance 4-104
CUTPOINTS 4-37
Cutpoints 4-32, 4-37
D
D1160 4-81
D2887 4-81
D86 4-81
Dead-end tee 4-89
DEFAULT 4-24
Default
flow device parameters 3-7
heat transfer 3-7
limits 3-8
pressure drop methods 3-7
thermodynamic set 3-15
transitional flow 3-8
Default data 4-9, 4-24
Defaults 3-7
Definition
flow device parameters 3-7
heat transfer 3-7
limits 3-8
non-compositional properties 3-16
pressure drop methods 3-7
pseudo-component 3-10
pseudocomponent data 3-10
pseudocomponent methods 3-10
pseudocomponent variable data 3-11
transitional flow 3-8
DENSITY 4-38
Density 4-38
liquid 4-33
methods 3-13
of surrounding medium 4-24, 4-93
Rackett parameter 4-33
results 5-31
shot 4-101
standard 4-37
thermodynamic method 4-48
Denstiy
of annular medium 4-97
Depletion
reservoir 3-42
Depth
of annulus 4-94
of buried pipe 4-93
oftubing 4-96
DESCRIPTION 4-14
Descriptive text 3-5
general data 4-14
Design mode 3-5
Device
link output 5-23
report 5-21
Devices 3-6
Diameter
actual inside 4-25
nominal 3-30
nominal inside 4-25
of hole 4-96
of sphere for pigging 4-93
outside for annulus tubing 4-94
Diamter
inside annulus 4-94
of casing 4-96
of tubing 4-96
Diffusivity
of the earth 4-97
Dipole moment 4-33
Discharge pressure 4-103
Distillation data 4-81
TBP 4-81
Distillation data statement 4-80
DPDT device 3-35, 4-105
in well 4-106
dual 4-98
Dual completions 4-90, 4-98
parallel 4-99
E
Efficiency 4-102
adiabatic 4-104
of flow 4-25
of pump 4-121
performance curves 4-104
polytropic 4-104
Elbow bend 4-124
Electric submersible pump 3-36, 4-121
Elevation pressure gradient 3-29
Emissivity
of casing 4-97
of tubing 4-97
Emulsion
viscosity 4-62
English
units of measurement 4-15, 4-16
ENTHALPY 4-38
Enthalpy 3-12, 4-38
aqueous phase 3-13
convergnece tolerance 4-26
methods 3-13
ENTRANCE 4-129
Entrance device 4-129
Equation of state
interaction parameters 4-53
Equipment
device summary report 5-21
devices 4-101
keywords 4-101
Equipment devices 3-24
completion 3-25
fittings 3-25
process 3-25
unit operations 3-26
Equipment items 3-34
EVALUATE 4-145
EXIT 4-130
Exit device 4-130
EXPANDER 4-106
Expander 3-35, 4-106
EXPANSION 4-131
Expansion
Expansion device 4-131
angle 4-132
F
Facilities planning 3-42
Factor
compressibility 4-62
Palmer correction 4-92, 4-94, 4-96
UOP characterization 4-82
volume formation 4-59, 4-62
WatsonK characterization 4-82
z 4-62
FCODE 4-21
Field data
matching 4-25
Field Production, application 2-4
FILE 4-70
Film coefficient 4-25, 4-93
Fitting
schedule 4-25
Fittings
available fittings 3-25
two-phase correction 3-34
Fixed property requirements 3-12
Flash
report 5-4, 5-19
results 3-6
Flow
basis in IPR 4-111
coefficient for nozzle 4-132
coefficient for orifice 4-133
coefficient for venturimeter 4-136
efficiency 4-25
efficiency in annulus 4-95
efficiency in pipe 4-93
efficiency in tubing 4-96
maximum rate 4-90
minimum rate 4-91
rate 4-76
tolerance 4-44, 4-91
Flow devices 2-3, 3-24
annulus 3-25
calculations 3-28
inflow performance 3-25
keywords 4-92
parameters 3-7
pipe 3-24
sizing 3-26
tubing 3-25
Flow regime
Taitel-Dukler map 5-30
Flowrate
Flowrates
selecting 3-47
Fluid
property interpolation 4-44
Fluid properties
adjust blackoil 4-58
blackoil 3-19, 4-57
compositional 3-8
compositional blackoil 4-57
compositional fluid 4-56
condensate 4-56
correlation options 4-62
defining 3-8
gas condensate 3-18, 4-56
lift gas 4-59
non-compositional 3-16
non-compositional gas 3-17, 4-55
non-compositional liquid 3-17, 4-55
steam 3-18, 4-55
water solubility in hydrocarbons 3-9
Fluid type 2-3
selecting 4-20
Foot valve 4-134
Formation volume factor 3-19
adjusting 4-59
correlations 4-62
tablular data 4-62
Fortunati Model 4-128, B-2
Friction results 5-31
Frictional pressure gradient 3-28
Fugacity
vapor 4-47
FVF 4-62
G
Gas
condensate contaminants 4-57
condensate gravity 4-56
condensate properties 4-56
contaminants 4-55
gravity 4-55
volume fraction in link 4-91
z-factor 4-62
Gas lift
Gas lift analysis 3-4
gas lift valve 3-35
Gas lift valve 3-35, 4-107
Gas oil ratio 3-19, 4-77, 4-88, 4-89, 4-91, 4-139, 4-
144
adjusting 4-59
correlations 4-62
maximum 4-111
shutdown 4-111
tabular data 4-61
Gas properties
condensate 3-18
contaminants 3-17, 3-18
specific heat ratio 3-17
Z-factor 3-17
Gaslift
data category 4-7
input data report 5-15
Gaslift analysis 2-4, 3-39
gaslift data 4-7
Gathering systems 2-4
GENERAL 4-13
GENERATE 4-66
Generated properties 3-20
blackoil 4-66
output 5-16
print options 4-65, 4-67
read from file 4-70
Geothermal
gradient 4-97
Geothermal gradient 3-25, 3-38, 4-24, 4-95, 4-96
Gereral data 4-13
GF choke models 6-64
Global changes
case study 3-46
Global default
setting 4-24
Global parameters 4-13
Global settings 3-5
Globe valve 4-134
GLVALVE 4-107
Gradient
geothermal temperature 4-24
GRAVITY 4-62
Gravity
API 4-82
blackoil 4-57, 4-62
condensate 4-56
gas 4-16, 4-55
lift gas 4-59
liquid 4-55
specific 4-82
standard liquid 4-82
steam 4-56
tabular data 4-62
Gravity data 4-82
Grouping parameters 3-48
Gyration
radius 4-33
H
Hayden-OConnell method 4-33
Hazen-Williams
coefficient 4-93, 4-95, 4-96
method 4-26
Head
Heat
latent 4-38
specific 4-38
Heat capacity
ratio 4-55
Heat transfer 3-7
additional resistance 4-25, 4-93
calculations 3-37
detailed for tubing 4-96
results 5-32
Heat transfer coefficient
annulus 4-25, 4-95
film coefficient 4-25, 4-93
for buried pipe 4-24
overall 2-8
overall value 4-24
pipe 4-93
radiant 4-25, 4-93
riser 4-25
tubing 4-25, 4-96
HEATER 4-107
Heater 3-35, 4-107
Henrys Law 4-47
Hildebrand solubility 4-33
Holdup
output 5-28
Hole
diameter 4-96
Homogeneous two-phase correction 3-34
Homogeneous two-phase flow model 4-1254-136
Hydrate
prediction output 5-32
Hydrate prediction 4-144
HYDRATES 4-144
I
Inflow performace
pseudo-pressure 4-114
Inflow performance 3-21, 3-49
method 4-80
relationship 3-25, 3-42, 4-77, 4-109
relationships 3-40
results 5-18
tabular data 4-117
time-stepping 4-118
well data 4-118
INJECTION 4-108
Injection 4-90, 4-108
device in well 4-108
scrubber fluids 4-104
time 4-97
well 4-88
Injection device 3-35
injection device 4-108
Input
categories 4-7
comments 4-9
component report 5-8
continuing statements 4-11
data check 4-20
defaults 4-9
gaslift data 5-15
general data category 4-13
general data report 5-9
in results output 5-3
keyword qualifiers 4-8
keywords 4-8
layout 4-11
lift gas data 5-15
network data report 5-11
nodal analysis report 5-15
PVT data report 5-10
source data report 5-11
structure data report 5-12
thermodynamic report 5-8
title 4-14
unit operations data category 4-137
units of measurement 4-10
Input data check 3-5
Input reprint 3-6
Inside diameter
actual 4-25
annulus 4-25
fittings 4-25
nominal 4-25
pipe 4-25
tubing 4-25
Insulation
thickness 4-25, 4-93
Insulation requirement 2-5
Interaction parameters 4-53
Interpolate
reservoir decline curves 4-110
Interstage
cooler duties 4-104
temperatures 4-104
Inversion 4-62
IPR 4-109
Inflow Performance Relationship 4-211
cumulative production 4-117
flow basis 4-111
IPR curves 3-41
Isothermal
calculations 3-38
calculations, specify globally 4-20
Iterations 4-27
Iterative results 3-6
J
Joule-Thomson effect 2-3
JUNCTION 4-88
Junction
dead-end tee 4-89
rock formation 4-89
straight-through tee 4-89
subsurface 4-89
Junction-phase-splitting method 4-89
K
Keyword input 4-9
calculation 4-20
continuing statements 4-11
conventions 4-11
keywords 4-8
layout 4-11
qualifiers 4-8
Keywords
equipment devices 4-101
flow device 4-92
GENERAL 4-13
system nodes 4-75
unit operations data 4-137
K-value 3-12
L
Laminar flow
llimit 4-21
LATENT 4-38
Latent heat 4-38
Lee-Kessler-Plocker 4-53
Legend for description 4-11
Length
of annulus segment 4-26
of pipe segment 4-26
of riser segment 4-26
of tubing segment 4-26
LIBID 4-34
Library components 3-9, 4-34
Lift gas
contaminants 4-59
gravity 4-59
properties 3-19, 4-59
LIFTGAS 4-59
LIGHTENDS 4-83
Lightends 3-11
in assay 4-83
Line sizing 3-26
data category 4-7
default diameters 5-14
report 5-14
schedule 4-25
LINK 4-89
Link 2-7, 4-89
individual print option 4-91
injection 4-90
joining together 2-9
output 5-23, 5-30
property detail output 5-30
report 5-20
summary 5-5
Liquid
activity methods 4-47
gravity 4-55
molar volume 4-33
single-phase IPR 4-80
standard gravity 4-82
Liquid density 3-12
Liquid holdup
Palmer correction 4-92, 4-94, 4-96
LKP 4-53
M
Mass basis 4-20
Matching field data 4-25
Material
Maximum power 4-102
Maximum pressure 4-102
Maximum speed 4-102
MCHOKE 4-127
MCOMPRESS 4-103
Measurement
basis 4-10
Medium
annular 4-97
conductivity of surrounding 4-24
density of surrounding 4-24, 4-93
specific heat of annular 4-97
surrounding pipe 4-24, 4-92
temperature of surrounding 4-93
thermal conductivity of annular 4-97
type of annular 4-97
velocity of annular 4-97
velocity of surrounding medium 4-93
viscosity of annular 4-97
viscosity of surrounding 4-24, 4-93
METHOD 4-48
Method
Chisholm 4-1254-136
for completion device 4-101
Henrys Law 4-47
Homogeneous two-phase 4-1254-136
liquid activity 4-47
network 4-88
phase-splitting at junction 4-89
prediction 3-14
thermodynamic 4-48
UNIFAC 4-33, 4-47
UNIQUAC 4-33
UNIWAAL 4-47
viscosity 3-17
Metric
Mitre bend 4-124
Mixed component types 3-11
Mixed fluid properties 3-20
Molecular weight 4-37
assay 4-83
of pseudocomponent 4-35
MREGULATOR 4-128
MW 4-37
N
NETWORK 4-40
Network 2-7
accelerated calculations 4-44
acceleration 4-44
calculation method 4-88
connectivity plot 5-13
convergence 3-22, 4-91
convergence parameters 4-40
data category 4-7
initial estimates 3-22
junctions 3-23
links 3-23
pressure balance solution method 2-9
results 5-17
solution 4-40
steam 3-24
structure 3-22
subnetwork 3-24
subsurface 3-41, 3-43
tolerance 4-44
Network Well-Posedness 6-96
Nodal analysis 3-5, 3-47
data category 4-7
dividing links 3-47
output 5-35
results 3-47
selecting flowrates 3-47
selecting parameters 3-47
variables 3-48
Node
reports 4-30, 5-5, 5-21
sensitivity analysis 3-48
solution 3-48
system 4-75
Nominal
inside diameter 3-30, 4-25
Non-compositional
fluid properties 3-16, 4-55
gas properties 3-17, 4-55
sources 3-21
Non-library components 4-33
Normal boiling point (NBP) 4-37
NOZZLE 4-132
Nozzle 4-132
flow coefficient 4-132
O
ORIFICE 4-133
Orifice 4-133
OUT-DIMENSION 4-31
Output
case study 5-13, 5-34
component input 5-8
density 5-31
friction 5-31
general input data 5-9
heat transfer 5-32
holdup 5-28
hydrate prediction 5-32
lift gas input 5-15
link property detail 5-30
network connectivity 5-13
network input data 5-11
nodal analysis 5-15, 5-35
pipe diameter 5-14
print options 4-28
PVT input data 5-10
results 5-4, 5-17
Results Access System 4-29, 5-38
slug 5-33
solutions 5-19
source input data 5-11
sphering 5-37
structure input data 5-12
surface tension 5-31
thermodynamic input 5-8
velocity 5-28
viscosity 5-31
Output units 3-6
Outside diamter
tubing 4-25
P
Palmer liquid holdup
correction factors 4-21
Palmer liquid holdup correction factors
in annulus 4-94
in pipes 4-92
in tubing 4-96
Parallel compressor trains 4-104
Parameter
definition 3-48
Hildebrand solubility 4-33
Parameters
binary interaction 4-47
convergence 4-40
interaction 4-53
selecting 3-47
parameters
grouping 3-48
PC 4-37
Perforations
in completion device 4-101
Performance
inflow 4-109
Performance curves 4-104
Performance relationship 3-25, 4-77
Permeability
crushed zone 4-101
of gravel in completion 4-101
PETROLEUM 4-34
Petroleum
pseudocomponents 4-34
Phase envelope
output 5-26
plot 5-27
Phase separation 3-12
Pigging 3-40
sphere diameter 4-93
time step 4-26
PIPE 4-92
Pipe 3-24, 4-92
buried 3-38, 4-24
buried partially 4-93
depth of buried 4-25, 4-93
diameter in report 5-14
heat transfer 3-38
heat transfer coefficient 4-93
insulation thickness 4-93
roughness 4-25, 4-92
schedule 4-25
segment size 4-94
segmentation 4-26
sizing data output 5-14
surrounded by air 3-38
surrounded by soil 3-38
surrounded by water 3-38
surrounding medium 4-24, 4-92
temperature of surrounding 4-93
thermal conductivity of surrounding 4-93
thickness 4-25, 4-93
velocity of surrounding 4-93
Pipe schedule 3-30
from external file 4-25
Piping structure 3-4
Planning
facilities 3-42
production 3-41
Plot
phase envelope 5-27
pressure 5-25
temperature 5-25
Plotting options 3-7
Plotting results 3-7
Polytropic
compressor 4-104
efficiency 4-104
Power
auxiliary for pump 4-121
available 4-103
maximum 4-102
of pump 4-120
PR 4-53
Prandtl number
rigorous calculation 4-20
Prediction methods 3-14
Pressure
abandonment 4-111
change device 4-105
convergence tolerance 4-26
critical 4-37
difference 3-35
discharge 4-103
drawdown 3-40
gradient report 5-29
interstage compressor 4-104
losses 4-104
maximum 4-102, 4-111
minimum bottom hole 4-111
plot 5-25
pseudo 4-114
report 5-24
reservoir 4-59
shutdown 4-111
suction 4-104
tolerance 4-44
user-define drop through bend 4-125
user-define drop through contraction 4-129
user-define drop through exit 4-131
user-define drop through expansion 4-132
user-define drop through nozzle 4-133
user-define drop through orifice 4-133
user-define drop through tee 4-134
user-define drop through valve 4-135
user-define drop through venturimeter 4-136
vapor 4-38
Pressure balance solution method 2-9
Pressure drop
across segment 4-26
calculations 3-27, 3-28
completion calculation 3-31
correlations 3-27, 4-21
fitting calculation 3-32
Hazen-Williams method 4-26
selecting global correlations 4-21
Pressure Drop Methods 2-4
Pressure drop methods 3-7
Pressure gradient
acceleration 3-29
elevation 3-29
frictional 3-28
Pressure limits 3-8
Pressure ratio
warning 4-105
PRINT 4-28
Print options 3-6, 4-28
devices 3-6
flash results 3-6
for individual links 4-91
generated properties 4-65, 4-67
input reprint 3-6
iterative results 3-6
output units 3-6
plotting options 3-7
properties output 3-6
Results Access System 3-7
Priority
of sources 4-76
shut in 4-76
Process equipment 3-34
available equipment items 3-25
Production
decline rates 3-42
Production planning 3-41
production planning 3-41
Properties
generated 3-20
interpolations 4-44
tabular 3-20
Properties output 3-6
Property
adjust 4-58
blackoil 4-57
condensate 4-56
correlation options 4-62
lift gas 4-59
non-compositional gas 4-55
read from file 4-70
set for streams 4-54
steam 4-52, 4-55
tablular blackoil 4-59
water 4-52
Pseudocomponents 3-10, 4-34
fixed property data 3-10
properties 4-35
property calculation methods 3-10
specific gravity 4-35
variable property data 3-11
Pseudo-pressure
formulation 4-114
Pseudo-pressure formulation 3-41
PUMP 4-119
Pump 4-119
auxiliary power 4-121
curve 4-120
degradation 4-121
efficiency 4-121
electric submersible 3-36, 4-121
in a well 4-121
multispeed 3-36
power 4-120
power and duty 2-5
RILING correction 4-120
simple 3-36
PVT
simulation 4-20
tables 4-20
PVT data
PVTGEN results 5-16
Q
Qualifiers 4-8
Quality
steam 3-50, 4-77
Quality of steam 3-21
R
Radiant heat transfer resistance 4-25, 4-93
Radius
of curvature 4-124
of gyration 4-33
Rating mode 3-5
REGULATOR 4-121
Regulator 4-121
multi-network 3-36, 4-128
simple 3-36
Report
case study 5-13
component input 5-8
device summary results 5-21
flash results 5-19
gaslift input data 5-15
general input data 5-9
holdup 5-28
lift gas input 5-15
link detail 5-23
link property detail 5-30
link summary results 5-20
network connectivity 5-13
network input data 5-11
nodal analysis input 5-15
node 4-30
node summary results 5-21
pipe diameters 5-14
pressure 5-24
PVT input data 5-10
PVTGEN results 5-16
results 5-17
results summary 5-23
separator results 5-20
slug 4-29, 5-33
solution 5-19
source input data 5-11
sphering 5-37
structure data summary 5-22
structure input data 5-12
temperature 5-24
thermodynamic input 5-8
velocity 5-28
velocity summary 5-22
Reservoir 3-41
decline data 4-109
depletion 3-42
interpolate decline curves 4-110
multiple 3-40
pressure 4-59
pressure drawdown 3-40
relationships 3-40
temperature 4-58
time-stepping 3-41
well data 4-118
Reservoir curves 3-40
Reservoir data 4-117
Resistance coefficient
bend 4-124
contraction 4-129
entrance 4-130
exit 4-131
expansion device 4-132
tee 4-134
valve 4-135
Results
Access System 4-29, 5-38
case study 5-34
density 5-31
device summary 5-21
flash 5-19
friction 5-31
heat transfer calculation 5-32
hydrate prediction 5-32
input reprint 5-3
intermediate printout 5-4, 5-17
link detail 5-23
link summary 5-20
network directory 5-17
nodal analysis 3-47, 5-35
node summary 5-21
output 5-4
output dimensions 4-31
pressure 5-24
reports 5-3
sensitivity analysis 3-47
separator 5-20
solution output 5-19
sphering 5-37
structure data summary 5-22
summary 5-23
surface tension 5-31
temperature 5-24
tolerances 4-44
velocity summary 5-22
viscosity 5-31
Results Access System 3-7
output 4-29, 5-38
Reynolds number
limit for laminar flow 4-21
Riser
heat transfer coefficient 4-25
segment size 4-94
segmentation 4-26
Roughness
of annulus 4-95
of bend 4-125
of pipe 4-25, 4-92
of tee 4-134
of tubing 4-96
S
Saturated steam 3-18
Schedule
default fitting 4-25
default pipe 4-25
default tubing 4-25
from external file 4-25
line sizing 4-25
pipe 3-30
Scrubber fluids 4-104
SEGMENT 4-26
Segment
automatic 4-27
length for annulus 4-26
length for pipe 4-26
length for riser 4-26
length for tubing 4-26
maximum number 4-26
number of 4-94, 4-95, 4-97
pressure drop 4-26
size 4-94, 4-95, 4-97
temperature drop 4-26
Segmentation
of links 4-26
Sensitivity analysis 3-5, 3-47
data category 4-7
dividing links 3-47
output 5-35
results 3-47
selecting flowrates 3-47
selecting parameters 3-47
variables 3-48
SEPARATOR 4-122
Separator 3-37, 4-122
bottomhole 3-37
in a well 4-123
injection 3-35
report 5-20
SET 4-54
Set global defaults 4-24
SGOR 4-61
Shot
density in completion device 4-101
Shut in
priority 4-76
Shutdown
gas oil ratio 4-111
pressure 4-111
SI
SIMSCI databank
component properties 4-34
Simulation
using PVT tables 4-20
Sizing
flow devices and lines 3-26
Slug
report 4-29, 5-33
Soil
Solid
components 4-33
Solubility
parameter 4-33
water in hydrocarbons 3-9
SOLUTION 4-40
Solution
gas oil ratio 4-59, 4-61
gas oil ratio correlations 4-62
Solution node 3-48
SOURCE 4-75
Source
assays in 4-76
composition 4-77
compositional 3-21, 4-78
Sources
shutting down 4-109
Specific gravity 3-19, 4-37, 4-82
for assays 4-35
Specific heat 4-38
ratio 4-55
Speed
maximum 4-102
SPGR 4-37
Sphering 3-4, 3-40, 4-26
invoking calculations 4-20
output 5-37
slug catcher sizing 2-6
Spur link 6-77
SRK 4-53
Stages
number for pump 4-121
number of compressor 4-102, 4-104
STDDENSITY 4-37
Steam
expander 3-35, 4-106
gravity 4-56
network 3-24
properties 3-18, 4-52, 4-55
quality 3-18, 3-21, 3-50, 4-77
saturation 3-18
Stream
name 4-75, 4-78
Structure
data category 4-7
data report 5-22
Submersible
pump 3-36
Submersible pump 4-121
Subnetwork 3-24
compressor 3-34
regulator 3-36
Subsurface
junctions 4-89
Subsurface networks 3-41, 3-43
Suction pressure 4-104
SURFACE 4-38
Surface tension 4-38
results 5-31
Swing valve 4-134
Synthetic components 3-12
Synthetic fuel 4-33
System
nodes 4-75
thermodynamic methods 4-50
T
TABULAR 4-59
Tabular data 3-19
gas oil ratio 4-61
gravity 4-62
viscosity 4-61
Tabular properties 3-20
blackoil 4-59
Taitel-Dukler
flow regime map 5-30
TBP distillation property 4-81
TC 4-37
TEE 4-133
Tee 4-133
dead-end 4-89
roughness 4-134
straight-through 4-89
Temperature
ambient 3-38, 4-24, 4-93
change device 4-105
critical 4-37
difference 3-35
drop across segment 4-26
geothermal gradient 4-24, 4-95, 4-96
interstage 4-104
of rock formation 4-89
plot 5-25
report 5-24
reservoir 4-58
tolerance 4-44
warning 4-105
Temperature limits 3-8
Termal expansion
coefficient 4-97
Text comments 4-9
Thermal conductivity 4-38
of casing 4-96
of insulation 4-25
of pipe 4-25
of soil 4-25
of surrounding 4-93
of surrounding medium 4-24
of the earth 4-97
of tubing 4-96
pipe material 4-93
Thermodynamic
binary interaction data 4-47
capabilities 3-15
data category 4-7
Thermodynamic methods 3-12, 4-48
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 4-53
density 3-13, 4-48
enthalpy 3-13, 4-48
for entire system 4-48
K-value 4-48
Lee-Kessler-Plocker 4-53
liquid activity 4-47
Peng-Robinson 4-53
predefined sets 4-50
Soave-Redlich-Kwong 4-53
steam 4-52
system 4-50
UNIFAC 4-33
UNIQUAC 4-33
water 4-52
Thermodynamic properties 3-12
aqueous phase enthalpy 3-13
binary interaction 3-13
multiple methods 3-15
Thickness
of insulation 4-25, 4-93
of pipe 4-25, 4-93
Time
injection 4-97
production 4-97
Time step
sphering and pigging 4-26
time step 4-26
Time-stepping 3-41
data category 4-7
reservoir decline data 4-109
well data 4-118
TITLE 4-14
TOLERANCE 4-44
Tolerance 4-44, 4-91
enthalpy 4-26
power 4-107
pressure 4-26
Total power 4-103
Transitional flow 3-8
Transmission pipelines, application 2-5
Transport properties 3-13
TUBING 4-95
Tubing 3-25, 4-95
annular medium 4-97
default schedule 4-25
depth 4-96
detailed heat transfer 4-96
diameter 4-96
dual completions 4-98
emissivity 4-97
for annulus 4-94
heat transfer 3-38
heat transfer coefficient 4-25, 4-96
inside diameter 4-25
outside diameter 4-25
roughness 4-96
segment size 4-94, 4-97
segmentation 4-26
time 4-97
Tubing data 3-38
Tunnel
in completion device 4-101
U
UNIFAC method 4-33, 4-47
UNIQUAC method 4-33
UNIT 4-137, 4-138
Unit operations 4-138
available items 3-26
data category 4-7
keywords 4-137
Units of measurement 3-5, 4-10
basis of measurement 4-10
different output units 4-31
English 4-15, 4-16
metric 4-15, 4-16
mulitiple dimensional units 4-10
petroleum 4-15, 4-16
SI 4-15, 4-16
UNIWAAL method 4-47
UOP factor 4-82
V
VALVE 4-134
Valve 4-134
angle 4-135
gas lift 3-35
velocity constant 4-135
Van der Waals
area and volume 4-33
Vapor
density 3-12
fugacity 4-47
pressure 4-38
Variables
for sensitivity analysis 3-48
VC 4-38
Velocity
constant for valve 4-135
data report 5-22
of surrounding medium 4-93
output 5-28
VENTURIMETER 4-136
VISCOSITY 4-38, 4-61
Viscosity 3-19, 4-38, 4-55, 4-97
blackoil 4-57, 4-58, 4-61
correlations 3-17, 4-62
emulsion 4-62
method 3-17
of surrounding medium 4-24, 4-93
overriding 3-14
overriding data 3-17
results 5-31
specification 3-14
tabular data 4-61
Volume
critical 4-38
formation factor 4-59, 4-62
fraction in link 4-91
liquid molar 4-33
percent of scrubber fluids 4-104
VP 4-38
W
Warning
pressure ratio 4-105
temperature 4-105
WATER 4-52
Water
fraction at inversion point 4-62
maximum cut 4-111
options 4-52
percent in liquid phase 4-77
properties 4-52
solubility calculation 4-52
velocity 4-93
volume fraction in link 4-91
Water gas ratio 4-77
Water solubility 3-9
WATSONK factor 4-82
Well 4-108
abandonment pressure 4-111
choke inside 4-126
data for time-stepping 4-118
devices 4-107
flow basis 4-111
hole diameter 4-96
maximum gas oil ratio 4-111
maximum water cut 4-111
minimum bottom hole pressure 4-111
pump inside 4-121
separator inside 4-123
well device 4-106
Well control 4-76
Wells 2-4, 2-5
detailed heat transfer 4-96
injection 4-88, 4-90
multiple 3-40
single 3-43
well devices 4-94, 4-95
Z
ZC 4-37
Z-factor
blackoil 4-62
gas 3-17, 4-62

Manual Pipephase

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Pipephase

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

9.

denotes difference with Eqn. (6-45))

denotes difference with Eqn. (6-45))

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 6-77

You might also like